THE DR.

BETER AUDIO LETTERS VOLUME 2
AUDIO LETTERS 41 THROUGH 80

1979-1982
BY DR. PETER DAVID BETER

Published by Transactual Systems www.transactual.com ISBN: 1441472002 EAN-13: 9781441472007
Copyright © 2009 Transactual Systems — All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America by CreateSpace Bulk purchases and reseller discounts, contact dave@transactual.com AUDIO LETTER ® is a registered trademark of Audio Books, Inc., a Texas corporation, which originally produced these tape recordings. Reproduced under open license granted by Audio Books, Inc. Cover image was created, authored and prepared for NASA by STScI. No claim to copyright is asserted by STScI and the image may be freely used and is in the public domain in accordance with NASA's contract.

THIS BOOK IS
DEDICATED TO ONE OF THE LAST TRUE AMERICAN PATRIOTS

DR. PETER DAVID BETER 1921-1987

LET THE EVENTS SPEAK FOR THEMSELVES.

CONTENTS
Who is Dr. Peter David Beter? 1 Audio Letter 41 — December 26, 1978 1 2 3 The economic countdown toward Nuclear War I Spiritual warfare and the collapse of trust Bolshevik maneuvering to buy time to rearm 3

Audio Letter 42 — January 31, 1979 1 2 3 The decline of the House of Rockefeller The Bolshevik plot for a Pope’s Revolution UFOs, IFOs, and Russia’s master secret weapon

21

Audio Letter 43 — February 28, 1979 1 2 3 The mysterious disappearance of Dr. Henry Kissinger The plundering of the Rockefeller family empire Our last chance to save Western Civilization

37

Audio Letter 44 — March 29, 1979 1 2 3 The hoax reappearance of Dr. Henry Kissinger The impending collapse of the Chase Manhattan Bank The Egyptian-Israeli Treaty for nuclear war

53

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Audio Letter 45 — April 27, 1979 1 2 3 The domestic Guyana at Three Mile Island The secret intelligence war of doubles Last call for a Pilgrimage for Peace

69

Audio Letter 46 — December 21, 1975 1 2 3 Nelson Rockefeller’s revenge from the grave The cosmosphere shuttles to prevent nuclear war The modern rebirth of the Holy Alliance

85

Audio Letter 47 — June 28, 1979 1 2 3 The scientific background of the Russian robotoids The Russian strategy to dismantle Bolshevik power The shifting currents between war and peace

101

Audio Letter 48 — July 30, 1979 1 2 3 The final chapter in The Great Skylab Cover-Up The secret war of the walking dead How America will relearn the fear of God

117

Audio Letter 49 — August 27, 1979 1 2 3 Russia’s transformation of America’s Middle East policy The domestic fallout of the Andrew Young affair Russia’s two-front war against Rothschild world power

133

Contents

Audio Letter 50 — September 30, 1979 1 2 3 Runaway inflation and the collapsing American economy The Cuban Crisis to destroy SALT II The thousand-year war between Russia and the Khazars

151

Audio Letter 51 — October 27, 1979 1 2 3 The crash of the United States dollar The Russian program to sell SALT II The surprise Bolshevik deployment of synthetic automatons

169

Audio Letter 52 — November 30, 1979 1 2 3 Strategic Iran and the Islamic Khomeini Revolution The Bolshevik Iran strategy for thermonuclear war American hostages and the Battle of Tehran

187

Audio Letter 53 — January 21, 1980 1 2 3 War tensions and the late Shah of Iran The surprise takeover by the Kremlin hardliners The nuclear strike operations now in progress

205

Audio Letter 54 — February 24, 1980 1 2 3 The secret American defeat of January, 1980 Weather modification as a weapon of retaliation Russia’s accelerating preparations to survive nuclear war

221

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Audio Letter 55 — June 28, 1980 1 2 3 The public signs of nuclear war fever Multiplying disasters in the expanding secret war Battle to the death in the Kremlin

241

Audio Letter 56 — July 30, 1980 1 2 3 Ian Fleming and the Fort Knox Gold Scandal Narrowing options in the Bolshevik plan for nuclear war Step One in what you can do

259

Audio Letter 57 — August 31, 1980 1 2 3 America’s nuclear first strike plans in the news Hurricane Allen and Russia’s expanding weather warfare Step Two in what you can do

279

Audio Letter 58 — September 30, 1980 1 2 3 American gold and the Iraq-Iran War Russia’s first strike against a Titan II missile Step Three in what you can do

297

Audio Letter 59 — October 31, 1980 1 2 3 The Iran hostage-release plan for war Senator William Proxmire and Action Step Four Action Step Five on a new battle front

317

Contents

Audio Letter 60 — November 30, 1980 1 2 3 The Great Election Surprise of 1980 The planned collapse of America’s banking system The new age of warfare by stealth

335

Audio Letter 61 — January 20, 1981 1 2 3 The legal sabotage of the Reagan transition The forfeited opportunity of Senator William Proxmire The golden swindle of the Federal Reserve Banks

351

Audio Letter 62 — February 28, 1981 1 2 3 The secret military mission of the Space Shuttle Columbia The new ferment of growing war tensions Gold swindles by the modern-day moneychangers

371

Audio Letter 63 — April 1, 1981 1 2 3 First-strike planning by America and Russia The economic road to dictatorship in America Your decision to flee or to fight

389

Audio Letter 64 — April 27, 1981 1 2 3 The advance preparations for the Space Shuttle mission The aborted flight of the Space Shuttle Columbia The NASA cover-up of the Columbia disaster

409

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Audio Letter 65 — June 6, 1981 1 2 3 The Pope, the President, and assassination politics The aftermath of the Shuttle Columbia disaster Mounting world crises and accidental nuclear war

427

Audio Letter 66 — July 11, 1981 1 2 3 The Israeli practice raid for nuclear Armageddon America’s launch-on-warning plan for nuclear suicide What you can do during America’s final days

445

Audio Letter 67 — August 25, 1981 1 2 3 The unexpected rebirth of an American gold standard The emergence of the Jewish Question in America The Libyan dogfight and hidden naval war games

465

Audio Letter 68 — September 30, 1981 1 2 3 The Reagan-Begin Axis and expanding world crises Deliberate delays in the Space Shuttle launch The Reagan Budget and corrupt economic plans

485

Audio Letter 69 — November 8, 1981 1 2 3 The Sadat assassination for Nuclear War I The Reagan Administration program to Polandize America The MX decision and America’s first-strike posture

503

Contents

Audio Letter 70 — December 27, 1981 1 2 3 The Christmas Crises for Nuclear War I The American Space Shuttle Failure Number Two A new scandal over America’s disappearing gold

521

Audio Letter 71 — January 29, 1982 1 2 3 The Siberian Express and renewed Russian geophysical warfare Russia’s secret economic coup in dollar assets The shifting alliances for Nuclear War

541

Audio Letter 72 — February 28, 1982 1 2 3 Nuclear war fever and expanding secret warfare The third Space Shuttle challenge to Russia The shortening timetable for Nuclear War I

559

Audio Letter 73 — March 31, 1982 1 2 3 The new Phantom war planes of the United States Project Z—the three-phase strategy for Nuclear War I The first military success of the Space Shuttle

579

Audio Letter 74 — April 30, 1982 1 2 3 The military secret of South Georgia Island The secret naval war of the Southern Hemisphere The Rockefeller fear campaign against nuclear war

599

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Audio Letter 75 — May 31, 1982 1 2 3 The Pentagon countdown toward Nuclear War I The economic attack on the United States Constitution Billy Graham vs. the Bolshevik war lobby

619

Audio Letter 76 — June 30, 1982 1 2 3 The collapse of the Haig anti-war coup de etat The final crises to ignite nuclear war The final Space Shuttle mission for war

639

Audio Letter 77 — July 28, 1982 1 2 3 The growing momentum toward Nuclear War I America’s domestic shift onto a war footing The rising pitch of Russian anti-war warnings

659

Audio Letter 78 — August 27, 1982 1 2 3 The surprise halt to the Beirut holocaust Final Pentagon plans for surprise nuclear war The Russian surprise weapon for nuclear defense

679

Audio Letter 79 — September 30, 1982 1 2 3 The aborted plan for surprise nuclear war The Beirut Massacre for war to come The return of the Siberian Express weather war

699

Contents

Audio Letter 80 — November 3, 1982 1 2 3 America’s economic decline into a new Dark Ages War countdown toward the Israeli Year of Doom Changing of the guard in the new Kremlin

719

See The Dr. Beter Audio Letters Volume 1 - 1974-1978 for Audio Letters 1 to 40.

I
Who is Dr. Peter David Beter?
Dr. Beter was General Counsel for the Export-Import Bank of Washington; a candidate for governor for the state of West Virginia; cofounded a mineral exploration company in Zaire called SODESMIR; represented American gas utilities while they built a pipeline the length of Argentina; represented mining interests in underwater manganese nodule exploration in the Pacific; was featured at financial seminars in New York City, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Toronto, Montreal, Geneva, and other international financial centers. Dr. Beter practiced general law in Washington, D.C., from 1951 to 1961, becoming a member of the U.S. Court of Military Appeals in 1952 and the U.S. Supreme Court in 1964. Many of his cases were against the federal government, all of which he won—including one case in which he caught none other than the U.S. Department of Justice burning records in an attempt to defeat him. The resulting decision (Farley vs. U.S., 131 C. Cls. 776 [1955], 127 F Supp. 562) made new law. In 1961, President John F. Kennedy appointed Dr. Beter Counsel to the U.S. Export-Import Bank, the largest government-owned bank in the Western world, where he served until 1967. After leaving the Export-Import Bank, he became an international financial and legal consultant, as well as one of the chief developers of private international business in the Republic of Zaire. He was a member of the Judicature Society, the Bankers’ Club of America, the Royal Commonwealth Society of London and the United States Naval Institute. He was listed in biographical reference works such as Who’s Who in the East, the Blue Book of London and 2000 Men of Achievement (London). He wrote prolifically, including his masterwork Conspiracy Against the Dollar. In 1975, he began releasing his Audio Letters, which are transcribed in this book, and continued until 1982, producing a total of 80 one-hour Audio Letters. Dr. Beter died on March 14, 1987. An open license for reproduction of these Audio letters was granted after his death.

Audio Letter 41
December 26, 1978
Yesterday my family and I were among the millions of Christians world-wide who were celebrating the birth of our Lord Jesus Christ. And yet, Christmas itself may soon become a thing of the past in America because even as I say these words the silent Bolshevik take-over of America is showing itself in drastic changes in church worship in many areas. In every possible way Jesus Christ is being removed from our minds, and ideas foreign to Christianity are being substituted in His place. At this rate it will not be long before Christmas itself is outlawed by the Bolsheviks, just as they did in Russia six decades ago. Meanwhile the Bolsheviks in our midst are using the Christmas season to divert our attention from their Satanic intrigues, just as they have done in the past. Economic manipulations are being set in motion to lead to accelerating STAGFLATION here in America—that is, inflation combined with depression. Political maneuvering both here and abroad is setting the stage for BOLSHEVIK DICTATORSHIP—and soon NUCLEAR WAR ONE! Militarily the Bolsheviks are pressing forward with feverish preparations to fight a war with Russia that will kill millions of us. For their part, the Bolsheviks also refuse to face reality. For them, America is fast becoming their last pasture to roam around in, and it is their last stand. They believe they must win here in order to wreak revenge not only on Russia, which is expelling their kind, but also a Russia which has become a Christian nation once again. My three topics for this month are: Topic #1—THE ECONOMIC COUNTDOWN TOWARD NUCLEAR WAR ONE; Topic #2—SPIRITUAL WARFARE AND THE COLLAPSE OF TRUST; Topic #3—BOLSHEVIK MANEUVERING TO BUY TIME TO REARM. Topic #1—A week ago, on December 19, a million-dollar discrepancy in United States gold reserves made headlines. The New York Assay Office of the 3

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

United States Mint of the United States Treasury is unable to account for at least 5,200 troy ounces of gold, and some say a lot more may be missing. The question is: How much more? My friends, nearly 3-1/2 years ago in July 1975 I recorded Audioletter No. 2. At that time I gave just one documented example of how big the discrepancies really are. That example consisted of the January 20, 1965 gold shipment from Fort Knox to the New York Assay Office. The shipment came to more than 13/4 million ounces of gold, yet it was not shown on the official Treasury listing of Fort Knox shipments. My friend Mr. Edward Durell forced the United States Mint to admit this shipment by confronting them with photographic evidence; and yet subsequent Treasury listings continue to omit that shipment, as well as others. The simple truth is that the United States is gold poor. The official Treasury and Federal Reserve documents that list a huge United States gold hoard are totally false, as I have explained in detail in the past. The dollar has no backing—and it is dying! My friends, on November 1, 1978, Jimmy Carter announced the Administration’s plan supposedly to support the dollar. As part of this plan, it was announced that the United States Treasury would increase the size of the monthly gold auctions from America’s alleged gold hoard. Beginning with this month’s auction on December 19, the amount of the monthly auction was increased to 1.5 million ounces. The problem is that there is no way for the Treasury to keep up this charade to fool the public for long. When the auctions began last April at 300,000 ounces per month, the United States had only around six (6) million ounces available, mostly obtained from the International Monetary Fund and the Exchange Stabilization Fund. And even this small gold supply is not all in the form known as good delivery gold. The scheduled January auction will include melted-down foreign coins as one-third of the total amount to be auctioned off. Can you imagine? But some excuse has to be found to suspend the Treasury gold auctions before the small gold supply is used up. The flap over a few thousand missing ounces of gold at the New York Assay Office could prove ideal for this purpose, or it could be that action will be taken in February by the Treasury to stop all gold sales because they have not stopped the decline in the value of the dollar here and abroad. Whatever the excuse, be warned! In the past I have explained in detail how the theft of America’s gold was tied into the larger plan to deliberately destroy the United States dollar. And nearly three years ago in Audioletter No. 9 I described how the gold manipulations were used in March 1973 to force Europe to pay World War II reparations of $45-billion dollars to the Rockefellers, the Rothschilds, and their military part4

Audio Letter 41

ners. At this moment David Rockefeller and company is in the process of extorting a second pay-off of $45-billion dollars from the Central Banks of West Germany, Switzerland, and Japan; but this time it is blackmail pure and simple. And while it is being done under the guise of the so-called Dollar Support Plan of the Carter administration, it is actually helping to hurry along the final collapse of the United States dollar. The alleged Dollar Support Program announced on November 1 includes, as its most prominent feature, a guarantee arrangement aggregating $30-billion dollars by the United States Government alone. This is exactly the same arrangement as that suggested in speeches by David Rockefeller. Under this arrangement the Central Banks of West Germany, Switzerland, and Japan each agree to support the dollar by exchanging their hard currencies for dollars. In turn, the Central Banks can use these unwanted dollars to purchase United States Treasury obligations bearing high interest rates; but, in addition—and this has not been made public before—each Central Bank is responsible itself for another $5-billion dollars in support. The total currency credit package, therefore, adds up to a total of $45-billion dollars. My friends, this has all been made to appear as a scheme to prop up the dollar, but it’s actually nothing more than a means by which the Rockefeller multi-national corporations can unload unwanted dollars and receive in their place hard currencies. When the $45billion dollars in so-called support has been used up, as will soon be, the dollar will be adrift again—even worse off than before. This plan is a bitter pill for Europe and Japan to swallow, but they are willing to pay the price for David Rockefeller not to rock the boat when the new European Monetary System goes into operation on January 1, 1979. As I revealed nearly six years ago in my book, THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR, there are five (5) Rockefeller-controlled multi-national corporations which all by themselves can swamp the European monetary system. The companies are: GENERAL MOTORS, FORD, IBM, UNILEVER, and ROYAL DUTCH SHELL. Their combined assets exceed those of the governments of Western Europe. Here is how the so-called Dollar Support Plan really works: First, a Rockefeller-controlled multi-national (for example, IBM) dumps $10million dollars in West Germany and demands the equivalent in Deutschemarks, a hard currency. The Central Bank complies, buying the dollars and giving IBM the D-marks; but the Central Bank doesn’t want dollars either, and so the Bank turns around and buys United States Treasury obligations which bear high interest rates. This increases the national debt—and we American 5

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

taxpayers pay the interest. So the Rockefeller multi-nationals get all the benefit, while you and I pay the price! To make these Treasury obligations attractive to the foreign Central Banks, interest rates in the United States are continuing to rise. This is making a sick Stock Market even sicker and leading to a collapse in the real estate market by making homes impossible for most people to finance. That in turn is producing a downturn in construction with an increase in unemployment that will have a domino effect throughout our economy. So, prices are accelerating while business is headed toward stagnation and depression. The result: STAGFLATION, as I warned in my book nearly six years ago. The long-range plan is right on track. And so the gimmick sold to the public as the Carter Administration Dollar Support Plan is merely nothing more than a blackmail payoff, and it is designed to help bring on a major depression in America. But the Dollar Support Plan is only half of the plan to produce a depression with inflation. As I have mentioned, this plan is having a strong impact on one of the two critical sectors needed to trigger a depression—namely, CONSTRUCTION. The other critical sector, my friends, is that of AUTOMOBILES; and there, too, ominous developments are under way. In Audioletter No. 5 for October 1975 I referred briefly to the wise German economist whose information was misused in order to bring on the Great Depression of the 1930’s. I studied under this man and we became good friends. He was the one who taught me to look beyond effects—to causes; and he explained in detail how the two critical sectors of Automobiles and Construction were manipulated to bring on the depression. Today the same scheme that worked then is being brought into play again. Last month on November 7, General Motors gave the first signal of impending trouble in Automobiles. On that day, General Motors announced a cut by onehalf in the dividend rate on GM stock. It was GM’s way of saying, Hard Times Ahead; and the Stock Market shivered and went into a slump. At that time there was no apparent reason for the GM dividend cut, since automobile sales this year have been good. But, my friends, those who control General Motors know what lies ahead because cars run on petroleum energy; and as part of the chain of events leading to NUCLEAR WAR ONE, manipulated oil shortages are on the way. Throughout the 20th century oil has been a dominant factor in economics, politics, and war. As I have detailed on past occasions, World Wars I and II were both fought over oil. In World War I it was Saudi Arabian and Russian oil, and Christian Russia was all but consumed in the flames of Bolshevik revolution. In 6

Audio Letter 41

World War II it was Saudi Arabian oil again, and this time the back of the British Empire was broken. It was also about Chinese oil whose attempted development by the Japanese led finally to atomic fireballs over Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Today, NUCLEAR WAR ONE is fast approaching between Russia and the United States. This time it is different, in one respect—this time it is to be a grudge match. On one side are the Christian sect who have taken over the Kremlin after a struggle of six decades; on the other side are their overthrown deadly enemies, the atheistic Bolsheviks who are rapidly seizing total control over America. But even in this situation, energy continues to play a major role. To the Russians, control of nearby sources of energy is a prime consideration influencing their diplomatic and military strategy. To the Bolsheviks, oil is a tool of intrigue and economic conquest as well as a trigger for war. To understand the real significance of the OPEC oil price increase announced on December 17, it must be viewed in this light of Bolshevik intrigue because, my friends, what has just taken place is not what it appears to be. Saudi Arabia has now been lured into a trap; she is to be both scapegoat and victim in the economic chaos and warfare our rulers are now bringing down upon us all. The giant oil companies of the Rockefeller cartel will use the OPEC oil price increase as an excuse to reap tremendous windfall profits. As the American economy falters, public bitterness against Saudi Arabia will be whipped up. At the same time Saudi Arabia will be blamed for destroying the Camp David accords between Egypt and Israel. Increasingly we will be told that the United States must disengage and disconnect from Saudi Arabia. Events will deteriorate in the Middle East, with Saudi Arabia being made to appear even more sinister. Finally it is all to culminate in the American-Israeli limited nuclear strike against Saudi Arabia’s oil fields. It’s all part of the elaborate American strategy for a nuclear first strike against Russia, which I revealed in detail four months ago. So for both economic and military reasons, our rulers were determined to bring about a substantial increase in OPEC oil prices. To accomplish this, they have applied a triple squeeze on the OPEC countries. The first element of this triple squeeze is the declining value of the United States dollar. Once America’s rulers began to actively debase the dollar, the dollar in effect was on strike against the OPEC countries. OPEC oil was being paid for in cheaper and cheaper dollars causing the real income of the OPEC countries to decline steadily. In addition, the value of dollars already held by OPEC countries has been evaporating before their very eyes. Yet, in spite of all of this, OPEC oil prices were kept frozen for the past two years and it was Saudi Arabia that prevented any price increase from taking place. 7

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The second arm of the triple squeeze on OPEC lay within OPEC itself. Agitation to raise prices was led by Venezuela which came under Rockefeller control long before World War II. At the same time, the CIA agents within the OPEC structure made sure that OPEC would continue to base oil prices on the dollar. Our rulers wanted to have a visible connection between oil prices and the value of the dollar for propaganda purposes. What OPEC will finally be forced to do, my friends, will be to abandon the dollar within the next six months and begin pricing oil in terms of a basket of foreign hard currencies. But for now, our rulers have forced OPEC into continuing to price oil in terms of shriveling dollars. So now, the predominantly Arab OPEC countries have been trapped into appearing to be the cause of the dollar’s decline, inflation, and the coming depression here in America. The third and final arm of the triple squeeze against OPEC involved the actual triggering of the price increase. Some way had to be found to under-cut the leverage and influence within OPEC of Saudi Arabia long enough to force a substantial price increase. This was accomplished by means of the recent rioting against the Shah of Iran accompanied by drastic cutbacks in Iran’s oil production. The recent trickery involving Iran has been very successful in fooling almost everyone; and yet, what has just been done is one of the oldest tricks there is. To illustrate that, let me take you back for a moment to the spring of 1962. At that time tremendous riots were taking place in Greece, they were being labeled as Communist-inspired in the press, and likewise secret CIA reports were saying that a virtual Communist take-over of Greece was well under way by means of these riots. Ex-President Harry Truman, though long out of office, was still very actively interested in the policies of the American government. Also, Truman had always worried about Greece due to its strategic position on NATO’s southern flank. Through the Marshall Plan and other means he had done all he could to keep Greece strong and pro-Western. When President Truman read all the stories and CIA reports about Communist rioting in the streets of Athens, he became very worried. But Truman was always suspicious of the CIA, feeling that they were feeding him half truths. He considered Greece to be too important to depend on the probably slanted assessment by the CIA, and concluded that totally independent intelligence was needed on Greece. And so President Truman contacted his close personal friend, Robert Kennedy, who was then Attorney General. One of the things on which Truman and Kennedy saw eye to eye was their distrust of the CIA. Both were convinced that the CIA was actually serving a different master—and of course they were right. After conferring with Truman, Robert Kennedy contacted George Docking, the former Governor 8

Audio Letter 41

of Kansas, who had become a key Director of the United States Export-Import Bank. In turn, Docking contacted me and asked me to set up the Intelligence Mission to learn the true situation in Greece. At that time I was Legal Counsel to the Export-Import Bank, but my true function was very often the gathering and analysis of intelligence under the imposing cover of the Export-Import Bank. And while we were at it, President Truman wanted us to deliver a personal message to the Greek leaders. They were laying plans to erect a statue to Truman for his great help in keeping Greece in the Western camp after the war. He appreciated the thought, but he had made clear in rather salty language he did not want any statues. As a cover for the Intelligence Mission to Greece, we concocted an Exim Bank (Export-Import Bank) Mission to Austria, Greece, Turkey, Lebanon, and Spain. The story was that we were checking up on various projects where Exim Bank loans were involved. On April 18, 1962, the Exim Bank travel group, which included Governor Docking and myself, left Washington. After visiting all five countries, we finally arrived back here in Washington on May 1. The official report on the trip ended up at 46 typewritten pages. Tucked in, almost lost among all the words, was only one page about Greece. That single page contained only one statement of true significance, and it had nothing to do with the rioting which actually prompted the trip. This statement was: “Mr. Zelatas was particularly concerned about the steady decline in the gold reserves held by the United States.” Mr. Zelatas was an official of the Central Bank of Greece, and his actual words were a lot more emphatic. He said to me that if he did not protect the gold reserves of Greece, “My people would hang me.” But the real information sought on the trip had been the matter of the Greek riots and their origin. That information was contained only in a secret report which I delivered personally to Robert Kennedy. What I had done in Greece had actually been very simple in spite of the elaborate cover we had to use for the Mission. I went out and mingled with the crowds of demonstrators. Posing as a business man from Lebanon, I asked what the rioting was all about; was it Communist inspired? The answers were all the same. “Nonsense” they said. “The government itself is putting out the story that it’s Communist inspired. You see, that way America would give them more money than to Turkey.” The information which I obtained in this way turned out to be much more accurate than that given Truman by the CIA. As we all know, Greece did not go Communist; and today few Americans even remember the Greek riots of 1962. In the same way the riots in Iran have been orchestrated so as to create the image of a threat to accomplish a given purpose. That purpose was to provide an excuse for a drastic cutback in Iranian oil production that would help trigger an 9

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

increase in OPEC oil prices. CIA-directed funds were channeled into support for the rioting in Iran, but this fact was camouflaged by CIA reports beforehand that foresaw no threat to the Shah. The famous November 11 memo of Jimmy Carter which criticized the CIA for failing to foresee the rioting in Iran was only part of the cover tactics to allay suspicion. In the weeks before the OPEC oil meeting, the crisis atmosphere surrounding Iran was assisted by certain American multi-national corporations. They began evacuating personnel from Iran, and this was played up very big on television. We saw people flooding into airports at Athens, Tel Aviv, Rome, Paris— getting out in a hurry from Iran. At the same time remarks by Jimmy Carter added to fears that the Shah was doomed. On November 30 he said, “We do not have any intention of interfering in the internal affairs of Iran, and we do not approve any other nation interfering in the internal affairs of Iran.” And in further statements on December 1, December 6, December 7, and December 12, Carter continued to contribute to the crisis in Iran by refusing to publicly back the Shah. Thus the United States appeared to be deserting him, and the crisis continued to build in Iran. Meanwhile the oil flow from Iran was cut to a trickle. The other members of OPEC were put under an enormous and expensive strain in an effort to take up the slack. For weeks before the OPEC meeting in Abu Dhabi, this was the situation. The result was to pull the rug out from under Saudi Arabia. On December 17, just nine days ago, an OPEC oil price increase of 14.5% was announced to occur in four stages during 1979. As planned, everyone was shocked at such a large increase, but the following day Sheik Yamani, Saudi Arabia’s oil minister, said on the BBC World Service, “With the situation in Iran, the price of crude went up sharply, and we were not able to argue so much inside OPEC against an increase like this.” For now, the turbulence in Iran has served its immediate purpose of triggering a large OPEC oil price increase; but the pressure, my friends, will be kept on Iran to keep OPEC in line. The recent artificial turbulence in Iran has been a preview of things to come. We have now been provided with a careful demonstration of how vulnerable Iran could be, and how vital her oil supplies are to us and the world; and when the time is ripe, we will be reminded of these things for war propaganda purposes. In Audioletter No. 37 four months ago I detailed the secret American first-strike strategy to initiate all-out nuclear war with Russia. Under the plan, the Camp David accords between Egypt and Israel are to be shattered in a way that will lead to the nuclear destruction of Saudi Arabia’s oil fields. Already the ‘Hate Saudi Arabia’ campaign is building up in America’s controlled major media. As for Sadat, he has placed his hopes on President Carter, but in Audioletter No. 38 I revealed that Carter had suddenly contracted leukemia and cancer in 10

Audio Letter 41

the left side of the head. I must now reveal that the cancer has begun spreading to other areas of his body. This is the truth behind the recent cover stories about his hemorrhoid problem; and on Saturday December 23, Carter secretly returned to Washington from his Christmas trip to Plains, Georgia. He was here for cobalt treatments at the Bethesda Naval Hospital. My friends, in Audioletter No. 38 I explained how Jimmy Carter’s involuntary departure from the scene is intended to help ignite war in the Middle East. Now, those events are drawing closer by the day. Topic #2—Nearly two months ago, in late October, Soviet Foreign Minister Andrei Gromyko paid a three-day visit to France. On October 28 Gromyko held a press conference at the impressive new Soviet Embassy in Paris. Symbolically, the Embassy is located next door to the former headquarters of NATO, from which France withdrew years ago. In his press conference Gromyko said that his visit had “confirmed the privileged relations” between France and Russia; and he added: “I want to stress the word ‘privileged’.” My friends, what Gromyko was talking about was the unique position of trust that now exists between France and Russia. It all began long ago when General Charles De Gaulle, as President of France, began to see the handwriting on the wall. On one hand the United States was becoming increasingly devious and untrustworthy in its dealings with other countries. On the other hand, De Gaulle learned that something was taking place in the ruling circles of Russia, something that was gradually making Russia worthy of at least cautious cooperation. De Gaulle was determined that France should be strong and independent, so in a very cautious way he began to develop the relations between France and Russia as a counterbalance to the powerful influence of the United States. Gradually the process expanded to the mutual benefit of France and Russia. Meanwhile, American policies in both diplomacy and defense continued to deteriorate. As the United States became bogged down in the quagmire of Vietnam, it became obvious that we were not even fighting the war in a rational military fashion. The French, for their part, had learned their Indo-China lesson at Dien Bien Phu in 1954. For this and other reasons, De Gaulle concluded that the United States had become unreliable as a military partner. France, he decided, must go it alone, so in the 60’s De Gaulle pulled France out of NATO. The NATO headquarters building in France was closed, and NATO moved its headquarters to Brussels, Belgium, where it remains today. In taking this action, De Gaulle repudiated American leadership in the defense of Europe. He also signaled a truly independent attitude in foreign policy and defense. The door was open to increased dialogue and cooperation with Russia. Since that time the ties between France and Russia have grown steadily. There has been a historic 11

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

affection between France and Russia that dates back to the time of the czars, and today it is being restored again through cooperation in all kinds of areas. Nearly a year ago in Audioletter No. 32 I revealed the Franco-Russian intrigues in Canada. For the French, it is intended to lead to French domination of Canada; for Russia, it is expediting preparations for the invasion of the United States. But there are other areas of cooperation between France and Russia which are much more visible yet generally not recognized for what they are. For example, the French are contributing heavily to the instrumentation carried to Venus by the Russian Venera series of space probes. In the realm of military technology, France is participating with Russia in ongoing testing of charged particle beams in space. And last spring when France carried out neutron bomb tests in the Pacific, Russia raised not a word of protest. By contrast, the American neutron bomb is the target of intense Russian propaganda. Yet all of this does not mean that France has become a secret satellite of Russia; quite the contrary. France is continuing to pursue a foreign policy rooted in her own interests, and as a result French actions sometimes cause Russia great irritation. And Russia, for her part, is not above applying intense pressure on France whenever it is necessary. But even in areas where there is not agreement between France and Russia, there is an atmosphere of basic understanding. The situation was summarized in the article distributed by the Soviet Embassy in Paris before Gromyko arrived there in late October. It was titled: “MOSCOW-PARIS, AN AXIS OF DETENTE.” It praised relations between France and Russia as a model of peaceful coexistence between states with different systems, and it noted that their differences “will continue to predetermine a certain non-coincidence in the positions of the USSR and France in foreign policy, but the things which unite them are more important.” My friends, the unique factor tending to unite France and Russia today is TRUST. Wherever there are specific commitments between the two, there is trust that neither side will double-cross the other. It is this atmosphere of trust that is missing between Russia’s rulers of today and the rulers of America. As Gromyko said in a toast in France, “France practices a policy of detente without zigzags.” By implication, he was saying that others, especially America, cannot be trusted. And so when Gromyko called the relations between France and Russia “privileged,” he was talking about a matter of trust; and the benefits of that trust can hardly be overstated. In Audioletter No. 36 last July, I mentioned southern France as one of the areas that should be spared in NUCLEAR WAR ONE. I can now reveal that Russia’s campaign of nuclear sabotage has now been extended to Europe. It is by no 12

Audio Letter 41

means as extensive as that which has been carried out in America, which I first began to make public in Audioletter No. 23 for April 1977; but as of now, almost every country in both eastern and western Europe has now been mined with Russian cobalt bombs in key major cities. Russia’s intention is to use these bombs as blackmail. She wants to force Western Europe to stay out of the coming war, and she wants to fend off the revolutions in Eastern Europe which the Roman Catholic Church, dominated increasingly by Bolsheviks, is trying to bring about. Of all the countries of Europe, only one has so far been completely spared of all sabotage by the Russians—that country is France. In all of the other countries Bolshevik influence is great enough that Russia does not feel able to trust them completely; but where France is concerned, the element of trust is more powerful than nuclear weapons. My friends, lack of trust is the real reason for America’s coming catastrophe in NUCLEAR WAR ONE. There was a time when the United States of America was respected and honored for keeping its word with other countries, but that time has long gone. The atheistic Bolsheviks, who are seizing control of America, favor intrigue over honor and deception over truth. As the nationalist Chinese on Taiwan have just found out, years of solemn promises and guarantees by the United States no longer mean anything at all. The only way NUCLEAR WAR ONE could be prevented, my friends, would be for the Satanic Bolsheviks to be thrown out of their positions of power here in America. Russia today is controlled by Christians; and if America were once again controlled by Christians, trust could be established. But the Christian revolution which has been taking place in the ruling circles of Russia is not being repeated here in the United States. Instead, the atheistic Bolsheviks are using the guise of Christianity itself in order to attack Russia. Four months ago in Audioletter No. 37 I revealed that Bolshevik influences within the Vatican were preparing to throw the Roman Catholic Church into the Bolshevik war against Russia. Two months later I explained how Pope John Paul I had run afoul of this game plan, and what had happened to him as a result. I also pointed out the tangible evidence which was available to prove my charges of deceit and fraud within the Vatican. And now, the real Pope John Paul II has also fallen by the wayside, contrary to appearances. As I explained in Audioletter No. 39, Karol Cardinal Wojtyla of Poland was elected pope because the Bolsheviks wanted to make use of his anti-Communist image in their war against Russia; but as Pope John Paul II, he also had a flaw which the Bolsheviks could not tolerate. From the moment he became pope, Wojtyla made it clear that he intended to shake up the Vatican bureaucracy known as the CURIA. Initially, he did not re-confirm any top officials of the 13

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Curia. He merely asked Cardinal Villot of France to stay on as Secretary of State “until other decisions have been made.” Through these actions and other statements, Pope John Paul II made it clear that he was planning to completely restructure the Curia. Any such restructuring, my friends, would have dealt a serious blow to Bolshevik power within the Vatican, for it is through the Curia that the Bolsheviks now exercise their Vatican control; and their key agent, Giovanni Cardinal Benelli, is one of those who would have been replaced in a Curia reshuffle. But the Bolsheviks had known that Cardinal Wojtyla, as pope, would try to change the Curia. As Archbishop of Krakow, he had often spoken in favor of such restructuring; so when he became pope, they were already preparing to make sure he did not carry out his plans. When Cardinal Wojtyla was named pope on October 16, 1978, it was only his anti-Communist image that the Bolsheviks wanted. Wojtyla himself was a strong-minded man, not the type that usually makes a good puppet; and so, even before his election, Wojtyla’s unacknowledged replacement was being prepared. For the first few weeks of Pope John Paul II’s reign, he was kept busy with public appearances. On October 27 he began his shake-up of the Curia by firing a veteran Cardinal, Cardinal Felici, as President of an important Vatican council. But his heavy schedule of public activities tied his hands for moving rapidly on the promised reforms. Then in mid November the Pope virtually dropped out of sight for a time, but on November 21 the Vatican released an announcement that was as brief as it was stunning. As of that date, Pope John Paul II was said to have confirmed in their posts all of the top Curia officials who had served the previous two popes, without explanation. We were told in effect that Pope John Paul II had undone his own plans for Vatican reform. My friends, here is what actually happened. During the period in mid November when Pope John Paul II was seen very little, his poisoning was in process. Beginning November 18 this took the form of a very powerful air-borne poison based on plutonium and zirconium, a variant of the poison that produces Legionnaires’ Disease. The Pope’s condition deteriorated rapidly, and he died at approximately 4:00 P.M. Rome time on November 20, 1978. Shortly thereafter his body was secretly removed from the Vatican, being taken first to an interim location about 45 miles northwest of Rome. By 8:00 P.M. Rome time the following evening, November 21, his body had been cremated. It was earlier that same day that the Vatican issued the terse announcement saying the entire Curia had been re-confirmed by the Pope. Since that time an actor has been playing the part of Pope John Paul II. This man is neither Polish nor Christian. Those in Europe who have more opportunities than we in America to see the Pope should observe him closely. Pay close attention to the voice, the mannerisms, the closeness of the photography; compare the pictures of the dead Pope 14

Audio Letter 41

and this actor, and the exact nature of his public utterances. These days the ‘actor Pope’ is the most visible pope in history, made so by the controlled major media; and his pronouncements are moving the Roman Catholic Church closer and closer to open confrontation against Russia. My friends, in Audioletter No. 39 I explained how the Satanic fraud surrounding the death of Pope John Paul I could be proven. Now the fraud has taken the life of another Pope, and 700,000,000 Catholics are gradually being called to arms in the cause of Bolshevik warfare against reviving Christianity in Russia! Topic #3—Last month I devoted Audioletter No. 40 to a detailed explanation of the gruesome events which had just taken place in the Republic of Guyana. As I explained then, the Jonestown tragedy was a mass murder, not a mass suicide. It was staged in order to provide access to Guyana for a military operation—a commando raid to wipe out a secret Russian missile base. The base was the same one about which I had begun warning over four years ago in the summer of 1974. It was basically an American operation, but with heavy participation by the Israelis because of their unparalleled experience in such operations. And when I recorded Audioletter No. 40 last month, I was able to report that Jim Jones had not died at Jonestown but had escaped. The body identified by the FBI as that of Jones was that of a look-alike, a double. Jim Jones had followed an elaborate escape route which ended up in Israel on November 30, the same day I recorded Audioletter No. 40. Jim Jones was alive, my friends, but he was not well. It is time now to finish the nightmare story of Jim Jones. When Jones arrived in Israel he was suffering from cancer—in his head, in his left lung, in his stomach, and in his colon. After an intelligence debriefing near Jerusalem, he began receiving cobalt treatments for the cancer in his head. The treatments began on December 4, but they did not last long. The following day Jones was told that it would be necessary to transfer him to another location where more comprehensive treatment could be given for his advanced cancer. So shortly after 5:00 P.M. Israeli time, Jones boarded a small airplane with a doctor and three other men. The plane headed northwest toward Turkey, and then inland along the border between Turkey and Syria. At about 35 miles east of the town of Jerablus on the Euphrates River, the plane crossed briefly to the Syrian side of the border. At that point the door of the plane was thrown open and three men grabbed Jones. In his weak condition and caught by surprise, he was thrown out of the plane with almost no struggle. Meanwhile Dr. Lawrence Schacht was making his way to Israel, unaware of the fate that had befallen Jones. Unlike Jones, Schacht had been an Israeli agent from the beginning, and now he was returning home; but just as with Jones, the 15

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

FBI has been used to give false reports that Schacht died at Jonestown. It was Schacht who prepared the cyanide poison mixtures which were administered, some orally, some by injection, to the Jonestown victims. The cover stories about Schacht in the controlled major media of the United States have generally given him an idealistic image, but a Jonestown survivor who worked with Schacht in the Jonestown Medical Department paints a far different picture. She has been quoted as saying: “He was a sadist, he liked to see people in pain. He didn’t do anything to relieve pain.” On the day when Jim Jones was thrown out of an airplane over Syria, Dr. Schacht was making his way to Paramaribo, the capital of Surinam. Just before noon Washington time December 9, he left Paramaribo by jet across the Atlantic, taking with him a large amount of gold. His route took him to Conakry, Guinea; Bamako, Mali; and across the corner of Egypt near Wadi Halfa, Sudan, on the way to the Red Sea. At approximately 3:00 A.M. Israeli time December 11, Dr. Schacht arrived at Jerusalem. Dr. Schacht was afflicted with cancer in his head and throat; and, like Jones, had been promised the best in treatment for it upon arrival in Israel. But Schacht was given only a brief examination near Jerusalem and then told that he would have to be moved to another location for better treatment. There was no need for a long debriefing of Schacht, since Jones had already told everything there was to tell; and so barely an hour after his arrival in Jerusalem, Schacht was in the air again in a small plane with four other men. Three and a half hours later Dr. Lawrence Schacht met his end, as Jones had done six days earlier—falling from the skies to a lonely spot along the Turkish-Syrian border. My friends, it’s hard for most of us even to imagine such diabolical and coldblooded activities as these; but sadism and disregard for human life were the hallmarks of the Jonestown mass murder, and in the end those who sell their souls and their country for gold always pay the price! As I mentioned last month, Operation Guyana was successful in wiping out the Russian missile base there, yet this will have very little impact now on Russia’s ability to pulverize America in NUCLEAR WAR ONE. What it did accomplish was to buy a little time for our rulers for the coming war and to help throw the Russians off balance. Our rulers are also now trying to buy more time to put off NUCLEAR WAR ONE by a few months by establishing full diplomatic relations with Red China. In their feverish attempts to re-arm the United States in preparation for war, they are willing to do almost anything that will buy a little more time. Crash military programs are secretly under way, but even crash programs take time to bear fruit. The ruling circles in Red China are well aware that our own rulers cannot do without Red China as an ally against Russia, and so three months ago on September 19 they applied pressure tactics to force full recognition by the United States. On that date, as I revealed that month in 16

Audio Letter 41

Audioletter No. 38, a secret agreement in principle for a secret alliance was signed between Russia and China. But the Chinese leadership is far from united, unlike that of Russia; and while the Hua faction wants to side with Russia, the rival faction headed by Deng Hsiao-ping wants to go with America for a while. China can dictate tremendous concessions by the United States—but can dictate nothing to Russia. And so the ink was hardly dry on the Sino-Russian agreement of September 19 when it was used to panic our own rulers. As September 19 followed the sun around the world from China to America, news of the Sino-Russian secret agreement was flashed to Chinese agents here in America by the Deng faction. That same day, September 19, our rulers were confronted with the reality of this agreement and they were told that it could be undone only if two things took place. First, the Deng faction must be assisted in overcoming the faction headed by Chairman Hua; then, to consolidate Deng’s power and China’s allegiance to the United States, full diplomatic relations must be granted between America and Red China on China’s terms. The major media, while they have not explained all this, have drawn attention to September 19 as the critical day. For example, an article in the Washington Star on December 16 said: “In the fall the talks entered a new phase. On September 19 the Chinese consul in the United States visited Carter in the White House, conferring with him in the Oval Office.” The next day the Washington Post said near the end of a long article about the China decision: “By this account, the crucial United States decision was taken September 19, two days after the euphoric end of the EgyptIsraeli summit meeting with Carter at Camp David.” Soon the great wall poster battle erupted in Peking. Deng was making a bid to upset the power of Chairman Hua, and he succeeded; and as the war of words died out, Washington prepared feverishly to announce full diplomatic relations with China. That announcement on December 15 was the third major surprise handed to Russia by our rulers in less than a year. The first was the Korean air liner intelligence mission into northern Russia last April; the second was the Battle of Guyana last month, wiping out the secret Russian missile base there; and now Red China. But one has to ask: Where is all this really leading? On December 15, the day of the Red China announcement, there were only six Russian Cosmospheres on patrol over Red China; but less than two days later, 105 Cosmospheres have taken up their positions there. All Cosmospheres are equipped among other things with exotic lighting equipment for nighttime psychological warfare. The Chinese, robbed of all religion by their godless regime, are prime targets for such tactics. Who is to say how millions of Chinese might react if 100-plus Cosmospheres began haunting the night skies of China, flash17

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ing and hovering at low altitudes? In any case, our rulers cannot hope to do more than buy time with China. To achieve that, they are even willing to bleed off some of America’s productive capacity in building up China. With whatever time that will buy, they hope to improve their readiness for war by concentrating on secret weapons. The surprises dealt to Russia during the past year do prove that Russian intelligence, while it is very good, is not perfect. They can be surprised. This fact is not lost on the Kremlin either, and they are preparing some surprises of their own. I mentioned last month that geophysical warfare is high on the list of probable techniques to be used by Russia in retaliation for Guyana, but I can now reveal that the Russian Navy has removed the seven gigaton-range super bombs which had been planted around the Philippines when I recorded Audioletter No. 24. The Philippines, the only Christian nation in Asia, has now come to terms with Russia. This is true even though the United States may continue to use the huge Clark Air Force Base and the Subic Bay Naval Base there. With the new Russian cosmo-strategic weaponry, these bases are no longer so important. Instead, the Russians are reinforcing their network of cobalt bombs along America’s west coast itself. As of my latest report on December 20, there are now 46 bombs planted where they could devastate southern California. Along the California coast eight (8) are above the 36th parallel of latitude, four (4) above the 35th parallel, twelve (12) above the 34th parallel, and ten (10) above the 33rd parallel. There are nine (9) more between the 33rd parallel in California and the north end of the Gulf of California which contains three (3) more bombs above the 31st parallel. Some of these bombs are at sea, the others are generally underground in caves and mine shafts where they can help to trigger a massive earthquake. It remains to be seen how soon these capabilities will be used; but one thing seems clear, the United States has now had three strikes against Russia—the Korean air liner incident, Operation Guyana, and now Red China. Any hope for trust on the part of Russia is gone; and now, it is Russia’s turn at bat. On the evening of December 17, just over a week ago, the CBS television program “60 Minutes” devoted its lead story to the particle beam-weapons race. The program pointed out the potentially decisive importance of particle beams, and the fact that Russia is far ahead in this field. Within minutes my telephone began ringing. Fifteen months ago when I first revealed Russia’s operational status in particle beam-weapons, they were being ridiculed, so at that time many people paid little attention to what I revealed; but now, callers were saying: “Do you see what’s on television? You were right!”

18

Audio Letter 41

My friends, I warned long ago about the false wisdom called “Wait and see.” Now those who have chosen that course have waited; and now they are beginning to see. If we keep waiting, my friends, we will get to see it all—and we will all believe on the day that television programs are interrupted by a surprise announcement that NUCLEAR WAR ONE HAS COME! Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

19

Audio Letter 42
January 31, 1979
Eight days ago Jimmy Carter delivered what is sure to be his only “State of the Union” message to Congress and the Nation, and in some ways his speech truly reflected the desperate state of our Union. In a feeble effort to call forth echoes of John F. Kennedy and F.D.R., Carter spoke of a “new foundation” as the theme of his wandering Administration. This phrase, taken from the old Bolshevik anthem, “The Communist Internationale,” is a fitting title for a government that is now far gone in a quiet Bolshevik revolution. Last June he said Russia must choose between “confrontation and cooperation”; but, since then, America’s military plight has gotten steadily worse. And in his “State of the Union” speech, Carter said “...it is a myth that we must choose between confrontation and capitulation”; and, just for good measure, he repeated the same lie his Administration has been giving out now for sixteen months ever since the Battle of the Harvest Moon, and that is: “...nearly all issues of SALT II have been resolved.” And while he was at it, Carter also said, “I am grateful that in the past year—as in the year before—no American has died in combat anywhere in the world.” Yet only two months ago, the Jonestown mass murder and the Battle of Guyana took place to wipe out the secret Russian missile base there, and there were American soldiers who did die there—their coffins are still at Dover, Delaware, unclaimed. As he spoke, Carter was heavily medicated for pain, his cancer still getting worse despite frequent cobalt treatments for his so-called hemorrhoid problem. Meanwhile, the cancer in his head which I first reported four months ago in Audio Letter No. 38, is not being treated and is growing rapidly. It now engulfs an area about 3-1/2 by 4 inches inside his left temple and around the left eye. By March the effects should be publicly visible in his unusual behavior. Soon the 25th Amendment to the United States Constitution will come into play again when Carter dies, resigns, or is removed for incapacity. But the man who had hoped to benefit again from his own 25th Amendment, Nelson Rockefeller, has just passed from the scene forever. My three topics this month are:

21

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Topic #1—THE DECLINE OF THE HOUSE OF ROCKEFELLER Topic #2—THE BOLSHEVIK PLOT FOR A POPE’S REVOLUTION Topic #3—UFOs, IFOs, AND RUSSIA’S MASTER SECRET WEAPON. Topic #1—As war clouds were gathering over Europe and Asia in the 1930’s, four men in America were gathering the reins of world-wide power. These men were the third generation heirs to the most powerful dynasty the world has ever known, THE ROCKEFELLER DYNASTY. They were the four Rockefeller brothers—John D. III, Nelson, Laurance, and David. There was also another brother, Winthrop, as well as a sister Abby; but Winthrop cared little about world power and intrigue, and so long ago he was cast aside by the other four brothers. Winthrop went his own way, and eventually spent two terms as Governor of Arkansas before dying in 1973. Meanwhile the other four brothers were taking the very fate of Western civilization into their very own hands. As I have detailed on many past occasions, they played key roles in bringing on World War II and using it to expand their empire. In speeches during the war their father, John D. Rockefeller, Jr., described the carnage as a great crusade. In glowing terms he painted it all as well worth the suffering, death, and tragedy for millions upon millions. The Rockefellers believe in the old Chinese proverb that “Opportunities arise out of crises”; but as I reminded you last month, World War II was really fought over oil, and as a wise old friend of mine once said: “Oil is thicker than blood so long as it is the other fellow’s blood.” As the moans of World War II slowly died away, the four brothers surveyed the vistas of world domination that seemingly lay before them. World War II had shattered their most important rival in oil and world power, the British Empire. At the same time, the secret Rockefeller-Soviet alliance had emerged stronger than ever—an indispensable key to their future plans; and best of all, the oil treasure house of Saudi Arabia now lay firmly in the Rockefeller grasp. Using their unprecedented profits from Saudi Arabian oil, the Rockefeller cartel was soon to outstrip all financial rivals world-wide. For three decades following World War II, the world-wide power of the Rockefeller cartel expanded without letup under the hands of the four brothers. Politically, economically, and militarily they appeared to have the Midas touch. Their plans—unknown and unsuspected by the general public—usually went off without a hitch, and right on schedule. Through deliberate no-win wars and fabricated American setbacks in foreign relations, the secret Rockefeller-Soviet alliance made steady progress toward their joint take-over of the entire world. At the same time, beginning in 1961, the Brothers set in motion their Machiavellian two-pronged strategy for 22

Audio Letter 42

an eventual wartime double-cross of their Soviet allies. In this way, the Brothers were planning to finally pick up all the marbles for themselves. Their goal was nothing less than to rule all of the Planet Earth through a One-World Government. With the dawn of the 1970s, the four Rockefeller brothers were embarking on the final decade of their plan to seize control of the world. They were determined that the goal be reached within their own lifetimes. Secret joint plans with their Soviet allies were right on track for a carefully programmed thermonuclear war in the late 1970s. The war, NUCLEAR WAR ONE, was being programmed to involve the United States as the prime battleground; so to get ready for the war, the Brothers were rapidly transferring as much of America’s real wealth, including our gold and our technological know-how, into their own coffers overseas. America was being turned into a hollow shell—impressive on the surface but ripe for a shocking defeat by the Soviet Union. And yet, in a secret final twist, America’s Moon Program was setting the military stage for Russia’s destruction as the climax of the coming war. There appeared to be nothing to stop the four brothers; but then, within the past several years, things began to go wrong. They began making mistakes, and slowly but surely events began slipping loose from their former iron grip. Three and one-half years ago in Audio Letter No. 2 I pointed out some of the early symptoms of this slippage in Rockefeller control. Barely a year later in the summer of 1976, their carefully drawn plans began to be torn apart. Suddenly the secret Rockefeller-Soviet alliance of nearly 60 years was being terminated unilaterally by the Kremlin. The still secret underwater missile crisis of 1976 was under way, as I reported in Audio Letters Nos. 14 through 16. As my older listeners know, this crisis led to my meeting for more than an hour with the late General George S. Brown, then Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. The meeting took place on September 16, 1976, in General Brown’s office at the Pentagon. In Audio Letter No. 16 I reported that meeting to my listeners. Thanks to the brave leadership of General Brown, the United States had been spared a surprise nuclear attack, and now there was a golden opportunity to completely stop America’s march toward nuclear war. But the four brothers simply could not believe that their secret alliance with their Bolshevik allies in the Kremlin was gone for good. In the autumn of 1976 they did not yet understand that the Bolsheviks themselves had lost control of the Kremlin—that would not become clear for another year. And so they began trying desperately to appease the Kremlin in an effort to restore the alliance. An early victim of this insane effort was none other than General Brown. Within weeks of my meeting with him, he was cut down by the controlled major media and passed rapidly into obscurity. In Audio Letter No. 23 I detailed just how much General Brown had sacrificed for his loyal service to America. And for those who have heard what I warned about then, I can only 23

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

point out that General Brown did not actively serve out his term as Chairman of the Joint Chiefs—nor did he live long. Then came the worst miscalculation by the four Rockefeller brothers and their intimates—it led to disaster in space in September 1977. As I described that month in Audio Letter No. 26, the Russians succeeded in wiping out the Rockefeller ace in the hole for the coming nuclear war. In the Battle of the Harvest Moon, September 27, 1977, the crew of the secret American beam-weapons base in Copernicus Crater were killed by a Russian neutron particle beamweapon. It was fired at the moon from earth orbit by Cosmos 954, a manned Cosmos Interceptor Killer Satellite. Four months later, Cosmos 954 made an emergency landing in northern Canada. It was described in the news as a nuclear satellite crash. The Battle of the Harvest Moon was only the beginning of a complete revolution in the military equation between Russia and America, because during the final months of 1977, Russia began deploying all three legs of her still secret space triad of military weapons. The first leg of the space triad are the manned Cosmos Interceptors—that is, Killer Satellites. During the six months following the Battle of the Harvest Moon they began methodically destroying America’s fleet of spy satellites over Russia. That led in April 1978 to the Korean airliner intelligence mission over northern Russia, as I detailed in Audio Letter No. 33. Immediately after the Battle of the Harvest Moon, the Russian manned space program suddenly sprang to life. Suddenly the Russians began launching one batch of cosmonauts after another into orbit, setting new records and accomplishing new feats of all kinds. Meanwhile, without publicity, Russia’s first manned landing on the moon took place. The landing was made on October 16, 1977 on the back side in Jules Verne Crater; and by late the following month, as I reported in Audio Letter No. 28, Russian charged particle beam-weapons were already operational on the near side of the moon. These Russian moon bases can blast any visible spot on earth in less than two (2) seconds, and they constitute the second leg of the Russian space triad. On December 2, 1977, the third leg of Russia’s space triad announced its presence to our surprised leaders. On that day tremendous air quakes—loud blasts in the atmosphere—began rolling in from the sea along America’s east coast. In Audio Letter No. 29 I described the amazing Russian Hovering Platforms responsible for these blasts. Like the other two legs of the Russian space triad, these Hovering Platforms—called Cosmospheres by the Russians—are armed with charged particle beam-weapons. All of these secret weapons were unleashed operationally with blinding speed by Russia just over a year ago. 24

Audio Letter 42

They ruined the original Rockefeller plan for a carefully programmed NUCLEAR WAR ONE to end with the surprise destruction of Russia, and they drastically altered the military balance between East and West. As a result, the leadership of the four Rockefeller brothers in their world-wide power structure began to be seriously challenged over a year ago. They had made mistakes and their judgment was no longer accepted so easily by their most powerful associates and allies. At the same time, something had to be done, and quickly, to respond to the altered situation. For these and other reasons, Rockefeller power has increasingly been turning toward support for a sophisticated new Bolshevik revolution here in America. This began more than a year ago. In February 1978 I reported that Rockefeller doors world-wide were about to be thrown open to Red China in the fight against Russia. Today we hear all about America playing the so-called “China card”; but, as I told you six months ago, China is actually playing the America card. China’s goal is a restored alliance with Russia on the best possible terms, later on. More than a year ago the four Rockefeller brothers began using these and other stopgap measures trying to save their dynasty from utter ruin; but they have been trying to swim against the current of history. Last June I pointed out the historical fact that all true dynasties have a natural life span of approximately 100 years. By that standard the end of the Rockefeller dynasty is inevitably at hand. The very next month, July 1978, the lights began going out in the House of Rockefeller. The oldest of the four brothers, John D. III, met his fate allegedly in an automobile accident—and a bizarre accident to say the least—near his estate in Pocantico Hills, New York. That month I reviewed the true legacy of John D. Rockefeller III. Now, hardly six months later, the second oldest of the four brothers has abruptly left the scene. The true legacy of Nelson Rockefeller remains as I reviewed it more than 3-1/2 years ago in Audio Letter No. 1; but just five days ago, on the evening of January 26, 1979, he died. My friends, in life Nelson Rockefeller craved publicity, yet his death is shrouded in obscurity and unanswered questions. Normally it is customary for the body of an important public personality, such as a Senator or VicePresident, to lie in state so that the public can pay their last respects. This service was offered to Nelson Rockefeller’s family here in Washington by the U.S. Senate leaders, and was rejected—so there was no lying in state, no formal viewing at all. Instead, he was accorded a hasty cremation, an unusual step in the case of the Rockefellers, and a strictly private memorial service. Originally it was announced by Rockefeller aides that the cremation would take place Monday morning, January 29, the day before yesterday. This was to be followed by the memorial service at 11:00 A.M. Meanwhile, reports about the 25

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

circumstances of Rockefeller’s death have been contradictory and strange, raising one question after another. In response, Rockefeller spokesmen have kept changing their story from one day to the next; and as the questions multiplied, the cremation was hurried up. It was performed a day ahead of time, on Sunday morning. Later that day, a family spokesman announced the cremation to reporters, but he at first refused to identify the crematorium that was used and gave no explanation for the rush involved. There had been no change in the plans for the memorial service, which was still scheduled for the next day. My friends, the strange circumstances surrounding the death of Nelson Rockefeller are not just a morbid puzzle—they have to do with the fate of the United States and of Western civilization! He was one of the most powerful men on earth and, by his own choice, a public figure. Like the mass deaths in Guyana two months ago, Nelson Rockefeller’s death will affect your life and mine. Just as happened with Guyana, a smoke screen of maneuvers, changing stories, and confusion are being used to hide the truth about his death; but just as with Guyana, I believe you have a right to know the truth. At first the mass media chanted in unison that Rockefeller died of a heart attack while working at his desk on the 56th floor of Rockefeller Center. The time of death was said to be 10:15 P.M., Friday evening January 26, 1979. By the next day, however, a conflicting story emerged. It was said that he had died not at Rockefeller Center but at a town house located at 13 West 54th Street. According to the New York Times for Sunday January 28, “Neighbors and passersby reported that when the ambulance arrived a woman in an evening dress emerged from 13 West 54th Street and accompanied the attendants as they carried Mr. Rockefeller to the vehicle.” By Saturday afternoon the official story changed to the town house address. The Washington Post said on Sunday January 28, “Rockefeller collapsed in his first-floor office in a town house at 13 West 54th Street at about 10:15 P.M. Friday, and apparently died instantly, family spokesman Hugh Morrow reported. It was initially reported by Morrow that Rockefeller had suffered his heart attack in his 56th floor office at 30 Rockefeller Plaza.” The Post then quotes Morrow as saying, “Actually the death occurred in Mr. Rockefeller’s private office. The error was entirely mine.” But now there were new questions. People wondered: Who was the mystery woman in the evening dress? Family spokesman Morrow said he did not know of any woman being present at the time of Rockefeller’s death, according to the Sunday New York Times; instead, he said that the emergency number 911 had been called “by an unidentified woman neighbor.” Reportedly the only call for an ambulance was made by means of the 911 emergency number, and even 26

Audio Letter 42

more serious questions boiled up in this connection. For one thing, this number is for use by the general public in police and fire emergencies; and as New Yorkers know, it is rarely answered promptly—and yet there has been no report of so much as a call for a private ambulance. And still spokesman Morrow said by Saturday afternoon that a body guard and a chauffeur had been with Rockefeller at the time of death. Even worse was the question of the delay before the call was placed. Rockefeller spokesmen kept saying that Rockefeller had died at 10:15 P.M., even after they changed their story about where he died, but Police records showed that the 911 call was not placed until over an hour later, at 11:16 P.M. During the missing hour, Rockefeller aides worked feverishly, making arrangements to prevent any autopsy from taking place. By the next day, Sunday January 28, Rockefeller spokesman Morrow delivered his third version of the story to the press. According to the New York Times for the following day, he said, “that the death actually had occurred at about 11:15 P.M., and that the two people present when Mr. Rockefeller was stricken at the town house were Andrew Hoffman, a security aide, and Megan Ruth Marshack, a 31-year old staff assistant on Mr. Rockefeller’s recent art projects. Miss Marshack, who resides a few doors away at 25 W. 54th Street, placed the call to police within a minute after Mr. Rockefeller was stricken, Mr. Morrow said yesterday. On Saturday Mr. Morrow had said he did not know of any woman being present.” Even the age of 31 given for Miss Marshack by Morrow later turned out to be wrong; but with this newly revised story another Rockefeller spokesman said Sunday, according to the New York Times the next day that “There was no discrepancy in the hour, it was simply a case of people under pressure making a mistake.” And also according to the New York Times, Spokesman Morrow also told reporters that Miss Marshack arrived at the town house for work around 9:00 P.M. Friday evening “wearing a long black evening gown.” But most important of all is the question of the cause of death; and by the time spokesman Morrow gave his third version of events to reporters on Sunday January 28, the rush, rush cremation of Nelson Rockefeller had already taken place. The chance that an autopsy might allow the truth to leak out had been eliminated. Here, too, confusion reigned supreme in the public announcements. For example, the New York Daily News for Sunday January 28 reported that it had learned from a member of the family, “that Rockefeller had been complaining of chest pains for the last week or so, but no one, it was reported, thought the pains were significant and little attention was paid to them.” Yet elsewhere in the flood of Rockefeller items in the same newspaper there are the words of Dr. Kenneth Ryland, Rockefeller’s personal physician for forty years. He is

27

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

quoted as saying, “I examined him last Wednesday, and he was in excellent shape. I was shocked, completely shocked.” As in the case of the strange death of Nelson’s brother John D. III last July in an alleged automobile accident, we may never know the full details about Nelson Rockefeller’s death. Even now the young female aide who was with John D. III at the time of his sudden death, is still in seclusion. She is in a hospital in Westchester County, New York, under heavy guard; and now Rockefeller spokesmen are trying to hide the truth about Nelson’s death. As a result, their statements reported in the press media are a study in confusion. But, my friends, there was no confusion about what was to take place late that Friday evening, January 26, 1979. As is always done in intelligence circles, the psychological profile of Nelson Rockefeller had been studied. It would show that it was often his custom after dinner with his family on Fridays to leave to go to his private five-story town house at 13 West 54th Street for whatever purpose. It would also show that on these occasions his regular large contingent of armed guards would be off duty. On that Friday evening he made his usual trip to the town house. There he became preoccupied with doing what he had gone there to do. The moment came when his guard was completely down, and at that precise moment a shot was fired. The bullet tore into Rockefeller’s head with professional accuracy. After the shooting, his 25-year old female aide apparently collapsed in a semi-state of shock. At last report she is said by Rockefeller spokesmen to be in seclusion and unavailable for comment. As I say these words, the Rockefeller cover-up efforts are continuing, but new questions and glaring inconsistencies keep arising. For example, Rockefeller spokesman Hugh Morrow said for nearly two days that he did not know of any woman being present when Rockefeller died; but just yesterday the New York Times said that, “The Associated Press yesterday reported that at 4:00 A.M. Saturday, less than five hours after Mr. Rockefeller died, one of its reporters, recalling that Miss Marshack had worked as a radio AP news reporter in Washington before being hired by Mr. Rockefeller, had called her seeking a radio report on his death. She declined to make the radio tape, the Associated Press said, but told the reporter that Mr. Morrow was with her in her apartment and might speak to him later.” When asked about this by the Associated Press, Morrow reportedly replied that “Whatever Megan said at 4:00 A.M., I’m not going to comment on it. I’ve been through this thing over and over again, and I’m tired of it.” The two remaining brothers, Laurance and David, believe they cannot afford to let the truth be generally known about Nelson’s death. It would raise too many 28

Audio Letter 42

questions at this critical time. The greatest protection for their power has always been the false halo of philanthropy. That tranquil image would be shaken to its foundations by public knowledge that Nelson Rockefeller was murdered. And so because of the ugly head wound, his body was cremated with dispatch and his death attributed publicly to a heart attack. The once mighty four-man unit comprised by the four Rockefeller brothers is now very badly crippled. David and Laurance will need desperately to have someone join their inner family circle as a replacement for Nelson Rockefeller; and as it happens, the man most likely to don Nelson’s cloak of power is already conveniently at hand. In fact, he was with Rockefeller only hours before his death. He is the man most responsible for America’s disastrous intelligence gap, as I discussed at the Pentagon over two years ago with the late General George S. Brown. Several years ago a former CIA officer described this man to me as “a little Hitler waiting in the wings”; and now after 25 years as Nelson Rockefeller’s political protege, he now has a chance to become a member of the inner family circle of the Rockefeller family—and if he does, which is likely, he will be the man who will have gained the most from the murder of Nelson Rockefeller. His name: HENRY KISSINGER. Topic #2—Here in the United States the death of Nelson Rockefeller stole some of the headlines from another major event, which is drawing to a close. On Friday afternoon, January 26, just a few hours before Rockefeller was killed, the man who parades as Pope John Paul II arrived in Mexico. Today, after five tumultuous days there, he is returning to Rome. It was five months ago in Audio Letter No. 37 that I first alerted my listeners to the drastic changes that were afoot in the Roman Catholic Church. Pope John Paul I had been elected just the previous day; but as I explained then, Bolshevik influences within the Vatican were preparing to throw the Church into their fight against Russia, which has wrestled free of Bolshevik control, and Pope John Paul I, soon known as the smiling pope, vanished from the scene barely a month later. In Audio Letter No. 39 I explained how he had run afoul of the Bolshevik game plan, and what had happened to him as a result. And last month I revealed that his successor, the real Pope John Paul II, has also been eliminated. In his place there is now an actor, a man who is neither Polish nor Christian, who is doing the bidding of his Bolshevik masters. He bears a close resemblance to the man he replaced, but there are visual clues to look for. Close-up photographs of this actor should be compared carefully with those taken in October 1978 immediately after Cardinal Wojtyla was named Pope. As identification experts know, a person’s ears are almost like fingerprints in their

29

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

uniqueness, and you will discover that the ears along with other detailed features are not the same now as they were at first. Since making public the tragic destruction from within that is taking place in the Catholic Church, I have received heartbreaking letters from Catholic priests everywhere. They have confided in me about their torment because of the Bolshevik control, which is spreading like cancer throughout the Catholic Church. From my own past experience, I share their deep sadness. To report the machinations of Bolshevism in the Church is painful for me; but, my friends, the central and dominant issue facing men of good will today is that of the Satanic forces rampant on Planet Earth. In this vein, some Catholic priests have revealed their fear to me that to remain in their priestly positions would jeopardize their faith itself. Last month I pointed out how important publicity is for the actor pope in the anti-Russian game plan of the Bolsheviks. Describing this game plan, I said: “These days the actor pope is the most visible pope in history, made so by the controlled major media”; and early this month, on January 6, the New York Times echoed this very theme in an article titled “JOHN PAUL’S WINNING WAYS.” The second sentence read: “He has become the most highly visible pope in modern history, sallying forth from the remoteness of the Vatican every few days and charming the crowds, from school children to old people and from nuns to soccer players.” Ironically the same article adds later on that: “He plays to different crowds with the skills of the former actor that he is.” My friends, the actor pope is being used as a Pied Piper. Strictly as a tactic, he is singing a tune of progressive conservatism that is music to the ears to untold millions of Catholics, yet his two major themes, “Religious Freedom” and “Human Rights,” are actually centered on Man, not God. With this clever counterfeit of the real message of Jesus Christ, deadly politics is being disguised as religion; and the Catholic world, entranced by the tune of the actor pope, is already being led down the path toward the Bolshevik slaughterhouse of WAR against Russia. It was 14 months ago, in Audio Letter No. 28, that I was first able to reveal the revolutionary change that has taken place in the Kremlin. The atheistic Bolsheviks, who all but destroyed Christian Russia 60 years ago, have been overthrown after a struggle of six decades. In their place are the self-styled “Spiritual Communists,” an old and extremely tough Christian sect of native Russians; and as I revealed in Audio Letter No. 36, these new rulers of the Kremlin are actually in a process of discarding Communism in everything but name. Instead, their basic political viewpoint today is that of a strong Russian 30

Audio Letter 42

nationalism, as I discussed in Audio Letter No. 28; so, in a descriptive sense, they would be more accurately called Spiritual Nationalists. The overthrown atheistic Bolsheviks are in a frenzy to cut down Christian Russia again before the last vestiges of Bolshevik influence can be expelled. They know that their time is short if Russia’s holy war to wipe out Bolshevism is successful. The Bolsheviks know that the heart of Russia is spiritual, and so they are trying to rip out the heart of Russia by means of a spiritual attack. Already the actor pope is working feverishly on overtures to the Eastern Orthodox Churches hoping to reunite them with the Roman Church after 15 centuries of separation; and the real target in all of this is the Russian Orthodox Church. Before the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917, the Russian Orthodox Church was infiltrated by the Bolsheviks. Today Bolshevik influence is fast being weeded out in Russia; but if the plans of the Bolsheviks in the Vatican succeed, it will be restored as a weapon against Russia. All of this is tied to the secret American first-strike strategy, which I exposed in detail in Audio Letter No. 37; and the just-ended visit to Mexico by the actor pope is part of an elaborate strategy to throw eastern Europe into bloody revolution against Russia. On January 24, just hours before the actor pope left for Santo Domingo and Mexico, Soviet Foreign Minister Andrei Gromyko had a two-hour audience with him. Vatican officials said they could not recall such a long, intensive audience between a pope and a statesman. No statement was issued about what was discussed, but I can reveal that the actor pope pretended to show his concern for Catholics in Russia. Gromyko, however, argued in effect that the Pope not rock the boat in eastern Europe, saying that the moves under way by the Church will destroy Christianity, not help it. Then the actor pope left for Latin America. At his elbow throughout the trip was Giovanni Cardinal Benelli, a close friend of Henry Kissinger. As I revealed last month, Benelli is the key Bolshevik agent in the Vatican, and he went along to write the script for the actor pope to follow. The papal trip to Mexico was a tremendous publicity stunt and a prelude to the confrontation with Russia. The heavy news coverage surrounding the trip served to build a much broader public awareness of the actor pope’s image as an anti-Communist. At the same time the visit to Mexico was a preview of the Pope’s scheduled trip to Poland next May; and, as such, it was well calculated to send nervous shivers up the spines of government officials in Warsaw and Moscow. In Mexico, as in Poland, the government does not officially condone the Catholic Church; instead, for historical reasons, the Mexican Constitution imposes stringent limitations on church activity and power. Yet in Mexico, just as in Poland, the population is about 90% Catholic; and so when the Pope de31

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

cided to go to Mexico, the Mexican government had no practical choice but to allow him to come. Furthermore, Mexican law forbids churchmen to preach in public or even to wear a clerical garb in public; but these restrictions were clearly unenforceable for the Pope. To limit his visibility that way would have invited riots and mayhem, and the government knew it. For Mexico, the only practical thing to do was to wink at the law and give the Pope free rein during his visit; but for Poland, the situation is not so simple. The public intention of the actor pope is to visit Poland for the 900th anniversary of the martyrdom of Saint Stanislaus. To most Americans, having little idea who Saint Stanislaus was, this probably sounds remote, irrelevant, and therefore somewhat tame; but to the Poles, the symbolism and emotional tensions involved are enormous. The actor pope is the look-alike of the late Karol Cardinal Wojtyla of Poland. Before becoming Pope last October, Wojtyla was the Archbishop of Krakow. Nine hundred years ago, Saint Stanislaus was also the Archbishop of Krakow. Wojtyla was widely known among Polish Catholics as a man who stood up to the government even back in the brutal days of Stalinism; and 900 years ago Saint Stanislaus repeatedly spoke out in defiance of the king. He even excommunicated the king for cruelty to his subjects. Nine hundred years ago this May Saint Stanislaus was sought out by the king and killed for his defiance; and this May, the actor pope is scheduled to appear in Krakow to climax observances on the date of the anniversary of the martyrdom. Since this past September, the Vatican has been engaging in tactics designed to steadily build up tensions in Poland; and since Christmas Day the rise in tensions have been focused around Saint Stanislaus Day, because in messages to Polish churches just before Christmas, the actor pope urged that the Saint Stanislaus observances begin Christmas Day and continue until May. The Warsaw government is trying to figure out how to keep the lid on in the face of the feverish tensions that will apparently exist by May; but the final key to the Bolshevik plan is a stratagem, which even the actor pope himself does not suspect. If all goes according to plan, he will arrive in Krakow after first filling the streets with crowds that will dwarf those seen in Mexico. There in Krakow during the observances of the martyrdom of Saint Stanislaus, the actor pope himself is to be assassinated! The Bolshevik conspirators will arrange to make it appear that the Russian dominated Warsaw regime is at fault, and agitators will whip up the crowds. It will provide the classic triggering incident for revolt, and the Pope’s revolution will be on. It will erupt in Krakow, and spread like wildfire throughout Poland; and if the Bolshevik plans are a complete suc-

32

Audio Letter 42

cess, the Pope’s revolution will spill over into Hungary, 67% Catholic, and to other Catholic strongholds of eastern Europe. The Bolsheviks believe that by lighting the fires of revolution at Russia’s front door, they will be able to continue to keep the Kremlin off balance; and if Russia has her hands full trying to put down the Pope’s revolution, they reason, Russia will be in no position to go to war. Like America’s shotgun diplomatic marriage to Red China, they expect the coming revolution to buy more time for their panic rearmament for NUCLEAR WAR ONE. But, my friends, the Bolsheviks are wrong, dead wrong. If they do succeed in their plans to stain eastern Europe with a sea of Catholic blood, it would not stave off Russia. Instead, it will be the last straw for the Kremlin. As Russia’s rulers see things getting out of hand, they will realize that their advantage over the West, all things considered, has stopped increasing at that point. Seeing that further delay is no longer on their side, they will wait no longer. The remaining moves on their pre-war chess board will simply be abandoned. Contrary to Bolshevik expectations, the Russians will not try to put down the Pope’s revolution before going to war. Instead, they will shift quickly to a full war footing. Their first priority will be TO DESTROY THE UNITED STATES and other pockets of Bolshevism world-wide, using their space triad with devastating effect. Only after the war will they try to pick up the pieces in eastern Europe. Topic #3—One year ago last month loud air blasts at sea began shaking homes and frightening thousands along America’s east coast. For a while government spokesmen tried to just ignore them; but the booms, now known as AIR QUAKES, would not go away. Next they were ridiculed in the controlled major media, but that tactic quickly changed too because too many people were hearing them to accept it all as a big joke. Finally, after these air quakes had been going on for several months, the government tried to explain it all away by blaming the whole thing on freak weather conditions. Alleged experts were trotted out to impress the public with the mumbo jumbo about unusually cold air layers. Waving their arms about these weird weather conditions, some tried to say that the booms were due to military aircraft, perhaps a hundred miles out to sea. Others managed to keep a straight face as they told us that the booms were caused by the Concorde supersonic transport. Somehow, they said, the shock waves from the plane were striking America’s east coast more than an hour ahead of the plane itself, and with incredible force. Explanations like these were ridiculous on their face; yet many Americans, eager to be pacified, accepted these insults to their intelligence at face value. Most of the vast number of air quakes taking place nation-wide were kept out of the press, and people calmed down. Even many of my listeners tried not to believe the truth about the air quakes, which I made public shortly after they began in Audio Letter No. 29 33

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

for December 1977. They were caused by newly operational Russian Cosmospheres firing their Particle Beam-weapons in a defocused mode into the air over the Atlantic Ocean. When I recorded Audio Letter No. 29 there were seven Cosmospheres hovering over the United States, but in the months that followed the numbers of Cosmospheres grew into the hundreds world-wide. Now that the media lid is on the air quakes, a government-sponsored study of them by the Miter Corporation has been quietly released. The report, released early last month, lists 594 air quakes between December 1977 and the following June. By June, of course, those alleged ‘freak cold air layers’ of last winter had to be long gone. The study does its best to blame the booms on aircraft noises anyway, but 181 air quakes were impossible to link, even artificially, to any acceptable excuse, so the report lamely concludes that they must be of some natural origin—it wouldn’t do, after all, to admit the real cause. The Cosmospheres, my friends, are Russia’s version of the HOVERING WEAPONS PLATFORMS about which the late General Thomas Power tried in vain to give a warning 14 years ago. General Power, former head of Air Force Research and Development and then of the Strategic Air Command, knew what he was talking about. In Audio Letter No. 32 last March I reviewed in detail the efforts of General Power to warn the American people; but as with many others who have tried to alert us over the years, his efforts were suppressed and ignored. As the numbers of Cosmospheres have multiplied world-wide during the past year, UFO sightings have likewise been mushrooming. As in the past, some UFO sightings today are just that—Unidentified Flying Objects; but nowadays it would be more appropriate in many cases to call the sighted objects IFOs— that is, Identified Flying Objects, because they are not unknown space visitors but identifiable as Russian Cosmospheres. In some cases though, combined sightings are taking place which involve both Cosmospheres and true UFOs. In the past, UFOs have always been attracted by aircraft, rockets, and spacecraft, especially when these are new or experimental. The Cosmospheres are no exception to this rule. Wherever Cosmospheres are congregated nowadays over military targets, UFOs occasionally show up and dart around among the Cosmospheres. The best known case of this type so far happened recently in New Zealand. Late last month on the evening of December 30, an Australian television news crew made headlines world-wide by filming what they called UFOs from an airplane over New Zealand. The film, some seven minutes long, was purchased by the BBC and by the CBS TV network. On January 2 CBS showed 34

Audio Letter 42

less than 50 seconds of the film which showed a glowing spherical object, and most of the objects sighted that evening by the camera crew and other observers were described as spheres of light. However, as the film clip was shown, a sound track was played. The Australian newsman described a different object. He said it looked like “a flying saucer.” Walter Cronkite did not say whether or not the sound track had been recorded simultaneously with the film clip that was being shown. In any case, the spherical object in the film was a Russian Cosmosphere, but the attempts to discredit the film are an echo of the ridiculous government stories about the air quakes last year. On the evening of January 25, just six days ago, Walter Cronkite of CBS News reminded viewers of the New Zealand UFOs; then he went on: “Well, the New Zealand Air Force reported today that freak atmospheric conditions, not visitors from outer space, were responsible. Investigators said one definite cause was an unusually bright Venus rising in the eastern sky.” My friends, the recent flurries of so-called UFO sightings over Australia and New Zealand are actually due to Cosmospheres—and with good reason. Lately we are hearing a great deal about plans for America’s so-called MX mobile missile; but, in fact American mobile missiles are already being scattered like popcorn world-wide. Our Bolshevik rulers are hoping to outflank Russia with sheer numbers of missile sites if nothing else. The missiles involved are based on our standard Minuteman. As a solid fuel rocket, it is well suited for mobile basing—in fact, this was designed into some versions of the Minuteman in the first place; and now New Zealand is host to two American mobile missile bases. One is not far from Hamilton on the North Island, the other is near Alexandra on the South Island. They are concealed in mountainous areas. Likewise, a very large missile complex is in the Northern Territory of Australia—it straddles the Robinson River and spreads out over an 18 by 22-mile area. In that area there is no one to watch what goes on but alligators and aborigines. The Russians are keeping close tabs on all American missile bases, new and old, by means of their Cosmospheres. As I have explained in the past, their Particle Beam-weapons can blast our missiles at the moment of launch; but our Bolshevik rulers believe they have devised a way to disable the Cosmospheres just long enough to get the missiles safely launched against Russia. Scientific intelligence analysts in the United States understand that the Cosmospheres hover by floating in the earth’s electrostatic field. They also presume that the Russians use the same techniques we would in order to aim their Particle Beamweapons—that is, a combination of infrared detection and radar. They reason that if the Cosmospheres can be disturbed from their hovering positions and if their sensing systems can be blinded, their Particle Beam-weapons will do no good. Even if they fire they will be aimed wild and will miss our rockets as they 35

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

are launched. The solution they have devised is called a Cobalt Ionization Bomb. Unlike a normal cobalt bomb, such a device is not designed to create a tremendous blast; its primary purpose instead is to create tremendous quantities of totally ionized cobalt—that is, the cobalt atoms are stripped of all their electrons, leaving bare nuclei. The plan is to detonate these at various locations in the upper fringes of the atmosphere, as high as possible, but below the hovering altitude of the Cosmospheres. The result will be an enormous storm of electrons, spreading horizontally in the earth’s magnetic field to pass underneath the Cosmospheres. This, they believe, will briefly disrupt the electrostatic field around each Cosmosphere and also the infrared and radar systems used to watch the missiles below; and while the Cosmospheres are briefly incapacitated in this way, our rulers plan to launch our ICBMs right past them. Meanwhile, ground-based high-power lasers will be used in an effort to shoot down the Cosmospheres. But, my friends, our masters are falling victim to the very intelligence gap which they themselves brought about years ago, because the Russians well understand the importance of surprise, including technological surprise. And so while they have allowed their space triad to become known in intelligence circles because of its deployment, they still have a master secret weapon in reserve for the war itself. This weapon is a system to protect the Achilles’ heel of their beam-weapons—the ability to aim them accurately. It is called “Psychoenergetic Range Finding,” or PRF. PRF does not rely on conventional radiations like infrared or radar—instead, it’s based upon detection of the actual atomic signature of the target, and normal jamming techniques have no effect on PRF. So when the American cobalt ionization bombs explode, the Cosmospheres will be able to aim right through the electron storms to blast our missiles. And so, my friends, day by day the atheistic Bolsheviks are leading the Anglo-Saxon West into the caldron of thermonuclear war! Already we can sense the impending doom in our nostrils, yet still we refuse to do anything to stop it. If we allow Western civilization to be dissolved, will the survivors dare to say, “May God forgive us?” Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

36

Audio Letter 43
February 28, 1979
All across the United States millions of Americans are growing weary of a long, harsh winter. Over large areas of the country winter storms this year have been abnormal and unpredictable. Time and again America’s industrial heartland in the Midwest has been paralyzed by unusually heavy snowstorms. Powerful rainstorms have battered California, which supplies a major share of America’s food supply. The major population corridors of the Northeast have endured storm after storm, taxing energy supplies and human patience. In the Southwest and elsewhere storms have caused losses of electrical power on an unprecedented scale, and even here in Washington, D.C., the biggest snowstorm in over 50 years has just taken place. For days, the nation’s capital was brought to a standstill by two feet of snow, and we are still digging out. And strange weather patterns have struck also in Europe this winter. Four weeks ago on January 31, NATO ground forces gathered in Germany for their first winter maneuvers in six years. When they began, conditions appeared ideal, the ground was frozen solid to the depth of five inches, making a nice firm footing for NATO tanks and other vehicles. There was also a convenient amount of snow on the ground, a little less than a foot. This was enough to make the war games seem realistic without actually making things difficult. The NATO teams were divided up into mock invaders, called the “Orange Force”; and defenders, called the “Blue Force.” At one minute after midnight January 31 the Orange Force began its make-believe invasion. It was right on schedule without the element of surprise that would exist in a real invasion. Even so, the attacking Orange Force soon outflanked the Blue defenders, and for the next two days the Orange Force, representing the Warsaw Pact, rode southward across the West German landscape. Meanwhile the so-called Blue Force, representing NATO defenders, were getting set to counterattack. On the morning of February 2, the third day of the make-believe war, the Blue Force was almost ready to go; but then, the unexpected happened. Suddenly the weather changed, strong warm winds blew up out of nowhere, and soon these were joined by rain. Within hours the ideal maneuvering conditions vanished— the snow melted, swelling streams and causing local flooding; and the frost melted, causing the whole area to turn into a mud bog. Tanks churned and 37

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

groaned as they sank into the mire. Meanwhile NATO’s alleged new wonder weapon against enemy tanks, the A-10 Close-support Aircraft, turned out to be absolutely useless. They were grounded by dense fog. Flooding caused a rush evacuation of a Field Hospital, and for three days NATO troops, tanks, and artillery sat stalled in a so-called “Administrative Hold.” Finally, NATO Commander General Alexander Haig flew over the scene by helicopter and then called off the whole thing. And so the NATO exercise, which had been named “CERTAIN SENTINEL” ended on a very uncertain note. Meanwhile, 200 miles away in Czechoslovakia, Warsaw Pact maneuvers were under way too; and when the weather changed, they went on as if nothing had happened. It’s almost as if the weather itself had turned against the United States and the NATO alliance. And, my friend, it has! Over a year ago in Audio Letter No. 29, I revealed that Russia had begun the operational deployment of Hovering Weapons Platforms. These remarkable machines, which the Russians call Cosmospheres, are armed with Charged Particle Beam-weapons. When I recorded Audio Letter No. 29, seven Cosmospheres were on station over the continental United States, and they were causing the famous ‘air blasts’ now called AIR QUAKES. These were the by-product of weather modification experiments using their Beam-weapons in a defocused mode. Fourteen years ago the late General Thomas Power, former Commander of the United States Strategic Air Command, gave a public warning in advance about these hovering military craft. In Audio Letter No. 32 I reviewed General Power’s efforts to warn America before it was too late, but he was ignored and Russia developed these machines, while America did not. And today they are on station over our missile bases, major dams, and cities, ready to pulverize targets on command. They are also manipulating the weather over the United States, and a squadron of Cosmospheres used the weather to turn NATO’s so-called “CERTAIN SENTINEL” maneuvers into a farce. The purpose was a bloodless object lesson to the Western European members of NATO. The Kremlin is trying by every possible means to persuade Western Europe to stay out of the coming thermonuclear war between Russia and America, while most Americans still are blissfully unaware of the reason for much of this winter’s unusual weather. All they know is that they are tired of winter and looking forward to the first signs of spring. And yet, my friends, if the “new Bolsheviks” who now control the American government have their way, the season of real trial and hardship is only beginning, NOT ending. Their intrigues are accelerating toward a climax, and as winter melts away the world is heating up with the danger of WAR. Six months ago in Audio Letter No. 37, I revealed in detail the top secret plans of America’s rulers to initiate nuclear war with Russia. For the first time in 38

Audio Letter 43

American history it is now the master strategy of the United States to strike first in a major war, and in this same Audio Letter I outlined the steps which were being planned to lead up to full scale war with Russia. The strategy of the “new Bolsheviks” to launch an American nuclear first strike against Russia is already far advanced, and moving fast. Many elements of the top-secret plan which I revealed last August have already become highly visible. First, the Camp David summit of last September 1978 set the plan in motion. The plan I had revealed was followed to the letter, and the so-called surprise “Peace” accords were signed with big smiles by Carter, Begin, and Sadat on nation-wide television. Likewise, the Bolshevik plan to throw the Roman Catholic Church into their own fight against Russia has been moving along right on track. Pope John Paul I, elected only the day before I recorded Audio Letter No. 37, quickly left the scene, and today the anti-Russian policies of the Vatican are becoming more visible by the day. More recently the crucial importance of Iran and China in the first-strike plan has caused them both to dominate the news. As planned six months ago, Iran has been made a source of concern to the American public; and China, whose western province of Sinkiang is essential to the American first-strike strategy, forced the United States into full diplomatic recognition over two months ago. Now we are moving rapidly toward the stage of ‘oil shortages’ and ‘gas rationing’ as the crisis atmosphere intensifies prior to war. And exactly according to plan, Saudi Arabia is being painted more and more as a threat to peace by politicians and the controlled major media. My friends, springtime is always a time of unrest and possible war. It is the easiest time of the year to trigger violence; and as spring approaches, preparations are under way jointly by the United States and Israeli governments to trigger an incident that will cause war to erupt in the Middle East. The nuclear destruction of Saudi Arabia’s oil fields is intended to follow soon afterward. In Eastern Europe too, the coming of spring is accompanied by great danger this year. Last month I revealed the Bolshevik plan for the “Pope’s Revolution” to erupt in Krakow, Poland, this May. The key to the plan is to be the visit to Poland in May by the ‘actor Pope’, the man who calls himself Pope John Paul II; and just six days ago it was revealed that the Pope now plans to be in Poland May 13 through the 15th. For the reasons I revealed last month, my friends, it will be the beginning of the end for the West if the “Pope’s Revolution” does take place. That means the next two months or so could well determine the future course of human history. If that history is written according to the Satanic Bolshevik plan, it will be written in our blood, and it will be a story of thermonuclear catastrophe, unparalleled destruction, tragedy, suffering, torment—all on a scale that is beyond human comprehension. And yet, my friends, I must remind you once again of something I pointed out in my very first talking tape

39

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

recorded over four years ago in October 1974. That was Audio Book No. 1 titled: “HOW TO PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE COMING DEPRESSION AND THIRD WORLD WAR.” The information I make public from my own intelligence concerns the plans of men. These human plans are not unchangeable. The men who make these plans like to play God, but they are not gods. Their plans do change, their timetables do slip, they do make mistakes, and the unexpected does happen. During the past several weeks, my friends, the unexpected HAS happened, dramatic events are taking place hidden from the public, which will inevitably have profound effects on the course of events both here and world-wide. My three topics for this month are: Topic #1—THE MYSTERIOUS DISAPPEARANCE OF DR. HENRY KISSINGER Topic #2—THE PLUNDERING OF THE ROCKEFELLER FAMILY EMPIRE Topic #3—OUR LAST CHANCE TO SAVE WESTERN CIVILIZATION. Topic #1—Last month on the evening of January 26 the life of Nelson Rockefeller suddenly came to an end. Five days later when I recorded Audio Letter No. 42, I was able to report that he had been murdered by a single expert shot to the head. Immediately Rockefeller aides and spokesmen were put to work in a feverish effort to cover up what had happened. For the reasons I mentioned last month, Nelson’s surviving brothers, David and Laurance, felt that it would be too dangerous to have the public know he had been murdered. It would have raised too many questions, and so Rockefeller spokesmen spouted one set of lies after another for public consumption. Meanwhile, Nelson Rockefeller’s body was cremated quickly to make sure that the multiplying public questions about his death did not lead to an autopsy. By the time I recorded Audio Letter No. 42 on January 31, key Rockefeller family spokesman, Hugh Morrow, had run through three versions of the circumstances surrounding Rockefeller’s death and each new version demolished what he had already said. About a week later, the third version began falling apart. News reports quoting unnamed sources within the Rockefeller family said that the person who had called the New York emergency number 911 for an ambulance was not Megan Marshack. Miss Marshack, Rockefeller’s young aide, had been with him in his townhouse at the time of death; but the 911 call, it was now said, had been made by Miss 40

Audio Letter 43

Ponchitta Pierce. Miss Pierce, a New York television personality, was said to be a friend and neighbor of Marshack. On Saturday night February 10, Ponchitta Pierce put an end to several days of questions and rumors by releasing a statement through her attorney; but her statement triggered new questions as it ruined all previous statements by Rockefeller spokesmen about Rockefeller’s death. In her statement, Ponchitta Pierce said that Megan Marshack had called her between 10:50 and 11:00 P.M. on that evening of January 26. That ruined the official story of Rockefeller spokesmen to the effect that Rockefeller had suffered his “heart attack” at 11:15 P.M., and it revived the early questions to the effect: Why all the delays between Rockefeller’s alleged heart attack and a call for help? The Pierce statement added to the mystery in another way too. She said that she got to Rockefeller’s townhouse about 11:15 P.M., called the 911 emergency number to request an ambulance, and then left quickly to go back to her own apartment. The natural question is: Why would anyone flee from the scene of a heart attack? Especially since contrary to some reports Ponchitta Pierce had known Nelson Rockefeller for more than 10 years! Why didn’t she stay to help?...unless he was obviously beyond help. On the same day that Ponchitta Pierce released her statement to the press, the New York Post quoted Steven Rockefeller, Nelson Rockefeller’s second eldest son, as calling for clarification of the whole situation; and two days later his son, Steven, Jr., Nelson Rockefeller’s 18-year old grandson, reportedly said, “We just want the truth. The issue is simply whether he could be alive now. Had he been a more practical man, thorough in his bodyguard protection, maybe this would not have happened.” These words of Nelson Rockefeller’s grandson Steven, Jr. were dangerously close to the mark. Last month I explained how Nelson Rockefeller had been caught in a weak moment with “his guard down” and with his normal large contingent of bodyguards off duty. Two days later, February 14, his father Steven made a complete turnabout: he joined with his brother Rodman and sisters, Ann and Mary, in a joint statement aimed at cutting off the controversy. The statement said in part: “Since we are convinced that nothing could be done to save Father, and that all the people who tried to help acted responsibly, we feel that it is wrong for us to take part in a continued debate over the details. Consequently, we do not intend to make any further public comment.” But the circumstances surrounding the death of Nelson Rockefeller have an important bearing on the future of the United States, not just the future of the Rockefeller family; so the questions about those circumstances will not go away just by wishing it so. As a footnote to what I made public last month, I 41

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

can now reveal the reason for the long delay between Rockefeller’s shooting and the 11:16 P.M. call for an ambulance. Rockefeller did not die at 11:15 P.M., nor even at 10:15 P.M., as stated in the earliest news reports. The death actually took place between 9:30 and 10:00 P.M. After Megan Marshack recovered from her semi-state of shock following the shooting, she placed a call which still has not been made public. As a result of this call, a doctor quickly arrived who was prepared to handle the situation. The single gunshot wound in Rockefeller’s forehead stopped bleeding in less than an hour. The doctor then filled the bullet hole with Calamine Lotion, which hardened. After cleaning off all the blood, the doctor’s job was done. It would now be possible to remove the body by ambulance without the true cause of death being apparent at a glance to casual bystanders. The doctor’s make-shift work on the scene did fool bystanders, but if you will look on page 39 of LOOK magazine for March 5, 1979, you will discover that the job was not quite perfect. The photo at the bottom of the page is of Nelson Rockefeller’s body as it was being carried out of his townhouse on a stretcher. The picture is grainy and shows little detail; even so, look closely. One to two inches above the bridge of the nose and slightly toward the left eyebrow you will see a roughly circular dark area. That, my friends, is the hastily disguised bullet hole. The Calamine Lotion did not completely hide the discoloration and was not smoothed to perfection. Last month I alerted my listeners to the fact that the man who stood to gain the most from Nelson Rockefeller’s death was his protege of 25 years, HENRY KISSINGER; and Kissinger wasted no time in pushing ahead with his bid to fill Nelson Rockefeller’s shoes in the inner family circle of the Rockefeller empire. His campaign was already well under way on Friday February 2, 1979. On that day a memorial service for Nelson Rockefeller at the Riverside Church in New York was attended by well over 2000 people from 71 nations. Eulogies were delivered by a daughter, Ann Rockefeller-Roberts; by a son, Rodman C. Rockefeller; and by brother David Rockefeller, and by Henry Kissinger. It was Kissinger whose eulogy received all the attention from the controlled major media—and no wonder. The huge audience was hushed as Henry Kissinger made his way to the pulpit. Then, seemingly with tears in his eyes, Kissinger began to speak of Nelson Rockefeller. As his choking voice echoed through the great sanctuary of the Riverside Church, Kissinger referred to Rockefeller as: friend, inspiration, teacher, and “my older brother.” Kissinger’s eulogy was a masterpiece and brought tears to the eyes of many. The final passage was about sitting with Nelson Rockefeller “on the veranda overlooking his beloved Hudson River in the setting sun.” And as the last words of the eulogy, Kissinger claimed that Rockefeller would occasionally say: “Never forget that the most profound force in the world is Love.”

42

Audio Letter 43

With those final words echoing through the church, the man who had plotted the death of Nelson Rockefeller turned and slowly left the pulpit. What Kissinger did not suspect was that he had just said his final words in public. The following evening, Saturday, February 3rd, Kissinger was reportedly in Seattle with the stated intention of seeing China’s Deng Hsiao-ping. In fact, the Washington Post two days later reported that Kissinger saw Deng in Seattle on Sunday morning, February 4; but the Post was wrong about that. At about the same time that the Washington Post said Kissinger was in Seattle, he was actually at Dulles Airport outside Washington, D.C. Just past noon at 12:30 P.M. Washington Time, February 4, Kissinger took off for London on the British Airways Concorde. Less than 11 hours later, Kissinger arrived at Chaumont in the Loire Valley, France, where it was the morning of February 5th. From there Kissinger flew nearly 200 miles west to Blois, France, in time to breakfast there. By late that evening of February 5, Henry Kissinger and his wife Nancy were in London. At approximately 11:00 P.M. London Time, they took off for the United States in a private jet; and as they did so, they were subject to continuous surveillance. A network of 26 Russian cosmospheres were on station at that time above the air lanes between America’s east coast and Europe. At 7:12 P.M. Eastern Standard Time, February 5, all contact with the jet carrying Henry and Nancy Kissinger was abruptly lost. The jet did not arrive at its destination, and Henry and Nancy Kissinger are nowhere to be found. Kissinger aides claim that he is “on vacation,” meanwhile articles keep being printed about Kissinger which keep his name before the public, but he himself has dropped out of sight. On February 15, I stated publicly that Kissinger was missing on the Ray Briem Talk Show over Radio Station KABC, Los Angeles; and on February 17, I appeared on the Bob Snyder Talk Show over Radio Station WINQ, Tampa, Fla. On that program I not only reported that Kissinger was missing but stated that he had been so since February 5. I also gave Kissinger’s itinerary immediately preceding his disappearance—that is, Washington to London, to France, to London again—and then missing. Now there is already an attempt to head off public awareness that Kissinger is missing. His aides are now giving out a cover story, which has already found its way into print. In the New York Daily News for February 26, just two days ago, the “People” section contained an item titled: “K Soothes Sorrow in Europe.” It began: “Where is Henry Kissinger hiding?” Saying that an unnamed Washington commentator suggested he was missing, the article says: “Well, forget it all. The fact is Henry and his wife Nancy left town shortly after the death of his close friend, Nelson Rockefeller, for a vacation from the news hounds. Henry left New York February 4, went to England, then France, back to London, and is now in Mexico.” As I mentioned before, Kissinger left Wash43

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ington on February 4, not New York; and his plane did not land in Mexico or anywhere else after leaving London on February 5. But the New York Daily News article says Kissinger is expected back next month; and just for good measure, a Kissinger aide is quoted as saying: “He is alive and well, and may show up anywhere in the world because he is welcome anywhere.” My friends, I can only say that it will be a miracle if the real Henry Kissinger is ever seen again; and speaking as a lawyer, I can tell you that only the real Henry Kissinger could bring legal action against me for what I have told you concerning his criminal activities against the life of Nelson Rockefeller. Henry Kissinger has vanished from the scene just as he was on the threshold of the ultimate grab for power that was his dream. But Kissinger conspired with others to bring about far more than the mere death of Nelson Rockefeller; and the startling events he helped to set in motion have continued despite his own mysterious disappearance. Topic #2—On February 7, two days after the disappearance of the Kissinger jet over the North Atlantic, Megan Marshack emerged out of hiding. She was seen briefly in New York and was photographed wearing a raccoon coat. That was the last time she was seen in public. That night she and David Rockefeller boarded one of David Rockefeller’s private jets and took off for London. Arriving in London the morning of February 8, local time, they headed for separate destinations. She went to a location in the western end of London, while he had business in the Seven Oaks section of South London. Early the following morning David Rockefeller received an urgent message to go to Megan’s location in the west end of London. There had been some trouble. Arriving there he saw for himself. Megan Ruth Marshack, the only known witness to the actual murder of Nelson Rockefeller, was dead. She had died as Rockefeller had, with a single bullet in the forehead. Megan Marshack was far less well known in England than she had become here in America, but the psychological profile of David Rockefeller would show that his reaction in this new crisis would be much the same as it had been when his brother had been murdered. David Rockefeller would insist upon overseeing arrangements to make sure that the public did not learn that Megan Marshack had been shot to death. And so, he stayed on the scene just long enough to become a target himself. Within a few hours the body of Megan Marshack was on its way to a morgue in northeast London without identification of any kind. But then, David Rockefeller died in the same way—a single bullet to the head. Early that afternoon, February 9, David Rockefeller’s body was placed aboard the private jet that had brought him and Megan Marshack to London the previous day. The jet took off for the United States. Just as the Kissinger jet had 44

Audio Letter 43

done four days earlier, it was running a gauntlet of surveillance by Russian Cosmospheres; and apparently the Russians did not know that David Rockefeller was already dead as his jet streaked westward across the North Atlantic. At a point within 100 miles of the last known location of the Kissinger jet, all contact was abruptly lost with the jet carrying David Rockefeller’s body; and the jet never arrived at its destination. On Sunday morning, February 11, Ponchitta Pierce was seen on her television program by viewers of New York’s Channel 4, WNBC; but the program was on tape as usual. Ponchitta Pierce herself was nowhere to be found. The previous evening she had released her statement to the press about her actions on the evening of Nelson Rockefeller’s death, and had raised all sorts of new questions in the process—and since that time Ponchitta Pierce has been missing. Meanwhile, her television program is going on each week just as usual. She is said to have already taped programs until some time in May. When questioned, her office has been saying lately that she is “on vacation.” The same thing is now being said of Megan Marshack at her office—“on vacation.” On the evening of February 13, the body of Hugh Morrow, the long-time Rockefeller family spokesman, was discovered. Following the death of Nelson Rockefeller, it was Morrow who was given the heaviest responsibility for carrying out the cover-up campaign. Now the death of Morrow himself is the subject of cover-up efforts. Morrow died of a bullet between the eyes on February 13 and that is the real reason why we are hearing no new pronouncements from him these days, but his office claims that he is “on vacation.” Early Saturday morning February 17, the third generation of the Rockefeller dynasty came to an end. Laurance Rockefeller died in the same manner as Pope John Paul I did last October—of a bullet to the nape of the neck, and the next morning both Laurance Rockefeller and Hugh Morrow were cremated. In my appearance of February 15 on the Ray Briem radio show in Los Angeles I mentioned all of these missing persons, except for Laurance Rockefeller who was still alive then. Two days later on the Bob Snyder show in Tampa, Florida, I listed them all and stated how long each had been missing. And according to the New York Post for February 15, 1979, it was claimed that Rockefeller security aides, Andy Hoffman and William Keogh as well as chauffeur Lonnie Wilcher, cannot be found. My friends, according to high intelligence, what has just taken place is nothing less than a bloody coup d’etat involving the real rulers of America; and those responsible are none other than those former allies of the Rockefellers—the “new Bolsheviks.” 45

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Now, the plundering of the Rockefeller family fortune is beginning without the Rockefeller fourth generation suspecting a thing. After all, as I have always made clear in the past, the fourth generation Rockefellers were not party to the machinations of the four brothers. As a result they are not aware of the true implications of the recent upheavals that have wiped out the third-generation brothers, and they are being duped into public silence about these chilling events in the mistaken belief that silence is in their own best interest. The fact is that their silence is playing into the hands of those who want to loot the Rockefellers of their wealth, and it is also serving the interest of those who are working feverishly to throw the United States into the fires of DICTATORSHIP and WAR—the “new Bolsheviks.” During the recent past the four Rockefeller brothers made one final great mistake that has now cost them their lives. That mistake was brought on by panic over a year and a half ago. In a stunning upset on September 27, 1977, the United States was defeated by Russia in the most decisive battle of the 20th Century. It was the still secret BATTLE OF THE HARVEST MOON in space—history’s first true Space Battle. In a single blow the Russians had undone the Machiavellian Rockefeller two-prong strategy for world domination, and now it was Russia that was suddenly calling the shots. The Rockefeller brothers knew they were in deep, deep trouble. In a state of near panic, the four Rockefeller brothers began casting about for a way to stave off Russia, and that is when they made their final fatal mistake. Certain of their advisers reminded them that the Rockefeller-Soviet alliance was not really with Russia itself but with the BOLSHEVIKS in Russia. The new Russian regime had already begun weeding out and expelling the old Bolsheviks from Russia. The advisers argued that since they were the real allies of the Rockefellers and since they knew Russia, the old Bolsheviks should be welcomed to America and placed rapidly in positions of power. In their panicky need to do something fast, the Rockefeller brothers accepted this line of reasoning. but in doing so they were forgetting the true nature of their alliance with the Bolsheviks. When I recorded Audio Letter No. 7 in December 1975, over three years ago, the long-standing secret Rockefeller-Soviet alliance was still functioning. In that Audio Letter I explained the nature of the alliance—it was an alliance between CORPORATE SOCIALISTS on one hand (the Rockefellers) and the STATE SOCIALISTS on the other (the rulers of the Soviet Union). As I explained in Audio Letter No. 7, Corporate Socialism and State Socialism are two sides of the same coin—both are systems for amassing great wealth and power 46

Audio Letter 43

into the hands of only a few people, so an alliance between the rulers of two separate countries having these two systems is natural. But what the Rockefellers forgot—their fatal mistake—is that Corporate Socialism and State Socialism cannot co-exist in the same society. Corporate Socialism has as its goal giant monopolies that are completely exempt from governmental regulation; State Socialism seeks the exact opposite—that is, total governmental control and regulation of everything and everyone. To bring them together under the same roof is to guarantee a head-on collision between the two; and that, my friends, is what is beginning to happen now. It was in Audio Letter No. 29 for December 1977 that I was first able to reveal that a new Bolshevik Revolution was getting under way here in the United States, with the aid of the Rockefeller brothers! By the time I recorded Audio Letter No. 38 last September, the handwriting was already on the wall for the four Rockefeller brothers. Already the oldest of the brothers, John D. III, had suddenly vanished from the scene; and in Audio Letter No. 38 I pointed out that: “Increasingly, it is not the Rockefeller brothers who are using the Bolsheviks, but the other way around. Soon the remaining three Rockefeller brothers will fade from the scene, but that will not undo the cancer of Bolshevism with which they have infected the West.” (End of quotation from Audio Letter No. 38.) The kingpin among the “new Bolsheviks” in America was to be HENRY KISSINGER. He was Nelson Rockefeller’s protege for 25 years, but he played both sides of every street! With his easy access to the plans, the personnel, the resources of the Rockefeller empire, Kissinger was the most important single person among the “new Bolshevik” faction in America. Kissinger truly believed that he could replace Nelson Rockefeller and some day become PRESIDENT OF THE WORLD. My friends, the known witness to Nelson Rockefeller’s death, Megan Marshack, as well as others close to that case, have vanished from the scene. The entire pattern of events, except for Kissinger’s disappearance, is typical of Bolshevik purges, which always include measures to cover their tracks. The “new Bolsheviks” are now in control of America through their grip on the United States government, but it still remains for them to spread and consolidate their power base. And to this end, they will perpetuate the fiction as long as possible that David Rockefeller, Laurance Rockefeller, and Henry and Nancy Kissinger are still alive. In this way, actions can be taken in the name of these other people that would not be possible if they were known to be dead. Surviving members of the Rockefeller family have been led to believe that their own security, even their physical security, depends upon their maintaining silence about 47

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

the events of recent days; but the truth is that their silence is being used against them. Unlike the late four brothers, the fourth generation Rockefellers do not wield great influence over the far-flung Rockefeller cartel of banks, multinational corporations, Foundations, etc. They are largely at the mercy of managers of all these assets. By their silence they are leaving many of these managers with the power to plunder the collapsing Rockefeller empire of its riches. To preserve their power governmentally and otherwise, it is crucial right now that the Bolsheviks suppress any news of the disappearances I have told you about. Therefore, “doubles” or look-alikes may begin to appear on the scene for these people. What is amazing, especially in the case of Kissinger, is that they have been able to stifle public questions for so long in his absence. But the Bolsheviks know that “doubles” fool only the public. An intimate friend of David Rockefeller, for example, would not be deceived for long in a face-to-face meeting; and so “doubles” would be used only as a last resort. My friends, with the four Rockefeller brothers out of the picture, and with Henry Kissinger gone, a new ad hoc gang of four has emerged who are now in control of the United States government. These four are: ZBIGNIEW BRZEZINSKI, Jimmy Carter’s National Security Adviser. In 1973 Brzezinski did the leg work for David Rockefeller in organizing the Tri-Lateral Commission. Like the late Henry Kissinger, he is foreign born. W. MICHAEL BLUMENTHAL, Secretary of the Treasury, Tri-Lateral Commission member, and foreign born. As a former head of Bendix Corporation, Blumenthal has important ties to the Rockefeller corporate aristocracy. This is particularly true in the area of arms and defense, which is the real topic of his present trip to Red China. HAROLD BROWN, Secretary of Defense, Tri-Lateral Commission member; and JAMES SCHLESINGER, Secretary of Energy. Schlesinger is not an official member of the Tri-Lateral Commission but he is of like mind with the others. His approach is: Control from the top, and heavy governmental regulation of everything. Schlesinger formerly headed the Atomic Energy Commission, the CIA, and the Department of Defense. One common thread that runs through the background of all these men is their preoccupation with matters of warfare, weaponry, and international maneuvering. In every possible way they are all trying to hurry along the Bolshevik strategy for a NUCLEAR FIRST STRIKE AGAINST RUSSIA. My friends, all 48

Audio Letter 43

of them are very dangerous men; but the new gang of four cannot truly replace the four Rockefeller brothers. For the first time ever these men no longer have anyone to give them instructions and pave their way. They are trying to carry out the very detailed plans which have already been set in motion, but they are doing it without the same power base which the four Rockefeller brothers had at their disposal; and so the question is: CAN THEY BE STOPPED? Topic #3—Over 100 years ago the United States of America began falling under the spell of Rockefeller power. Slowly at first, but then faster and faster John D. Rockefeller, Sr. moved to the head of the line of America’s robber barons. As the 19th Century was on the wane, the Rockefellers were forming alliances with other powerful groups, not only here in America but overseas. Through their influence on America’s leaders, they began turning the United States away from the virtues extolled by George Washington and toward the vicious ways of Machiavelli. More than 80 years ago the Spanish-American War broke out as a shadow of things to come. The war was brought about by the United States, not Spain, yet most Americans were lured into supporting America’s acts of shame. America began to trade national honor for prestige as a world power. In this way the stage was being set for the 20th Century. It was to be the century of OIL POLITICS, of war after war—each worse than the one before—and ever expanding Rockefeller power. In all of this the United States of America was to be no more than a springboard in the Rockefeller plan to finally control the whole world. And so, as Rockefeller power became ever more complete in America, our country’s behavior became increasingly foreign to our own traditions and values. As a nation, we began to court our enemies while punishing our friends. The Land of Opportunity gradually was twisted into the Land of Regulations, and the original American concept that all men are equal in the sight of the law was gradually warped into the idea that all human beings have to be the same in all respects. Our value as individuals began fading from our own minds so that we might be molded more perfectly into a society of perfect slaves. Down through the years millions of Americans have been alert enough to feel at least vaguely that something was wrong, but the real source and reason for all these disturbing trends was always kept hidden and so there was no one to challenge or hinder the master program of Rockefeller conquest. In recent years America’s drift toward nuclear war has also been more and more apparent; but here, too, Americans sat paralyzed as the Rockefeller planners dragged us closer and closer to the fire. For decades now, most Americans have fallen into one of two groups. By far the larger group has consisted of that great “Silent 49

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Majority,” so called. They have been silent about Rockefeller power and intrigue because they did not know about it. The other main group, much smaller, has consisted of those who did know about Rockefeller power and felt it was too great to be challenged. Down through the years only scattered individuals have both known the truth and dared to actively oppose what was happening to America; and those few, my friends, have always been easy to isolate and neutralize in various ways. But now, for the first time in a century, the situation has changed. Almost over night the centralized control of the world-wide power of the Rockefeller Empire has been shattered. The four Rockefeller brothers of the third generation are no more, and there is no one who can really fill their shoes. But the new gang of four—BRZEZINSKI, BROWN, BLUMENTHAL, and SCHLESINGER—are eager to set themselves up as our undisputed RULERS. Left to themselves they will lead America into thermonuclear national suicide. But their dreams of replacing the four Rockefeller brothers are insane. What will they do, my friends, when it becomes known in the corridors of power world-wide that David Rockefeller is no more? Who will hold the intimate, private dinner gatherings with the Powerful here and abroad by which David Rockefeller kept everyone on the same track? Who will take his place, giving word from ‘on high’ on big policy shifts? Who will keep the TRI-LATERAL COMMISSION, the COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS (CFR), the COUNCIL OF THE AMERICAS humming along in unison as he did? Who will coordinate the actions of the top 200 industrial corporations and banks of the world as he did? Who will guide the policies of the Business Council or of the Business RoundTable as David Rockefeller did? Who will take his place in assigning tasks to his former private detective agency—the CIA? Who will decide the global issues that he did? And force unified action to implement those decisions—Brzezinski? Blumenthal? Brown? Schlesinger? It is in the nature of people to form their own opinions about things if they are not forced to accept and implement certain policies. And so think of the free50

Audio Letter 43

for-all that will soon start developing behind the scenes on all sides! Within the industrial community, for example, honest differences of opinion will start cropping up as to how to handle new situations as they arise. Without David Rockefeller to act as arbitrator, these differences will not just go away. Industrial leaders will begin to break up into factions built around different policies, but no faction will be able to impose its will on all the others as David Rockefeller did. And so, inevitably, that phenomenon which John D. Rockefeller, Sr. denounced as a “sin” will begin to rear its battered head. It’s called COMPETITION. If we can avoid a suicidal disaster in NUCLEAR WAR I, the same thing will also begin happening in all other areas of life—in banking, in business, in politics, even in religion. A new freedom of independent thought may yet be reborn—IF war can be prevented between Russia and the United States. Soon the inevitable internal conflict here in the United States will be getting under way. On one side there are the Corporate Socialists of the now headless Rockefeller cartel; on the other side there are the Bolshevik State Socialists who are now in control of the United States government. Right now the Rockefeller Corporate Socialist Empire is still more powerful than the United States government. If they wake up in time, they could put a stop to the Bolshevik plan which is now directed AT THEM; and if the people also awaken, then the inevitable re-birth of competitive enterprise could lead gradually to a new era of freedom and prosperity in the West. By breaking their silence about recent events, the fourth generation Rockefellers could help bring about this turn of events. As the conflict builds up between the Corporate Socialists and the Bolsheviks, Jimmy Carter will be caught in the middle. Already he is racked by leukemia and by cancer in his head, in his intestines, and now in his lungs and bladder. If he does not die first, watch for him to flee from the presidency under these pressures. When that happens, my friends, you will be faced with a choice which you cannot avoid. Carter’s hasty departure from the presidency will be the first public sign that the rout of the Bolsheviks is beginning here in America. At that point you must decide to do one of two things—to act, or not to act! If you decide to act to help save America from the Bolshevik nightmare, you will be choosing FREEDOM, LIFE, and the SURVIVAL OF CHRISTIANITY. But if you decide to step back and do nothing, you will be casting your vote for BOLSHEVIK CONTROL over America; and if you do that, you will be choosing SLAVERY, DEATH, and the SATANIC HELL of Bolshevism. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you. 51

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

52

Audio Letter 44
March 29, 1979
It has now been 15 months since I first revealed in Audio Letter No. 29 that a new Bolshevik revolution was getting under way here in the United States. Last month I revealed that a Bolshevik coup d’etat had just taken place, bloody and vicious, yet out of the public limelight. All four of the third generation Rockefeller brothers are now dead, as are others who were close to them. Now, America is being dragged along toward revolution, dictatorship, and war by the ad hoc gang of four—BRZEZINSKI, BLUMENTHAL, BROWN, and SCHLESINGER. It was Schlesinger who said in the fall of 1975: “Some years from now someone will raise the question, ‘Why weren’t we warned?’ and I wanted to be able to say, ‘Indeed you were’.” Now Schlesinger himself is working fast to help bring on the very disasters he warned us about. Can you imagine? Seven months ago in Audio Letter No. 37 I spelled out the secret new strategy for an American nuclear first strike against Russia; and as I say these words, more and more parts of that plan are falling rapidly into place. At the same time, the Bolsheviks are trying to schedule coming events to bring on full-scale revolution here as their first priority; then, with a stunned America in their iron grip, they intend to move us quickly into NUCLEAR WAR with RUSSIA. Already the plan I revealed last August for the Camp David summit to lead to an Egyptian-Israeli ‘Peace Treaty’ has been accomplished. At the same time, Bolshevik control within the Vatican has brought about the drastic shift of the Roman Catholic Church to a strongly anti-Russian stance. Two popes—John Paul I and the real John Paul II—were murdered last fall by the Bolsheviks in the process, as I detailed in Audio Letters Nos. 39 and 41. The crucial importance of Red China and Iran in the plan I revealed last August has also caused both of them to undergo dramatic developments during the past six months. My friends, we are now at the crossroads. It is do or die for the Satanic Bolsheviks who will never turn back from their suicidal plans. It is also do or die for the survivors of the four Rockefeller brothers—the rest of the Rockefeller family—who are in mortal danger from the Bolsheviks. And, my friends, it is DO or DIE for us, for Christianity in the West, and for Western civilization itself! 53

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Many people today are now saying, “What can I do?” After you have heard this recording, you have my suggestion as to what you can do; and I urge you to act quickly, because there is no time to be wasted! My three topics this month are: Topic #1—THE HOAX RE-APPEARANCE OF DR. HENRY KISSINGER; Topic #2—THE IMPENDING COLLAPSE OF THE CHASE-MANHATTAN BANK; and Topic #3—THE EGYPTIAN-ISRAELI TREATY FOR NUCLEAR WAR. Topic #1—Two months ago on the evening of January 26, the life of Nelson Rockefeller ended abruptly. As I revealed five days later in my Audio Letter No. 42, he was murdered—shot once in the head. Last month I reported that Rockefeller’s murder had been only the beginning of a pattern of events. The pattern is that of the Bolshevik purge—that is, a bloody, yet secret, coup d’etat. In the space of only a few weeks, the secret rulership of the United States changed hands. The coup began on January 26 when, as the Bolsheviks put it, Nelson Rockefeller was liquidated; and by February 17, the coup d’etat had been achieved because by that date both David and Laurance Rockefeller had also been executed. Meanwhile, the purge had also eliminated several persons who knew too much about Nelson Rockefeller’s murder. These included: Megan Marshack, Ponchitta Pierce, and Rockefeller family spokesman Hugh Morrow. But there was one disappearance last month that was not according to the Bolshevik game-plan. As I reported in Audio Letter No. 43, Dr. Henry Kissinger was to be the key man in the new Bolshevik power-group. Kissinger had conspired with others for Nelson Rockefeller’s murder and was positioning himself to pick up the reins of Rockefeller power; but on February 5 the private jet carrying Henry and Nancy Kissinger with their five body guards from London to the United States disappeared over the North Atlantic. I can now reveal that the Kissinger jet suffered a mid-air explosion. The crippled airplane crashed into the sea at the navigational coordinates 54 degrees, 40 minutes, 57 seconds North; 26 degrees, 40 minutes, zero seconds West. No one escaped from the plane, the remnants of which sank in approximately 8,000 feet of water. The exact fate of the Kissinger jet was not immediately known last month but it did soon become obvious that Kissinger was gone for good. As a result, the Bolsheviks here in America were thrown into turmoil. The plans Kissinger had helped set in motion to dispose of the Rockefellers were carried forward. Meanwhile, the ad hoc 54

Audio Letter 44

gang of four emerged as the guiding force of the secret new Bolshevik revolution here in America. These four men have only a small fraction of the power formerly wielded by the four Rockefeller brothers—but they are very dangerous men indeed! These men are: National Security chief ZBIGNIEW BRZEZINSKI, Treasury Secretary W. MICHAEL BLUMENTHAL, Defense Secretary HAROLD BROWN, and Energy Secretary JAMES SCHLESINGER. Together they are working feverishly toward a complete take-over of America’s industry, banking, agriculture, EVERYTHING; and beyond that their goal is NUCLEAR WAR with Russia—an act of national suicide for the rest of us! As of now, the Bolshevik coup d’etat—that is, the change in ruling circles—has already been accomplished. What still lies ahead is the full-fledged open revolution to transform American society as a whole into a Bolshevik HELL. Using the excuse of a deliberate war-crisis in the Middle East and resulting oil shortages, the Bolsheviks plan to start closing down American freedoms in a declared ‘National Emergency.’ From there the Bolshevik grip around our necks will steadily tighten, gradually choking and strangling us into total submission. As the last gasp of free air is squeezed from our lungs, the blackness of BOLSHEVIK DICTATORSHIP will gather itself around us. Then, those who have been content to ‘Wait and See’ will realize too late that IT CAN HAPPEN HERE. In Audio Letter No. 14 I described some of the valuable lessons the four Rockefeller brothers had learned from their clandestine support of Adolf Hitler. One of these lessons was that a revolution is best carried out with, and not against, the full power of a nation’s government; and that lesson is not lost on the Bolsheviks here in America—the former allies of the Rockefeller brothers. Using the excuse of crisis conditions, they will use their governmental authority for revolutionary purposes: Businesses large and small will be nationalized as the Bolsheviks take over America’s means of production; The banks will be closed, cutting off access of millions of people to their life savings; Both corporate and private farms, ranches, orchards, and vineyards will be taken away from their owners nation-wide and collectivized; Engineers of all types will be put to work wherever the government puts them in all-out preparation for war—and the prelude to this is already visible in the job market of today; 55

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

People without special skills will be herded like cattle from one location to another for agricultural or other tasks; and millions who are troublesome for various reasons will be sent to Concentration Camps—of which 13 already exist in America in various states of condition. These things, my friends, are what the Bolsheviks—including the new ad hoc gang of four—have in mind for us very soon. All they have to do is to hold on to their present power until the coming Middle East crisis unties their hands. Until then they cannot unleash the DICTATORIAL EMERGENCY POWERS they want—and so they are vulnerable. While they are waiting for their hour to come, they know they must not let the American public realize anything about the Bolshevik coup d’etat that has taken place. Last month I revealed intelligence that the disappearances of Henry and Nancy Kissinger, David and Laurance Rockefeller, and others were all connected to the Bolshevik coup d’etat, so the Bolsheviks dare not let you know that any of these people have dropped out of sight. That is why I said last month: “Doubles or look-alikes may begin to appear on the scene for these people. What is amazing, especially in the case of Kissinger, is that they have been able to stifle public questions for so long in his absence.” During the past month or so the Bolsheviks have been orchestrating a careful campaign using the major media to deceive the American public and, sure enough, doubles are being used as part of this deception campaign. Falsified stories are being planted in the news media, both with and without the knowledge of those who publish the stories. One day it may be just a sentence or two in a Society column alleging that Henry Kissinger showed up at a social gathering, without saying where or when. A day or two later a different newspaper may print a story alleging that Megan Marshack is looking for a new job here in Washington. The picture that accompanies the story is one of the same old file photos we have been seeing for two months. Several times, however, a “double” has been used. Then, an item appears about Ponchitta Pierce with a supposedly new photo, but you are not told that the person in the photo is only a “lookalike.” The real Ponchitta Pierce is dead, of a bullet in the head. And then, of course, once in a while there has to be a low-key item in the news about David Rockefeller. In his case, a very good “double” has been on the job since late February, and he appears occasionally in photos. One example of this took place on February 27 when the David Rockefeller “double” spoke before the Staten Island Chamber of Commerce. He had never spoken there before and so his audience never suspected that this man was not David Rockefeller. The next

56

Audio Letter 44

day the New York Times ran a brief news item about the talk, complete with a small photograph of the David Rockefeller “double” at the lectern. But of all the disappearances I revealed last month, by far the most dangerous to the Bolsheviks is that of Dr. Henry Kissinger. For many years Kissinger was highly visible to the American public. Any time a major new development takes place in international relations, Americans expect to see Kissinger giving his comments on television. His name is a household word and his distinctive face and guttural voice are recognized instantly by millions. These factors would have made Kissinger a great asset to his fellow Bolsheviks if he had lived, but now these very same factors are presenting the Bolsheviks with a difficult problem. Of all the missing persons, it is Kissinger whose prolonged absence from public view would be noticed first by Americans; and yet, he is also very difficult to imitate successfully enough to pass the test of prolonged television interviews with close-up shots. And so up to now the use of the “double” is only a secondary factor in the Bolshevik cover-up of Kissinger’s disappearance. In recent weeks, a well-tanned “double” for Kissinger was dispatched to Acapulco, Mexico, to lend credence to the cover-story that he was vacationing there. He has also shown up elsewhere mingling with people who do not know him well, and even speaking to such groups of people. This is the man who was seen momentarily on television three days ago in connection with the signing of the Egyptian-Israeli treaty in Washington. As the television cameras gave us a brief, instant look at this man hugging Egypt’s President Sadat, we were told, “That’s Henry Kissinger.” In ways like this, the Kissinger “double” is playing an important role now. But the big problem facing the Bolsheviks is the television interview problem, and so far they have not been able to produce a “double” who is capable of completely solving that problem. So instead they have recently concocted a different kind of hoax using the little known technical tools of television itself. In a moment I will describe in detail how a television hoax has just been perpetrated by the Bolsheviks. The purpose of this hoax is to trick you into believing that Henry Kissinger, after disappearing for over a month, has miraculously reappeared. They will stop at nothing to make you believe this, my friends, because in order to believe that Kissinger is alive you must disbelieve what I told you last month about his permanent disappearance on February 5. That means you will also disbelieve what I told you about the other secret deaths and disappearances last month; and that means, in turn, that you will refuse to believe that a Bolshevik coup d’etat has taken place here in America. And so, my friends, you are faced with a clear choice upon which YOUR FREEDOM and YOUR LIFE depend. One choice is to keep your mind open to what I have told you—that Kissinger is dead—and decide whether the fast-growing crisis atmosphere makes sense in that light. Your only other 57

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

choice is to believe what the Bolsheviks want you to believe—that is, that Kissinger is alive because “I saw him on television.” Your decision about what you believe in this situation is so important that I cannot stress it enough; so before I describe the Kissinger television hoax itself, I believe it is essential that I give you some background for what is going on now. There is nothing new about “doubles,” hoaxes, and trickery by those who control the mass media. Many people think that a “double” is an exotic, rare occurrence, but actually “doubles” are relatively easy to find for those who specialize in that field. For example, in Hollywood, California, there is an agency called “Celebrity Look-Alikes, Inc.” run by Ron Smith. The agency provides look-alikes for all kinds of public figures for entertainment purposes. They have over 400 look-alikes, including one for Kissinger; and not one, but two lookalikes for Jimmy Carter. One Carter look-alike is named Ed Beheler from Waco, Texas; the other named Walter Hannon is from Los Angeles. Both look so much like Carter that most people can’t tell the difference. Not long ago Bob Hope illustrated this fact when he wrote to Ed Beheler: “Dear Ed—Thanks for bringing the Jimmy Carter look and your talent to NBC for the ‘All Star Comedy Tribute to Vaudeville’ special. May I say your presence was somewhat unnerving. After your appearance on the set, three of the pages left immediately to pay their back taxes.” But “doubles” and other hoaxes are not always so entertaining. Since medieval times “doubles” have been used as an instrument of intrigue. History is replete with the exploits of impostors who have taken the place of the rich and the powerful, and often they have been remarkably successful. If all of this is new to you, I urge you to do your own library research. For example, one of the latest books on the whole area of hoaxes was published in 1977 by Reader’s Digest—it’s called “The Pleasures of Deception” by Norman Moss. Chapter 4 of the book deals with a topic that is specially relevant here—that is, hoaxes perpetrated by means of the mass media. It begins: “With the creation of the mass media, a whole new area of deception was opened up. This provided the means of fooling the whole public at the same time in the same way. Anything told through the mass media carries credibility; it is more solid than rumor, more respectable than gossip, more believable than hearsay.” A few lines further on the author points out that people tend to just swallow what they read, saying “The newspapers say so and so.” He might have added, “I saw it on television.” The psychological key to all this is explained in the words: “This authority stems partly from the fact that the media, and particularly the news media, deal with public issues that are beyond the experience of most of its audience.” In other words, if we don’t know any better, we just believe what we are told. Still you may say, “Surely the great major media of the United States 58

Audio Letter 44

are not used for really serious distortions. It just couldn’t happen here.” Well, my friends, it began happening here over 80 years ago. I’ve pointed out on several past occasions that America began selling her soul at the time of the build-up to the Spanish-American War. Spain was dragged into war by the United States, and American public opinion eagerly welcomed the war. The Hearst newspaper chain deliberately whipped up American passions to the point where the cries of “Remember the Maine” led America into a national crime against Spain. Later on, the gross distortions and outright lies by the Hearst media came out publicly; but by then the damage was done, and the American public did not cry out in anger over the trickery nor insist that we make amends to Spain. Instead, we were too puffed up over being suddenly a world power. With that, we began to blind ourselves to the dangers of media lies. It has gotten worse and worse, and we have become more and more blind. The major media have fallen ever more completely under centralized control, and have become increasingly powerful and ruthless. In June 1972, a national scandal called “Watergate” began, and from start to finish it was orchestrated by the controlled major media. The media script to destroy first Vice-President Spiro Agnew and then President Richard Nixon was incredibly detailed. For example, beginning early in 1973 I was able to reveal on radio Talk Shows all over America that the face of Spiro Agnew was scheduled to appear on the covers of Time and Newsweek for the week of August 13, 1973. That was to be the signal for Agnew to be cut down fast by scandal. Everything went off exactly as planned. Agnew did appear on the covers of Time and Newsweek right on schedule, and less than three months later he left office under the cloud of scandal. I revealed more about the Watergate scandal in the past, and there is no time to review all of that again now. The point is this: the controlled major media of the United States have proved themselves to be powerful enough to bring on a war, or to end a presidency; and now they are under the control of the International Bolsheviks—the most diabolical, crafty, and ruthless people ever to stalk the earth. Regardless of the other details, their schemes always have one key ingredient in common—that is to instill trust in their intended victims until the moment of vicious attack. And that, my friends, is what they are trying to do to you now by means of their television hoax about Henry Kissinger’s seeming reappearance. The Kissinger television hoax began early this month, March 1979. My Audio Letter No. 43 had been recorded on February 28 and began reaching subscribers the first few days of this month. Within days the Bolsheviks began their counterattack in an effort to discredit what I had revealed about Kissinger’s disappearance. As a preliminary step, an interview of Kissinger was shown on the NBC “Today Show” of March 9. Jimmy Carter was then in the midst of his 59

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

trip to Egypt and Israel, and the topic of the NBC interview with Kissinger was the Middle East; and yet, Kissinger made no reference to the Carter trip then under way. Instead he spoke in generalities that were months out of date. Many viewers all over the United States recognized the interview segment as having been shown before by NBC, and many stations received complaining telephone calls about it; but the “Today Show” episode was only a stopgap measure. The master hoax took place just four days ago on the NBC television interview program “Meet the Press.” My friends, the history of “Meet the Press” is like the story of America’s entire network of major media news sources in miniature. “Meet the Press” was started as a radio show here in Washington in the late 40’s by my friend of 30 years, Martha Roundtree. As a highly intelligent woman and a real patriot, Martha Roundtree ran “Meet the Press” in such a way that it truly informed Americans with all sides of an issue. But in the late 50’s she was pressured into selling “Meet the Press,” which quickly lost its former award-winning quality. Meanwhile, she found herself systematically blackballed from introducing any fresh news programs anywhere in the broadcast media. Just as happened to me a decade later, Martha Roundtree was discriminated against and locked out; and just as I am doing now, she has for some time been informing Americans as best she can by other means. For those who would like to know more, you may write to her at: Leadership Foundation, Box 1720, Washington, D.C., zip 20013. Her current project is called “Proposition One - The Great Awakening,” and it is a program to restore the moral and spiritual values to our nation. You can receive a free brochure about it if you will enclose a stamped self-addressed business envelope with your letter. Returning to “Meet the Press,” control recently passed to NBC itself. Unlike individual radio and TV stations, the networks are completely unregulated by the FCC. Now “Meet the Press” has joined other network programming as a vehicle of propaganda, answerable to no one. This past Sunday, March 25, NBC fed a “Meet the Press” program to affiliated stations nation-wide featuring Henry Kissinger as the guest; and, my friends, that was the real Henry Kissinger answering questions; but in exactly the same way, the real Clark Gable was also seen on television recently in “Gone with the Wind.” Both men looked alive on television, but in actuality both men are dead. But, my friends, the “Meet the Press” program of last Sunday was much more than a mere re-run of an old tape—it was carefully doctored so that Kissinger appeared to be answering new and up-to-date questions. When you hear how it was done, I believe 60

Audio Letter 44

you will understand why there were so many strange things about that program, and you will also see that NBC went to a great deal of trouble to produce an artificial and falsified edition of “Meet the Press” last Sunday. It had only one purpose and that was to deceive you. Under his million-dollar a year contract with NBC, Kissinger was periodically taping interviews to be kept on hand for instant use whenever they might prove useful. All of Kissinger’s answers that you saw and heard last Sunday were taped over two months ago on Saturday, January 20, 1979; but that session was not shown the next day on “Meet the Press.” Instead, the guest that day was Leonard Woodcock, newly designated Ambassador to Red China. The footage you saw last Sunday of the panelists on “Meet the Press” was taped early that same morning, March 25. Each of the four panelists asked questions which were designed to fit Kissinger’s answers of two months ago. In addition, several scenes were shot using a look-alike to be used at commercial breaks and at the end. In these brief scenes the panel were seen on the left of your screen facing the alleged Kissinger on the right; and as you may have noticed, the Kissinger stand-in sat as still as a zombi in those scenes without saying a word. Finally, computerized video tape editing techniques were used to splice together the new questions, Kissinger’s old answers, and the ‘break’ scenes. The net result was “Meet the Press” for March 25, 1979—a TV hoax by NBC. The March 25 “Meet the Press” hoax preceded by only one day the signing of the so-called Egyptian-Israeli Peace Treaty here in Washington. The treaty is the end product of a process begun by Kissinger’s own famous shuttle diplomacy, so the treaty should have been a prominent topic among the questions; and yet, the fact is that not one single question was asked about the treaty. No one asked Kissinger the obvious question: “What do you think of the treaty?” Instead, the illusion of an up-to-date program was conveyed by means of clever wording of questions by the two NBC representatives—Bill Monroe and Richard Valeriani. In each case a passing reference to the treaty was made in the course of asking about something else, such as the perennial West Bank problem; and during the entire program, Kissinger himself used the word “treaty” only in two brief sentences. These were edited into the beginning of the program for maximum psychological effect, but they said only what Kissinger began saying over six months ago that we will be better off with a treaty than without one. The two NBC representatives dominated the program asking 12 out of the total of 21 questions, and except for the deceptive references to a “treaty,” the entire program was strangely out of date. For example, one question about the Middle East had to do with the prospects after Begin leaves office. With Begin here in Washington in triumph for the treaty signing, such a question was ridiculous; but two months ago when Kissinger was taped, rumors 61

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

were widespread that Begin might resign shortly. Likewise one question about Nicaragua, of all things, was of current interest two months ago; but today? Even the questions about Iran were two months behind the times. There was not one word about the so-called Khomeini government of today. Instead, the questions and Kissinger’s answers revolved around the fall of the Shah and who was to blame for it. When Kissinger was taped on January 20, those questions were right up-to-date because the Shah had just left Iran only four days earlier on January 16. But who is talking about the Shah today? My friends, what is most revealing about last Sunday’s “Meet the Press” hoax is what was not asked. Kissinger played a key role in opening America’s doors to Red China, yet there was not a word about the visit here by Deng Hsiao-ping last month. There was a flash-back question about Kissinger’s role years ago in regard to Vietnam, Cambodia, and Chile; yet China’s just completed border war with Vietnam was not even mentioned. We have heard stories for weeks that Kissinger was vacationing in Mexico last month, yet Kissinger was asked nothing to shed light on the hostile reception Jimmy Carter received there last month. And strangest of all, there was not a word to acknowledge Kissinger’s alleged ‘terrible grief’ over the death of Nelson Rockefeller. In the dream world of last Sunday’s “Meet the Press” hoax, it was as if none of these things had ever happened—and that is only natural, my friends, because when Kissinger was taped on January 20, they had not happened yet. Kissinger did not even have the impressive tan he was supposed to have gotten in Mexico; instead, he appeared pale and unusually nervous. The nervousness, my friends, was due to the fact that on January 20 Kissinger knew that his own conspiratorial activities would lead to the murder of Nelson Rockefeller only six days later. My friends, the “Meet the Press” hoax was an act of desperation by the Bolsheviks. They want desperately for you to swallow it whole, to say “Of course Kissinger is alive. I saw him on television.” If you do that, you will be your own worst enemy in the Bolshevik game-plan. They cannot keep up this charade for very long, but they are only playing for time—and not much time at that! Timetables have slipped before, but the Bolshevik target date to start shutting down our freedoms is the middle of May, only six weeks from now; and after the Bolshevik death grip is around our throats, they could not care less if we then realize that we have been tricked, because then it will be too late. Topic #2—For hundreds of years doubles, look-alikes, and impostors have been recurring facts of life throughout modern civilization. Where the rich and the powerful and the ruling classes are involved, the pattern is always the same. 62

Audio Letter 44

Quoting once again from the book I cited earlier, THE PLEASURES OF DECEPTION: “A monarch or heir to the throne dies but in circumstances which leave the possibility of doubting that he really did die, at least to those who want to doubt it, and claimants come forward.” When one considers the enormous empire which the late four Rockefeller brothers presided over, the attractions for impostors are overwhelming and there is no need to resort to confidential information to recognize this much. For example, you might look over the book titled THE ROCKEFELLERS by Peter Collier and David Horowitz published in 1976 by Holt, Reinhart and Winston. It reveals such a major role in history and such family wealth that anyone who could get control of it all would put themselves in a very powerful position. The plunderers would gain not only the wealth and assets but the power that goes with controlling the dynasty’s fortune. If the heads of the dynasty were to vanish from the scene without this becoming widely known, the way would be opened for doubles and impostors to enter the picture. The whole empire could be taken over without eliminating anyone except the very closest associates of those who had secretly disappeared. Last month I revealed that the Rockefeller family empire has now been placed in exactly this vulnerable condition. All four of the third generation Rockefeller brothers have been killed in a Bolshevik coup d’etat behind the scenes, and the deaths of the last two—David on February 9 and Laurance on February 17—are being kept secret. Even the surviving members of the Rockefeller family who know about it, the widows and the members of the fourth generation, are keeping quiet about it. As I mentioned last month, they have been led to believe wrongly that silence is in their own best interest. And so the plundering of the Rockefeller family fortune is now underway in earnest. On one hand the Bolshevik purge of those who were closest to the four brothers is continuing. The most conspicuous case of this lately was the murder of Dr. John Knowles, president of the Rockefeller Foundation, early this month on March 6. He was shot in the head. At the same time, doubles for David Rockefeller are now playing an important role in the Bolshevik plundering of the Rockefeller family fortune. Ironically the most vulnerable part of the whole Rockefeller financial complex is its heart, the mammoth Chase-Manhattan Bank. For many years the late David Rockefeller was preoccupied with manipulating the world-wide tentacles of the Rockefeller cartel. One day he would be somewhere in the United States presiding over a meeting to coordinate the actions of huge multinational corporations; next, it might be a rush trip by private jet to the Middle East to patch up some problem there. For example, when David Rockefeller got word that his brother Nelson was dead on January 26, he was in 63

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Oman pressuring the Bank of Oman to stop buying gold. Had he not returned here for that emergency, his next stop might have been Singapore or Tokyo. On and on it went, always on the move. The world was David Rockefeller’s oyster and he all but ignored the pearl at the center, his own Chase-Manhattan Bank. His constant travels made David Rockefeller a stranger in his own bank in recent years, he was so seldom there; and thereby without realizing it he developed a fatal weakness in his pattern of behavior. Like his brother Nelson, David Rockefeller had been subjected to psychological profile studies without his knowledge; and as with Nelson, David’s weakness was discovered. He was not minding the store—that is, the Chase Manhattan Bank. As I mentioned last month, the closest associates of David Rockefeller would not be fooled for long in an intimate meeting with a “double”; but those close associates, my friends, are scattered world-wide, they are not found at ChaseManhattan Bank. And so the David Rockefeller doubles are using the Bank itself as the “open sesame” to plunder the Rockefeller family riches. Obeying instructions, they are ordering the transfer of tremendous sums of money out of Chase-Manhattan Bank and into Bolshevik coffers here and abroad. Meanwhile they are keeping up the image of the late David Rockefeller by darting around on quick trips here and there. In this, they are being assisted by Bolshevik agents within the fabric of the Rockefeller network of banks, businesses, and publications. By means of the David Rockefeller doubles and other actions, the Bolsheviks are working like a swarm of termites eating away the assets of Chase-Manhattan Bank from within. Other banks, here and abroad too, are being affected by this process. Already Columbia University in New York has begun dumping millions of dollars worth of bank stocks including that of Chase-Manhattan. And in a portent of things to come, a subsidiary of ChaseManhattan Bank has just filed for bankruptcy. When Chase-Manhattan itself collapses, it will have staggering consequences for the banking system of the entire world. Last month I revealed the beginning of the plundering of the Rockefeller family fortune. At that time the Rockefeller fourth generation members did not know what was afoot. Now they do know but are at a loss of what to do about it. The four third-generation brothers always kept tight control over the Rockefeller empire. As a result, the fourth generation Rockefellers were always left in the dark about what the Brothers were up to and without any control over their own assets. But I believe now is the time to remind the fourth generation members of the Rockefeller family and also the third generation widows of the one time when they did exert their collective muscle and make it stick. I am referring to the June 1974 conclave of 84 members of the Rockefeller family. The top item on the agenda for that conclave was to answer the question: “What shall we do 64

Audio Letter 44

about Dr. Beter?” The four brothers—John D. III, Nelson, Laurance and David—argued that I should be “taken care of” before I could become wellenough known to be dangerous to their plans. Two months earlier I had testified before Congress about the missing gold at Fort Knox. The Brothers had easily prevented Congress from investigating my charges, but now I was going public with the story. The Brothers did not admit that my charges were true in the conclave, only that they were dangerous; and they urged that I be silenced quickly by whatever means. But my friends, the fourth generation said “No.” The Brothers were told in no uncertain terms that the fourth generation would have no part in such a plan. As a result, the Brothers decided instead simply to ignore me, to force me off the Radio Talk Shows on which I had been appearing and to let me say whatever I wanted since I would be denied an audience. My friends, over the past several years I have been asked countless times, “Why are you alive?” My basic answer is that I trust in the Lord Jesus Christ to protect me, and He has done so. But one of the concrete examples of that protection was the action taken nearly five years ago by the fourth generation Rockefellers. So if you have ever wondered why I have always made such a sharp distinction between the four Rockefeller brothers and the rest of the family, now you know. In all likelihood, they saved my life. Now I would like to repay them if only they will listen. If they will meet once again in conclave, they will discover that there are concrete steps by which they can retake control of what remains of the Rockefeller empire for the good of all Americans. As I explained last month, the interests of the surviving members of the Rockefeller family are now identical with those of all patriotic Americans; and so if they will seize this brief opportunity now, they can not only save what remains of their own assets but, more importantly, help save America. My friends, the Rockefeller survivors have a golden opportunity now to redeem themselves and the family name. By acting now they can truly become the benefactors of society which their forebearers only pretended to be. But I must add this final observation as well: if the Rockefellers do not take courage and act as I have said, history shows clearly what their fate will be. Whenever the heads of a dynasty are overthrown or killed, those responsible always seek out and kill all survivors to make sure the dynasty can never rise again. That is what the Bolsheviks have in store for the entire Rockefeller family IF THEY DO NOT NOW ACT to prevent it! Topic #3—Three days ago on March 26, 1979, the Washington air was filled with the promises of ‘Peace, Peace’ that always pave the way for war. Shortly before noon that day, Egypt’s President Sadat and Israel’s Prime Minister Begin joined Jimmy Carter on the lawn of the White House. In a dramatic open-air 65

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ceremony, the Egyptian-Israeli Peace Treaty was signed. Then Sadat and Begin each spoke in glowing terms about achieving, after 30 years of hostility, peace between Egypt and Israel. Even Mrs. Sadat and Mrs. Begin had their turn, side by side at the microphones. Echoing the feelings of wives and mothers everywhere, Mrs. Sadat spoke of the blessings of no longer having to look forward to more war, suffering, and death. And in a display of pure joy, she abruptly leaned over and embraced Mrs. Begin. But that same afternoon, with the ink barely dry on the so-called “Peace Treaty,” the Carter administration quietly signed two separate agreements with Israel. In one agreement the United States has now given Israel an unconditional guarantee that it will receive all the oil it needs for the next 15 years. This agreement means that Israel will be completely unaffected by the coming destruction of Middle Eastern oil fields, and it is to remain in force no matter how severe the rationing will become here in America. The other agreement or Memorandum of Understanding pledges the United States to go to war against Egypt should the treaty break down. Egypt was not warned in advance about this second American-Israeli agreement and has reacted as if she had been betrayed, which she was! Meanwhile Israel’s Prime Minister Begin has been gloating over this agreement in public, calling it “A beautiful document, well written, and what it contains is very important.” My friends, what we are seeing now is the culmination of the late Henry Kissinger’s “shuttle diplomacy” of three and four years ago. In Audio Letter No. 6 for November 1975, I explained what the SINAI ACCORD was all about. It consisted of a pair of treaties—one between the United States and Israel, the other between the United States and Egypt—and the purpose of the Sinai Accord was to lay the groundwork for a Middle East war that would involve the United States. As I said then, the Middle East war plan was to involve a limited nuclear strike against Arab OPEC oil wells jointly by the United States and Israel. Since I first revealed this basic plan over three years ago, events have caused it to be delayed and revised several times but now it is moving along fast as part of the Bolsheviks’ game-plan. They want to use the coming Middle East crisis to shut down America in a Bolshevik revolution before going to war against Russia; and right now cadres of Bolsheviks are pouring into the United States, most all of them experienced in revolution tactics and strategy. Shortly before the Bolshevik revolution of 1917, the ruling circles of the United States sent more than 1,500 of these people to Russia to foment revolution. Now they are returning to do the same thing here in the United States. Beginning with the strange death of John D. Rockefeller III eight months ago, control of America began shifting rapidly to these Satanic Bolsheviks; and last 66

Audio Letter 44

August 1978 in Audio Letter No. 37, I was able to reveal their master strategy to build up to a nuclear first strike against Russia. It’s a prescription for up to 350-million people to die world-wide, all to no avail. But it’s “do or die” for the Bolsheviks. They would rather have all of us die than to give up their own dreams of total WORLD DOMINATION, and the key to this catastrophic plan lies in igniting the long-delayed Middle East war. We have already been given a sample of what lies ahead for us in the Jonestown, Guyana tragedy. Four months ago I devoted Audio Letter No. 40 in its entirety to the military operation that took place there and the role played in that operation by the mass murder. As I revealed then, Israeli Commandoes were the key to the success of the operation. It wiped out the secret Russian Missile Base I began warning about over four years ago. My friends, the joint American-Israeli operation in Guyana was only a dress rehearsal for the coming joint American-Israeli limited nuclear strike against Saudi Arabian oil fields. In Audio Letter No. 37 I explained how the plan was to begin with the supposedly surprise success in the Camp David talks last September. The goal was to be an eventual treaty between Egypt and Israel set up in such a way as to drag in the United States, and now this situation is a fact, and the “Hate Saudi Arabia” campaign is also far advanced—right on track, as I reviewed it in Audio Letter No. 41. Soon a major manufactured incident in the Middle East will scuttle the Peace Treaty. The ensuing nuclear destruction of Saudi Arabia’s oil fields will give the rulers of both Israel and the United States what they want. Freed of any concern about her own oil supplies, Israel will be free to destroy the engine of Arab economic power—oil revenues; and the resultant cut-off of oil supplies will give our Bolshevik rulers here in America the excuse to shut down our freedoms under the guise of a NATIONAL EMERGENCY. Quickly then they plan to bring us all under total regimentation as America gradually shifts onto a full war footing. My friends, the time left to us is very short, and yet there is one last chance left IF WE WILL TAKE IT. The rulers of Russia today are Christians. Right now the ‘actor Pope’ who masquerades as the dead Pope John Paul II is preparing to create trouble in Poland. By contrast, Russia has just invited over 200 Polish priests into Russia to begin opening monasteries, schools, and churches there. Two years ago I began asking: “Where are the churches in this hour of need?” !! I urge now that American church leaders at all levels and from all denominations band together for a “Pilgrimage for Peace” to Moscow. Pastors and other church leaders who want life and freedom for America, instead of death and destruction, can do this for our Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore, I urge you to call my business number here in Washington, D.C.—Area Code 202-659-3999.

67

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Give me your name, address, telephone number, and what your church position is so that you can be contacted later. My friends, it’s up to YOU to make sure Christian leaders and church leaders all over America hear this message in time to respond by April 30, 1979. When I record Audio Letter No. 45 next month, God willing, I plan to tell you whether or not American church leaders have responded in great enough numbers to rise to this occasion. If that takes place, and a massive pilgrimage of church leaders can be formed to visit the Kremlin leaders, perhaps they can be convinced that the Bolsheviks have not infiltrated all of our churches. And if that is true, perhaps we can turn aside the BOLSHEVIK WAR PLAN; but if church leaders here do not respond, Russia’s leaders will continue to believe as they do now. They are convinced that what happened to the Russian Orthodox Church 60 years ago has now happened to the churches here in America; and if that is true, then God help us all. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

68

Audio Letter 45
April 27, 1979
This evening the last in a 10-part special series of reports called “Second to None?” was shown on ABC’s World News Tonight program. For two entire weeks the series has drummed away night after night about America’s military weakness compared to Russia. Full-page newspaper ads have urged viewers to watch the series; so have various newspaper articles. And the series itself has carried so much impact that it has made an indelible impression on millions of Americans. Most of all, the nine-minute installment on April 17 describing the outbreak of nuclear war between Russia and America left many viewers badly shaken. The frightening picture painted in the ABC news series is accurate as far as it goes, but it also would have been accurate three to four years ago. We were not shown these things then, so the question is: WHY NOW? One reason that has been given is that we might be about to sign the SALT II treaty with Russia, and that we ought to look before we leap. But if that were the real reason, a series like this should have been shown more than 18 months ago; because that is when SALT I expired and the air was full of promises of a new SALT treaty then. My friends, the people who put together the ABC documentary series did a very good job indeed; but the reason our Bolshevik rulers want it to be shown now is to help add to the atmosphere of war tensions. They also want to make sure that SALT II, if it is signed, will generate a storm of controversy and be defeated in the Senate. If that happens, it will be like closing the door to peace and telling the world that war with Russia is inevitable. In more and more ways the atmosphere of mounting crisis and the threat of war is being stoked up by the Bolsheviks here in America. The low drum beat of BRING BACK THE DRAFT keeps coming back over and over, a little louder each time. The specter of gas rationing keeps haunting the news as the artificial crisis in the Middle East heats up. For example, former Defense Secretary Melvin Laird now says the government should institute gas rationing just to make the crisis seem more real to people. Can you imagine? My friends, I realize that today, as in the past, many people are skeptical about what I have to reveal. After all, these things are probably contrary to what they 69

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

have heard from friends, family, teachers, and the news media. They do not have my intelligence sources; and if I were to reveal these sources, they would dry up. But I believe that my duty is simply to reveal the truth—not cover it up just because it may be hard to accept. This month events have been moving very fast in startling ways. Four days ago I said over the Ed Busch Show on WFAA, Dallas, Texas, that the take-over here in the United States has already taken place. The people you will see on your television screens are not the people you think they are! Now I can say more. My three topics this month are: Topic #1—THE DOMESTIC GUYANA AT THREE MILE ISLAND Topic #2—THE SECRET INTELLIGENCE WAR OF “DOUBLES” Topic #3—LAST CALL FOR A “PILGRIMAGE FOR PEACE” Topic #1—As dawn was breaking over Pennsylvania 30 days ago on March 28, it looked like the beginning of just another ordinary day. It was a Wednesday and there were jobs to go to, schools to attend, errands to run. The streets of Harrisburg, the capital city, were coming to life as people began their day’s activities. East of the city the rich farm lands of the Pennsylvania Dutch country were coming to life with the bloom of spring. For generations the Pennsylvania Dutch have been famous for their life close to God and far from modern technology; but on that Wednesday morning of March 28, 1979, the Pennsylvania Dutch were completing their first year with a landmark of modern technology almost on their doorstep. It was the THREE MILE ISLAND NUCLEAR POWER PLANT located in the Susquehanna River southeast of Harrisburg. In the first rays of morning light the distinctive outlines of the nuclear plant gave no hint of the danger within it. The plant appeared quiet and peaceful; in fact, quieter than normal. Two of the four giant cooling towers 37 stories high had stopped belching steam. That meant one of the two nuclear reactors on the Island had been shut down for some reason; and, in fact, some residents near the power plant had been awakened in the pre-dawn hours by a thundering roar of escaping steam. But no one seemed to be really worried. A few minutes before 7:00 AM someone close to the plant might have detected the first clear signal that something ominous was happening. An emergency siren began to wail telling workers to abandon immediately certain critical areas of the power plant. Several workers made a dash for their cars in an attempt to escape. Two 70

Audio Letter 45

cars raced out of the power plant site across the bridge to freedom—then the gate was closed to make sure no one else could leave! A few minutes later at 7:02 AM officials of Metropolitan Edison called the Dauphin County Civil Defense authorities. A site emergency had just been declared at the nuclear powerplant. By this time, Three Mile Island Plant No. 2 had already been in a state of growing crisis for more than three hours; and for nearly an hour the computer designed to monitor conditions inside the reactor had been printing question marks instead of numbers. The reactor was overheating so badly that the computer system could no longer measure the temperatures. It had all begun shortly after 3:00 AM when trouble developed in a key water pump. Soon the pump failed, halting the flow of water to the steam-driven power turbine. Automatic devices immediately shut down the turbine in a situation known as a “turbine trip.” Superheated steam at enormous pressures was diverted from the turbine and vented to the outside, producing the thunderous roar that wakened nearby residents. At the same time, other automatic devices were shutting down the nuclear reactor itself in a so-called “scram”—that is, a rapid emergency shutdown. Normally when a nuclear reactor is started up or shut down, it is done gradually. This allows temperatures throughout the reactor to rise or fall gently, avoiding thermal stresses that might do damage. It also allows the start-up or shutdown process to be monitored carefully at every step to make sure nothing unexpected happens. But on that Wednesday morning of March 28 there was no time for all that. With the pump failure and “turbine trip,” the nuclear reactor was left producing enormous quantities of heat that had no place to go. So the automatic control system “scrammed” the reactor. Within seconds, all the reactor’s control rods were dropped into the core to make the fission chain reaction die away. But even with the rods in place, the hot reactor was still generating heat, at a slower rate. So to cool it down, the automatic control system turned on three big standby pumps—two were meant to flood the reactor core with cooling water, while the third had a related safety purpose. The three pumps roared to life, but nothing happened. There was no water for them to pump, because before the episode began someone had turned off the valves ahead of the pumps. It was far more than a mere breach of regulations! Shutting those valves was an act that could not have been more expertly calculated to bring on a potential catastrophe. All three valves were closed, thereby defeating the redundancy which was built into the backup systems for safety purposes. It was an unthinkable thing to do! It threatened a power plant worth nearly one billion dollars with possible destruction. It threatened untold thousands of lives; and if done by an employee, it even threatened the life of whoever closed the valves. It was, in short, a kamikaze act of sabotage!! But perhaps because it was so unthinkable, it worked.

71

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

A number of workers have stated that they noticed the valves closed and tagged in the days just before March 28; and everyone who worked in the vicinity of the valves knew very well how critical they were. So the tendency was to assume that there must be some good reason why they had been closed. After all, they even had tags to show that they were closed. It was an obvious and serious violation of safety procedures, but it seemed unthinkable that this could be unauthorized and deliberate. And so the valves remained closed, and no one did anything to correct the situation. In this way, the stage was set for Wednesday, March 28, 1979. As the reactor was “scrammed,” the backup pumps screamed in vain, trying to draw water through valves that were closed. No fresh water went to the reactor to cool it, pressures built up in the reactor, and a safety valve popped open. Superheated radioactive water began flashing out of the reactor into the huge concrete containment dome, and the water level started dropping in the reactor itself. Then the valve stuck open, instead of closing as it was supposed to do. Radioactive water kept right on gushing out of the reactor. Strangely, it was more than two hours before the Control Room button was pushed to stop radioactive water from escaping. My friends, all this was going on while neighbors of Three Mile Island were drifting back to sleep. They had been awakened by the brief roar of vented steam when the turbine tripped, but then all had quieted down again. All seemed peaceful and normal again around the nuclear power plant; but inside the Control Room of Three Mile Island No. 2, claxons were blaring, alarms were ringing, and trouble lights were flashing. The reactor was fast losing water and heating up rapidly. Soon the last-ditch emergency cooling system automatically turned on; but within a few minutes one of the emergency pumps was shut off by person or persons unknown for unexplained reasons. Six minutes later the same was done to the other emergency cooling pump—once again redundant emergency systems had been thwarted by human intervention! Soon there was a radioactive pool of water on the floor of the huge containment dome where it had spilled out of the reactor. Sump pumps began sucking the water out of there into a nearby auxiliary building which is not equipped to seal in radioactive materials. From there radioactive materials soon began to filter outside to be carried downwind. Strangely enough, while pumps critical to safety were being turned off right and left, the one pump that should have been turned off, the sump pump, was left running! As a result, it was guaranteed that radiation from the reactor would find its way outside to contaminate the countryside. Within 20 minutes after the episode began, someone discovered that all the water to the reactor had been cut off, and took corrective action. Cooling water began rushing into the reactor, and for a while the situation was under control. But within an hour, the un72

Audio Letter 45

thinkable happened again! All four water pumps were quietly turned off again, and the reactor started heating up fast. Soon the monitoring computer began printing question marks, thousands of small cylinders of uranium fuel in the reactor began coming apart at the seams with heat, highly radioactive uranium and fission products bubbled out of the reactor with the still-escaping water. At 7:02 AM the first call was placed to Civil Defense. By 7:20 AM Metropolitan Edison had to call Civil Defense officials again. Radiation levels in the containment dome were skyrocketing, and now the Three Mile Island situation had been upgraded to a general emergency. Yet, to the public at large, there still was no word that anything was wrong at Three Mile Island. Thousands of commuters in Harrisburg drove to work without a hint on their car radios that anything unusual was taking place. Mothers hurried to get their children packed off to school on time, farmers in the neighboring countryside set about their daily chores without giving the nuclear plant a second thought. Meanwhile traces of radioactive uranium and fission products from the crippled reactor were already wafting downwind and beginning to contaminate the Pennsylvania landscape for miles around. It was not until 9:06 AM, more than five hours after the episode began, that any public notice of the emergency was given. It was a brief report over the Associated Press news wire marked “Urgent” to the effect that a general emergency was underway at Three Mile Island. From then on, Three Mile Island became like a domestic Guyana story—and in more ways than one! Like Guyana, it captured the headlines for a week and more; like Guyana, it seemed unthinkable—and yet there it was right before our eyes. Just as with Guyana, news stories about the events at Three Mile Island were marked by confusion; and in Pennsylvania as in Guyana, large numbers of innocent American civilians were the victims. In Guyana they were poisoned by means of potassium cyanide; in Pennsylvania thousands have been poisoned by varying amounts of radioactive uranium and its fission products, such as xenon and krypton gases. Right now doctors in the vicinity of Three Mile Island are reporting many patients who are now exhibiting symptoms such as nausea, headaches, diarrhea, nervousness, insomnia, and eye trouble. Many doctors are not aware of it, but these are among the classic symptoms of low-level radiation poisoning. The Government is telling a half truth in saying that the contamination from Three Mile Island should not lead to an increase in cancer. The reason is that the particular elements released in the nuclear accident do not cause cancer but other disorders. The word cancer, for that matter, has been turned into a medical scare word that hides more than it reveals. “Cancer” is a Latin word meaning “crab.” It is used to describe a certain kind of growth or tumor that grows with tentacles 73

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

in various directions, giving it a crab-like appearance. What makes cancer so frightening is that it grows fast, consuming healthy tissue as it goes; so any tumor that grows rapidly is labeled as cancer, while tumors that remain stable or grow very slowly are usually called “benign.” In the 1920’s Dr. Otto Warburg earned the Nobel Prize for determining exactly what cancer really is. He was able to prove that the malady called cancer is just a condition of blocked cell oxidation. Today, more than 50 years later, we hear year in and year out about new ideas about what cancer might be. Meanwhile Warburg’s conclusive findings of long ago are ignored. Billions of dollars and millions of lives have been wasted over the years in efforts to figure out how to kill cancer when it occurs. The reality, my friends, is that cancer is itself the conversion of normal tissue into a kind of living death. True elimination of cancer can only be achieved not by agents of death, but by restoring life. In the area surrounding Three Mile Island though, cancer is not the problem. Uranium and its derivatives can produce a fungus that leads to lumps and tumors which often are misdiagnosed as cancer. If the fungus enters the bloodstream, it produces a disease known as cystic fibrosis. With this disease, the entire body undergoes weakening and gradual degeneration. It often strikes children, and is usually considered fatal. The best protection against these disorders produced by radiation as well as against cancer and other diseases is to make sure your body cells are provided with the things they need to stay healthy. A key to this lies in four key minerals which need to be in proper balance in your body at all times. The therapeutic value of these minerals was established by Dr. Wilhelm Schussler of Basel, Switzerland a century ago and has been confirmed in countless ways since then. In order of importance, these four are: potassium, calcium, magnesium, and sodium. It is best to obtain these four minerals in as non-toxic a form as possible. Ordinary table salt, for example, is sodium chloride—an inorganic poison to the cell. It has to be de-toxified by the liver and companion organs of the body before assimilation. Likewise, many forms of potassium are toxic, even though potassium is vital to good health. So it is important to get these minerals in an organic form—such as citrate, gluconate, or oyster shells. In the United States proper supplements like these are especially important because most American food is badly demineralized, and this is most true of potassium, the most vital mineral of all. The episode at Three Mile Island blanketed hundreds of square miles and possibly a million people with low-level radiation; but the miracle is that it was not much worse than it was, for most of the radioactive materials released during the episode are still confined to the power plant site itself. The huge concrete containment dome around the reactor became so radioactive inside that no one 74

Audio Letter 45

could enter it without dying almost instantly; and the reactor itself was damaged so badly that today, 30 days later, the shutdown of the reactor is just reaching its final stages. The damage and contamination at Three Mile Island Plant No. 2 are so extreme that there are serious doubts as to whether it can ever be cleaned up and used again. Already there have been suggestions by some that it should be encased in a tomb of concrete and abandoned. My friend, that is an echo of the suggestion I made about the United States Bullion Depository at Fort Knox 3-1/2 years ago in Audio Letter No. 5. The Depository had been contaminated by a leaking radioactive CIA superpoison secretly stored there, and it remains contaminated to this day. Three Mile Island has proven that there are great potential hazards from nuclear power plants, but those proven hazards lie in the area of vulnerability to sabotage that can produce terrible consequences. The available evidence strongly indicates that the emergency at Three Mile Island was not an accident—it was a criminal act. Its effect is to help speed up the plan to shut down American freedoms by means of energy shortages, economic disruptions, and government controls. Five months ago in Audio Letter No. 40, I revealed in detail how hundreds of American civilians had been deliberately sacrificed by the American government in Guyana, and why. I warned then that the gruesome tragedy at Jonestown, Guyana, is only a pale shadow of what lies ahead for the entire United States if the cancer of Bolshevism is not stopped. And now, a domestic Guyana has taken place at Three Mile Island. A completely unnatural sequence of events took place causing a nuclear crisis to take place which had never even been analyzed in official studies. Those responsible—the Bolsheviks among us—were hoping to achieve a fullfledged disaster at Three Mile Island with massive releases of radiation. This would have killed many people outright, sickened many more, and required a mass evacuation of several counties in the Harrisburg area. That would have accomplished two things. For one thing, it would have increased the general air of crisis, of emergency, and of a need for decisive federal action; but, more importantly, it would have turned all nuclear power plants into objects of fear and hate by the American public. This would have justified an immediate shutdown of all 70 nuclear power plants across the United States. In one blow America would have lost 13% of its electric power. The virtual rationing of electricity by various means would have followed quickly as one means of tightening governmental control over American life. But the Three Mile Island episode never quite reached the level of catastrophe except in terms of damage to the power plant itself, and so the Bolshevik plan for now is to settle for half a loaf.

75

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Three Mile Island Plant No. 2 was built by a company named Babcock & Wilcox, which has also built eight other nuclear plants, including the No. 1 plant on Three Mile Island; so the plan now is to blame that company in various ways and to shut down those eight plants, as was ordered today by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. In the areas affected, the cutbacks in electric power will have the disruptive effects planned by the Bolsheviks. The Bolshevik scheme to rob America of part of its electric power by shutting down the nuclear plants is elaborate. In recent months, controversy over nuclear power has been stirred up to unprecedented levels, and in mid March two actions were taken to set the stage for Three Mile Island. First, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission abruptly shut down five plants in the northeast, ostensibly over earthquake worries; then the movie, “The China Syndrome,” was released—and, my friends, there is more to come. By means of Bolshevik coup d’etat and revolution an international group who were once more powerful than the Rockefellers are making a new bid for power here in America. But the outcome in the turbulent events now going on behind the scenes is impossible to predict, because there is now a clandestine war going on involving not one but several major intelligence agencies. The prize: CONTROL OF AMERICA!! Topic #2—Long before the American Revolution for Independence, a famous principle was formulated in Europe. It was: “GIVE ME THE POWER TO ISSUE A NATION’S MONEY, AND I CARE NOT WHO WRITES THE LAWS.” The man who originated this dictum used it to launch a family dynasty of unprecedented wealth and power. His name: MAYER AMSCHEL ROTHSCHILD (pronounced as Rothsheeld). The power of the Rothschilds, or Rothschilds (pronounced with long “i”) as many people call them, grew fast in Britain and Europe. By the time of the American Revolution, the financial affairs especially of Britain and France were in the Rothschild pocket. The taxation schemes which brought on the Revolution actually originated not with King George but in the House of Rothschild. After the Revolution, Rothschild agents were on hand to try to return America to Rothschild control. One of the most powerful of these was Alexander Hamilton, but his maneuverings were ended by the famous duel with Aaron Burr. America managed to steer clear of Rothschild control until the Civil War provided a new opportunity. In Audio Letter No. 26 I mentioned how Russia, then the greatest Christian nation on earth, came to America’s rescue in 1863. Britain and France were preparing to dismantle the United States, but Russia prevented it. For that and other reasons, the Rothschilds thereafter marked Russia for utter destruction. At the same time the Rothschilds were determined to take over America and decided to do it by 76

Audio Letter 45

promoting powerful groups already within our country. The era of America’s robber barons was spawned and with it a new superdynasty—the ROCKEFELLERS. By 1917 Rockefeller power in America had become so great that they were strong partners with their former mentors, the Rothschilds. The Bolshevik cancer to destroy Russia was a Rothschild creation, but it was the Rockefeller interests who actually injected that cancer into Russia. As the 20th Century progressed, the power of the aging Rothschild dynasty finally was eclipsed by that of the upstart Rockefellers. Where Rothschild power had begun with the control of money, Rockefeller power was rooted in the control of ENERGY; and with Saudi Arabia in their grasp after World War II, the Rockefellers soon began to out-distance all rival power groups world-wide, including the Rothschilds. But, my friends, the Rothschild interests bided their time. They waited for the Rockefellers to start making mistakes, and not long ago it began happening. In Audio Letters No. 38 and elsewhere, I have described how the atheistic Bolsheviks who used to run Russia have recently been overthrown. This final overthrow is the culmination of six decades of determined effort by a tough, tightly-knit band of Russian Christians. When the final phase of undisguised overthrow began two to three years ago, it was the Rothschilds—not the Rockefellers—who learned about it first. For 60 years the Rockefellers had been secret allies of the old Bolsheviks in Russia. But the Rockefellers were sadly mistaken in their belief that they actually controlled the Bolsheviks. Instead, it was always the Rothschilds who secretly controlled the Bolsheviks in Russia— and who now control them here in the United States. In the past, the interests of the Rockefellers and Rothschilds always coincided well enough that this distinction did not really matter; but after the Battle of the Harvest Moon, which I made public in Audio Letter No. 26, everything changed. Recently I explained the fatal mistake which the four Rockefeller brothers made in their panic following the Battle of the Harvest Moon. That mistake was to open America’s doors to the old-line Bolsheviks, who are being expelled from Russia now. It was a suicidal act for the Rockefellers because their own Corporate Socialist empire could not hope to coexist with those Satanic State Socialists—the Bolsheviks. But the Rockefellers accepted the recommendations of certain advisers to do so—and those advisers, my friends, were Rothschild agents! During the past several months a Bolshevik coup d’etat has taken the lives of all four of the Rockefeller brothers, as I have made public in my tapes. The Rothschild interests of today are making a desperate bid to regain their former status as the world’s No. 1 power group, and they are doing it through their own forces of Bolshevism. 77

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Last month I tried to warn the remaining members of the Rockefeller family that they must join forces and act now to stop what is happening. If they do take action as I said last month, they could help save not only themselves but all of us here in America; but if they do not act, and quickly, they will suffer the historic fate of all overthrown dynastic families—they will all be tracked down and killed by their Bolshevik enemies. So far, I’m sorry to report, the Rockefeller survivors remain fragmented and neutralized, persuaded wrongly that they do not have enough power to act; and now, my friends, another prominent member of the Rockefeller family has been killed—murdered near Paris, France; but a double has already been substituted. My friends, if the Bolshevik coup d’etat and coming full-scale revolution are successful, our land faces a future of agony and despair. Christians will have to hide their Bibles and hope for some day long in the future when it will be safe to read them once again. When the Bolshevik revolution swept across Russia six decades ago, that was the way it was. Our Lord Jesus Christ is a thorn in the side for the atheistic Bolsheviks, and their hatred for Him will be expressed in merciless persecution of His followers. No doubt about that! There are those who say today, “America is too big, no one could take over our whole country”; but, my friends, the continental United States has only four (4) Time Zones. Sixty-two years ago smaller numbers of Bolshevik revolutionaries, using cruder techniques than today, succeeded in taking control of Russia—and Russia spreads almost half way round the world, with eleven (11) Time Zones! The Bolsheviks, doing the bidding of the Rothschilds, are working fast; and yet in recent days the situation has become much more complicated than before. The struggle for control of America has now mushroomed into a secret intelligence war, involving not one but several major intelligence agencies of the world. Where it is all leading is by no means clear right now. All I can do at this point is to report the facts to you and urge you to keep your eyes open. At the present time, for example, the Bolsheviks are planning to ignite a Middle East crisis around mid May. The Pope’s revolution was also planned for May when I first made the plan public in Audio Letter No. 42, but that has now been pushed back to June. But these and other plans have been thrown into question by recent eruption of intelligence warfare by means of “doubles,” look-alikes, and impostors. For example, earlier this month on April 11, Vice-President Walter Mondale reportedly left Washington on a trip to Iceland, Scandinavia, and the Netherlands; but, my friends, the man and woman on Air Force II were not Mondale and his wife but actually “doubles.” The real Walter and Joan Mondale had 78

Audio Letter 45

been spirited away. The following day Jimmy, Rosalyn, and Amy Carter, the real ones, left the White House for a 10-day Easter vacation in Georgia. The first 8 days were to be spent offshore in seclusion at Sapelo Island. Carter was looking more haggard by the day, racked by leukemia and multiple cancers. His visible loss of weight lately had prompted cover stories about his alleged success at dieting. He was fast losing the ability to work at all, and news stories said he was going to Georgia to seek solitude. And so for a week and a half surrounding Easter, the President and Vice-President of the United States were out of public view. A few low-key reports appeared in the papers about the alleged activities of Mondale on his trip. Otherwise all was quiet here in Washington. The real purpose of the trip by Mondale’s Bolshevik “double” was to try to obtain oil for Israel, but in this the Mondale “double” failed because very recently Russia’s Marshal Dmitry Ustinov—the man now in charge in the Kremlin— had visited Norway personally, and Norway has now come to terms with Russia. The weekend after Easter things happened fast, completely unseen by the public. On Friday night, April 20, the real Walter Mondale was being held incommunicado by Bolshevik captors in New Richmond in western Wisconsin. Sometime between 9:30 and 10:00 PM local time, Vice-President Walter Mondale was executed! Mondale had been one of Nelson Rockefeller’s closest political allies and had been prominent among the mourners at Rockefeller’s memorial service at Riverside Church in early February. Now he had died on a Friday evening, as Rockefeller had, at almost the same local time and from the same cause—a bullet in the forehead. Barely an hour later, Mondale’s body was dumped into Lake Superior at a point about 12 miles southeast of Taconite Harbor, Minnesota. Meanwhile Air Force II was already on its way westward across the Atlantic with a Mondale “double” aboard. Mondale had been scheduled to return on Sunday, according to public announcements, but his plane was returning a day early for security reasons—but it did no good. Air Force II, a duplicate of Air Force I flown by the President, was a specially outfitted military Boeing 707 known as a VC 137-C. Its remains all except for the left wing are now lying under thousands of feet of water in the North Atlantic. The navigational coordinates are 57 - 30 - 35 North, 26 - 38 - 20 West. That’s about 150 miles north of where the Kissinger jet crashed in February. The left wing of Air Force II is lying on the ocean floor about 13 miles to the east of the rest of the plane. The flight crew were unable to radio details, but a blast close to the fuselage tore off practically the entire left wing in flight. The wing fluttered away like a leaf while the rest of the plane spiraled downward 7 miles into the sea. At present Mondale’s office claims that he returned Sunday April 22 at 1:00 PM, but the next person you see in the news as Mondale will be his second “double,” recruited to fill in for the first “double” who died in a North Atlantic crash 79

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

of Air Force II. A replacement for Air Force II will no doubt appear as soon as one can be outfitted. On Saturday April 21, Jimmy Carter flew secretly from Georgia to Camp David unaware that Mondale was dead. After lunch he went to Bethesda Naval Hospital for a checkup on his cancer and then to the White House briefly. It was not until roughly 8:00 PM that night that the real Jimmy Carter returned to Plains. There about 10:30 PM Jimmy Carter, President of the United States, was shot between the eyes, but incredibly he retained some signs of life. He was rushed from Plains to Andrews Air Force Base outside of Washington, arriving shortly after midnight. By 2:00 AM Sunday April 22, he was in surgery at Bethesda Naval Hospital; but it was hopeless, just as it was in 1963 when President Kennedy was shot in the head. With Rosalyn Carter in shock, the body of the late President of the United States was disposed of quickly. That evening the real Rosalyn Carter was at the White House under heavy sedation, but shortly after midnight she, too, was executed with a bullet between the eyes. During the past several days Jimmy Carter No. 2 (that is, Carter’s “double”) has been seen repeatedly in public—and what a change! Jimmy Carter No. 2 looks and acts 10 years younger than the real Carter did. Listen now to the tired, halting voice of the old Carter as he read a prepared statement just 17 days ago on April 10 (sound track follows): “We have already begun to hear a good deal of talk from the oil companies about so-called ‘plow backs’; but what this talk covers up is that this proposal, as it will be presented with the Windfall Profits Tax, already provides six billion dollars in increased revenue.” Now compare that with the more shrill voice—forceful, vigorous, and confident—of Carter No. 2 just two days ago on April 25 (sound track follows): “The bottom line is, that if there is an effort to cheat on the SALT agreement including the limits on modernizing ICBMs, we will detect it.” My friends, the flat, awkward speaking style of the old Carter is gone. In its place is a new style of delivery which imitates the old Carter but has better phrasing and more lively inflection of the voice. The eyes which were becoming glazed with pain and sedative are now gone, and in their place are eyes that are piercing and alert. Gone is the old Carter under siege. In his place is a man who is talking about storming the country by entering every Democratic Presidential Primary in the nation, but he is making do with only a weak imitation of that most famous of all Carter campaign assets—the face-splitting Carter grin. 80

Audio Letter 45

The change in appearance and behavior are so striking that something had to be done to focus peoples’ attention in a way that would explain it all away—in other words, distraction. And so the new Jimmy Carter, the “double,” is receiving great publicity over the fact that he parts his hair on the left; the old Carter, of course, parted it on the right. So now anyone who looks at him and thinks, “Carter sure looks different these days,” will also think, “I guess it’s the hair that does it.” My friends, strange things are going on and you should prepare yourself for big surprises in the days ahead. Besides the clandestine services of the United States and the Rothschild interests, there are at least three other factions secretly busy here now. These are the Intelligence Agencies of Russia, Great Britain, and Israel. Within the past two months, Britain has secretly come to terms with Russia, and the Russian underwater missiles around Britain have been removed; and the “doubles” for Jimmy and Rosalyn Carter have been at the Russian Embassy here in Washington a great deal this past week, avoiding the White House as much as possible. One thing, my friends, is certain: whatever these things mean, the Russians are taking it all very seriously. Since last Sunday, April 22, there have been 24 Russian Cosmospheres deployed over the Washington metropolitan area. Something important is afoot, and however it turns out, the Russians intend to be ready. Topic #3—One week ago today, April 20, was Lenin’s birthday. In the past it has always been a day that demanded a properly reverent attitude on the part of all Russians; but things are changing in Russia today. Brezhnev No. 2—the “double” who replaced the real Brezhnev after his death in January 1978—is used today to convey Russian policy positions to the world, and this year Brezhnev No. 2 was conspicuous by his absence from Lenin Day celebrations. Instead, he went to a hockey match and one which had little significance to Russia, whose team was not one of those playing. It was a graphic way of saying in effect: Lenin doesn’t live here any more. Meanwhile other members of the Russian leadership were giving signals about what does matter in Russia today. The hockey game attended by Brezhnev No. 2 was taking place on Good Friday, as reckoned in Russia. At the time, a Congressional delegation from the United States was in Moscow meeting with leaders including Prime Minister Kosygin and Foreign Minister Gromyko. In James Reston’s NEW YORK TIMES article of April 24, 1979, some surprising behavior by the Russian leaders is mentioned: “Paradoxically they arranged with the Congressmen on Easter weekend 81

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

to go into the old Christian church at Syzran and watch, if not take part, in the ceremony of the Resurrection.” More than a week earlier the Easter season had begun in Moscow in a way that stunned many outside observers. On the evenings of April 13 and 14 the Moscow Conservatory, the most important concert hall in Moscow, was packed with capacity crowds. They were there to hear something not heard in Russia since the Bolshevik Revolution in 1917—they were there to hear Handel’s MESSIAH. And in the capital city of the land our leaders want us to hate, the Moscow Conservatory thundered with those triumphant words of the Hallelujah Chorus: “THE LORD SHALL REIGN FOR EVER AND EVER.” In an interview by the British Broadcasting Corporation on February 3, exiled Russian author Alexander Solzhenitsyn said he wants to return to Russia. He says there is a rejuvenation of society going on there now—and no wonder! During the Easter season just past the Russians have been celebrating not only the Resurrection of our Lord Jesus Christ, they have also been celebrating the resurrection of Christianity itself in Russia. My friends, it’s a fact that Russia is no longer ruled by Satanic Bolsheviks, but by native Russian Christians. Yet it is also a fact that the Kremlin today is in command of the most powerful military machine the world has ever known. Russian underwater missiles are poised within our own territorial waters, ready for launch in a devastating nuclear strike at a moment’s notice. Russian submarines armed partly with neutron weapons now patrol continuously along our East, West, and Gulf coasts. Russian charged Particle Beam-weapons are on the Moon, in earth orbit, and on floating Electrogravitic Platforms over our country. Our major dams and many other targets have been sabotaged with hydrogen bombs which are already in place ready for detonation upon satellite command. If the kamikaze war plans of our Bolshevik rulers are not stopped, there’s no question what the outcome will be. All of America will be turned into a funeral pyre, and the American dream will end in a nightmare. Looking at all this, ever so often someone asks me: “If the rulers of Russia today are Christians, why would they want to hurt us; much less, kill us?” My friends, to begin with, their actions have already proven that they do not have a desire to destroy us at all. Over a year and a half ago Russia defeated the United States in the still secret Space Battle of the Harvest Moon. Ever since then Russia has been increasingly in a position to destroy America at will—but the Russians have not done it in spite of continuing treachery by America’s Satanic rulers. As I detailed last September in Audio Letter No. 38, the rulers of Russia do plan to wipe BOLSHEVISM off the face of the earth. Even so, it’s now clear 82

Audio Letter 45

that if they find a way to do it without resorting to full-scale war, they will try to do it; but the problem is that our own rulers who are now the Bolsheviks are making war increasingly unavoidable. First, the Bolsheviks want to bring us all under their own TOTAL DICTATORSHIP. Then they will be able to mold America into a much more efficient war machine than it is now; and under the conditions of Bolshevik dictatorship, you and I will be powerless to stop it. Russia’s rulers will then be faced with only two possible choices. One choice will be to allow Russia’s people, who have suffered beyond belief at the hands of the Bolsheviks, to suffer again when the American nuclear first strike is launched. The only other choice will be to put America out of action. In that case, untold millions of American Christians will be killed; but the attitude of Russia’s rulers is that if we allow the Bolsheviks to carry things that far, we will have only ourselves to blame! Last month I proposed that a “Pilgrimage for Peace” to Moscow be formed by American Christian leaders. It’s purpose would be to begin building bridges of trust between the peoples of Russia and America as the only real foundation for peace and friendship. I appealed to Christian leaders of all denominations and at all levels to respond in great numbers by April 30. That way there was a chance Russia’s rulers could be proven wrong in their conviction that America’s churches are infiltrated by Bolshevism. Now, my friends, it is time to report the results. In all of the United States there have been only a tiny handful of independent-minded pastors and church officials who have responded. There is no chance that such a tiny group would convince the Kremlin of anything; and so I am forced now to repeat the question I asked in Audio Letter No. 21, and that is: WHERE, OH WHERE ARE THE CHURCHES TODAY? But there is still a ray of hope, my friends. My call for a “Pilgrimage for Peace” last month was directed only to church leaders, who for the most part have not responded. Yet there has been a spontaneous outpouring of interest from lovers of our Lord Jesus Christ in all other walks of life; therefore, I am hereby expanding my proposal for a PILGRIMAGE FOR PEACE. The name Christian originally meant “Christ one”—that is, anyone who loved and followed the Lord Jesus Christ. Now I am appealing to all Christ ones in all walks of life: Would you be willing to join me in a “Pilgrimage for Peace” to Russia? Do you want Russia’s Christian rulers of today to understand that there is still a backbone of decency, honesty, and truth in America??

83

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Would you be willing to spend some of your time and money on a pilgrimage to Russia if it might prevent thermonuclear war??? My friends, if you could participate in a Pilgrimage for Peace in any way, please contact me BY THE END OF MAY 1979. If you could go yourself, or if you could help sponsor someone else to go, please let me know. To streamline things as much as possible, please do not call but— WRITE to me (Dr. Peter Beter) here at: 1629 K Street, N.W. Washington, D.C. zip 20006 WRITE the word “Pilgrimage” in the lower left corner of the envelope. Please give your name, address, telephone number, occupation, and whether you are available to go yourself or to sponsor someone else. It remains to be seen whether Russia’s rulers will approve such a visit, but I believe that depends mostly on you. If they see that the people of America truly want peace, and trust, and friendship, I believe their response will be favorable; but if they are not convinced that we are serious, there will be no Pilgrimage, and the consequences for America and the world will be very grave. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

84

Audio Letter 46
May 28, 1979
In most all of the black nations of Africa, criminals and internal enemies of the state do not last long. People disappear in the dead of night never to be seen or heard from again, and when they disappear their families know they are gone for good. They know better than to say anything about it. The victim is taken to a secret place that is spoken of only in fearful whispers in black Africa—the place is usually known as “The Pit.” The victim is blindfolded and led through the night-time darkness to the edge of the pit. There kerosene is poured over him until he is thoroughly soaked. Then as the victim screams in vain, the torchbearer approaches. Moments later the scene around the pit is illuminated as the kerosene catches fire. Then the victim is pushed over the edge to fall alive, but aflame, into the pit. In most all of black Africa that’s how Law and Order is kept; but that is not the only place where people are rumored to disappear in silence. Lately there have been reports of wholesale disappearances in Argentina. A few days ago, on May 22, the BBC put the number of disappearances at 4,000 since 1976, and a few days before that on May 16 the New York Times ran a story titled “Vanished in Argentina.” The article referred to a major story in the Buenos Aires Herald and also quoted from a related newspaper advertisement. Included were the words: “The most capable and most renowned people become used to keeping quiet.” To most Americans, nighttime disappearances in Africa probably don’t seem very relevant. We relax and say to ourselves, “Maybe that’s Africa, but it’s different here. This is America.” Argentina may strike a little closer to home since Argentina is a modern, advanced nation. Even so, most of us are likely to comfort ourselves that this is America, not Argentina; it’s different here, we think. Well, my friends, it is different here. In Africa the natives may talk only in whispers about disappearances and “The Pit,” but whispers travel fast. Everyone knows about “The Pit.” In Argentina, too, the people at least know disappearances are going on because so far the press has been left free to publish reports about them. But it is here in the United States that the most momentous disappearances are now taking place. It began four months ago 85

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

with the murder of Nelson Rockefeller. Now important and famous people are disappearing. Nelson Rockefeller’s murder has been followed by convulsions in the rulership of America, and yet there is no hint to the public about what is taking place. The Rockefeller murder in January signaled the beginning of an allout Bolshevik coup d’etat here in America. A secret Bolshevik purge of the Rockefellers was under way, bloody but hidden from public view. But last month I revealed that a secret Intelligence war between “doubles” had erupted for control of the United States Government. When I recorded Audio Letter No. 45 last month, the situation was confusing and my information was still fragmentary, but I told you what I could—and now I can tell you more. The war of “doubles” involves not only the Bolsheviks but the clandestine services of Russia, Great Britain and Israel; but the basic battle lines are being drawn between Russia and the Bolsheviks. As of now, the Russians appear to be gradually gaining the upper hand, thanks to their use of an astonishing new Intelligence weapon. There is irony in what the Russians are now doing in the war of “doubles.” They are raising the ghost of none other than Nelson Rockefeller—and in a way that he would have appreciated. My three topics this month are: Topic #1—NELSON ROCKEFELLER’S REVENGE FROM THE GRAVE Topic #2—THE COSMOSPHERE SHUTTLES TO PREVENT NUCLEAR WAR Topic #3—THE MODERN REBIRTH OF THE “HOLY ALLIANCE” Topic #1—In the summer of 1976 a missile crisis erupted between Russia and the United States which to this day has never been made public officially. As all my older listeners know, I am referring to the underwater missile crisis of 1976. The Russian Navy was planting small, short-range, underwater-launched nuclear missiles within the territorial waters of the United States. They were doing the same thing in selected other locations world-wide. They were preparing for a surprise nuclear first strike against the United States involving not ICBMs but a naval strategy. By this means they were hoping to bring America to her knees with one swift blow; but if that failed, they were prepared for all-out war. It was a desperate gamble by the Kremlin, far more dangerous than the Cuban Missile Crisis of 1962. In a military double-cross the Kremlin was terminating unilaterally the secret Rockefeller-Soviet alliance of nearly six decades. But nuclear war did not erupt then, thanks primarily to the 86

Audio Letter 46

brave actions of just one man. That man was the late General George S. Brown, then Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. It was he who persuaded then President Gerald Ford to give the order overruling Henry Kissinger to remove the Russian missiles from America’s waters. In Audio Letter No. 16 that September I revealed the loyal, brave actions of General Brown in preventing nuclear war. Those actions included my own lengthy meeting with him at the Pentagon on September 16, 1976. For doing his duty, General Brown very soon encountered reprisals against him. It began in October 1976, soon after my meeting with him. The major media began cutting him down, and he was even forced to apologize on national television for some alleged remarks that were six months old. Up until then, General Brown had been famous for his outspoken, forthright behavior; but after that he quickly faded into obscurity. He did not actively serve out his term as Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, and reportedly died of cancer soon after retiring. In Audio Letters Nos. 17 and 23 I revealed how the fate of General Brown was tied directly to a drastic reversal in America’s fortunes, but until now I have never revealed what finally happened to General Brown. Now, at last, I can tell you. I’ll return to the matter of General Brown after telling you some other things which you need to know first. The neutralization of General Brown was part of an effort by the late four Rockefeller brothers to reinstate their former secret alliance with the Soviet Union. The Brothers simply could not believe at first that the alliance was gone for good. It was not until mid 1977 that they received evidence convincing them that their old allies in Russia, the atheistic Bolsheviks, were being overthrown. Up until then the Brothers were still trying to glue things back together. In this regard, a little-known practice of the late Nelson Rockefeller is now acquiring crucial importance. Of the four brothers, Nelson in particular always lived in fear of being assassinated. Like a moth drawn to a flame, he craved the limelight and yet feared it at the same time. Most of all, he was always worried that someone close to him, someone he himself had placed in power, would some day double-cross him. And as I revealed in Audio Letter No. 43, his fears were well founded. For Nelson Rockefeller the lust for power was rivaled by only one other emotion—revenge. He never forgot a grudge. For example, three decades ago a young California Congressman named Richard Nixon marked himself for Rockefeller’s hatred. Nixon went after an intimate associate of Rockefeller named Alger Hiss, charging treasonous activity by Hiss. Finally Hiss wound up behind bars—not for treason but for perjury in connection with treason. Rockefeller was enraged and vowed to “do-in” Nixon one day. Later when Rockefeller created the 25th Amendment to the United States Constitu87

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

tion, he kept Nixon in mind. The 25th Amendment was the means by which Rockefeller intended to become President without being elected. The stage was set for a scandal called WATERGATE, and Nixon was maneuvered into the Oval Office so that it would be he who was ruined by WATERGATE. As planned, Nixon left the presidency in disgrace, and Hiss left prison as a sympathetic figure in the major media. In the same way, Nelson Rockefeller wanted to make sure that if he should ever be murdered he would have his revenge, even from the grave. And so over the years he made a habit of keeping a complete list of all the people placed in important positions by his brothers and himself. Periodically he provided copies of the latest list to certain elements within Russia’s Intelligence community. His political testament contained instructions that were very simple: “If anybody ever killed me, use the list; find out who did it. I don’t care if you have to get rid of everybody on the list, just do it.” In doing this, the one thing he never anticipated was that the Rockefeller-Soviet alliance itself would come apart. Even so the Rockefeller “Hit Lists” are now coming into their own in a way that he could never have anticipated, because the Bolsheviks who carried out the coup d’etat against the Rockefellers are also the enemies of the new ruling faction in Russia. So Russia, for her own reasons, is now using Nelson Rockefeller’s “Hit List” in the secret Intelligence war now going on. They know exactly whom to go after here in America and have known for years, and they have been preparing for years to be in a position to use the list if that turned out to be the best way to proceed. Here, my friends, is where the new Russian Intelligence weapon enters the picture. What I am about to reveal I am revealing primarily for history. I know even before I reveal it that some of my listeners will desert me after they hear it, saying “It just cannot be”; but, my friends, I also know that the events in the days ahead will be impossible to understand without knowing this secret. So I do not ask that you believe it simply because I say it. What I do ask—and I ask it for your own good—is that you keep an open mind. Listen and hear what I must now reveal, then watch events themselves. My friends, since World War II and before, scientists the world over have been probing for the basic secrets of life itself; and in this field as in others, progress has been much faster than the public has been led to believe. Today it’s common knowledge that heredity is governed by something called genes, yet barely a generation ago this relationship was only beginning to be suspected. When it was suggested in 1944 by a theoretical physicist, Erwin Schrodinger, it was a novel idea. Beyond that no one was too certain what genes were aside from huge molecules or clusters of molecules. Some thought they were molecular 88

Audio Letter 46

chunks of protein, some thought they were something else. When Schrodinger’s ideas about genes were published, World War II was still raging and basic scientific research was on a back burner; and yet, barely a half a dozen years later, researchers were zeroing in on a building block of life even more basic than genes. The solution was found to this revolutionary puzzle in April 1953 at Cambridge University in England. Scientists James Watson, Francis Crick, and Maurice Wilkins were later to share the Nobel Prize for solving the puzzle. They had discovered the molecular structure of DNA, the famous “double helix.” In 1968 Watson published a book titled “THE DOUBLE HELIX,” published by Athenaeum, New York, N.Y. To understand the overwhelming importance of the double helix discovery in 1953, one need go no further than these few words on the jacket of the book: “DNA is the molecule of heredity, and to know its structure and method of reproduction enables science to know how genetic directions are written and transmitted, how the forms of life are ordered from one generation to the next.” In other words, to understand DNA is to begin to understand life itself. It has now been over a quarter century since the crucial discovery of the DNA double helix, and since then research in molecular biology has not been standing still but speeding up. In some cases research has gone in directions which are deliberately sheltered from publicity because of the fear of public reaction. Not so long ago, for example, universities doing research into artificial microbes found their neighbors in an ugly mood when they found out about it. Test tube babies are now a reality, and that began not long ago in England where the mystery of DNA was first unraveled. Then, of course, there are clones—that is, creatures which are reproduced by artificial means and which are exact duplicates of an original. Clones of all kinds of animals have been produced successfully in the laboratory, but that is not what bothers people. In the recent past it has been claimed that human clones are also possible and that some may already be in existence. These last claims about human clones have been ridiculed, denied, and suppressed by all kinds of officials—the reason is that the idea of duplicate human beings impinges upon a super-secret realm of Intelligence activities by both Russia and the United States. True clones are not involved, but something that bears a superficial resemblance to cloning is going on; and the last thing the powers-that-be want is for you and the public to have any hint about what is afoot. In Russia as well as in the West, research has been under way for many years in biological synthesis—that is, artificial life forms; and according to high intelligence, a stunning break-through took place in Russia some years ago. The 89

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Russians refer to this break-through as a “providential discovery,” something they learned almost by accident. They discovered the key to creating what are known as “organic robotoids.” An organic robotoid is an artificial robot-like creature, it looks and acts exactly like a human being and yet it is not human. A robotoid is alive in the biological sense but it is an artificial life form. Robotoids respond to conventional routine medical tests in the same way as humans do; they eat, they drink, they breathe, they bleed if cut; and they can be killed. Robotoids can also think, but they think only in the sense that a computer thinks. Like any other computer, the brain of a robotoid has to be programmed for each assignment it is given; but unlike many electronic computers, the biological computer brain of a robotoid possesses an enormous memory. As a result, robotoids can be programmed to communicate and think in such complex patterns that they act human. Organic robotoids are remarkable creatures, but they have many drawbacks. They don’t grow or reproduce but must be manufactured one by one in the desired form. They also have a very limited life span, measured in months or even weeks, depending upon how they are utilized. This is due to the fact that their metabolism, while it resembles that of humans, is very inefficient. A robotoid can be manufactured on very short notice, a matter of hours; but after a few weeks or months it suddenly begins to degenerate physically and mentally. When that takes place, the robotoid has to be removed from service and disposed of. To extend its useful life as much as possible, a robotoid is customarily cooled down to slow its metabolism between assignments. Organic robotoids are extremely expensive, troublesome creatures to produce and utilize; and robotoid capabilities do not exceed those of human beings. All they can really do is simulate human beings; but, my friends, for Intelligence purposes that’s all they have to do! To produce an organic robotoid it is necessary to have a pattern to go by. The pattern required is that of genetic coding taken from a few cells from the body of a human being. In this respect the Russian technique sounds like cloning, but the technique itself is totally unrelated to genuine cloning. A robotoid is produced within a matter of hours, and it simulates the human donor at his current age. Like any man-made copy of anything, a robotoid is never a perfect copy of the human that is to be simulated; there’s always small discrepancies in appearance and behavior, but these are seldom great enough to arouse any suspicion. When the initial Russian break-through in robotoids took place years ago, the Rockefeller-Soviet alliance was still functioning. The Christian group who now rule Russia were already secretly more powerful than the Bolsheviks, but the final overthrow had not yet taken place. When the robotoid break-through took 90

Audio Letter 46

place, they moved quickly to minimize the amount of information obtained about it while those Bolsheviks still retained positions of power. They also tried to prevent information about it from leaking through Intelligence channels to the CIA, nevertheless partial information did reach the CIA and the late four Rockefeller brothers. By early 1975 the Russians were known to have successfully created at least one organic robotoid in the laboratory. Meanwhile the CIA was coordinating a feverish research effort aimed at accomplishing the same feat. Up to now, robotoid technology in the United States is far behind that of Russia. The American capability in robotoids is not even close to being operational, whereas the Russians are deploying them right now. But there has been at least one attempt to create an organic robotoid for public use in the United States, and I am referring to the final fate of the late General George S. Brown. In April 1977 I revealed how much General Brown had sacrificed by that time as the price of doing his duty for America, but not long after that General Brown paid the supreme price for his actions. It is only now that I am free at last to reveal it. On July 10, 1977, General Brown was taken to CIA headquarters near Washington, D.C., in Virginia. There he was taken to one of the many secret rooms designed into the CIA building by Nelson Rockefeller. The room was a laboratory, and the attempt was made to create a robotoid replacement for General Brown. The techniques employed were far more crude than those used in the Russian process since the CIA process required General Brown to be on the scene. The attempt ended in complete failure. A crude facsimile of General Brown was generated but it refused to come to life. Even so, General Brown could not be allowed to live because now he knew too much; and so on the evening of July 10, 1977, General George S. Brown, the last great patriot in the United States Government, was MURDERED. A normal human “double” was found for General Brown since a robotoid attempt had failed. This was the man who testified in the role of General Brown at the Congressional hearings on the Panama Canal Treaty, September 27, 1977! At his side throughout, briefing and prompting him, was the Secretary of Defense, Harold Brown. Occasionally the “double” would be flustered by a question and looked down at the table in front of him until the Defense Secretary whispered something in his ear. Then he would look up again, say what he had been told, and so on. Once the Panama Canal hearings were out of the way, the “double” for the late General Brown was seen as little as possible in public. Soon there were stories that he had contracted cancer. Then the Air Force Chief of Staff, General David Jones, began acting as Chairman of the Joint Chiefs months before the end of General Brown’s tour of duty. In June 1978 we were 91

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

told that General Brown was retiring, and last December 5, 1978, we were told that he had died of cancer. At that point the General Brown “double” collected his pay and headed for Frankfurt, West Germany, where he landed on December 11, 1978, at 3:30 AM local time. It is a standing rule that “doubles” for important people never live long, and so at about 7:30 that evening General Brown’s “double” was shot to death in the back of the neck. Last month I revealed that an Intelligence war of “doubles” had erupted in the United States. President Carter, Vice-President Mondale, and their wives had fallen victim to this war of “doubles” as their Easter breaks away from Washington were ending. Now I’m sorry to report that Amy Carter, Billy Carter, Lillian Carter, and Hugh Carter all died soon after Jimmy and Rosalyn did. All of them, including Amy, have been replaced by “doubles”; but instead of the Bolshevik “doubles” who had been waiting in the wings, those we are seeing are Russian organic robotoids. The voice of the Jimmy Carter “double” which was reproduced last month in Audio Letter No. 45 is the voice of a robotoid. That robotoid was the one who was dazzling everyone with his vigorous new image. Only a few months ago Carter had been limping around with what we were told were severe hemorrhoids; but now, out of the blue, here was a Carter who was a powerhouse—hiking, fishing, and jogging ten miles a day, he also looked and sounded younger than before—that was the first robotoid “double” for Carter which I referred to last month as Carter No. 2. By the time I recorded Audio Letter No. 45, there was also another Carter robotoid making the rounds—this one, Jimmy Carter No. 3, was the one that attended the Holocaust observances in the Capitol building here in Washington. By contrast with Carter No. 2, No. 3 looks noticeably older and more haggard. As I mentioned earlier, robotoids are very good copies but they are not perfect, no two look exactly alike. Last month I mentioned that the “doubles” for Jimmy and Rosalyn Carter were spending a great deal of time at the Russian Embassy here in Washington instead of at the White House. Now I can tell you why. Robotoids are programmed at the Embassy for each assignment. Between assignments they simply rest there in a state of reduced metabolism. When the Bolshevik coup d’etat against the Rockefellers began four months ago, the Kremlin rulership already knew that Bolshevik “doubles” would soon be on the scene, and they knew that if the Bolsheviks were allowed to complete their take-over of the United States, Russia would soon suffer. The Bolshevik plans for nuclear war against Russia are a blueprint for suicide for America— but they have not been abandoned. Up until now the Russians had been keeping the robotoid capability under wraps, and there was a real question whether they 92

Audio Letter 46

would ever be used; but the Bolshevik coup d’etat convinced them the time had come to deploy the robotoids. Now they are using Nelson Rockefeller’s “Hit List,” and using their robotoids the Russians have already altered the course of world events in dramatic ways. Topic #2—As recently as two months ago the Bolsheviks here in America had big plans for this, the month of May. By now they were planning for tensions in the Middle East to be at the breaking point with events building fast toward war. There was to be a atmosphere of crisis over our own supplies of Middle East oil; and with that as an excuse, they were planning to begin the process of closing down American freedoms. The Bolshevik “ad hoc gang of four”— BRZEZINSKI, BLUMENTHAL, BROWN, and SCHLESINGER—were expecting their power to start growing fast in this atmosphere of crisis. Meanwhile the big oil companies of the now headless Rockefeller cartel have been playing right into the hands of the Bolsheviks. Overnight they have trumped up a gasoline shortage that does not exist, and they are lying about their costs and pushing up prices out of sheer greed. They are creating an artificial crisis atmosphere to set the stage for events to come. Until a few weeks ago the tensions in the Middle East were building up as planned; Egypt was calling Saudi Arabia names, saying Saudi Arabia had paid the other Arabs to isolate Egypt; Israel was continuing its hard line toward the Palestinians; there was talk of a growing rift between Saudi Arabia and the United States—and all the while gas lines were growing longer here in the United States. But in recent weeks something has happened. The news in the United States has been full of trivia for the most part as if world events were in suspended animation. The reason is that while events have been taking place with blinding speed, they have been behind the scenes! The Intelligence war now going on is intense, and the situation is changing daily. Bolshevik strategies have been badly jolted by the Russians using their robotoids, and as a result the Bolsheviks are not sure what propaganda line to feed to the public right now. A major shock to the Bolsheviks in recent days has been their loss of the “ad hoc gang of four.” First, I can now report that Brzezinski was with the Bolshevik “double” for the late Vice-President Mondale last month on April 20. They were aboard Air Force II which crashed in the North Atlantic, as I reported last month. Then on May 13 the other three were eliminated—Blumenthal, Brown, and Schlesinger. All four were promptly replaced with Russian robotoids, as has been done with the Carters and the Mondales. A number of other top officials have also been removed and replaced by Russian 93

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

robotoids. Last month Secretary of State Cyrus Vance was replaced; and on the 1st of May, May Day, the American Association of Newspaper Editors were treated to speeches supposedly by Vance and Brzezinski. In the past, Vance and Brzezinski have always been noted for being at loggerheads on every issue; but this time, as they spoke of the need for a new diplomacy by America, it was as if they were both thinking with the same mind. Many observers were surprised but no one suspected the truth. As there begin to be more and more Russian robotoids in key positions of the United States Government, there will be more and more surprises. One key public personality I would urge you to watch very carefully now is Walter Cronkite in his television broadcast on CBS Evening News. During this month of May he left on what was said to be a vacation. Today, May 28, he resumed broadcasting. If you are accustomed to watching the Cronkite news program, I suggest that you watch carefully now, look for a change in the slant given the news—it will be subtle, but it will be there. If you are serious about it, you might tape the shows every evening for a week, then play them all back one after another sometime the following week-end. That way you can compress a week into two hours or so not counting commercials, and better tell what the drift is. Otherwise the most important single personality to watch is the one labeled “Jimmy Carter.” Periodically there will be small changes in his appearance and behavior as one robotoid wears out and is replaced by another; and by listening to the Carter robotoid, you can get some hints about what the Kremlin is up to. The invasion of the Russian robotoids goes far beyond the mere removal of troublesome people from official positions. Robotoids assume the identity and authority of those whom they replace. As a result they can carry out official acts, give orders, and sign agreements. A prime example is to take place next month in Vienna, Austria, on June 15. To the world it will appear that the United States in the person of President Carter will be signing the SALT II Treaty with Russia in the person of President Brezhnev; but the signatories will actually be a robotoid that looks like Carter and a human double who looks like Brezhnev. Over a year ago in Audio Letter No. 33 I reported the January 1978 death of the real Brezhnev and his replacement with Brezhnev No. 2. So the SALT II Treaty will actually involve Russia signing with itself through puppet personalities! For over a year and a half following the Battle of the Harvest Moon in September 1977, the United States stalled off SALT II, but now it is the era of Russian robotoids, and now SALT II is about to be signed. In recent weeks Russian robotoids masquerading as American officials have been busy not only here in the 94

Audio Letter 46

United States but abroad as well. They have been used to carry out diplomatic shuttle negotiations in the Middle East. The Russians are trying to keep the lid on there so the Bolshevik first-strike plan which I revealed in Audio Letter No. 37 cannot be carried out. The shuttles have been taking place by means of a small fleet of second generation Cosmospheres. These are a more advanced version of the Floating Electrogravitic Weapon Platforms which first appeared operationally over the United States in December 1977. The new second generation Cosmospheres are designed specifically as high-speed transports. Unlike the first generation machines, they do not use rocket thrusters to move horizontally; instead, the electromagnetic fields around the earth are tapped for that purpose. They normally climb to a height of 100 miles or more above the earth to get beyond the bulk of the earth’s atmosphere, then they travel to any desired destination typically at around 9,000 miles per hour. That is about half the speed of a satellite in orbit, so passengers feel somewhat lighter than normal but not weightless. When the occasion calls for it though, the Cosmosphere transports can go even faster. To make a trip from Washington, D.C. to some far distant part of the globe, the passenger first travels to Bangor International Airport in Maine; from there another plane takes him to a Cosmosphere landing site in east central Quebec Province, Canada. This site, which was first mentioned in Audio Letter No. 31, is on the north edge of Manicouagan Lake. If the destination is in Russia, be it Moscow or Novosibirsk, the Cosmosphere can land usually within a few tens of miles of the final destination. For other destinations, however, secluded landing sites like the one in Quebec are used to maintain secrecy. The earliest Russian robotoid to appear on the American scene was one simulating the late David Rockefeller. That robotoid replaced a Bolshevik “double” for Rockefeller by early March. On April 25 this robotoid (David Rockefeller No. 2) left the Russian Embassy in Washington and headed for Jerusalem. The following day he met with high Israeli officials, pressuring them to back off from the plan to destroy Saudi Arabia’s oil fields. The Israelis were astonished. The plan had been in gestation for over four years and was a joint plan between Israel and America. Now here was one of David Rockefeller’s “doubles” telling them that Russia knows about the plan and does not plan to let it succeed. The Israelis resisted. Rockefeller No. 2 left Jerusalem for Moscow where he met with John Paisley shortly after noon. Paisley is the former high CIA official whose body was supposed to have been found October 1, 1978 floating in Chesapeake Bay. He has been described in various news reports as a “mole” within the CIA—a foreign agent. That he was, an extremely important one. It was Paisley who provided Russia with the orbital data on America’s Spy Satellites. With that data Russia’s fleet of manned killer satellites, the Cosmos Interceptors, finished destroying America’s Spy Satellites in orbit over a year 95

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ago. Since his disappearance last fall, Paisley has been living near Leningrad, following a vacation at Odessa on the Black Sea. Rockefeller No. 2 briefed Intelligence officials in Moscow about his discussions with the Israelis. Paisley had been brought there because it was anticipated that his services would shortly be needed. This was confirmed by the report of the robotoid. It was decided that Paisley should go to Jerusalem the following day, April 27, but accompanied by an agent of the KGB since the Russians did not entirely trust Paisley. The Rockefeller robotoid was to return to Jerusalem that day also and put in an appearance along with Paisley. In addition it was decided that Jimmy Carter No. 2 should visit Jerusalem in a quick secret trip by Cosmosphere Transport. David Rockefeller No. 2 was then dispatched to Washington with instructions for Jimmy Carter No. 2. By the evening of April 26, Carter No. 2 was at the Israeli Intelligence Station outside Jerusalem. At the same time Carter No. 3 was keeping up appearances here. Rockefeller No. 2 was seen at the World Trade Center in New York but left that night for Moscow and then Jerusalem. While Jimmy Carter No. 3 was appearing at the Holocaust ceremony in Washington, Carter No. 2 was in Moscow having already been to Jerusalem; meanwhile Paisley and Rockefeller No. 2 were in Jerusalem. Paisley’s testimony was being used to convince the Israelis of the extent to which America’s military security has been breached. Carter No. 2 likewise was there to prove that Bolshevik support for the Middle East war plan was being removed as a factor in Washington. Late on the 27th of April Rockefeller No. 2 began encountering questions and problems which he was not programmed to handle; so obeying standing instructions for such an event, he departed for Moscow for further programming. On the 28th he went to the Russian Embassy in Washington. That night he returned to Jerusalem. For further impact on the Israelis, the Carter No. 3 robotoid had been dispatched to Jerusalem along with Rosalyn No. 2. Paisley had remained in Jerusalem all three days. Meanwhile here in the United States Carter No. 2 and another new robotoid, Rosalyn No. 3, were on duty. On April 29 Paisley left for Leningrad and the robotoids left for Washington—the first robotoid shuttle to the Middle East was ended after five days, in total secrecy. As April was ended and May was getting under way, the main focus of activity by the Russian robotoids was here in Washington. On April 30 a Carter robotoid surprised everyone with an uncharacteristic response to critical statements by Senator Ted Kennedy. He said, “That is just a lot of baloney.” “That just wasn’t like Carter,” people said. The next day the Brzezinski and Vance robotoids had their turn to surprise everyone. That was the day they abandoned their usual fisticuffs in favor of sweetly humming the same tune to newspaper editors. “Just not like those two to behave that way,” said some puzzled observers. Two days later on May 3 it was suddenly announced that a top 96

Audio Letter 46

official of the State Department, Leslie Gelb, was resigning. Two days after that on May 5 another important resignation was announced, and this one had a short fuse. Only a few days earlier on April 26 Air Force Secretary John Stetson had said some important things in public. Without divulging any secrets he almost let the cat out of the bag about America’s recent military reverses. Speaking of our ability to verify the proposed new SALT II Treaty he said in effect that he wasn’t worried about that. To him the real story was something far different, far different—that is, the possibility of secret development and sudden deployment of new weapons by Russia. That, my friends, is exactly what Russia has been doing now for nearly three years—Underwater Missiles, Charged Particle Beam-weapons, Killer Satellites, Cosmospheres, and the Moon bases; and now Organic Robotoids! All were developed secretly and then deployed suddenly, and not one of them is touched upon in the SALT II Treaty. Speaking as he did, Stetson was not long for the Pentagon. His resignation was announced May 5 and was effective on May 18, ten days ago. His resignation was an echo in some ways of that of the Undersecretary of Defense, Stanley Resor, in March; and the trend toward transfers of key personnel, shake-ups, and resignations is continuing. Within a few days one of the men in the position to observe Carter most closely will be transferred out and replaced with someone new—that’s the President’s Naval Attache, the man who carries the socalled “Black Bag” for nuclear war. On May 16 it was reported that seven aides to National Security Chief Brzezinski are quitting—and so it goes. On May 7 Pravda praised the United States for having finally become soberminded about SALT II. Two days later it was announced that the United States had reached an agreement in principle with Russia for a SALT II Treaty; but in still another strange twist that raised many eyebrows, the announcement was not made by “President Carter,” instead it was made by “Secretaries Brown and Vance”—but then one robotoid is as good as another. Carter robotoids began lobbying on Capitol Hill immediately for the Treaty, one robotoid at a time, of course; but shortly the emphasis began shifting again to the Middle East. On May 13 Paisley arrived in Iran from Russia. After checking with Intelligence agents in Tehran and Abadan, he returned to Moscow before the day was out. News reports on May 16 said that Defense Secretary Harold Brown was going to Brussels to drum up support for SALT II among our NATO allies; but a Harold Brown robotoid was in Moscow on May 13 and 14 and arrived in Tehran on the 15th. The next day he went to Jerusalem, where he joined Paisley and the No. 2 Jimmy and Rosalyn Carter robotoids. Thus began the second Middle East Cosmosphere shuttle involving robotoids. After intensive meetings with Israeli leaders, Paisley left for Leningrad; the rest of the group went to Riyadh, Saudi Arabia, where they were joined by David Rockefeller No. 2. After 97

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

giving assurances of support to Saudi leaders, they went next to Tehran to analyze the situation there. Meanwhile things were turbulent in the Middle East— the Cabinet of Lebanon resigned, President Sadat suddenly announced that Egypt is ready to pursue friendship with Russia, and gold prices started rising fast thanks to heavy buying from the Middle East. The next day, May 17, the shuttle group were back in Riyadh, then back to Jerusalem, then to Cairo all in the same day. Suddenly on that day, May 17, Israeli Defense Minister Weizman withdrew from the West Bank Negotiating Commission. Foreign Minister Moshe Dayan did likewise. Both were angry with the continuing Begin hard line denying the possibility of Palestinian statehood. The next day Begin suddenly adopted a more conciliatory line, offering to meet with Jordan’s King Hussein and saying: “We recognize the Arab nation.” Can you imagine? On May 18 the shuttle broke up, ending with brief trips by Harold Brown No. 2 to Damascus and Tehran. For the moment the lid seemed to be on the pressure cooker; but two days later Iran blasted the United States for the Senate resolution condemning the executions there. The United States was told to delay sending the new Ambassador; and Senator Jacob Javits of New York, sponsor of the resolution, was denounced as a criminal. Javits was promptly put under 24-hour police guard. At the same time it was announced that Secretary of State Vance was to leave right away on a two-week trip overseas. Reportedly Vance was to be going first to London and several other points, but the real destination of the current Vance robotoid No. 3 was Tehran. As I explained last summer in Audio Letter No. 37, Iran is an indispensable key to the Bolshevik plan for a nuclear first strike against Russia. The Bolsheviks, as they see their power slipping, are making a feverish attempt to go ahead with the first-strike plan. The Vance robotoid was sent to Iran to gather information and to seek ways to foil the first-strike plan. He arrived early May 22 in Tehran, but less than 36 hours later the Vance robotoid was killed—shot in the head. It was less than 36 hours later that another Vance robotoid arrived in Tehran, Cyrus Vance No. 4, but that one lasted only a few hours before being gunned down on the morning of May 25. The Russians are now very worried about the situation in Iran; they are also concerned that the pressures and inducements they have brought to bear in the case of Israel and her neighbors still may not prevent double-cross and war there. That is true even though both Sadat and Begin have secretly been eliminated during the past month and replaced with robotoid “doubles.” My friends, besides the Middle East there is one other imminent trouble spot for Russia right now, and that’s Poland. In Audio Letter No. 42 I revealed the Bolshevik plans for a Pope’s Revolution to erupt during the actor Pope’s visit to Poland. Originally the visit was scheduled for this month, May, but was delayed 98

Audio Letter 46

until next month instead; and very early this month the actor Pope, the Bolshevik “double” for the late Pope John Paul II, was eliminated along with his Bolshevik boss, Cardinal Benelli. Both have been replaced by “doubles” from Russia, but the evidence is not yet clear as to whether these “doubles” are human or robotoid. Having accomplished this Vatican coup d’etat, the Russian and Polish leaders believe they will be able to prevent the assassination of the Pope from taking place next month. That is why early this month Poland suddenly reversed her earlier plans to levy stiff charges against journalists who entered Poland to cover the Pope’s visit. It is a calculated risk, but the Russians feel that the publicity surrounding the Pope will be beneficial if the Bolshevik assassination plan can be thwarted. Topic #3—For centuries Russia has endured war after war, and invasion after invasion. Every time the Russians have somehow endured the worst and somehow come back again, stronger than ever; but each time the hatred of war has sunk deeper into the Russian soul. Over 150 years ago Czar Alexander I of Russia proposed that a community of the Christian nations of the world be formed. There was to be no question of victors or vanquished in the wars just ended; instead, it was to be an alliance of trust and friendship with all parties pledging to deal with one another according to Christian principles. It was to be not a military alliance but a new kind of alliance designed to remove the causes of warfare throughout Christendom. It was to be as Alexander I named it: a HOLY ALLIANCE. The treaty creating the Holy Alliance was signed in Paris on September 26, 1815, and for a while there were signs that it might actually work. Most of the nations of a war-torn Europe were eager to join the Alliance, designed as it was for the prevention of war. Alexander was hoping to see the Holy Alliance unite all of Europe, the British Isles, and America—not so much politically as in spirit. The beliefs and policies of Alexander I were derived from the influence of a Christian sect in Russia, the same one that now has taken control of Russia. Prior to their recent resurgence the days of Alexander I had been their heyday. But those days were also the heyday of mushrooming Rothschild power in Britain and Europe; and while Alexander I wanted to unite the Christian nations to prevent war, the Rothschilds wanted the exact opposite. Their objective was to divide nations, one against the other, and to become richer and richer by financing armaments and warfare. Through diplomatic maneuvering and economic pressures the Rothschilds succeeded in dismantling the Holy Alliance. The events taking place around us today are far different in detail from those of a century and a half ago, but they are cut from the same historical cloth. Increasingly the main protagonists in the Western arena are the same as they were then—on one side are the atheistic Bolsheviks and the Rothschild sponsors who 99

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

destroyed the Holy Alliance long ago, and on the other side is the Russian Christian sect which greatly influenced Czar Alexander I and which now rules Russia. For many people it is still hard to shake the image of Russia that was true in the days of Stalin; and in Russia as elsewhere, things do not change over night—but they are changing and for the better. For example, consider the matter of taking Bibles into Russia. I quote now from an article titled “WE PRAISE GOD” published last month, April 1979, in the record of the American Bible Society: “The trip was less than 3,000 miles, but it took 65 years. As the heavily laden lorry lumbered from the loading dock at the Bible printing plant of the German Bible Societies in Stuttgart, the first leg of the journey began. Actual driving time was only six days and would have been faster had the roads been in better condition; however it was close to Christmas and Moscow was already well into winter. But the last time such a large shipment of Bibles had reached Moscow with the full approval of the government was 66 years ago in 1913. In October 1978 the Soviet government granted an Import Permit to the All Union Council of Evangelical Christians, Baptists, in the Soviet Union for 25,000 Russian Bibles and 5,000 concordances. As soon as the order was received the United Bible Societies in Stuttgart stopped all other production so that the presses could be devoted exclusively to the printing of these Russian Scriptures. By early December they were ready and on their way by truck through the German Democratic Republic and Poland, and into Russia. The Bibles cleared customs on January 22, 1979, and before the end of the month more than 60% of them had been distributed to churches. They are already in the hands of Christians in places as far apart as Kiev in the Ukraine and Novosibirsk on the northern edge of Siberia, as well as in Moscow and throughout the Baltic area.” My friends, throughout the old Christian areas of Russia the words of Jesus Christ are being heard once again, churches long in disuse are being refurbished often at government expense and re-opened, and the most hopeful sign is that in Russia it is the young who are most eager to hear and learn about our LORD JESUS CHRIST. Whether the Russians will succeed in their grand design for a modern Holy Alliance remains to be seen. Perhaps it all depends upon whether we, the Christians of the world, will continue to allow ourselves to be divided and pitted against each other—or whether we will at last unite in trust and brotherhood. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

100

Audio Letter 47
June 28, 1979
The final Friday in May, last month, was a sunny spring day in Chicago. It was a perfect day to fly, and O’Hare Airport was busy as usual. Inside the terminal complex, thousands of air travelers were rushing to and from their flights. Nearby the runways were alive—airplanes were taking off and landing in a steady stream, one right after another. It was just another day at the world’s busiest airport. Shortly before 3:00 o’clock that Friday afternoon two hundred and fifty-eight passengers boarded American Airlines Flight No. 191. It was a DC-10 Jumbo Jet bound for Los Angeles. With its crew of 13, there were 271 people aboard when the doors were closed. Then the DC-10 was rolled away from the terminal and taxied out toward the runway. There Flight 191 took its place at the end of a line of jets waiting to take off. Meanwhile, a passenger waiting in the terminal for a different flight was passing the time by taking snapshots. Reportedly, the man with the camera was a pilot himself. Most fliers simply enjoy watching airplanes, and apparently he was no exception. Just after 3:00 P.M. the O’Hare Tower cleared Flight 191 for take-off. The big DC-10 moved onto the end of the runway. Three mammoth engines—one on the tail and one under each wing—changed their tune from a whine to a roar. The engines strained like locomotives in their mounts and the jumbo jet began moving down the runway. Half a minute or so later, after rolling a mile and a half, the nose of the DC-10 rotated upward for take-off. Up to that moment everything had been normal and routine; but then, without warning, the world began to end for Flight 191. The engine under the left wing suddenly ripped loose. It lurched forward, then up and over the top of the wing. It smashed down onto the runway, but the suddenly crippled DC-10 continued to climb. The plane reached an altitude of about 600 feet, but by then it had rolled steeply to the left. The wings were vertical instead of level, and the DC-10 began to fall. Moments later the plane disappeared in a giant fireball as it hit the ground.

101

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

In the terminal, the man with the camera caught a picture of the Airliner on its side in the air. Moments later he was photographing the fireball, which was partially obscured by Airport buildings. Later the man who took those famous pictures—Michael Laughlin of Ontario, Canada—gave his reactions to UPI. He reportedly said: “After I had taken all the pictures, I just stood there stunned, wondering to myself, ‘Did this really happen? Did I really take these pictures? Did that plane really crash?’ I thought, ‘There has to be some other explanation for this crazy airplane turning over and for all that fire.’ I just couldn’t believe it. I just stood there shaking.” My friends, reality is always hard to accept whenever it is unpleasant. Our minds play tricks and tell us it just cannot be. Like the man who photographed the crashing DC-10, we don’t want to believe our own eyes and ears. Instead of accepting the truth as it is when it disturbs us, we try to deny its existence. Right now this is happening to some listeners to the Dr. Beter AUDIO LETTER. Last month I made public one of the most carefully guarded of all Intelligence secrets—that is, the existence of ORGANIC ROBOTOIDS. As I explained last month, they are now the key fact of life in understanding current world events. Without knowing this very important secret, you will have no hope of understanding present and coming events. Even so, some of my listeners are not waiting for events to speak for themselves. Instead, they are shakily telling themselves, “There just has to be some other explanation for the strange things in today’s news.” These people, my friends, are turning away from the AUDIO LETTER. They want only to have their ears tickled with the words they like to hear. They want only to hear the words they have heard before over and over again, year in and year out: Runaway government, taxes, dishonest politicians, the Russian threat, and so on. With these things they can feel dissatisfied yet content—reassured that nothing really ever changes. But as I said last month, I knew very well that this would happen before I ever said a word about the “robotoids.” I knew that there would be a falling away by some who have followed the AUDIO LETTER up to now. But there is only one way that the AUDIO LETTER can serve those who do choose to listen—that way is to continue to reveal the truth exactly as it is. If I were to withhold crucial information whenever it is frightening or unfamiliar, perhaps I could avoid losing any listeners; but then the AUDIO LETTER would 102

Audio Letter 47

end up serving no one—no one, that is, but the enemies of our Lord Jesus Christ. When our Lord walked the earth 2000 years ago, He said: “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” He gave the Good News that a new day was dawning for those ready to accept it. He began awakening His followers from their slumber; and those who were benefitting from the oppressive status quo of that day began to feel threatened. Soon Jesus made it clear that He was not talking about politics or military conquest but something deeper than that. Many of His followers fell away in disappointment. But the ruling circles felt even more threatened. Their real control over the people was through their beliefs, and Jesus was opening their eyes with the truth; so they had Him crucified, and the people cheered. My friends, the French have a saying that: “The more things change, the more they stay the same.” Our modern world is radically different in some ways from the Mediterranean world of 2000 years ago. Yet today, as then, there are those who want to keep you ignorant and asleep so that they can control and use you. The Dr. Beter AUDIO LETTER is interfering with these plans simply by revealing the truth from behind the scenes; and because the influence of the AUDIO LETTER is growing faster and faster, a “hate campaign” is now under way in an effort to destroy it. Right now, some people are turning away; but others are awakening from their slumber. Like Rip van Winkle, they are beginning to open their eyes after living for years in a dream world of the past. They are beginning to ask questions and to see for themselves what is really taking place in our world. After years of sitting glued to the television sets, more and more Americans are beginning to talk to one another again. People are gathering in groups to listen to the AUDIO LETTER and then arguing about it. Concerned listeners are making countless copies of my AUDIO LETTERS to give to friends and relatives. In New York City and elsewhere unauthorized copies are being sold by illegal scalping operations for $10 and more; and these homemade and scalped copies of my AUDIO LETTERS are themselves being listened to in groups, and further recopied. The majority of those who are benefitting from the AUDIO LETTER nowadays are doing so without contributing to its support. Free and scalped copies after all do nothing to help sustain the AUDIO LETTER, which is expensive and difficult to produce. Nevertheless, the Dr. Beter AUDIO LETTER is having an impact that is growing wider every day.

103

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Now that the four Rockefeller brothers have all left the scene, as I have revealed in recent months, even the major media are beginning to take notice of the AUDIO LETTER. This past Easter Sunday morning, April 15, 1979, it was a syndicated feature article in the Sunday Magazine of the Washington Post. A month later on May 17, it was an article on page B2 of the New York Times. And earlier this month on June 11, I was contacted by a producer for the CBS television program “60 Minutes” about the “Guyana story.” Because of the growing impact of the AUDIO LETTER, those who benefit by keeping you asleep and ignorant feel increasingly threatened by it. And so a “hate campaign” has now erupted in an effort to destroy the AUDIO LETTER. All kinds of techniques are being used in this “hate campaign.” Articles are being printed in certain publications that stoop to outright libel in an effort to defame my personal reputation. Damaging rumors of all kinds are being circulated. Whisper campaigns are being stirred up with ridiculous stories about my family. Now I’m told they are even picking on my little five-year-old daughter Petra, saying somehow that Petra has a Russian name. Petra, my friends, is simply the female form of the Greek word meaning “rock.” It is also the name of an ancient, beautiful, and historical crossroads town in Jordan. The hate campaigners are all waving the flag in an effort to dispute the patriotism of the AUDIO LETTER. But their arguments are based on deceit and fraud—not truth. Christ ones do not do such things. What is most significant is the timing of this hate campaign. All of the groups now attacking the Dr. Beter AUDIO LETTER have one identifying characteristic in common. In every case, they have spent years in pointing accusing fingers at the Rothschilds. This has led many people with some knowledge of past history to accept the leadership of these organizations; and yet, years of finger pointing by these groups has had no effect at all on the Rothschilds. The only people really affected are the duped ones—the followers of these groups and publications. Until very recently the Rothschilds have actually been in a state of eclipse by the Rockefellers; but since the Bolshevik coup d’etat secretly terminated Rockefeller power early this year, the situation has changed. In the past two or three months, I have focused attention on the Rothschilds and their bid for renewed power; and as if on signal, the Dr. Beter AUDIO LETTER is now under attack supposedly by anti-Rothschild groups. False opposition, my friends, is a trick even older than Machiavelli. The hate campaign now under way will do its damage but it will not stop the AUDIO LETTER. 104

Audio Letter 47

My employer is our Lord Jesus Christ, and my AUDIO LETTER series will not end until it is time to end. This month I am beginning the fifth year of my AUDIO LETTER. It has been another year of surprises and dramatic events. It was only one year ago next month that the oldest of the four Rockefeller brothers, John D. III, died abruptly in an alleged auto accident. And it was only five months ago that the all-out Bolshevik coup d’etat against the Rockefellers began with the murder of Nelson Rockefeller. Today the Bolsheviks themselves are in retreat, thanks to the Russian “organic robotoids.” So the years to come will hold even more surprises for us all. My topics this month are: Topic #1—THE SCIENTIFIC BACKGROUND OF THE RUSSIAN ROBOTOIDS Topic #2—THE RUSSIAN STRATEGY TO DISMANTLE BOLSHEVIK POWER, and Topic #3—THE SHIFTING CURRENTS BETWEEN WAR AND PEACE. Topic #1—In the spring of 1973 my book “THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR” was published by George Braziller, New York, New York. In the book I revealed in detail how forces were being set in motion deliberately to destroy the United States dollar. I named a lot of names, and I explained the role being played by various individuals and multinational corporations. Of all the individuals I named in the book, the most important was that of the late David Rockefeller. He was the kingpin in the plan to destroy our dollar and our economy, as I showed in the book; but when he was asked for his public comment about my book, he said: “Interesting science fiction.” But as events have proven, my book was anything but science fiction. I was a lone voice in 1973 because I was revealing things that were not publicly known. Instead, until I went public with them, these things had been known only to a handful of the most powerful in America and abroad. For that reason, many people found what I revealed then hard to believe; yet today the things I warned about have already come true or are happening now behind the scenes. When I wrote my book in 1973, Americans had yet to experience an embargo of foreign oil. The dollar was still thought of as almighty, and my warnings that 105

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

it would soon shrivel sounded preposterous to many Americans. But today, who in his right mind would speak of the so-called “almighty dollar”? As for gold, Americans could not even own it legally in 1973 except under special circumstances. Very few Americans even thought about gold in 1973, so the plans I exposed in my book for gold prices to shoot up past $200 an ounce sounded ridiculous to many; but today, who among us is unaware of the daily news reports about astronomical gold prices? In 1973 I spoke of stagnation with inflation, of shortages, of financial distress in municipal governments, and on and on. At that time these things sounded too far off to many of my readers—it sounded like science fiction. But today, just look around you, my friends. Look at the gas lines, the truckers’ strike, the defaults and near defaults by major cities, the prices that change almost daily in your grocery stores. Today everyone talks about these things, they are just facts of life; but when I warned about them six years ago, I was ridiculed for saying they would happen because I was out of step with the crowd. The same thing is happening now in the wake of my revelations last month about the Russian “organic robotoids.” The conventional wisdom, of course, is that there just cannot be such things; or at least if they are possible, they must lie far in the future, not now. But, my friends, the conventional wisdom is wrong, dead wrong. They are not only possible but they are real, and they are walking among us right now. To those who are ignorant of the scientific advances that have taken place in the past 20 to 30 years, they sound incredible; but within a small select group of scientists both in and out of government, here and abroad, the existence of Robotoids is known, and certain of those who know and understand about them are faithful listeners to the Dr. Beter AUDIO LETTER. As I mentioned in my introductory comments, those who seek to control us want to keep us all in a horse-and-buggy mentality. That way we remain unaware of the forces we are confronting and therefore more vulnerable. Ever since World War II began four decades ago, we Americans have been living with a shroud of secrecy in the military and scientific fields. As a result, most Americans today are actually living in the past without knowing it. But in my AUDIO LETTERS I’m trying to bring you up to date with reality. For the past four years I’ve been letting you in on developments which have taken decades to materialize in secret. Learning about all these things over such a short time span is like having the world itself change almost overnight. So it is little wonder that some of my listeners are getting a case of “future shock” from my AUDIO LETTERS. By the way, the term “future shock” is taken from the famous book titled “FUTURE SHOCK” by Alvin Toffler. The book was published nearly 10 years ago, in 1970, by Random House.

106

Audio Letter 47

Toffler defines future shock as “the shattering stress and disorientation that we induce in individuals by subjecting them to too much change in too short a time.” In his book Toffler called attention to the fact that numerous rapid and drastic new developments are taking place today without people quite knowing how to cope with it all. Among these developments Toffler discussed the revolutionary advances in biology and genetics. Quoting leading scientists in the field, he gave examples of astonishing things which are either possible now or will be soon. All of these are fascinating to read about and many are frightening as well. In particular, several items point directly toward organic robotoids, although the book does not say so. As I explained last month, an organic robotoid is an artificial robot-like creature. It is a kind of biological machine with a biological computer brain. With this in mind, consider the words of Arne Tiselius, a biochemist and Nobel Prize winner. As quoted in “FUTURE SHOCK” nearly a decade ago, he said: “It is quite obvious that computers so far are just bad imitations of our brains. Once we learn more about how the brain acts, I would be surprised if we could not construct a sort of biological computer. Such a computer might have electronic components modeled after biological components in the real brain, and at some distant point in the future it is conceivable that biological elements themselves might be parts of the machine.” Dr. Tiselius was on the right track with these words of 10 years ago, but he was too conservative. At that time, the Russians were already on the threshold of their key breakthrough which I referred to last month. That breakthrough had to do with the biological computer brain which is the key to a successful robotoid. In a few moments I’ll tell you more about that. In other places, too, one can find many bits and pieces of information that point straight toward robotoids, but you will not often find this information on television or in the newspapers. Instead, it crops up here and there in specialized publications directed at particular audiences. An example of this is the book “THE DYNAMICS OF CHANGE” published in 1967 by Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. The book is copyrighted by Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation, having first published all the material in six issues of Kaiser Aluminum News. The revolution in biology and genetics is only a very small part of the subject matter in the book. Even so, listen to just a few brief quotes. Under the heading GENETIC MANIPULATION: “The ability to control the formation of new beings may be one of the most basic developments of the future. Recent discoveries about the nucleonic acids, the basic building blocks of life, have led 107

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

to the belief that man may some day be able to treat genes in such a way that desired characteristics can be realized...” Under the heading DIRECT EDUCATION OF BRAIN CELLS: “Experiments indicate that certain chemicals in the brain will, when implanted in another brain, transfer knowledge...” Under the heading MAN-MACHINE SYMBIOSIS: “...Computers exist which can learn, remember, see, seek goals, reason, walk, sing on key, talk, be irritable, play games, grasp, adapt to an environment, and even design improvements in themselves...” My friends, remember, these things were published for public consumption, and a dozen years ago! Further, under the same heading: “...manlike computers may one day contain plasma circulating through a viscera-like envelope, allowing them to be self-healing.” Finally, under the heading HUMAN ROBOTS: “...An electronic circuit that imitates two neurons, the cells of the human brain, has been built, and has enabled a robot to deal with some unexpected situations, but the neuron structure was bulky. The brain has billions of neurons, meaning an incredible miniaturization job will be necessary before truly human robots are developed.” Since those words were written, of course, incredible things have been done in miniaturizing electronic computers. For example, a mere dozen years ago there was no such thing as an electronic hand calculator. Within a few years they were on the market but at a cost of hundreds of dollars. Today, just a few scant years further on, they are all over the place—tiny, inexpensive, and able to do things only bulky computers could do a decade ago. But these things only hint very vaguely at the scientific strides that have made Organic Robotoids a reality. The man-made biological machine known as a Robotoid is remarkable from head to foot; but the most astonishing thing about them is their ability to simulate human beings—not just in appearance but in behavior. In other words, the most crucial and most amazing thing about a Russian Organic Robotoid is its biological computer brain. The developments that were destined to lead to Russia’s breakthrough in robotoid brain research began 32 years ago, in 1947. In that year a Hungarian-born physicist, Dr. Dennis Gabor, conceived of a way to make three-dimensional photographs called “holograms.” It was a revolutionary scientific discovery, and it was destined to lead to the Nobel Prize for Dr. Gabor. He did not receive the Prize until 24 years later, in 1971. By then, holograms were a reality in numerous laboratories world-wide; and yet most members of the general public still had not heard of holography. And even today, more than three decades after Dr. Gabor’s original discovery, holography is still unfamiliar to the public as a whole. In 1947 Dr. Gabor’s theory pointed the way toward holography, but at that time holograms could not actually be made. What was needed in order to make them was something called “mono108

Audio Letter 47

chromatic light”—that is, light of just one wave length. No one knew how to create that kind of light in 1947, but in 1960 the situation suddenly changed— that was the year the laser was invented. When lasers are discussed in public, attention is usually focused on just one of their amazing characteristics—that’s the ability of a laser to produce a narrow, intense beam of light. The beam can travel great distances without spreading out and diffusing. Lasers pointed the way toward energy-beam weapons, among other things; and as I revealed long ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 26, this is what secretly spawned America’s crash program to get to the moon in 1961. But the reason laser beams behave the way they do is that the light they produce is monochromatic, so they are made to order for generating holograms. Like lasers, holography has led to developments that were totally unexpected, and one of these was the Russian breakthrough in biological computer brains some years ago. When you hear how they work, you’ll understand why robotoids act so much like the human beings they replace. A hologram is a very unusual kind of photograph. To make one, the film is exposed using a laser and a set of mirrors and lenses; and to make the holograph image on the film visible later on, laser light must again be used. When you look at a hologram, it is as if you were looking through a window at the real object. You can move back and forth, up and down, and see it from different angles in three-dimensional detail. By contrast, of course, a conventional photograph is flat and looks the same from all angles. Holograms are also different in another way. If you tear a normal photograph into several pieces, you ruin it. Each piece contains only a disconnected fraction of the total, but not so with a hologram. If you cut up a holographic film into several pieces, each piece still contains almost the entire image. There is some loss of detail but basically it’s all there. It’s this fact that led years ago to the Russian breakthrough in biological computer brains for their robotoids. For quite some time, scientists in the Intelligence Community world-wide, studying the human brain, have known one very important fact. That fact is that a portion of a human brain can be removed through accident or surgery and yet the person still retains most of his original memory, so in this respect the memory in a human brain is like a hologram. Nowadays the relationship between holography and human memory is beginning to be understood in the West. For example, Dr. Karl Pribram, a neuropsychologist at Stanford University, wrote about it recently in the magazine “PSYCHOLOGY TODAY.” As he pointed out, the implications of holography are enormous, both for brain research and for computers; but this relationship was first recognized not in America but in a research laboratory at Russia’s Siberian Science City, Novosibirsk.

109

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The reason the Russians have scooped the West in many recent scientific discoveries is not that they are supermen while we are mental midgets, instead it has to do with the way they organize their efforts in science and technology. This organization is totally different from that in the West, and it’s turning out to be far more efficient. For one thing, when it comes to research, communications in Russia are far superior to those in the West. There are more than 5,000 research centers and laboratories in Russia doing research and development of all kinds, and they are all linked together by vigorous communications—not only within each scientific field, but between different fields. There’s also a fundamental difference in what is discussed in Russian technical literature, as compared with the West. In the West, a scientist usually publishes a technical paper only to report a success of some kind. If he carries out a research project that fails, he generally publishes nothing about it; but in Russia, many failures and problems are discussed very openly in the technical literature. As a result, many areas of research meet a very different fate in Russia than in the West. Here in America an elaborate and expensive scientific project may come very close to success but fall through because of a key missing ingredient. When that happens, very little is published about it; but in Russia, the researchers describe their problems and failures; and among the thousands of other scientists nationwide, one might have the answer. So the Russian system, which is built around cooperation, often produces success; but the Western system, especially in America, is built around jealousy and it often leads to failure. It’s happened many times, my friends, and it happened several years ago in robotoid brain development. Last month I revealed that the Russians can manufacture organic robotoids, which are almost exact carbon copies of real human beings. This is done by a process that simulates the genetic coding of the person to be copied. It sounds a little like cloning, but it’s not. A clone of a human would itself be a human, but an organic robotoid is NOT human. It’s an artificial life form, like an animal in some ways but like a computerized machine in others. Every Russian robotoid has what is called a “holographic brain.” This brain duplicates essentially the entire memory of a person being copied. The key to doing this is a new technique called an “ultrasonic cerebral hologram.” Using high-frequency sound waves, which are inaudible, a complete three-dimensional picture is made of a person’s brain. This is a painless, non-destructive process; and under the proper conditions it can be done without the person even being aware of it. Last month I revealed that the Russians are using Nelson Rockefeller’s “Hit List” to weed out Bolsheviks here in America, and for roughly three years they have been preparing for this day. They have been secretly making cerebral holograms of the people on the list at every opportunity. This has been done to 110

Audio Letter 47

every person on Rockefeller’s list who has visited Russia or Eastern Europe in the past three years. When an organic robotoid is made to simulate, for example, our late President Jimmy Carter, two major factors are involved. One is the genetic coding required to simulate Carter’s appearance, voice, fingerprints, and so on. The other is a holographic image of Carter’s brain. This image is a complete record of the neuron patterns which existed in Carter’s brain at the moment the hologram was made. Therefore it contains all of the memory and knowledge Carter had up to that moment. When a Carter robotoid is made, the biological computer in its head is caused to form according to the holographic record of Carter’s brain. However, certain portions of the robotoid computer are caused to deviate from the holographic record. The end result is a biological computer which has to be programmed but which contains essentially all of Carter’s memory, involuntary mannerisms, and the like. As a result, a Carter robotoid will automatically do certain kinds of things without the need for specific programming. For example, a Carter robotoid will seem to recognize old friends. That’s because the computer memory of the robotoid reproduces Carter’s memory of that friend. The holographic process puts it there automatically without the Russian programmers even having to know it’s there. Organic robotoids are such amazing creatures that they are still a subject of questioning and debate. This is true even among the Russian scientists who made them a reality. For example, robotoids seem to have no true instinct for self-preservation. In this regard they act like machines, simply doing as they are told to do. By contrast, both humans and animals generally have the instinct for self-preservation. Robotoids can be programmed for self-preservation, but they are equally willing (if “willing” is the word) to perform suicide missions, exploratory one-way trips into space. I’ve only one example of this: if a space mission looks too dangerous to risk the life of an experienced cosmonaut, a robotoid can now be used. The robotoid copy of the cosmonaut is already trained the moment it’s made, thanks to its holographic memory. Organic robotoids look and act so much like human beings that it’s hard for us to get used to the idea that they are not human; but the Russians decided several months ago that the stakes are too high not to employ them, and so the silent Russian invasion of America by robotoids is now well under way. Topic #2—The Russian strategy is to work from the top down in dismantling Bolshevik power here in the United States. In this respect they are doing the same thing in principle as they did in overthrowing Bolshevik power in Russia. Within Russia itself the overthrow process made use of human “doubles.” 111

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

These “doubles” were Christians with a level of dedication that is almost unthinkable in the West. They underwent plastic surgery at the expense of a lifelong change in their appearance, they spent years in detailed study of the persons they were to replace; and then once they had replaced powerful people, they saw to it that other members of their Christian sect acquired positions of power. Over the years untold numbers of these Christian “doubles” in powerful positions were eventually found out. When that happened, they were purged by the Bolsheviks; but when they died they took with them the knowledge of the identities of other Christians whom they had placed in power. And so with every Christian they killed, the Bolsheviks were gradually sealing their own fate. They never caught on to the master take-over plan of the native Russian Christians until it was too late. Today the Russians are putting that experience to use again in their robotoid strategy to take control of America. Bolshevik power is always centralized, so the Russians are starting with the head of the Bolshevik serpent. From there they intend to work outward gradually to the many tentacles of Bolshevik power. As of now, the White House and Cabinet are under complete control by Russia. According to my latest Intelligence report only one member of the Carter Cabinet is still alive. All of the rest, including the “ad hoc gang of four,” have been replaced by Russian robotoids. Likewise, the United States now has a Supreme Court made up of nine (9) Russian robotoids, and now Russia is focusing on the main members of the United States Senate who are opposing SALT II. When Carter robotoid No. 3 was in Vienna earlier this month for the SALT II summit, he acted like a puppy dog around Leonid Brezhnev No. 2; and Brezhnev 2, the human double for the late real Brezhnev, likewise treated the alleged Carter like a puppy. Whenever he tired of talking or became hungry, Brezhnev 2 simply got up and walked off, and the grinning replica of the late Jimmy Carter would follow obediently at his heels. Finally on June 18 the Carter robotoid set the world on its ear by kissing and hugging Brezhnev 2 after the SALT II signing ceremony. While the process of takeover is under way, the Russians will not render the robotoids vulnerable to neutralization by the Bolsheviks. For that reason, the robotoids which have already replaced certain Senators are continuing to pretend that they oppose SALT II. To do otherwise would attract attention prematurely. But the really bitter opposition to SALT II is coming from people who don’t know what is going on.

112

Audio Letter 47

My friends, the Russians are now speaking from strength. They are not bluffing. A few days ago on June 25 Soviet Foreign Minister Andrei Gromyko went out of his way to demonstrate this fact. It is a very rare occurrence for Gromyko to give a news conference, and even more rare for him to speak in English. But on the 25th he gave a two-hour News Conference in Moscow; and to make sure he got his point across in no uncertain terms, he spoke in English. He declared that there must be no changes whatsoever in the SALT II treaty, and he said: “I tell you frankly it is impossible to resume negotiations. It would be the end of negotiations, the end, no matter what amendments would be made.” Then after a moment’s pause, he added firmly: “Fantastic situation.” My friends, the ratification of SALT II could be the litmus test that will decide between PEACE and WAR for America and Russia. Twenty-one months ago, on September 27, 1977, America lost the decisive “Battle of the Harvest Moon” in space to Russia. That evening, as I reported that month in AUDIO LETTER No. 26, Gromyko delivered a SALT II ultimatum to the White House. Meanwhile excited news reports said there had been a breakthrough in SALT II. That was a lie, as I told you at the time, and events since then have proven that it was a lie. Now Russia’s ultimatum for SALT II is being repeated—and for the last time. When SALT II is ratified, secret provisions of the treaty will begin America’s surrender by means of unilateral disarmament. The Russians are presently trying to achieve this ratification by replacing as few Senators as possible with robotoids. This approach is an act of mercy by the Kremlin, which could now robotize the entire Senate if it wished, and at will. This means there remains a slim chance that the Bolsheviks will somehow find a way to upset SALT II; but if they do, it will be as Gromyko put it, “the end.” It will be the end of SALT II, it will also be the end of any remaining Russian restraint or mercy toward their Bolshevik enemies; and if the Russians should finally conclude that their plans for peace are hopeless, it will really be the end, because then they will do as Gromyko threatened at the White House 21 months ago; that is, they will give America the war which our former rulers tried so hard to bring about. My friends, the top priority of the new Christian rulers of Russia is to prevent Nuclear War I if possible. That’s why the decision was made early this year, 1979, to deploy the robotoids. If they had not done that, Saudi Arabia oil fields would have vanished in nuclear fireballs last month. The plan for an Israeli preemptive strike against Saudi Arabia, which I first made public late in 1975, would have been carried out. But as I reported last month, two top secret Middle East shuttles were carried out to stop the plan (one shuttle was in late April, the other during mid May)—the shuttles involved robotoid replacements for top American officials—and so far Saudi Arabia has been saved. 113

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

If the Israeli strike against Saudi Arabia had been carried out, this would have provided the desired excuse for the contrived gasoline lines we are now seeing. For months they have been diverting petroleum products to other countries at a handsome profit instead of building up normal supplies here. By now they were expecting the Saudi Arabia strike to be an accomplished fact. Under those conditions we Americans would have simply accepted gasoline shortages, and the shortages would have been worsening fast—on the way to a declaration of a “National Emergency.” By the autumn of this year the Bolshevik plan for an American nuclear first strike against Russia would have been carried out. So the plan which I outlined in AUDIO LETTER No. 37 last August would now be in full swing; but by stopping the Saudi Arabia strike, at least for the time being, the Russians have so far kept the peace. Right now Israel is frustrated and is taking it out on southern Lebanon. Yesterday Israel violated her agreement with the United States and used F-15s to attack alleged Palestinian bases there; but the Russian robotoid replacement for Secretary of State Cyrus Vance ordered the State Department to issue an immediate and very stern written protest to Israel. The Russians have also put the big oil companies of the now headless Rockefeller cartel in a very embarrassing spot. Without a Saudi Arabia disaster to point to, they have no excuse to give for the gasoline shortages now taking place. But at the same time they cannot instantly increase supplies because they started turning down their own oil spigots months ago, so they have outsmarted themselves, my friends. Americans are growing more angry by the day because almost everyone can tell that it’s all a big swindle. On all sides there is beginning to be a growing chorus of “Nationalize the oil companies.” The Russians are using the robotoids in an attempt to stop the Bolshevik war schemes, and they are doing so even though they know there’s a risk to themselves in what they are doing. Bolsheviks have infiltrated into positions of power throughout American society, so rooting them out is a gigantic challenge. This is especially true in the military. A quarter century ago the late Senator Joseph McCarthy made a genuine and brave attempt to stop this infiltration, but America’s Bolsheviks succeeded in cutting him down, using tactics far worse than those of which he was accused; so today there are Bolsheviks at every level and in every branch of the United States military. Using their robotoids the Russians may be able to ferret them out within 18 months to two years, but during that time Bolshevism will remain a very dangerous force here in America.

114

Audio Letter 47

The Bolsheviks may well keep on trying to find a way to surprise and destroy Russia; so if Russia’s rulers of today shared the Bolsheviks’ fascination with war, they would not bother to use the robotoids. Instead they would just stir up a confrontation between Russia and America and then unleash their “space triad.” Since late 1977, as I’ve reported in my tapes, there have been seven (7) Russian Particle Beam-weapons bases on the near side of the moon. These could start pounding American strategic targets worldwide into dust without producing radioactive fallout. If the United States attempted to counterattack with ICBMs, they would be blasted during launch by the Cosmospheres now floating overhead; and the 37 Cosmos Interceptors now in orbit would continue to deny America a military toehold in space. These satellites are manned and armed with Charged Particle Beam-weapons. They finished destroying America’s spy satellites over a year ago, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 33. But at the very least, such a war would kill tens of millions of people, mostly in the United States; and if things got out of hand, a full-fledged thermonuclear war could kill hundreds of millions. My friends, the rulers of Russia today are Christians and to them nuclear war is insanity if it can be avoided, and so they are using their robotoids. Earlier this month on June 16, Leonid Brezhnev No. 2 summed up Russia’s attitude at the SALT II summit in Vienna. He said: “God will not forgive us if we fail.” Many people were shocked to hear those words but I reported the explanation long ago in my AUDIO LETTERS, such as No. 38. Russia’s leaders are out to save their own souls. Topic #3—My friends, we are now living through a critical and confusing period. Most of our neighbors are asleep, unaware that their destinies are hanging in the balance; and for those of us who are awake, it is a difficult and lonely time. I don’t think anyone could express it any better than Dr. Harry Schultz. In the late June 1979 issue of his famous International Investment Advisory Letter, he mentions that his readers often cannot understand or believe his investment advice because he has always been ahead of his time, and here’s how he expresses it: “To gain universal appeal you must be too late, not too early; to be popular you must predict and write what even the general public have already perceived to be happening.” And how true! More and more the events we see will be reflecting Russia’s gradual take-over of the United States; but at the same time, things which were put into the pipeline by the four Rockefeller brothers before they died will be gradually winding down. Our present manipulated gasoline shortages are a good example. These are things which were set in motion long ago and they have too much momen-

115

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

tum to come to a halt overnight. The same is true of Bolshevik schemes which have been gathering steam in the United States now for nearly two years. As I have explained in the past, the Bolshevik mentality is one in which human life is only a tool of power. Last November 1978 the Guyana tragedy took place—a military operation in which hundreds of civilian lives were sacrificed as a ploy. In AUDIO LETTER No. 40 I described what took place there in detail. Then, in March, there was the Bolshevik sabotage of the Three Mile Island Nuclear Power Plant. In AUDIO LETTER No. 45 I reported what had been done. Its purpose was to help in the Bolshevik shutdown of America, using human lives as a tool of revolution. And only late last month it happened again when an American Airlines DC-10 was sabotaged by explosives by remote control. The result was the tragic, senseless, inhuman inferno of American Airlines Flight 191 in Chicago. But the Chicago DC-10 crash was for nothing because the Russians, using their robotoids, are undoing the Rothschild-Bolshevik shutdown plans for America. This is just one example of the cross currents now going on behind the scenes. My friends, the United States is now being transformed into a satellite state of the Soviet Union, so the schemes which were set in motion first by the Rockefellers and then by the Bolsheviks will gradually fade away. Already robotoid replacements for top American officials are beginning to subtly speak the Russian line on major issues; and when it comes to SALT II, the Carter robotoids are not even being subtle about it. Every few days Moscow repeats: “We will accept no amendments,” and each time an echo comes forth from a Carter robotoid: “We will accept no amendments.” My friends, in AUDIO LETTERS No. 44 and 45 I proposed that the Christ ones of America go on a “Pilgrimage for Peace” to meet with Russia’s leaders. The response to my proposal from American Christians has been overwhelming. Only a handful of ministers and church officials have responded. Instead it has been primarily the Christians in all other walks of life. Already enough people have expressed interest to fill up not just one but several Aeroflot Jet Transports. Up to now, my friends, I have had no official reply from the Russian government about my proposal. So far they have not turned us down, but a pilgrimage like this would be a very serious matter. Whatever they decide, we cannot go back to business as usual because, my friends, nothing will ever be the same again! Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

116

Audio Letter 48
July 30, 1979
In recent weeks we Americans have been reeling from one crisis to another— the gasoline crisis, the dollar crisis with gold peaking at new record levels, the fall of Nicaragua, the alleged crash to earth of SKYLAB, rumors of a new Russian military command in Cuba, controversy over the SALT II treaty, and above all the Carter crisis—with one shocking and unprecedented development after another. Meanwhile, in the background, there’s a continuing drumbeat of lesser mysteries to worry about—chemical plants, refineries, and oil storage depots keep exploding and burning daily all around us; railroad tank cars keep derailing, leaking and exploding here and there—but these things have become so commonplace in the past two years that we hardly even pay attention any more. Instead we wonder, “Why did those 41 sperm whales suddenly beach themselves and die last month on the Oregon coast?” Even the marine biologists in that area leave us with the words: “It may always be a mystery.” But that soon fades from our minds, and instead our attention is diverted by pathetic television re-runs of America’s heyday in space a decade ago. As we watch the fuzzy picture of a spaceman as he steps gingerly onto the moon, for a moment it is once again July 20, 1969; and for a brief moment we thrill once again to those famous words of Neil Armstrong: “That’s one small step for a man, one giant leap for mankind.” For a moment we may forget how different it is today. Our manned Space Station SKYLAB is now officially dead according to NASA, while Russian cosmonauts are setting new records in their Salyut 6 Space Station; and, strangely, the American Space Shuttle just can’t seem to get off the ground. “What’s happened to NASA?,” we may ask ourselves; and “If we could land men on the moon, why can’t we solve any of our other problems?” But before we can think of any answers, our attention is diverted again. “Here comes another bombshell from Washington,” says the TV, and we forget everything else, absorbed in the latest bewildering event in the Carter crisis. My friends, news reports about these events always make them seem as if they were separate and unrelated. As a result, they seem to make no sense; and so we do as we are intended to do, we just throw up our hands. The more evil our leaders have become, the more we have decided to just trust them; and the more 117

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

secretive our Government has become, the more we have lied to ourselves that we knew what was going on. But the events I mentioned a few moments ago are not separate and unrelated. They are all parts of a bigger picture; like pieces of a jigsaw puzzle, each piece makes sense when you know what the total picture is. That is why in my AUDIO LETTER series I keep focusing on the total picture—that is what I said I would do when I inaugurated the AUDIO LETTER series in June 1975. Each month I can only highlight a few of the specific events that are pieces of the puzzle, but each month I try to add more to your own understanding so that you can learn to see the truth for yourself. For long-time careful listeners of my AUDIO LETTERS, recent events ought not to be any real surprise. For example, consider the fluctuating decline of the United States dollar and the fluctuating rise of gold prices. Lately many former anti-gold figures have jumped onto the gold bandwagon, as if they had always been there. Yet they tell you nothing about why these events are now taking place. My friends, the reasons are those which I made public six years ago in my book, five years ago in Congressional testimony, and then in my AUDIO LETTERS. Those who expected to benefit most from the death of the dollar began vanishing from the scene early this year of 1979. This began with the murder of Nelson Rockefeller, which I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. The following month I reported that his brothers David and Laurance were also killed and replaced with “doubles.” It is now widely known in international banking circles that the real David Rockefeller is dead. But powerful long-range economic forces were unleashed years ago by the late David Rockefeller and his intimates. The death of the dollar was just one part of an elaborate plan for Dictatorship here in America, followed by a One-World Government. Another element of the plan was to be a Middle East war with the nuclear destruction of Arab OPEC oil wells. Over 3-1/2 years ago I made the plan public in AUDIO LETTER No. 6, and in later tapes—for example, Nos. 28, 37, and 41—I have kept my listeners informed about the status of this plan; and in AUDIO LETTER No. 41 last December 1978, I called attention to the “Hate Saudi Arabia” campaign which was building up here in America. The nuclear doom of Saudi Arabia was being planned for the spring, and the American people were being conditioned to accept it. In AUDIO LETTER No. 37 I had revealed the secret American plan by which the Middle East disaster was to lead to war with Russia. In March came the Egyptian-Israeli “Peace Treaty” which was designed to set the stage not for peace, but for war; but in late April 1979 events behind the scenes altered completely the direction of events. In AUDIO LETTER No. 46 two months ago, I revealed how Russia stopped the secret nuclear war plan in its tracks, especially after the death of David Rockefeller. Meanwhile, only 118

Audio Letter 48

the tip of the iceberg of all this showed up here in America. Most Americans only knew that there was a gasoline shortage with long lines; what we were not told was that the so-called shortage was artificial. It had been timed to coincide with the Saudi Arabian disaster, which did not happen due to Russia’s intervention. Now the oil companies are covering their tracks, releasing more gasoline; and most Americans still have no idea what the gas lines were really all about. And then there are those whales which beached themselves last month in Oregon. It was almost a re-run of the beaching of some 120 whales in Florida nearly 2-1/2 years ago. In AUDIO LETTER No. 20 for January 1977 I had revealed that some huge secret American underwater missiles had been planted in the Atlantic Ocean off our east coast. These enormous missiles had begun rupturing and leaking plutonium from their warheads into the Ocean. Early the following month the whales began beaching themselves near Jacksonville, Florida. The stories then were the same as we heard recently in Oregon. Somehow, we were told, the Florida whales must have gotten disoriented; but as I revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 21, their breathing had been disrupted by a fungus in their lungs, and the fungus was the product of the plutonium from one of the leaking missiles I had revealed. This time, in Oregon, the whale-beaching was once again caused by plutonium-induced fungus in the lungs; but the source this time was not a leaking underwater missile, instead a different weapon of secret warfare mentioned in AUDIO LETTERS Nos. 20 and 21 is involved. Recently Russia resumed radiochemical warfare against the United States. Large remote-control canisters have been dropped at sea at intervals along our Pacific, Atlantic, and Gulf coasts. These are spewing radiochemical warfare agents into our air on command whenever wind conditions are favorable. Most of the canisters used plutonium as one of their active ingredients. These renewed attacks so far are at a low, non-lethal level; their purpose is not to kill but to promote low-grade ailments and to sap our strength and national will. But the whales that beached themselves on the Oregon coast last month, June 16, had high concentrations of plutonium in their lungs along with the other canister products. Apparently they surfaced very close to a canister off the Oregon coast. They breathe the air just as you and I do, and at that close range the canister gave them a dose that destroyed their ability to breathe; and so like the whales in Florida 2-1/2 years ago, they beached themselves to die. In other ways, too, the United States is gradually being rendered incapable of going to war against Russia. In World War II the Western allies brought Germany’s war machine to a crawl by bombing chemical plants and disrupting rail transportation. Likewise, today American chemical, petroleum, and rail targets are being destroyed in a war of attrition by Russian sabotage. Russia’s new rulers are taking no chances, my friends. Of all people, they know there is always 119

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

the danger of being surprised and upset in their plans; and so, even while they are trying to prevent nuclear war, they are still preparing to win such a war if it does take place. This even includes continuing preparations for a possible invasion of the United States from Canada and Mexico. I first revealed these activities sixteen months ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 32, and this is the explanation for the news reports just a few days ago about a major new Russian Army command structure in Cuba. Cuba is serving as a staging center for the steady flow of troops and arms into Mexico’s Yucatan Peninsula. This is going on secretly but with the knowledge and cooperation of the Mexican Government. Early this year President Carter paid a visit to Mexico and was greeted with official contempt and hostility. Now you know why. Mexico, like Quebec Province in Canada, has already made her peace with Russia. Russia’s preparations are already far-advanced to enable her to survive and win all-out war; and yet, as I have revealed over the past several months, Russia’s new rulers are using every means at their disposal to prevent nuclear war. They are doing nothing less than taking control of the United States, working from the top down. Today I want to call your attention to major current events which are proving what I have been telling you all along. Because the AUDIO LETTER stands alone, you must use your own judgment in evaluating what I reveal, instead of depending on what anyone else says. The AUDIO LETTER, my friends, is not for the many but for the few with ears to hear. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—THE FINAL CHAPTER IN THE GREAT SKYLAB COVER-UP Topic #2—THE SECRET WAR OF THE WALKING DEAD Topic #3—HOW AMERICA WILL RE-LEARN THE FEAR OF GOD. Topic #1—On a midsummer day ten years ago this month, an estimated half billion people world-wide sat transfixed before television sets. We were watching a television image that was fuzzy, flickering, in black and white, and yet it was awesome because we were watching the impossible take place before our very eyes. We were watching two American astronauts, Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin, the first two men on the moon. That day, July 20, 1969, was a great day to be an American. The impossible promise of an assassinated President, John F. Kennedy, had come true. On May 25, 1961, he had told us that America would put a man on the moon before the decade was out, so when Neil Armstrong stepped onto the moon’s surface and called it “a giant leap,” he was 120

Audio Letter 48

right. In barely eight years we had leapfrogged past Russia to be first on the moon. In AUDIO LETTER No. 26 I explained why it was so important to beat Russia to the moon. It was all sold to us as a sort of Space Age Olympics, a peaceful sporting race to gather moon rocks; but it was actually a military crash program, ten times bigger than the Manhattan Project in World War II, and its real purpose was to establish a secret base on the moon. From there, revolutionary new Beam-weapons would become the key to ruling the earth. At the time of the Kennedy announcement in 1961, the United States was far behind Russia in space, but NASA planners had figured out a way to jump past Russia in order to get to the moon first. The Russians were firmly committed to what is called the Earth-Orbital Approach to moon flight. Under this approach, missions to the moon would be assembled and launched from earth orbit with the aid of Space Stations. This technique has always been recognized as the surest and safest route to the moon. Even our own late great Wernher Von Braun had advocated the earthorbital approach for more than a decade. The earth-orbital technique is like building a firm foundation before building the rest of the house. It’s the right thing to do, but it takes time. NASA planners were given the task of beating Russia to the moon, and they soon concluded that we were too far behind Russia to catch up by the earth-orbital method. There was only one way we could beat the Russians—it was bold, but it was also very risky. It would be like building a house with almost no foundation for the sake of speed. It was called the Lunar-Orbital moon mission. Under this plan, the first priority was to get men on the moon fast and start laying the groundwork for a moon base; then with the moon in American hands, we could drop back and fortify our Space Logistics system. Its keystone was to be a Space Station known as SKYLAB. And that’s how Project Apollo was conceived, with its predecessors Project Mercury and Project Gemini. NASA was gambling in several ways at once, but the gamble paid off—America did beat Russia to the moon. In December 1972 the Moon Program was supposedly cut off prematurely with Apollo 17; but in AUDIO LETTER No. 26 I explained that the flights did not really stop; instead the Moon Program was simply taken out of public limelight. Moon-launch missions were shifted from the highly visible Cape Kennedy to the island of Diego Garcia in the Indian Ocean. On May 14, 1973, less than five months after the Apollo 17 Moon Mission, SKYLAB was launched. From then on the secretly continuing American Moon Program began benefitting from earth-orbital techniques. By late 1977, plans called for the American military base in Copernicus Crater to be armed and operational. The base was to be 121

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

armed with Beam-weapons which can blast any visible spot on earth within two seconds. The weapons were to include eventually both Lasers and Particle Beams. In the United States itself, Particle Beam research had been sent down blind alleys as a decoy, but in other locations world-wide Particle Beam-weapons were being developed. It was an elaborate plan—and it almost worked. But on the night of the Harvest Moon, September 27, 1977, it all ended in catastrophe. Already the Soviet Union had begun orbiting operational killer satellites called Cosmos Interceptors. These are manned and armed with Particle Beamweapons. Two were in orbit by late September 1977, and one was armed with a deadly Neutron Beam. This was used to bombard the Copernicus Base, killing all of the astronauts there, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 26. Only two days later, the Russian manned space program suddenly came to life. The Salyut 6 Space Station was launched into orbit, then cosmonaut crews began visiting Salyut 6 in a steady stream, which continues to this day. Even now, the latest Salyut 6 cosmonauts have been in orbit more than 150 days. This far exceeds any record ever set by the United States. All of this is in stark contrast to the fate of our own Space Station, SKYLAB. Earlier this month on July 11, NASA pretended that SKYLAB had unavoidably crashed from orbit, but SKYLAB actually came to an abrupt end 21 months ago, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 27. On October 18, 1977, a tremendous fireball flashed across the southwestern United States. The sky was lit up over a track nearly a thousand miles long. It was seen by thousands across at least five (5) States—Texas, Oklahoma, Louisiana, Arkansas and Missouri. Witnesses included pilots, military observers, and even the McDonald Observatory in far southwest Texas. It produced headlines all over the United States. People were asking, “What in the world was that?” That, my friends, was SKYLAB. As I said that month, it was blasted out of space by a Russian Cosmos Interceptor. The destruction of SKYLAB was part of Russia’s program to terminate America’s secret military control of space. Later that month, the SKYLAB cover-up by NASA got under way. SKYLAB was said to be sinking from orbit sooner than expected, but at first NASA pretended that SKYLAB could probably be saved by the Space Shuttle. There was never any chance, my friends, that SKYLAB could be saved because it was already gone. From time to time the SKYLAB cover-up story was revived, each time with more pessimism. Finally, last December 1978, NASA announced, with deep regret of course, that all plans to rescue SKYLAB were being abandoned. Those pesky sunspots were just bringing it down too fast to reach it in time with the Space Shuttle. From then on, speculation mounted: Where would 122

Audio Letter 48

SKYLAB crash—India? China? The Andes? Russia? Downtown Chicago? NASA spokesmen kept insisting that they had no idea. Even on the alleged final orbit this month, July 11, NASA pretended to be taken by surprise. They pretended to be trying to bring it down in the South Atlantic, but it over-shot, they said. Then there were several minutes of dramatic silence from SKYLAB Control in Houston. Then came the initial announcement of SKYLAB’s official fate—“Purely by chance,” they said, “SKYLAB had apparently crashed into the Indian Ocean.” They pretended that it was a surprise, but 17 months ago, my friends, I alerted you to the Indian Ocean as being on NASA’s mind for coverup purposes. The Indian Ocean provides no witnesses to dispute NASA’s claim of a SKYLAB re-entry there. Nevertheless, NASA finally decided it would be much safer to provide something for people to see than to say it just disappeared without a trace; and sure enough, the initial NASA announcement about the Indian Ocean was followed by reports of sparkles in the sky over southwest Australia. NASA then said apologetically that a few portions of SKYLAB had apparently made it past the Ocean, re-entering over western Australia. But strangely enough, the Australian Government said not a word. My friends, this final chapter of the SKYLAB cover-up involved another military secret, which I made public in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. There’s a large secret American missile base in the Northern Territory of Australia. The base is controlled by the Military, not NASA; but SKYLAB was part of a secret military program and so NASA received some military help in the SKYLAB coverup. On July 8, only three days before SKYLAB’s fictional crash to earth, a worldwide military exercise called “GLOBAL SHIELD 79” began. It received very little publicity here in the United States, and yet it was the biggest exercise in over 20 years by the Strategic Air Command. NASA scheduled the fictional end of SKYLAB to take place during this exercise. On July 10 two Minuteman III missiles were launched into the Pacific from Vandenberg Air Force Base in California, but that same day another missile was also launched under cover of the world-wide exercise. It was launched from the missile base in Australia in coordination with NASA. The missile was unarmed, and so the Russian Cosmospheres overhead observed the launch without interfering. It was launched shortly past noon Eastern Daylight Time, which was the middle of the night in Australia. The missile headed northeast over Indonesia and the South Pacific, into orbit. Nearly 24 hours later the orbital package was following a path that would soon bring it over Australia once again. A small retro-rocket was fired, and re-entry took place over southwest Australia. It was timed for maximum effect—nighttime in Australia and midday in the United States. The orbital package, consisting of ceramic fragments of a special design, created a nice 123

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

fireworks display in the night sky. The very next day reports in the United States said that Australians were finding pieces of purported SKYLAB debris lying all around; and in the most famous case, an alleged 17-year-old beer keg delivery man swung into action like a professional. Traveling by chartered Learjet, commercial airplane and limousine, he raced to San Francisco. Carrying a few nondescript black lumps, he beat the deadline for the $10,000 SKYLAB prize offered by the San Francisco EXAMINER. Those lumps, my friends, were merely chunks of volcanic rock consisting mostly of iron and carbon; but predictably, NASA said a few days later that they were probably from SKYLAB, and the prize was awarded. Can you imagine? My friends, NASA has now closed the book on SKYLAB. It’s just yesterday’s news now, something we are supposed to forget about; but if we do forget it, we would deserve whatever may happen to us because the SKYLAB cover-up was elaborate, and its purpose was to keep the truth from us. There are still very powerful forces in America who want to drag us all into war with Russia; but the message of SKYLAB is that if we let that happen, we will be committing suicide for ourselves, for our children, and for the United States of America! Topic #2—Two months ago I revealed that a revolutionary new Intelligence weapon was being introduced by Russia. I refer to their “Organic Robotoids.” These are man-made robot-like living creatures, perhaps best described as computerized animals. They’re designed to simulate human beings almost perfectly in appearance and behavior, and yet they are not human. Robotoids are so far removed from the knowledge and experience of most people that they are very difficult for many people to believe, but now more and more major surprises are filling the news—that is, they are surprises if you do not know about Russia’s robotoids. For example, consider the Middle East and the alleged gasoline shortage. Nearly four years ago on October 12, 1975, I wrote an article on the Op-Ed page of the Washington Star. It was titled: “WHO’S TO BLAME FOR INFLATION? It’s Time to be Fair to OPEC.” The comments I made then are still true today. For example, we hear constantly about the increasing price of oil, but, quote: “You must remember that products from the oil-consuming countries to the oil-producing countries are costing more each day” and, quote: “...thus oil price rises appear to be limited, while the products of the industrialized countries are unlimited, open-ended. Is this fair?” When I wrote those words in 1975 I was out of step with the crowd. For the next 3-1/2 years we were told increasingly that OPEC, especially Saudi Arabia, was our economic enemy, but suddenly in the past two months everything has changed. The “Hate Saudi Arabia” chant in the major media has abruptly stopped, at least for the moment. Instead, stories are appearing about renewed trust between the United States and Saudi Arabia; and as if by magic, the contrived gasoline lines are 124

Audio Letter 48

disappearing with promises of more gas on the way. It’s all the result of the Russian robotoid shuttles to the Middle East, my friends, which I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 46. Russia stopped the War Plan and robbed the big oil companies of their excuse for shortages. Now, consider the SALT II treaty. There’s a relationship, my friends, between SALT II and, of all things, the SKYLAB debacle. There is nothing at all in the major media news about this relationship; but as my older listeners know, SALT II and SKYLAB are just tips of the same iceberg, and it’s an iceberg that is already sinking our “Ship of State.” Earlier I reviewed how the real story of SKYLAB’s fate began on September 27, 1977. That was the day America lost the secret “Space Battle of the Harvest Moon” to Russia. Three weeks later a Russian Cosmos Interceptor blasted SKYLAB out of existence. The real story of the present SALT II treaty also began on September 27, 1977. That day Soviet Foreign Minister Andrei Gromyko delivered a speech at the United Nations. By the time Gromyko spoke, it was already clear that Russia was winning the Space Battle so he spoke very harshly about American stalling on SALT II. He delivered what amounted to a veiled ultimatum, then he left for Washington for a highly unusual nighttime meeting at the White House with the real Jimmy Carter and Secretary of State Cyrus Vance. Breathless reporters told the nation there had been a breakthrough in SALT II; but when I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 26 three days later, I revealed what had really happened. The stories about a SALT breakthrough were lies, coverstories to allay public concern. That’s what my listeners heard in AUDIO LETTER No. 26, and for the following year and a half SALT II went nowhere; but early this year drastic changes in America’s rulership began taking place. For the past six months the AUDIO LETTER has been focusing on these changes as they have taken place; and they have led, among other things, to a turn-around on SALT II. The changes began on January 26, 1979, with the murder of Nelson Rockefeller. That was the opening shot of a secret Bolshevik coup d’etat against America’s real rulers. As I have explained in previous tapes, the atheistic Bolsheviks no longer rule Russia. They have been overthrown by a tough band of native Christians. Today Christianity is being re-born in Russia—but here, in the United States, the Bolsheviks want to create a new Bolshevik revolution. They want to seize control of America and then to strike back at their bitter enemies, the Christ-ones who now run the Kremlin. For several months the Bolshevik coup d’etat was moving fast, important people were being purged and replaced by “doubles” beginning with David and Laurance Rockefeller and their intimates; and the week-end after Easter 1979 the Bolshevik purge 125

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

claimed the lives of President Carter, Vice-President Mondale, and their families. But as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 45, the Russians then began to intervene. A secret war of “doubles” broke out, and by late April the White House was already under Russia’s control. In AUDIO LETTER No. 46 I was able to let my listeners in on the key to Russia’s success. They are using “robotoids” to replace and simulate powerful people. The United States is secretly becoming a Russian satellite state, and the American turn-around on SALT II came fast. On May 9, 1979, the robotoid replacements for Defense Secretary Brown and Secretary of State Vance made the initial announcement: an agreement in principle had been achieved on SALT II, and with lightning speed the treaty itself was signed in Vienna barely five weeks later. My friends, Russia signed with herself through Carter robotoid No. 3 and Brezhnev No. 2, the human “double” for the late real Brezhnev. At first the new SALT II treaty brought howls from Capitol Hill. We heard over and over that it was in serious trouble, but last month I reported the true situation. SALT II’s most bitter opponents in the Senate are people who are playing ball with the Bolsheviks here in America. Russia is replacing them with robotoids, and the earlier hard line against SALT II is slowly evaporating. The shift is subtle so far, but it is clearly visible. For example, the late Senator Barry Goldwater worried constantly in public about verification, but on July 23 robotoid Goldwater said, quote: “I would not be too exercised over it now.” An even more bitter SALT II opponent was the late Senator Henry Jackson. Jackson always played up the Russian threat, but on July 23 he accused robotoid Defense Secretary Harold Brown of exaggerating that threat. He called it “scare tactics to sell SALT II.” Even our outgoing Ambassador to the Soviet Union Malcolm Toon is no more. Toon was publicly very suspicious of SALT II, but now a Toon robotoid has abruptly started campaigning in favor of SALT II— and he won’t explain the change. Robotoids, my friends, are a very powerful weapon; but as I pointed out in AUDIO LETTER No. 46, they are also very troublesome. They do not live long, especially under conditions of constant exposure and stress. They must also be programmed, and yet they are also somewhat unpredictable. Last month I described the process by which the holographic brain of a robotoid reproduces the memory of a person being duplicated. Other parts of the brain are altered so that the robotoid ends up as a robot-like being that obeys instructions. But the memory includes involuntary responses which sometimes produce unwanted behavior. This is turning out to be a severe problem in the case of the Jimmy Carter robotoids, because the real Carter had mental instabilities which are reproduced partially in the robotoids. The first signs of erratic behavior by the Carter robotoids came in public comments about Senator Kennedy. The real 126

Audio Letter 48

Jimmy Carter had a strong personal dislike for Kennedy and on several occasions Carter robotoids have simply blurted out these reactions in very raw form. To a degree, this type of thing is a danger with all robotoids—they do not possess truly human judgment. They appear to have it under certain conditions, but this is the result of programming for those situations. The problems of instability and short life cause robotoids to be best suited for interim purposes. For long-term purposes, human agents are still the best. For that reason, don’t be surprised to see more and more new faces in high positions. Some of the new faces will themselves be robotoids, but some will be human beings. The Carter crisis of recent days demonstrates two things at once: one is the extent of secret Russian control that now exists in Washington; the other is the difficulty the Russians themselves are having with their robotoids. On July 1, Carter robotoid No. 4 returned to Washington from South Korea following the “Economic Summit” in Tokyo. The scheduled Carter holiday in Hawaii was canceled, and the next day a Carter Energy speech was scheduled for the evening of July 5. Then the Carter robotoid family disappeared to Camp David. Jimmy Carter robotoid No. 4 was burning out, and was disposed of. Robotoid No. 5 was next in line and had already been tried out several times; but on the 4th of July, the day before the scheduled speech, Carter robotoid No. 5 went berserk. It was disposed of, leaving only robotoid No. 6 on deck. Each new robotoid is given exposure on a small scale first, to test its wings so to speak—for example, our alleged President goes fishing with a few friends or visits a farm family. But this had not yet been done with robotoid No. 6 on July 4, so that left the Russians no choice. The speech was canceled without explanation. The Jody Powell robotoid refused to answer reporters’ questions. The press was stunned, Capitol Hill was shocked and dismayed, and Carter’s own staff (those who are still human) were caught by surprise. The following evening, July 5, the White House “Energy group” held a meeting. Afterward the Washington Star quoted a key Administration official as saying that, quote: “There was incredible disarray.” Meanwhile Carter’s political advisers supposedly were summoned to Camp David. By Friday evening July 6, Carter robotoid No. 6 was programmed and ready for initial controlled exposure. Thus began the socalled “Domestic summit” at Camp David. Puzzled observers said they could not figure out what Carter hoped to accomplish with all this. The people invited to Camp David after all were people whose views were already known to Carter. Almost without exception, a number of the participants as they left scratched their heads in puzzlement. “Carter,” they said, “had talked little. He simply sat taking notes and nodding most of the time.” My friends, two things were going on at Camp David: one was the controlled exposure I mentioned earlier for Carter robotoid No. 6; but in addition, key in127

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

dividuals among the visitors were robotized—that is, the real person arrived, but a robotoid departed!! The individuals who were robotized at Camp David had been identified from Nelson Rockefeller’s “Hit List,” which I discussed two months ago. Others were invited and left untouched as a smoke screen. All those on the List who arrived at Camp David are now dead—in their place are robotoids carrying on in their places like programmed zombies. The people themselves are dead, and the robotoids are not conscious of being alive; and so the “Secret War of the Walking Dead” goes on. On July 11, SKYLAB Day according to NASA, the Camp David “Domestic summit” ended abruptly. Carter robotoid No. 6 had started behaving erratically, Wall Street was rife with rumors that Carter had suffered a nervous breakdown, robotoid No. 7 was brought onto the scene, and the next day robotoid No. 6 was eliminated. Once again Carter was said to be at work on his Energy speech. On Friday the 13th of July, journalists who met with robotoid No. 7 described Carter as, quote: “a thoroughly chastened leader”; others called him a deeply troubled and worried man. Nevertheless, the next day Carter robotoid No. 7 was sent forth to try his wings. Like a dead El Cid strapped to a horse, the 7th robotoid copy of the late President Carter sallied forth. We were told that the President of the United States visited private homes near Pittsburgh, Pa. and Martinsburg, West Virginia. Afterward, the Russian Robotoid Command in Novosibirsk must have sighed with relief. One of the hosts told UPI, quote: “I feel better about him now. He’s acting more like a president now.” That Saturday evening July 14, Carter robotoid No. 7 arrived on the White House lawn by helicopter at roughly 6:30 P.M., but the Russians were taking no chances. An Associated Press dispatch that evening described another unexplained strange turn of events, quote: “Members of the Press corps who normally are allowed on the lawn to see and photograph the arrival, were barred from doing so on Saturday. White House Press officials gave no reason for the change except to say they saw no reason for the coverage.” The following evening, Sunday July 15, Carter robotoid No. 7 successfully delivered the long-delayed Energy speech; but, as it turned out, Energy was only part of his subject. In that regard, the Russian program to nationalize the big oil companies was set in motion. That is what the so-called “ENERGY SECURITY CORPORATION” is actually all about; and to cut down all bureaucratic obstacles to Russia’s “Energy plans” here, the “ENERGY MOBILIZATION BOARD” is to be created. But the speech had a much broader thrust, dealing with the crisis of the American spirit. Some commentators have joked about the speech as, quote: “Carter’s 128

Audio Letter 48

Sunday night sermon”; but as I will point out briefly in Topic #3, we would be wise not to laugh because, my friends, the words of the Carter robotoid No. 7 came straight from the Kremlin, and the Kremlin is not joking. Even the speech itself was not without its mystery. The following day an article in the New York Times pointed out, quote: “Another extraordinary development was that the White House had no advance text of the speech, the President’s ten days of deliberations notwithstanding. It was the first time in the memory of veteran reporters that no prepared text was released.” Even so, the speech gave the impression momentarily that things were finally back to normal, but that impression was shattered less than 48 hours later. Shortly after 4:00 P.M. July 17, the Jody Powell robotoid issued another brief surprise announcement to reporters. Something unprecedented had happened— the entire Carter Cabinet and all senior members of the White House staff had offered their resignations. Once again the Washington establishment was shaken to its foundations. But if the resignations were a shock here, they were a lightning bolt overseas, because in other countries the resignation of an entire Cabinet means just one thing—it means the Government has fallen. For the next few days news reports world-wide were filled with worried reactions. On all sides we were hearing words like Dismay, Bewilderment, Disbelief. Senators and others described Carter as acting erratically. One said publicly, quote: “We are worried about him having some kind of breakdown”; another said, quote: “I think the President is nuts.” Soon a Jimmy Carter robotoid may well flee the White House. That will leave 1980 as “The Year of the Dark Horse,” because as of now, every major potential presidential candidate has been replaced with a robotoid! Two months ago when I first made public my intelligence on the Russian robotoids, I gave a warning. I knew many people would find them unbelievable, but I also cautioned that, quote: “Events in the days ahead will be impossible to understand without knowing this secret.” And now, my friends, those events are already taking place. Topic #3—There was a time in America not long ago when the fear of God was a meaningful phrase. To be a God-fearing man or woman was seen as a good thing; such a person could be trusted and relied upon. But today in America, the fear of God is generally thought of as an outmoded concept. If we think of our Lord Jesus Christ at all, it’s as a baby in a manger, or as the Healer, or as the Feeder of five thousand. We forget that He also drove the moneychangers out of God’s house with whips. We have reduced God to a convenience in our minds, even a servant. We think we can summon Him anytime we need help, but forget about Him otherwise. 129

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Those are the attitudes in America today which arouse contempt and even anger in the new Kremlin. In AUDIO LETTER No. 38 I told my listeners about the struggle of six decades that led to the overthrow of the atheistic Bolsheviks in Russia. Russia’s new rulers are Christians, and they endured incredible sacrifices. Now they are continuing their holy war against Bolshevism here in America by means of robotoids. We in America have not lifted a finger to save the soul of our own land from the hell of Bolshevism, so now the Russians are doing it. The Russians waited until the last possible moment to see if we American Christians would try to save our own country, but we are as blind today as Russia was six decades ago. So now, my friends, we have forfeited the chance to save America from Bolshevism ourselves. Now the Russians are doing it in their own way. The only alternative was to permit the outbreak of nuclear war. Rather than permit that, they are seizing control of the United States. Last month in Vienna, Leonid Brezhnev No. 2 startled the world by saying, quote: “God will not forgive us if we fail.” Those, my friends, are words that signify the fear of God; and now that the Russians have begun taking over America, they consider it their duty to teach us the fear of God as well. In his July 15 speech, Carter robotoid No. 7 said, quote: “In a nation that was proud of hard work, strong families, close-knit communities, and our faith in God, many of us now tend to worship self-indulgence and consumption. Human identity is no longer defined by what one does, but by what one owns; but we have discovered that owning things and consuming things does not satisfy our longing for meaning. We have learned that piling up material goods cannot fill the emptiness of lives which have no confidence and purpose.” Those words, my friends, came straight from the Kremlin. That’s why the official daily newspaper Pravda quoted the Carter speech without comment. The people who are becoming our new rulers are beginning to tell us what lies ahead for us. The things which cause us to take our Lord Jesus Christ for granted will be allowed to fall away from us. Already the props are being pulled out from under the artificial United States economy. Soon there will be economic collapse, hardship, regimentation; and the only way up will be through hard work, patience, and spiritual strength. In the hard times that lie ahead, my friends, there will be many who will say the Russians have no right to let us plunge into such troubles, but the fact is that we have forfeited the right to choose our own future. If the Russians had not intervened, thermonuclear war would now be virtually upon us, so now the Russians are going to do it their way because our way was leading to total disaster. 130

Audio Letter 48

What is beginning to happen now is what I told my listeners a year ago in AUDIO LETTER Nos. 35 and 36. We are witnessing the end of a way of life, our own way of life. In AUDIO LETTER No. 36 I said, quote: “The selfish and self-destructive license of today will be stamped out, but it will give way to real human freedom rooted in eternal spiritual values.” That’s what Carter robotoid No. 7 was talking about on July 15, my friends, and that is what the Kremlin intends for us as they lay plans to teach us anew the fear of God. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

131

Audio Letter 49
August 27, 1979
As I say these words, the slow, lazy days of summer 1979 are drawing to a close. Most of us are sorry to see them go. For many people summer is a time to ignore the outside world as much as possible. It’s time to relax, to bask in the sun, to pretend that today will blend into tomorrow without change or trouble. Television news programs in these later days of August have been filled with items that reinforce this mood. Even the alleged President has seemingly found time to lay aside the tedium of doing his job, and for a week or more we were assured by television reports that the Carter robotoid family were enjoying a tranquil steamboat ride down the Mississippi River. To all appearances, this robotoid President has had nothing to do except jog around the boat deck, shake hands with well-wishers, and give the same Energy speech over and over. If he can take life that easy, we think, why shouldn’t we relax too? But, my friends, at this very moment the world is in ferment as never before. If you depend on television news and newspaper headlines as most people do, the world may seem to be just rolling along just like Old Man River; but if you want to have some hint of what is really taking place today, you should listen to the short-wave radio. Get into the habit of listening to the BBC World Service, to Radio Moscow World Service, to Radio Australia, to Radio South Africa, even Radio Canada right next door to us. It often contains important reports which you will never hear through our domestic major media. You might even tune in the Voice of America once in a while—there, too, you may hear things you will never hear in our domestic news media, and without commercials. But, my friends, you should listen to these with a certain amount of charity for they all have their own biases. There is not enough time in this entire tape even to list all the important areas of ferment in our world; but for a moment let me just skim the surface for you, then ask yourself whether the slick major media image of our country and the world is real or artificial. Not long ago the Boat People from Vietnam were filling our headlines. Vietnam was expelling large numbers of its people—most all of them were Chinese, not Vietnamese. Vietnam has become a client state of Russia, and is preparing for possible all-out war with China. Of all countries, Vietnam knows the dan133

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

gers of internal strife at this time, and so all those who refuse to cooperate with the present regime are being rounded up and expelled in one way or another. Vietnam is in a hurry because already tensions are building again along the border with China. The Boat People now constitute a refugee problem of staggering proportions. Hundreds of thousands of people are crammed into refugee camps. Even so, the recent actions of Vietnam should be placed in proper perspective. In 35 years of continuous war in Indochina, the mass expulsion of political undesirables is a new phenomenon. In the past, the actions of the former Pol Pot regime in Cambodia, now known as Kampuchea, would have been more typical. When the Chinese-backed Pol Pot regime took control of Cambodia several years ago, a reign of terror began. It was alleged that more than a million Cambodians were murdered by their own government. Most of them were members of the middle class, regardless of their ethnic background. In that way the Pol Pot regime broke the back of any possible resistance. If the present regime in Vietnam were carrying on according to these traditional methods, there would be no Boat People—instead, there would be only mass graves throughout Vietnam. There would be no television pictures of pathetic refugees crammed into boats, and there would be no controversy over Vietnam’s actions; because, at most, all we would hear would be a few passing rumors—then, all would be quiet again. The shift in Vietnam’s behavior, my friends, is the result of Russian pressure. Since the end of the Vietnam war, all remaining Chinese influence in Vietnam has been rooted out. Vietnam is now purely a Russian client state; and like Russia herself, Vietnam is getting rid of internal enemies by expelling them. As for the bloody Pol Pot regime in Cambodia, that was recently overthrown by the Vietnamese invasion. The ferment in Indo-China is visible elsewhere too. Recently the United States has started speeding up arms shipments to Thailand, but the United States Government is now coming under Russia’s control, so for all intents and purposes, Thailand’s fate is already sealed. Soon it, too, will enter the Russian orbit. Russia’s continuing encirclement of China is moving right along. Early in 1978, my friends, I alerted you to watch for America’s doors to start opening wide to Red China. Within a few months the news was filled with comments that we had decided to play the so-called “China card.” It was all a panicky attempt by America’s real rulers to buy time against Russia. During the final months of 1977, Russia had wrestled the military control of space away from the United States. This had altered completely the East-West balance of power; but due to the death of the real Leonid Brezhnev on January 7, 1978, our Rulers thought 134

Audio Letter 49

they had a chance. They expected the Kremlin to be divided by infighting to decide Brezhnev’s successor. They thought they could keep the Kremlin off balance for two to three years. Using that time, they would rush ahead with secret weapons programs on a crash basis. And so America tried to play the “China card.” Before the year of 1978 was out, the Carter Administration announced that the United States was establishing diplomatic relations with China, but it was an act of pure desperation. The late four Rockefeller brothers had badly underestimated the tightly knit band of Christians who now rule Russia. Since March 1978, Marshal Dmitry Ustinov has been the top man in the Kremlin. At the proper time he will step down in favor of a younger man, but for now the Kremlin power structure is stable and effective. Current events in Asia demonstrate an important fact. America’s attempt to play the so-called “China card” was a failure. It’s no longer fashionable even to speak in those terms. China’s invasion of Vietnam early this year of 1979 showed up the United States as a paper tiger in Asia. By contrast, Russia’s profile there is becoming taller and taller. As I revealed long ago, China was actually playing the “America card” to get the best deal possible with Russia. Next month, formal talks will begin in Moscow between China and Russia toward improving relations between the two. Six years ago in my book I warned about the forces leading to a vast new Asian Axis. Today this axis built around Russia, China, and Japan is coming together, but Russia is making sure there’s no doubt in anyone’s mind about who will be its leader. Even on the eve of major talks between Russia and China, Russia does not hesitate to point fingers at China. For example, look at Afghanistan on Russia’s southern border which is now a Russian client state. Civil war has been underway there for nine months. Early this month a four-hour pitched battle took place right in the capital city of Kabul. Afghan Radio has charged that trained guerrillas, anti-revolutionaries, have entered Afghanistan from neighboring Iran and Pakistan; and Russia charges that some of these intruders were trained in China. In ways like this, my friends, Russia is putting pressure not only on China but also on Pakistan and Iran. This is part of Russia’s preoccupation with bordering states, which I have explained in the past. Afghanistan and Iran both border on Russia, and Russia wants secure borders. Pakistan is a land bridge from Afghanistan to the Arabian Sea. Russia has historically wanted a land corridor in this area for access to the Indian Ocean. In other ways too, Pakistan is being given good reason to think over her attitude toward Russia.

135

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Lately Pakistan’s relations with the United States have taken a turn for the worse. Earlier this month, on August 11, the New York Times made public some stunning policy planning within the State Department. Pakistan is very close to creating its own atomic bomb, but the Times revealed that the United States intends to stop Pakistan one way or another. One of the options under specific consideration has brought a stinging protest by Pakistan—and no wonder. That option is: covert operations. That, my friends, is exactly the option used by the United States in Guyana last November. In the case of Pakistan, those operations would involve sabotage of her atomic installations. Here at home, of course, sabotage is supposed to be inconceivable. All across the world, the ferment increasingly has the flavor of dramatic change. For example, less than a decade ago the United States supported Pakistan in the war with India; and for five years now India has had the atomic bomb—but now, the United States reportedly wants to stop Pakistan from getting it. But things have changed, my friends. The Rockefellers a decade ago were at the peak of their power. India was slated for conquest in a plan which later ousted Indira Gandhi from power. But as I have revealed in recent tapes, the four Rockefeller brothers are no more. Their old allies who overthrew them, the atheistic Bolsheviks, have also been stopped in their tracks. It is now Russia who controls most all of the top echelons of the United States Government; and as Pakistan ponders a changed America, Indira Gandhi is staging a comeback in India. In the past year the biggest change of all has gone unannounced in our daily news. The end of a dynasty has taken place, the Rockefeller dynasty. It began a year ago last month with the eldest of the four brothers, John D. III. In AUDIO LETTER No. 36 I revealed how his death would cause Rockefeller efforts in Africa and Asia to start unraveling, and today the headless Rockefeller cartel is losing fast in southern Africa. The initiative is shifting back to Britain, which has established a special secret relationship with Russia. As for Asia, I have already pointed out the collapse of America’s so-called “China card” strategy, notwithstanding the present visit to China of the robotoid Mondale. Turning to the Persian Gulf, we keep hearing about United States plans for a large contingency force. This force, known as the “Quick Reaction Corps,” would rush to the Gulf to protect our oil lifeline in time of crisis; but throughout the Gulf region itself, this plan has raised cries of protest. It’s an offshoot of the plan I made public a year ago to set up an American first strike against Russia; but even without knowing that, it’s obvious to everyone that the force would mean trouble. Kuwait has already served notice in public that the United States

136

Audio Letter 49

must not deploy these forces in the Gulf. If we do, Kuwait will destroy her own oil wells. At this time last year the Shah of Iran was still in power, but the upheaval in Iran which was tied to the secret American war plan ended his rule earlier this year. The revolution in Iran was also designed to break the access by British Petroleum to Iranian oil. That has left practically the whole pie to the Rockefeller big oil cartel; but increasingly the Khomeini regime has turned out to be an awkward puppet for big oil. Now Iran is becoming destabilized by internal strife among Kurds, Arabs, and leftist Iranians; and lately there have been huge demonstrations in Iran favoring the Palestine Liberation Organization. The Iranian demonstrations have also been against Israel and the United States, as if the two were one. Meanwhile Israeli artillery continues to pound southern Lebanon almost daily, and yet there’s been an obvious shift in America’s Middle East policy. Several weeks ago Israeli Foreign Minister Dayan said publicly that a shift had taken place recently. There were official denials but now the Andrew Young affair has created a bombshell for United States policy in the Middle East, and here at home smoldering tensions between Blacks and Jews have been fanned into open flames. And so it goes, my friends. Wherever you look you will see the ferment of change. One way to look at this is to tell yourself that all these things are unrelated just as they are presented in the news. Viewed in that way, world events are impossible to understand or even remember. That’s the attitude that says: There’s no cause for human events, they just happen. But, my friends, there is a cause for everything we see. The sun does not rise every day by accident— there’s a reason for it; and the world is not stirring with the winds of change by accident—there’s a reason for it. This month, as always, I want to focus your attention on the reasons behind current events. Knowing these, you can better understand the individual events in the news for yourself. Maybe you can’t always affect these events directly, but it’s always better to be aware than to be taken by surprise; and for those who are not aware, there will be many surprises in these days of radical changes. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—RUSSIA’S TRANSFORMATION OF AMERICA’S MIDDLE EAST POLICY Topic #2—THE DOMESTIC FALLOUT OF THE ANDREW YOUNG AFFAIR

137

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Topic #3—RUSSIA’S TWO-FRONT WAR AGAINST ROTHSCHILD WORLD POWER. Topic #1—One summer night in 1974 I was in the studios of a New York City radio station. The station was WMCA, the program was the famous LONG JOHN NEBEL SHOW. For quite some time the late Long John Nebel had been having me on his program as a guest once a month for about six hours. But that night I was asked a question about the Middle East. In my answer I said among other things that the troubles there began with the Palestinians and the Israelis, and they will end with the Palestinians and Israelis. Now many Zionist listeners were shocked to hear these words. For them, the Palestinians did not exist; and since that night I have never again been allowed to appear on WMCA or any other New York radio station. The then owner of WMCA is now the head of the VOICE OF AMERICA. Can you imagine? It has now been five years since I said those forbidden words about the Palestinians. Today, as then, the Zionists here and in Israel bristle with hostility at the very word “Palestinian”; and for most of those five years, American policy toward the Palestinians has echoed that of Zionists and of Israel. Four years ago, in 1975, Israel was secretly guaranteed that this policy would continue by the late Secretary of State Henry Kissinger. This policy was never passed on by Congress. As recently as last March 26, 1979, American policy was still to exclude the Palestinians. On that day the so-called “Egyptian-Israeli Peace Treaty” was signed in Washington. It did not amend this 1975 policy in any way, and so it continued to lock out the Palestinians. In AUDIO LETTER No. 44 I explained how this secret policy was intended to lead very quickly not to peace but to war in the Middle East. That in turn was to lead to an American nuclear first strike against Russia. The secret American plan, which I made public one year ago this month in AUDIO LETTER No. 37, was moving fast, but since that time dramatic changes have been taking place in America’s foreign policy. This includes our foreign policy in general and our Middle East policy in particular. The changes began last April 1979 behind the scenes. At that time the changes were not yet visible to the public, but that month I reported to my listeners that a secret war of “doubles” had broken out in Washington. The Intelligence Agencies of Russia, Britain, and Israel were struggling for control of the United States Government. Our own CIA was in disarray. The CIA had always been David Rockefeller’s private detective agency, but by then David Rockefeller was dead, replaced by a “double.” Rockefeller power in America had been shattered. In AUDIO LETTER No. 45 I reported that Russia was gaining the upper hand in the war of “doubles.” The 138

Audio Letter 49

following month I was able to reveal why they were winning. I also reported that two supersecret diplomatic shuttles to the Middle East had taken place. The shuttles involved what appeared to be top American officials, but it was actually a Russian operation to stop the Middle East war plan. And that was only the first step in Russia’s plan to revolutionize United States policy in the Middle East. Many of my listeners seem to have ignored the detailed report I gave on these shuttles in AUDIO LETTER No. 46. For one thing, there was no hint about these developments in the major media news at that time; and if anything, the Middle East appeared to be on the back burner. But I think the significance of the shuttles may have been overlooked by many people for another reason. AUDIO LETTER No. 46 was the tape in which I first revealed Russia’s secret weapon—that is, “Organic Robotoids.” These artificial, living, robot-like creatures are shocking and mind-boggling. Their mere existence is a hard fact to absorb; so when I described their use in the shuttles later in the tape, it may have sounded minor by comparison. My friends, the events of recent days regarding the Middle East are the direct result of those shuttles! They initiated a radical shift in America’s Middle East policy because that policy is now being established by the Kremlin. I would urge you to go back and listen again to what you heard in AUDIO LETTER No. 46, especially regarding the Middle East shuttles, then the events of recent days should be much easier for you to understand. On June 18, 1979, the SALT II signing took place in Vienna, Austria. America’s turnabout in favor of SALT II is another aspect of Russia’s take-over here. I have discussed that in recent tapes; but on the same day as the SALT II signing, another important meeting took place in Vienna. The robotoid replacement for Secretary of State Cyrus Vance met with Austria’s Chancellor, Bruno Kreisky. Kreisky is a Jew; but like many Jews, he has no sympathy with the political force known as Zionism. In the recent past, he has made scalding attacks on the ruling circles in Israel. In public statements about this, Kreisky has used words such as “paranoid,” “a police state,” to describe the Israeli government. The tough band of Christians who now rule Russia agree completely. Like Kreisky, the Russians have often made public statements blasting Zionism. In Topic #3 I’ll say more about the controversy over Zionism because this controversy is now moving onto center stage in a struggle over the future of all mankind. In the Kreisky meeting with the Vance robotoid, the diplomatic status of the Palestinians was discussed. Ten days earlier, United States Ambassador to Austria, Milton Wolf, had already had a meeting with the representative of the 139

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

PLO. Kreisky said he intended to invite Arafat, the PLO leader, for a formal visit to Vienna. In that way, Kreisky would be initiating a quasi-official recognition of the PLO as a political force. On July 8 Arafat arrived in Vienna, creating headlines in Europe. Meanwhile, there had already been three meetings in Austria between United States Ambassador Wolf and a PLO representative. On July 31 a Jimmy Carter robotoid began setting the stage for the Andrew Young affair. In an interview, robotoid Carter compared the Palestinian problem to the Civil Rights movement in the United States. For days Israeli leaders were boiling, and their sympathizers in this country denounced the Carter remarks. On August 5, Israeli Foreign Minister Dayan complained publicly that in the past two months or so, quote: “There has been a shift in United States policy.” That shift, my friends, began with the secret robotoid shuttles, which I revealed three months ago. On August 13, special Middle East Envoy, Robert Strauss, or rather a Strauss robotoid, spoke before the American Bar Association in Dallas. He said the United States is committed to the security of Israel but also, quote: “the legitimate rights of the Palestinian people.” The same day, the Andrew Young affair began. NEWSWEEK magazine broke the story that Young, as Ambassador to the United Nations, had met with the UN observer of the PLO, Zehdi Terzi. The next day the Israeli government loudly protested Young’s action. The day after that, August 15, he resigned. Last month I alerted you to watch for more changing faces in positions of power here in the United States. The departure of Andrew Young is part of this “changing of the guard,” but it’s also much more. For one thing, the Young affair has highlighted the fact that America’s Middle East policy is changing, and it did so in a way that cast the Palestinians in a far more favorable light than in the past. Equally important to Russia, Israel has been lured into giving itself a black eye. In the past, Israel could always claim that the PLO was making peace impossible, but now the PLO is concentrating on a diplomatic drive for a peaceful accommodation with Israel. Israel’s response has been to try to sabotage this process. World-wide the reaction has been to start questioning whether Israel really wants peace. For example, on August 17, the BBC carried an interview with Antony McDermott of the Financial Times of London. He was asked his opinion of the Israeli objective in bringing about the Young resignation. He replied in part, quote: “I would speculate that if the PLO were through some miracle to come out and say ‘We accept the existence of Israel’, it would be extremely embarrassing to Mr. Begin because he’s constantly comparing them to the Nazis.” Russia had foreseen that Israel would try to stop the United States policy shift. The Andrew Young affair has caused Israel to injure herself by these efforts.

140

Audio Letter 49

World opinion toward Israel is changing; but for Israel, the worst setback of all may be right here in the United States because the domestic fallout, my friends, of the Andrew Young affair is not at all what Israel had in mind. Topic #2—When Israel was proclaimed a separate nation in 1947 by the United Nations, the United States was the first great power to give it diplomatic recognition. Ever since that time, there has been a special relationship between the governments of the two countries. An essential ingredient in maintaining this relationship has been domestic support within the United States. For more than three decades American public opinion has been generally pro-Israel, but the Andrew Young affair is causing Israel to be seen in a different light by many Americans. For one thing, questions are now being raised about Israeli Intelligence activity in the United States. In the past this has never been a public issue, but that is changing because of the way in which the Young affair broke wide open. On August 16, the day after he resigned, Young held a news conference at the United Nations. In the words of the BBC that evening, Young blamed Israel for the events which led to his resignation. That same day, the Atlanta Constitution reported that Israeli Intelligence agents had spied on Young’s meeting with PLO representative Terzi. The newspaper said that this enabled Israel to challenge Young’s original statement that the meeting had been inadvertent. Israel’s United Nations Ambassador Blum immediately denied the report; but when Young was asked about it, he said that he assumed he was being bugged but he did not care. Since then reports have continued to multiply about Israeli spying in the Young episode. Israeli denials have just led to increasingly detailed reports about the spying, and in the process broader questions are being asked about Israeli spying here in the United States. All this is very worrisome to the government of Israel because they have, my friends, left a trail. The fact is that the Mossad, Israel’s Intelligence Agency, is very active in the United States, but this is in violation of a secret agreement under which the Mossad is forbidden from this activity. In return, our own CIA is forbidden from the clandestine activities in Israel. Strangely enough, I can report that the CIA has adhered to the agreement, but both did work together in the Jonestown, Guyana tragedy, as I revealed in AUDIO LETTER 40. Israel is fearful of having Mossad activities here exposed as a cause celebre. Technically, the hundreds of Mossad agents in the United States could be rounded up and expelled. If this was done with great fanfare, the impact on Israel’s image here in America could be devastating. World opinion would also veer away from Israel, so the Zionists are doing everything in their power not to have an investigation. What they want most is for the contro141

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

versy to just go away. At the same time, they’re trying to put the best possible face on Israeli Intelligence. For example, on August 21 an article appeared in the Washington Star entitled: “Discreet Mossad called World’s Best.” The article is built mainly around the statements not by Israelis but by former American Intelligence officials. The impression conveyed is that the mighty Mossad easily could spy on anyone it wants to, but we are also to believe they just wouldn’t do such a thing as spy on the Young-Terzi meeting. So far though the questions about Israeli spying in the Young affair are refusing to go away. On August 23 the Washington Star carried a story in which an unnamed United States source is quoted as saying: “The Israelis have staked out the Arabs around the United Nations with bugs, taps, and surveillances. Young walked right into it.” The article says considerably more about the Young episode, then it expands into the subject of Israeli spying here in general. For example, quote: “According to one source, New York City is the center of Israeli spying in the United States and has been for years.” Another quote: “On one occasion United States officials learned that an Israeli wire tap operation was using a local synagogue as a cover.” And a final quote: “Each year in New York, moreover, there are numerous cases in which Israeli agents have been identified posing as FBI agents, complete with seemingly authentic credentials.” By any standards, my friends, words like these in a major American newspaper signal a change from the past. Controversy over Intelligence activities could become a major fallout against Israel from the Young affair, but there is another domestic fallout which is even more important and that is the rupturing of political and other ties between the Blacks and the Jews. These tensions are very real, my friends, and have been building since the mid-sixties; but they have only now burst into the open for all to see. The catalyst, of course, was the Young affair. Up until now, practically the only Americans who were aware of these tensions were the Blacks and Jews themselves, but the strongest feelings in this rift are felt by the Blacks. They are the ones who feel they have been wronged, so I think the easiest way to describe the situation is in the words of Blacks themselves. On August 16 Young himself blamed Israel for making his resignation necessary. The same day it was disclosed that United States Ambassador to Austria, Milton Wolf, had met three times with PLO representatives; but Wolf, who is Jewish, was not being reprimanded, much less forced to resign! For Blacks, that news added insult to injury. It got still worse the next day, August 17. It was announced that the United States had made a surprise proposal regarding the Security Council resolution on Palestinian Rights. The United States had asked Israel to support an American-sponsored resolution to that effect, but without

142

Audio Letter 49

success. With that news, Andy Young looked like nothing more than the fall guy for a new American policy. Blacks wondered: “Why Andy? Why a Black?” The same day, Young made comments on the NBC “Today Show” which were repeated on the BBC World Service. Young was asked about latent anti-Semitism in the Black community, and said, quote: “I think there may be a resentment of a certain kind of arrogance that was played up, especially in the New York press; and there was a kind of arrogance of Jewish power, headlines saying: ‘Jews demand Young’s ouster.’ I think that’s caused the reaction by the Black community, which is a natural reaction, but in no way does that constitute anti-Semitism.” The following day, August 18, an article in the New York Daily News illustrated the growing reaction of Black America. The article was by Black columnist Earl Caldwell. It was titled: “Finally Played the Game, and Lost.” Referring to the day after Young’s resignation, Caldwell wrote, quote: “On Thursday, the afternoon was filled with the fallout. The clamor for his resignation had come primarily from the Jewish community. That is fact. And now the backlash that Andrew Young had warned the Israeli Ambassador about was rising. Downstairs on the steps of the Mission the Rev. Jesse Jackson was saying that Andrew Young was the fall guy, and that it was not the Klan that brought the Bakke case, that it was not the Klan that deals with Southern Africa, and that it was not the Klan that brought the pressure to fire Andrew Young; it was our former allies. And the backlash was building.” (End of quote from the Earl Caldwell column.) The rift between Blacks and Jews is continuing to grow, my friends. Already a group of Black ministers of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference has held a meeting with Palestinians, and they have announced their support for Palestinian rights. And during the past several days, a series of very powerful commentaries about the situation were carried over the American Forces Radio and TV Service. The commentator was James Rowe of the Mutual Black Network. Unlike most other programs on the American Forces Radio, the Rowe commentaries are followed by a disclaimer originating with the Mutual Black Network; but they are being beamed straight to our troops here and overseas. And, of course, our Armed Forces of today have a very high proportion of Blacks, here and abroad.

143

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The Rowe commentaries on the Young affair are instructive for two reasons. For one thing, they illustrate the growing backlash by many Blacks against Israel, but also Rowe reminds his listeners of some historical background facts which must be taken into account. Most Americans, Black or otherwise, do not remember this background, or at least do not think about it. In his commentary four days ago, August 23, Rowe began, quote: “It’s time the United States stopped placating the Israelis and got down to the serious business of negotiating Peace in the Middle East. Every time something offends Israel, the Jewish American population rises up. They expect Black Americans to support them, despite the refusal of Jewish groups to support some of our most recent concerns. The Jewish groups left us when it came to reverse discrimination. Despite that, what is more important is RIGHT and WRONG. It is wrong that we support an ethnic group when they are mistaken, and Israel is mistaken in the treatment of the Palestinians. We cannot continue to pay for Hitler’s mistakes. Israel cannot be permitted to perpetrate upon another group of people what the Germans tried to do to them in World War II. If Israel has a right to exist, then so does the State of Palestine. The goal now should be: How do we achieve that?” Further on, Rowe said: “The United States Ambassador to Austria was not asked to resign although he had several meetings with the PLO representatives. So why did Andrew Young have to resign? Why did the first black United States Ambassador have to become the fall guy in a plan to appease Jerusalem and the Jewish lobby here? It is extremely complicated and much greater than concerns for oil from the region.” The next day, August 24, James Rowe had more to say about the Young resignation, and he included some history in very concise terms. Here’s an excerpt from his commentary; quote: “We cannot let ourselves go on the defensive every time the Jewish American lobby criticizes Blacks as anti-Semitic because we don’t agree with them. Anybody that doesn’t agree with Israel’s hard line stand is considered anti-Semitic in Jerusalem. If anyone is to be charged with responsibility for the current crisis in the Middle East, it should be Great Britain. And if anyone is to be charged with the protracted conflict in that region of the world, it is to be Israel. Britain had control over the land that made up Jordan and Palestine under a League of Nations’ 144

Audio Letter 49

mandate. The British wanted to end their colonialism there, and permitted Zionists to move in uncontrolled, and left the Palestinians to the Jordanians. The Palestinians were left without a home because London did not follow through on the United Nations’ recommendation of creating two separate states—one for the Israelis and one for the Palestinians. It appears Israel wants the Palestinians completely removed from the scene. Now comes the Andrew Young card. How does the United States support the human rights of the Palestinians without offending our long-time and hard-line friends in the Zionist movement? The United States is faced with supporting the human rights of the Palestinians—but to the offense of Jews. Perhaps Andy Young was the test of how offended Israel would be if America decided to give in to demands from the Palestine Liberation Organization.” (End of quotation from the Rowe commentary of August 24.) My friends, there was nothing accidental about the Young affair. To those who do not know about Russia’s secret take-over here in Washington, it all looks like a big mistake; but in reality Israel’s mighty Mossad has just been out-foxed by Russia’s KGB. The Russians, through the robotoids in the White House, control most all the top positions in the United States Government. They brought about the Young-Terzi meeting of July 26, and in doing so they knew it would be monitored by Israeli Intelligence. The Russians succeeded in planning and guiding events in a way beneficial to Russia. In AUDIO LETTER 46, I mentioned that Prime Minister Begin of Israel had been replaced with a robotoid, as had Sadat of Egypt. Wholesale robotizing is not taking place in those countries. By using their Begin robotoid, Russia was able to make sure that Israel’s policy would be to make an issue of Young’s PLO contact. This action has caused the backlash reactions against Israel which I have already discussed. It has also enhanced the image of the Palestinians internationally. In addition, the Young flap provides an excuse for the United States to back into a more favorable treatment of the Palestinian cause. But, my friends, there will be other manipulated events to distract you from the Andrew Young affair, all created by friends of Israel still in our United States State Department. The Russian target in the Andrew Young affair appears at first glance to be all the Jews in both Israel and the United States, but that is not the case. The true target in these Kremlin maneuvers is the political force called ZIONISM. Many Jews are not Zionists, and there are also Zionists who are not Jews; but Zionism masquerades as a movement that speaks for all Jews. For reasons I will discuss in Topic #3, the Christ-ones who rule Russia today intend to utterly break Zionism as a force in the world. A major part of this is to be the dismantling of 145

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Zionist power here in America. To that end, the Andrew Young affair was engineered to uncork the political pressures between Jews and Blacks. On the surface, this appears to mean all Jews; but the commentaries I quoted by James Rowe suggest that already the focus is narrowing. Black leaders are looking around carefully; and as they look at the Zionists, they are doing so with frowns and narrowed eyes. Topic #3—It has now been nearly two years since I first made public the overthrow of the Bolsheviks in Russia; and as my older listeners know, this is the outcome of six decades of struggle by a tightly knit band of native Russian Christians. Now they are out to destroy Bolshevism world-wide. The Kremlin’s campaign to wipe out Bolshevism is still a secret officially; but as important as Bolshevism is, the Kremlin rulers regard it as just one major tentacle of a giant serpent; and if they keep their anti-Bolshevism secret, they make no bones about their opposition to what they see as another tentacle. That tentacle is ZIONISM. The origins of modern-day Zionism trace back to the late 19th Century, but the first major milestone toward the creation of a Jewish state happened in 1917. Great Britain was looking for all the friends she could find in what was then called “The Great War.” That year the United States was drawn into that war with the deliberate help of President Woodrow Wilson. But that same year, Russia was removed from the war against Germany by the Bolshevik Revolution. So the Allies were still under great pressure; and in order to enlist the growing power of the Zionist movement on the side of Britain, the famous Balfour Declaration was announced. Lord Balfour announced that Britain would look with favor on the creation of a national home for the Jewish people in Palestine. Most Americans were too preoccupied with news of the war to think long about the Balfour Declaration in Britain; but soon after the war ended, a major protest was published against the plans of the Zionists. On March 5, 1919, readers of the New York Times saw a long PETITION on page 7 with the headline: “PROTEST TO PRESIDENT WILSON AGAINST ZIONIST STATE.” Nowadays if we saw a headline like that, most of us would probably pay little attention. We would assume that it was the work of the Arabs and turn the page; but that 1919 protest was presented and signed exclusively by Jews. And these were not some small splinter group of malcontents, they were a galaxy of Jewish stars in American politics, education, law, business, medicine, journalism, banking, as well as prominent rabbis; people like Congressman Julius Kahn of California who headed the list; Henry Morganthau, Sr., exAmbassador to Turkey; Simon Wolf, former consul to Egypt; Max Senior, former president of the National Conference of Jewish Charities; Professor Morris Jastrow of the University of Pennsylvania; Adolph Ochs, publisher of the New 146

Audio Letter 49

York Times; Lessing Rosenthal, Chicago attorney; Dr. Julius Rosenstein, surgeon at Mount Zion Hospital in San Francisco; L. H. Kampner, mayor of Galveston, Texas; I. W. Hellman, president of the Union Trust Company in San Francisco; and many others. The PETITION begins, quote: “As a future form of government for Palestine will undoubtedly be considered by the approaching Peace Conference, we, the undersigned citizens of the United States, unite in this statement setting forth our objections to the organization of a Jewish State in Palestine as proposed by the Zionist societies in this country and Europe.” The petitioners felt that they were, quote: “voicing the opinion of the majority of American Jews.” To back that up, they pointed out, quote: “The American Zionists represent, according to the most recent statistics available, only a small proportion of the Jews living in this country, about 150,000 out of 3-1/2 million.” As their source, they cited the 1918 edition of the “American Jewish Yearbook” in Philadelphia. The PETITION goes on to sound not only a protest but a series of warnings. The signers did sympathize with the concept of, quote: “A refuge in Palestine or elsewhere.” They felt that this would be a good thing purely as a haven for Jews living under oppression; but they were bitterly opposed to the Zionist demands for, quote: “Reorganization of the Jews as a national unit to whom now or in the future territorial sovereignty in Palestine shall be committed.” The Jews who published that PETITION against a Zionist State 60 years ago turned out to be prophets. Like most prophets, their warnings went unheeded; but for more than three decades events in the Middle East have been acting out their warnings in flesh, blood, and tragedy. I can do no more than highlight a few points from the anti-Zionist PETITION, which is long and detailed, but history demands that we be aware of the efforts of the anti-Zionist Jews to turn aside tragedy, deep tragedy. They pointed out that the Zionists were demanding, quote:

147

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

“A home not merely for Jews living in countries in which they are oppressed, but for Jews universally. No Jew, wherever he may live, can consider himself free from the implications of such a grant.” From a practical standpoint, my friends, they pointed out that tiny Palestine could not hold all the Jews then living in the world. The 6 to 10 million in Russia and Romania alone would have produced hopeless overcrowding; but beyond that, they objected to what they termed “political segregation.” They felt it was both undemocratic and dangerous to Jews themselves the world over. They worried, quote: “All Jews repudiate every suspicion of a double allegiance; but to our minds, it is necessarily implied in, and cannot by any logic be eliminated from, the establishment of a sovereign state for the Jews in Palestine.” They added that, quote: “As a rule, those who favor such a restoration advocate it not for themselves but for others. Those who act thus and yet insist on their patriotic attachment to the countries of which they are citizens are self-deceived in their profession of Zionism.” They were worried that Jews themselves would be torn internally by pressures for double allegiance, and they were concerned that this would play into the hands of those who considered Jews, quote: “Aliens in every land, incapable of true patriotism, and prompted only by sinister and self-seeking motives.” Quoting Sir George Adam Smith, an authority of that day on Palestine, they also foresaw the bloodshed to come, quote: “It is not true that Palestine is the national home of the Jewish people and of no other people. It is not correct to call its non-Jewish inhabitants Arabs, or to say that they have left no image of their spirit and made no history except in the great mosque; nor can we evade the fact that Christian communities have been as long in the possession of their portion of this land as ever the Jews were.” The PETITION also says, quote: “The claims to various sections of this undefined territory would unquestionably evoke bitter controversies. To subject the Jews to the possible recurrence of 148

Audio Letter 49

such bitter and sanguinary conflict, which would be inevitable, would be a crime.” Finally, they concluded with the words: “We do not wish to see Palestine, either now or at any time in the future, organized as a Jewish State.” But, my friends, the Zionists were successful in thwarting this appeal by prominent American Jews. Israel became a nation in 1947, and the predicted bloodshed began immediately. Israeli terrorism by Menachem Begin and others caused Palestinian blood to run red in the streets. Palestinians became refugees in their own land, and the borders of Israel began expanding. Soon there was nothing left of what had been called Palestine. The Middle East war plan, which the Russians halted in May 1979, involved the Zionists in alliance with the Bolsheviks. The Russians are determined to end the threat of nuclear war; and after 30 years of Israeli history, they have concluded the same thing about Zionism as about Bolshevism. They are convinced that there will be no peace in the world for Jew, Moslem, or Christian so long as Zionism exists. So they are now in a two-front war to destroy both Zionism and Bolshevism. Long ago Russia’s new rulers discovered that Zionism and Bolshevism had common origins. These origins involved the ROTHSCHILDS, but others are involved also, so they are now following the trail of Satanic power towards its origins using their secret weapons—the robotoids. Right now they are striking at the tentacles of world power, like ZIONISM and BOLSHEVISM; but when the time is ripe, they are hoping to strike at the very head of world Satanic power. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

149

Audio Letter 50
September 30, 1979
Forty years ago this month World War II began. On September 1, 1939, the German war machine of Adolf Hitler began the blitzkrieg against Poland. Soon all Europe was aflame with war. The flames soon spread to engulf the United States, Japan, and much of Asia. In the nearly six years that it lasted, World War II took an estimated 35-million lives. About half of those killed were civilians—men, women, and children; but whether they were in uniform or not, very few of those who suffered and died had any real idea WHY. The forces that led to World War II were set in motion in secrecy, then the war itself intensified the secrecy on all sides—secrecy in diplomacy, secrecy in planning military campaigns, secrecy in developing new weapons; and, my friends, it was a secret weapon that finally ended the war in the Pacific. On August 6, 1945, the first atomic bomb was dropped in war. It was dropped by a nation which thought of itself as a Christian nation, the United States of America; and the city which was chosen to be the first victim, had one of the largest Christian communities in Japan—Hiroshima. One might have asked: Why are the Christians of America killing the Christians of Hiroshima with the world’s first nuclear attack? But of all the questions which have been asked about Hiroshima during the past 34 years, that question has been asked the least, if at all. Everyone knows this was war. Hiroshima was considered a major military target; and so Christians or no Christians, Hiroshima was attacked. Today I’m often asked: “If Russia’s new rulers of today really are Christians, why are they willing to kill people? And why are they willing to do things which may cause even Christians to be killed?” The answer today is the same as it was in World War II—THIS IS WAR. But today, after four decades of increasing secrecy, war itself is secret. Not only do we not know the reasons for war, we do not even know certain kinds of warfare are taking place! The most important military and political developments today are parts of a secret war in which the United States is now the prime battleground. The battle is between the new Christian rulers of Russia and their bitter enemies. These enemies are

151

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

the overthrown Bolsheviks and their close relatives, the Zionists. The Kremlin of today is trying above all to prevent their enemies from igniting nuclear war. Last spring, as I revealed in AUDIO LETTERS Nos. 45 and 46, the Russians began seizing control of the United States Government. Key officials from President Jimmy Carter on down have been replaced by doubles, and these doubles are not human beings in spite of their appearance and behavior. They are artificial, robot-like living beings called “Organic Robotoids.” When I first revealed these things, I braced myself. I knew that many of my listeners would be unable to absorb them; but my reason for doing it was the one I stated then: Without knowing about the robotoids, events would become impossible to understand. Since that time, robotoids in key positions of power have been causing many surprises in the news these days. The strangest surprises of all have been caused by the Jimmy Carter robotoids. In AUDIO LETTER No. 48 two months ago, I detailed the major instability problems the Russians are having with their Carter robotoids. The holographic computer brains of the robotoids include instabilities which were present in the real Carter brain in a way that exaggerates those instabilities. As a result, every so often a Carter robotoid does something so unpredictable that it is dangerous to the Russians. An example was the famous so-called “killer-rabbit incident” of a few weeks ago. A Carter robotoid told the press in all seriousness that he and his family had been attacked by a swamp rabbit while fishing. Can you imagine? The Russians want to rid themselves of the nerve-racking problem of the unstable Carter robotoids. Earlier this month, on September 15, an attempt was made to do just that. The alleged President Carter was entered in a foot race, of all things, in the Catoctin Mountains near Camp David. It was a strenuous six-mile course which included much uphill running. Carter robotoid No. 14 was programmed to run at maximum speed and not to let up for any reason. The Russian strategy was simple: Runners who over-exert themselves and who do not stop and rest when danger signs appear can do themselves serious harm. Sudden overheating, dehydration, and heart failure can take place abruptly in extreme cases. Robotoids, as I have explained in past tapes, embody a crude facsimile of human metabolism, their hearts are relatively weak, and they live for only a few weeks or months, depending on the stress problems. They have no self-preservation instinct, so Carter robotoid No. 14 was programmed to run like the wind. It was expected that suddenly without warning he would suffer complete heart failure, collapse, and die on the spot. If the robotoid died before aid could reach him, everyone would just accept it as a tragic accident, and the Russians would be rid of the problem of unstable Carter robotoids. But the day of the race dawned cooler than it had been expected by the planners. Carter robotoid No. 14 did collapse, but did not expire instantly. His face turned a 152

Audio Letter 50

deathly greenish-gray, and he was moaning and incoherent; and yet when the Secret Service men picked him up, his legs kept running as programmed. Finally an ambulance arrived, but Carter robotoid No. 14 did not use it. Instead the robotoid was bundled off in a car to Camp David, and there robotoid No. 14 finally died—too late, and out of public view. The purpose of the race had been to eliminate the Carter robotoid problem in a way that would leave no questions—that is, sudden death on the spot. But there would have been a storm of questions if Carter’s alleged death had been announced after help arrived and took him away. So after the race, Carter robotoid No. 15 showed up to reassure everyone. He looked nothing at all like the deathly figure who had collapsed just a short while earlier in the race. He looked like a new man, and in a sense he was. The contrast between the dying robotoid No. 14 and the fresh robotoid No. 15 is something you can see for yourself. Just get a copy of Sports Illustrated magazine for September 24, 1979. On pages 16 and 17 you will see the pictures of robotoid No. 14—stricken, stumbling, mouth agape. Then look at the fresh, smiling picture of robotoid No. 15 handing out trophies on page 19 only a short while later, and then ask yourself: Is this the same man? My friends, the robotoids are one example of what you need to know to understand the secret war now going on; but there are other things you need to know too, because the war between Russia and her Bolshevik and Zionist enemies has many facets, and it is very ancient. My three topics for today are: Topic #1—RUNAWAY INFLATION AND THE COLLAPSING AMERICAN ECONOMY Topic #2—THE CUBAN CRISIS TO DESTROY SALT II Topic #3—THE 1000-YEAR WAR BETWEEN RUSSIA AND THE KHAZARS Topic #1—To most Americans the most worrisome headlines these days are probably those about our weakening economy. By comparison, most other major news events may seem remote and less important to us. SALT II, troops in Cuba, and arguments between Blacks and Jews may disturb us, but they hardly seem to touch most of us personally. The economy is another matter. We all have to keep food on the table, clothing on our backs, and a roof over our heads, and it’s becoming harder by the day to do these things. Hardly a day 153

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

seems to pass without some new item of bad news about the economy. One day the Federal Reserve System announces that it’s raising its own interest rates to member banks to an all-time record level, another day leading banks raise their interest rates to their best customers to levels which also set new records. With each increase, young couples wanting to buy their own homes find it more and more impossible to do so. For them the American dream of a home of their own is fading into a fantasy. They are watching helpless as their fondest hopes explode in the tornado of rising consumer prices and runaway interest rates. But somehow, my friends, it turns out to be only the average working man and woman who are being priced out of borrowing the money they need. By contrast, business loans are increasing fast, instead of dropping off. Many business men are borrowing all they can get regardless of interest rates. They are pouring their dollars into plants and equipment, building up inventories, and in some cases speculating in foreign currencies and gold. And so while you and I are being squeezed out, big business is borrowing dollars like they are going out of style, because, my friends, the dollar is going out of style. They are expecting to repay their loans later on with dollars that are almost worthless. Meanwhile, the bad economic news goes on. One day we’re told that unemployment is up—not good, we think, especially if we happen to be among the unemployed. But at least this ought to start bringing down inflation, according to most all the experts. For years they have always told us that, but NO, inflation keeps speeding up too. We know it is every time we buy groceries. Next we hear that productivity is dropping off in the United States. According to government figures released last month, productivity was plunging at the fastest rate in five years by last spring. That means that America’s economy is becoming less and less efficient and more and more service oriented. If that is so, we wonder: How can we compete in world markets? Then someone mentions that what is happening to the United States’ economy is called STAGFLATION. Our economy is stagnating, and yet inflation is heating up. Again we scratch our heads. This is something new to us in America. In the past we have had recessions and we have had inflation, but not together! Now we have both at once, and where is it all leading? One clue to where it is leading is contained in other figures released by the Labor Department last month. Last spring hourly compensation measured in dollars was rising, people were receiving increases in pay at a rate of about 8% a year in dollars; but inflation is now outrunning these pay increases. As a result, real compensation in terms of what you can buy with your money dropped 5% during the spring

154

Audio Letter 50

quarter; so our pay checks may look bigger and bigger, but on the average they’re able to buy less and less. The sliding value of the dollar at the grocery store is reflected also on the international monetary scene. Overseas, holders of dollars are unloading them as fast as they can before they can shrink to nothing. Dollars are being traded for hard currencies like the West German Deutschemark. The shift is massive. A few days ago on September 20 there was an effective devaluation of the dollar against the mark by about 2%. Dollars are also being traded so fast for gold that the trading has been called “frenzied.” That is why the price of gold in United States dollars is soaring to incredible levels. Just two days ago it passed $400 an ounce for the first time in history. My friends, our growing economic woes are the fruits of deliberate planning by very powerful men. I made much of this plan public nearly seven years ago in my book, THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR, published by George Braziller, New York, New York. Now that the things I have described there are happening, my book is out of print. But at that time most of my readers simply could not believe that these things could really happen; and so even though I identified many of the people responsible, nothing at all was done to stop the plan. A year later in the spring of 1974, I revealed in Congressional testimony that most of America’s alleged gold hoard was gone. It was a key ingredient in the plan to destroy the United States economy on the way to Dictatorship. I stood ready to back up my charges with evidence and witnesses, but Congress did nothing. So I went public with my charges. Public pressure finally led to the so-called Gold Inspection Visit to Ft. Knox by Congressmen and newsmen in September 1974. It was a fraud, and touched off many questions and suspicions in the foreign press; but here at home the fraud worked, and people calmed down about Ft. Knox. Nothing lasting was done, and the plan for America’s economic collapse continued. The fall of 1974 I began recording talking tapes. My very first tape, AUDIO BOOK No. 1, was recorded 5 years ago next month. That tape included information which my listeners could use as a starting point in their own personal planning for the events to come. I did not give financial advice as such, but I did describe the kind of things which historically have been useful under adverse economic conditions. Today many of those conditions are developing all around us. Early in 1975 I recorded a second tape, AUDIO BOOK No. 2 about the Ft. Knox gold scandal. In that tape I gave more details about the secret disappearance of America’s former gold hoard. I also gave more details about the economic and political upheavals which were being planned for America’s future. 155

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

In those tapes I gave the best information then available to me, but I made the mistake of revealing an approximate time table for coming events as they were then being planned. I stated clearly that these were purely the plans and schedules of men. My hope in revealing those plans was that by doing so I could contribute in some small way to delaying or even stopping them. My intentions in making public the secret time tables—which were plans, not prophecies— were sadly misunderstood by some. I have actually been condemned by some people because World War III did not take place on schedule. Can you imagine? Even so, the confidential sources who gave me that information which I revealed four and five years ago knew what they were talking about. For example, in those early tapes I revealed the plans of the late David Rockefeller and his intimates for gold to reach $2,000 an ounce. At that time it sounded ridiculous to many people. Even $200 an ounce sounded like too high a price for gold to reach more than temporarily, but today gold has already established a new record of at least $400 an ounce. The old conventional wisdom is in the wastebasket. The so-called “gold bugs” of only a few years ago have turned out to be too conservative. Whether gold will still reach $2,000 an ounce as originally planned remains to be seen. After all, the real David Rockefeller has been dead now for seven months, since February 1979. Even so, the basic economic forces which he and his collaborators unleashed now have tremendous momentum. The total collapse of the United States dollar, and with it our economy, is now only a matter of time. There is a historical precedent for what is happening to us, my friends. It happened in Germany in the early 1920’s. It was a case of super-inflation leading to disintegration of the economy. The seeds of disaster were planted in July 1914 at the outbreak of World War I. The German government did not want to provoke opposition to the war by imposing heavy taxes, so instead the redeemability of the mark in gold was suspended. Then the government began borrowing to finance the war without any limit on the amount of money that could be printed. In the same way, the process of divorcing the dollar from its gold backing began during World War II. In 1945 the gold backing was reduced from 42% to 25%. Then in March 1968, Congress quietly removed the last remaining gold backing of 25%. That meant the printing presses were free to roll. Finally on August 15, 1971, President Nixon finished the job of untying the dollar from gold. He slammed the international gold window, saying that the United States would no longer redeem dollars with gold in international dealings. What he did not say was that most all of America’s alleged gold hoard was gone by then. 156

Audio Letter 50

The German government’s action in cutting the mark loose from gold in 1914 triggered the accumulation of currency during the war. After the war ended, people began spending their stored up marks, and inflation took off. And in the same way, after Nixon closed the gold window in the United States, the prices for international commodities began to zoom upward and gold followed suit. As the German inflation accelerated, the German Central Bank tried to support the mark in the international exchange markets. Every time the mark would start sliding relative to other currencies, the Reichsbank would buy marks using their own reserves of foreign currencies. It’s the same today, my friends. Whenever the dollar starts tumbling, we hear that the Federal Reserve, our privately-owned central bank, is supporting the dollar. Sometimes the key word used is that the Federal Reserve Bank is “intervening” on behalf of the dollar. Either way it means that the Fed is throwing away hard foreign currencies to buy up sick dollars on foreign markets—in other words, throwing good money after bad. The Reichsbank also tried to support the mark by giving gold for marks, not at home but in the international money markets. The parallel to this today is the series of “gold auctions” by the United States Treasury. The Treasury keeps these auctions as small as possible, because there is no huge gold hoard left to back up the dollar. Instead there’s a secret scramble going on continuously to scrape together gold from various sources to auction off. The gold is sold, in the words of the GSA invitations to bid, “as is.” There are no guarantees, and the gold offered is highly impure instead of what is called “good delivery gold.” Even so, buyers gladly exchange their shriveling dollars for the Treasury gold scraps. For a while the German inflation gave the appearance of stimulating business, but this was because no one wanted to hold on to marks that were losing their value. Instead the money was spent, traded for goods of all kinds which would not lose their value, but this was a self-defeating process. As people became more anxious to get rid of marks, they became less eager to accept them. As a result, prices climbed ever more steeply. Organized workers in unions managed to win pay raises but not fast enough to keep up. Unorganized workers and those on fixed incomes were left behind altogether. Wages in marks rose, but real wages began to drop. This is the very thing which is now happening here in the United States. Germans who earned a living by legitimate work of all kinds began to slip downward in their standard of living. The point was reached where speculation in gold and commodities was the only way to keep up with inflation. 157

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

There are obvious parallels today. In recent years investors have increasingly shifted their attentions to the Commodity Exchanges, while the stock market wanders in the doldrums. As for gold, who doesn’t know about gold these days? The German inflation reached the point where it fed on itself. It was no longer a question of basic economics—it was a question of confidence. People lost all confidence in the mark, and from that point on the presses literally could not print marks fast enough. By the middle of 1923, men were paid as often as three times a day. Their wives would meet them and hurry off to spend the money before it could depreciate still further. The point was reached where doing business in this way became impossible. Men would not work for money that was worthless before they could spend it. Farmers would not trade food for paper that would buy nothing, businesses started closing, food riots erupted, the German economy started falling apart at the seams. The German super-inflation was eventually stopped in the same way that is always used when the currency collapses. A new currency is introduced to replace the old one. In Germany it was called the Rentenmark, and it was backed up by pledges that restored confidence. Here in the United States our replacement currency has already been printed for initial distribution when the time comes. We will trade many old dollars for each new dollar, but even the new dollar will not be backed by gold because we have almost no gold for that purpose. Instead it will be a garrison dollar—usable only within the United States, unacceptable in other countries. In AUDIO BOOK No. 1 five years ago I explained that those who were putting these forces in motion were declaring war on us, the American people. The four Rockefeller brothers were hoping to end up as our absolute Dictators, on the way to conquering the whole world. Now, the Bolsheviks here in America are trying to take advantage of the economic forces which they helped the Rockefellers set in motion. The Rockefellers were aiming for a complete Corporate Socialism take-over, whereas the Bolsheviks want a new Bolshevik revolution and a brutal State Socialism take-over. The Russians meanwhile are using their robotoids in key positions in an effort to thwart the Bolshevik design here in America. The Russians did not create the forces leading to our economic collapse, but neither are they trying to stop them. Instead they are attempting to guide the process of economic collapse here in such a way that it will backfire on the Bolsheviks.

158

Audio Letter 50

Seven years ago, five years ago, even three years ago we the American people might have acted to undo the forces leading to collapse. We could have demanded that our gold be brought back to Ft. Knox, that those who took it be punished, and that the dollar be “good as gold” once again; but we as a people did nothing at all! It was far easier to accept official lies than the unofficial truth. So now, our land has become an economic battleground in a war between the Russian Christians and their ancient enemies. It remains to be seen who will win that war, but either way millions of Americans are going to lose and to suffer. Topic #2—Late last month, on the evening of August 30, another of our neverending crises began. News wires crackled with ominous words from the Idaho home of Senate Foreign Relations Committee Chairman, Frank Church. He was quoted as saying that American Intelligence had confirmed the presence of Russian combat troops in Cuba; and breaking with his past behavior, he surprised everyone. He demanded the immediate withdrawal of all Russian combat troops from Cuba. What’s going on, my friends, is another skirmish, a major one, between the Bolsheviks and the Christian rulers of Russia. The Bolsheviks in our government here in America are following a strategy now which has important similarities to their Guyana strategy of last November 1978. There’s not enough time for me to review all the details of what happened then. For those details you may want to refresh your memory by listening again to AUDIO LETTER No. 40; but for now, let me just remind you that last November the Bolsheviks used tensions over Cuba as a part of a larger strategy. The same thing is happening again now, but this time there’s an important difference. Using their robotoids, the Russians are succeeding so far in staying one step ahead of the Bolsheviks. Last time the real target was not Cuba but the secret Russian missile base in Guyana. This time the primary target again is not Cuba but the SALT II Treaty. And yet, just as before, the Russians do not dare lower their guard around Cuba or anywhere else because the Bolsheviks here will lash out wherever they can find an opening anywhere in the world. Last time the artificial Bolshevik crisis over Cuba was built around MiG-23s. This time it is Russian ground combat troops. Three thousand Russian troops could no more attack the United States from Cuba today than the MiG-23s could have attacked last year. What’s more, the Bolsheviks here are using old information about Russian troops now, just as they used old information about MiG-23s last year. The alleged spy satellite pictures of Russian troops in Cuba were not obtained last month as claimed. Regardless of what robotoid Carter

159

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

says tomorrow night on television, the pictures are actually almost two years old, obtained in late 1977. Two years ago this month, on Sept. 27, 1977, the United States lost the most decisive battle of the 20th Century to Russia. It was history’s first space battle, the Battle of the Harvest Moon. I reported it that month in AUDIO LETTER No. 26, but it has never been reported to the public officially. Following that battle the United States and Russia were on the brink of war. The Russians were pressuring our own rulers behind the scenes to abandon their plans for conquest by nuclear war. America’s step-by-step surrender by unilateral disarmament under SALT II was demanded by the Russians. Meanwhile Russia’s newly operational Cosmos Interceptors had begun systematically destroying America’s space fleet of Spy Satellites. The Cosmos Interceptors, which are manned and armed with Particle Beam-weapons were seeking out and blasting our Spy Satellites one by one. The United States has no defense against the Cosmos Interceptors, but the process of eliminating all our Spy Satellites was a gradual one, taking several months to complete. By April 1978 they were all gone, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 33. But in the meantime the CIA turned on all of our Spy Satellites. The idea was to gather as much information as possible world-wide before they were destroyed. Normally they are only turned on selectively in order to extend their operating life; but with Russian Cosmos Interceptors blasting them into fireballs one after another, that no longer mattered. One of the things picked up by the satellites in their dying days late 1977 was Russian maneuvers in Cuba. The maneuvers were taking place in brigade strength, which was puzzling. The Russian Army normally does not use the brigade as a unit of organization. It only made sense later on when it was learned that Soviet troops, mostly from Asia, were being infiltrated into Canada and Mexico. This is in preparation for possible invasion of the United States across our northern and southern borders, as I reported long ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 32. The troops are entering Canada through the Province of Quebec as part of an arrangement, a secret arrangement, between Russia and France. In Mexico, they are entering through the Yucatan Peninsula. French influence is also great in Mexico, although this is less well known here in the United States. Cuba is the key way station for the troops, whether headed for Canada or Mexico. In AUDIO LETTER No. 32 I explained the manner in which the Russian troops are remaining dispersed and therefore undetected in Canada and Mexico; but when and if the order to invade the United States is given, they are to form up 160

Audio Letter 50

quickly into organized fighting forces. In planning this strategy, the Russian generals concluded that the optimum organizational unit would be the brigade, and so when the troops arrive in Cuba they are trained in brigade-size maneuvers. Then they disband and are injected into Quebec and the Yucatan Peninsula. So the Bolsheviks here in the Government in charging that there is a brigade of Russian troops in Cuba are telling such a small fragment of the truth that it amounts to a lie. They dare not tell the whole truth because that would open up questions about our non-existent Spy Satellites. Even so, the Bolsheviks have calculated cleverly. The Russians have no way in which they can defend themselves by explaining what is really going on because no one would understand. So it is once again a battle of maneuver and intrigue. My friends, when the SALT II Treaty was signed in Vienna three months ago, I alerted you to be on the lookout for certain things. At that time there was great publicity that SALT II was in trouble in the Senate; but as I told you then in AUDIO LETTER No. 47, the Russians were replacing key Bolshevik agents in the Senate with their own robotoids. As a result, I was able to tell you to watch for opposition to SALT II to gradually fade away, and through the rest of the summer that is exactly what was happening. SALT II prospects were getting better by the day. Even so I also cautioned in AUDIO LETTER No. 47 that, quote: “There remains a slim chance that the Bolsheviks will somehow find a way to upset SALT II”; and also, quote: “The ratification of SALT II could be the litmus test that will decide between Peace or War for America and Russia.” These are the stakes in the struggle now over Russian troops in Cuba. It began in mid July. Bolshevik sources began feeding carefully fabricated tips about Russian troops in Cuba to Florida Senator Richard Stone. Stone then brought it up during the SALT II hearings by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee. During testimony by the Secretary of Defense, robotoid Harold Brown, Stone unexpectedly asked about a Soviet Combat Brigade in Cuba. Robotoid Brown had not yet been programmed for that question and was puzzled; but robotoid Senator Frank Church, the Chairman of the Committee, jumped into the discussion. Between them, the two Russian robotoids Brown and Church defused the issue temporarily. Robotoid Brown authorized robotoid Church to issue a comforting statement to the Press. It denied that Cuba harbored a Russian military presence other than advisers. But now, the Russians knew what the Bolsheviks were going to use for their manufactured anti-SALT II crisis. They knew they could not stop the Bolsheviks from somehow breaking it into the open, so they played for time. Every additional day made the SALT II Treaty just a little 161

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

more secure. Meanwhile, using their robotoids in key positions, the Russians stayed alert for the next Bolshevik move. In mid August the Russian KGB learned about the ploy being cooked up by the Bolsheviks within the CIA. The robotoid replacement for CIA Director Stansfield Turner had learned about the intended use of the two-year-old satellite pictures of Russian troops in Cuba. The Russians braced themselves. They also programmed the Frank Church robotoid to take the initiative on Cuba the moment he was told anything about alleged recent satellite pictures of Cuba. On August 30 the Church robotoid was among those who were informed about the supposedly new satellite pictures. As programmed, he swung into action immediately. In Idaho for the Labor Day recess, the Church robotoid summoned reporters for a news conference. There he made the announcement and hardline statements which launched the present crisis. By taking such a hard-line position, the Church robotoid surprised everyone. Fellow Senators raised their eyebrows in astonishment and so did many members of the Press, but it was a clever and unexpected move by the Russians because in this way the Russians took the ball away from the Bolsheviks. Senator Stone, who had started the whole thing, was left no room to be more hawkish than Church; and since Church is the Chairman of the Committee while Stone is only a member, everyone promptly forgot about Stone. Now when the conditions are ripe, robotoid Church will be in command of the situation. Having been the hardest of the hard-liners, he will have credibility if he later announces: “I am satisfied. The Cuban situation is now resolved, so let us proceed with SALT II.” That is the outcome which the Russians are striving for. Meanwhile the Russians are using their robotoids in the Senate to delay a vote on SALT II. This is a move to save the Treaty which would be defeated if a vote were taken right now. Meanwhile, very dangerous and intricate maneuverings are continuing on both sides. The Russians are still having difficulties with their robotoids and are having to introduce them more slowly than planned. At the same time, the Bolsheviks are beginning to regroup and regain some strength. As a result, the risk of nuclear war is beginning to rise again. The danger is still far less than it was at this time last year, but it is growing. In fact, as of this moment a military war of nerves is secretly in progress between Russia and the United States. Three nights ago the National Security Council held one meeting after another in this war of nerves. The meetings began the evening of September 27, the second anniversary of the Battle of the Harvest Moon, and they continued long through the night. Russian robotoids in the Council were working overtime to keep the lid on the situation.

162

Audio Letter 50

Meanwhile, my friends, there are presently about 500 Russian submarines in positions for possible attack around the United States. About 200 are lined up along our east coast while 150 are stationed along the west coast, and roughly the same number along our Gulf coast. Of course the Russians do not have to depend on their submarines if they ever decide to actually attack. For three years now, Russian short-range underwater-launch missiles have been planted within our own territorial waters, and for more than two years Russian hydrogen bombs have been planted at their targets throughout the United States. These range from tiny micro-nukes to giant dam busters. Finally, the Russians also have their space triad of weapons, for which we have no equivalent. One leg of their space triad consists of the Cosmos Interceptors, which I referred to earlier. Another leg is on the moon where Russian Particle Beam-weapons have been stationed for nearly two years; and the third leg is their fleet of Cosmospheres, which are floating high above our cities and military sites. But as of now, the Russians do not wish to attack. Their actual goal is the opposite—it is called “deterrence.” They are using their submarine deployment to send a message to the Bolsheviks here in America. In particular, the Russian subs are deployed with special emphasis on the southeastern United States, reflecting their concern for Cuba. That emphasis consists of missile submarines known to be armed with neutron warheads. Neutron weapons, my friends, are the most usable of all nuclear weapons because they produce essentially no fallout. So, by deploying them, the Russians are warning the Bolsheviks: If you strike, so will we. Topic #3—Over the past two years or so I have discussed the struggle within Russia between the Christians and the Bolsheviks since 1917. Current events cannot be understood without knowing about the past six decades of struggle for control of the Kremlin. But that struggle in turn is part of an even bigger historical picture. What we are seeing today, my friends, is the climax of a war of more than a thousand years between the two most bitter enemies on earth. It is the war between RUSSIA and the KHAZARS. The kingdom of the Khazars vanished from the map of the world many centuries ago. Today many people have never even heard of it, yet in its day the Khazar kingdom was a very major power indeed, holding sway over a large empire of subjugated peoples. It had to be reckoned with by the two neighboring superpowers of that day. To the south and west of Khazaria the Byzantine Empire was in full flower with its Eastern Orthodox Christian civilization. To 163

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

the southeast, the Khazar kingdom bordered on the expanding Moslem Empire of the Arab Caliphs. The Khazars influenced the histories of both of these other empires but, far more importantly, the Khazar kingdom occupied what was later to become a southern portion of Russia between the Black and Caspian Seas. As a result, the historical destinies of the Russians and the Khazars became intertwined in ways which have persisted down to the present day. In case you have never heard of the Khazars, I think I should mention where you can look to learn more about them. Three years ago in 1976 a book about the Khazars was published by the British writer Arthur Koestler. The book is titled “THE 13TH TRIBE - THE KHAZAR EMPIRE AND ITS HERITAGE.” The American publisher is Random House, New York, N.Y. History records that the Khazars were derived from a mixture of Mongols, Turks, and Finns. As early as the 3rd Century A.D., they were identifiable in constant warfare in the areas of Persia and Armenia. Later, in the 5th Century, the Khazars were among the devastating hordes of Attila the Hun. Around 550 A.D., the nomadic Khazars began settling themselves in the area around the northern Caucasus between the Black and Caspian Seas. The Khazar capital of Itil was established at the mouth of the Volga River where it emptied into the Caspian, in order to control the river traffic. The Khazars then exacted a toll of 10% on any and all cargo which passed Itil on the river. Those who refused were attacked and slaughtered. With their kingdom firmly established in the Caucasus, the Khazars gradually began to create an empire of subjugated peoples. More and more Slavonic tribes, who were peaceful compared to the Khazars, were attacked and conquered. They became parts of the Khazar Empire, required to pay tribute continually to the Khazar kingdom. Tribute by conquered peoples has always been a feature of empires, of course, but not in the fashion of the Khazars. The so-called great empires of the world always gave something in return for the tribute they exacted. Rome, for example, made citizens of those they conquered; and in return for the taxes they levied, they brought civilization, order, and protection against attack from would-be invaders. But not so in the Khazar Empire. The peoples who were subject to the Khazars received only one thing in return for their payments of tribute, and that was a shaky promise: the Khazars would refrain from further attacks and pillage so long as the tributes were paid. The subjects of the Khazar Empire, therefore, were nothing more than the victims of a giant protection racket. The Khazar overlords were therefore resented universally and bitterly throughout their domain, but they were also feared because of the merciless 164

Audio Letter 50

way in which they dealt with anyone who stood up to them. And so the Khazar Empire expanded until it occupied large areas of what is now Russia and southeastern Europe. By the 8th Century, the Khazar Empire extended northward to Kiev and westward to include the Magyars, the ancestors of modern Hungary. In about 740 A.D., a stunning event took place. The Khazars had been under continual pressure from their Byzantine and Moslem neighbors to adopt either Christianity or Islam; but the Khazar ruler, called the Kagan, had heard of a third religion called JUDAISM. Apparently for political reasons of independence, the Kagan announced that the Khazars were adopting Judaism as their religion. Overnight an entirely new group of people, the warlike Khazars, suddenly proclaimed themselves Jews—adoptive Jews. The Khazar kingdom began to be described as the “kingdom of the Jews” by historians of that day. Succeeding Khazar rulers took Jewish names, and during the late 9th Century the Khazar kingdom became a haven for Jews from other lands. Meanwhile the brutal Khazar domination over other peoples continued unchanged. But then a new factor appeared on the scene. During the 8th Century they came coursing down the great rivers—the Dnieper, the Don, the Volga. They were the eastern branch of the Vikings. They were known as the Varangians, or as the Rus. Like other Vikings, the Rus were bold adventurers and fierce fighters; but when they tangled with the Khazars, the Rus often ended up paying tribute like everyone else. In the year 862 a Rus leader named Rurik founded the city of Novgorod, and the RUSSIAN NATION was born. The Rus Vikings settled among the Slavonic tribes under Khazar domination, and the struggle between Vikings and Khazars changed in character. It became a struggle by the emerging nation of Russia for independence from Khazar oppression. Over a century after the founding of Russia’s first city, another momentous event took place. Russia’s leader, Prince Vladimir of Kiev, accepted baptism as a Christian in the year 989. He actively promoted Christianity in Russia, and his memory is revered by Russians today as “Saint Vladimir”; and so a thousand years ago Russia’s tradition as a Christian nation began. Vladimir’s conversion also brought Russia into alliance with Byzantium. The Byzantine rulers had always feared the Khazars, and the Russians were still struggling to free themselves. And so in the year 1016, combined Russian and Byzantine forces attacked the Khazar kingdom. The Khazar Empire was shattered, and the kingdom of the Khazars itself fell into decline. Eventually most of the Khazar Jews migrated to other areas. Many of them wound up in eastern 165

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Europe, where they mingled and intermarried with other Jews. Like the Semitic Jews some 1000 years earlier, the Khazar Jews became dispersed. The kingdom of the Khazars was no more. As they moved and lived among the Jewish people, the Khazar Jews passed on a distinct heritage from generation to generation. One element of the Khazar Jew heritage is a militant form of ZIONISM. In the view of Khazar Jews, the land occupied by ancient Israel is to be retaken—not by miracle but by armed force. This is what is meant by Zionism today, and this is the force that created the nation which calls itself Israel today. The other major ingredient of the Khazar Jew heritage is hatred for Christianity, and for the Russian people as the champions of the Christian faith. Christianity is viewed as the force which caused the ancient so-called kingdom of the Jews, the Khazar kingdom, to collapse. Having once dominated much of what is present-day Russia, the Khazar Jews still want to reestablish that domination—and for a millennium they have been trying continually to do just that. In 1917 the Khazar Jews passed a major milestone toward the creation of their own state in Palestine as I mentioned last month. That same year they also created the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia. There followed a Christian holocaust, the likes of which the world has never seen. The Khazar Jews were once again in control of Russia after more than 900 years, and they set about the task of destroying Christianity by destroying Christians—over 100-million of them, and at the same time over 20-million religious Jews also died at the hands of the Khazar Jews. This, my friends, is what the Russian Christians were up against in their 60-year struggle to overthrow the atheistic Bolsheviks; but they finally succeeded in their overthrow program, and now the 1000-year-old war between the Russian Christians and the Khazar Jews is reaching a climax. At stake is not only the future of Russia and of Christianity, but also of the Jewish people as a whole. Last month on August 19, 1979, Rabbi Joel Teitelbaum died in New York. He died in the morning, and was buried the same afternoon. Very short notice, and yet some 100,000 Jewish men arrived in time for the funeral. It is hard to imagine how many more hundreds of thousands could not arrive on such short notice. A month later, on September 18, his followers placed a memorial tribute by way of a paid advertisement in the New York Times, and clearly it spoke for many Jews. Among other things it said, quote: “He was the undisputed leader of all Jews everywhere who had not been infected by Zionism”; and also, quote: “With a courage all too rare in our time, he called the Zionist state ‘a work of Satan, a sacrilege, and a blasphemy.’ The shedding of blood for the sake of the Zionist state was abhorrent to him.” 166

Audio Letter 50

These words, my friends, were spoken by Orthodox Jews mourning for their fallen leader. And the new Christian rulers of Russia would agree for they, too, regard the Zionist state of Israel as a counterfeit, a cruel and dangerous hoax for Christian and Jew alike. The Khazar state called the “Kingdom of the Jews” a thousand years ago was a parasite, living on the tribute from conquered peoples. Likewise today, Israel depends for its survival on a never-ending flow of support from outside. Left unchecked, the Russians believe that the Khazar Jews will destroy Christianity by means of Zionism, and Russia through Bolshevism; so Russia’s Christian rulers are on the offensive against their enemies of a thousand years, the Khazars. We Americans who call ourselves Christians have not cared enough to open our eyes to try to save our own country, or to defend our faith. So now our land has become the battleground of the Christian Russians and their deadly enemies— the Bolsheviks and the Zionists. And like it or not, my friends, we are caught up in this all-out war. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

167

Audio Letter 51
October 27, 1979
The autumn of 1929 was a time of restless anticipation. On all sides the air was stirring with the winds of change, radical change. In the United States the Prohibition Era was in full swing. Countless thousands of illegal speak-easies sprouted up all over America. Millions of Americans determined to enjoy the high times filled the speak-easies. One dance craze after another swept the nation, and yet it was all just a little unreal. Now and then people wondered: “Where is all this leading?” At the same time, Americans were increasingly worried about crime. Prohibition had brought with it a crime wave unprecedented in America. It was the era of the famous gangsters—the Capones and the Dillingers. On one hand people were afraid, yet they were also fascinated, and gangster movies would soon be packing the theaters. It was also a time of turbulence on the international scene. In the Far East, tensions over Manchuria were building among China, Russia, and Japan. Soon China would be fighting, first with Russia, then with Japan; but even as these and other tensions were rising, disarmament was in the air. The great powers were discussing naval limitations, and there was talk of convening a great conference for general disarmament. Developments like these were setting the stage for war to come; but to most Americans they did not seem to matter much. It was more exciting to watch the multiplying exploits in aviation of that day. In 1927 Charles Lindbergh had flown the Atlantic in the first non-stop flight from New York to Paris. Later he and other aviators of this and other countries were outdoing themselves with new accomplishments. An era was beginning which would see flights spreading across continents, spanning oceans, and girdling the globe. It was a time of thrills with both tragedy and triumph. Aviation had caught the imagination of the public, and yet very few had enough imagination to foresee how aviation would soon revolutionize the world. But in that autumn of 50 years ago all eyes were turning to watch just one thing above all others—it was the New York stock market. For years the stock market had been booming upward. It had been so strong for so long that it seemed like a sure thing, but now for some reason the stock market was beginning to 169

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

shudder slightly. Prices reached a peak in September 1929, then they began to shiver and shudder erratically. Some stocks continued to climb, others dropped; trading volume began to increase as more and more shares changed hands. Meanwhile the market as a whole began to drop. The market was suffering from chills and fever, shivering slowly downward. Then came Black Thursday, October 24. Stocks were sold off in an avalanche as panicky traders tried to beat each other to the punch in getting out. The tumult on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange grew so loud that worried crowds collected outside in Wall Street. By noon there were beginning to be news bulletins. Well-known speculators committed suicide. Meanwhile a visitor had arrived from England just at the right moment to stand in the galleries and watch the frenzy. His name: Winston Churchill. It was not until well into that evening that the ticker tape finally caught up with the chaos. All around the country, investors and speculators waited and watched. For many, the numbers on the tape spelled RUIN. As people began to recover from the shock, there were all kinds of official reassurances. The public was assured that the market and the economy still were sound and strong. It was said that there had been simply a shaking out of weak spots. The one thing no one told the public was the TRUTH. The truth was that the worst was yet to come. It came five days later, on Black Tuesday, October 29, 1929. As soon as the New York Stock Exchange opened it was flooded with orders to sell. More than 16-million shares were sold, a record that stood for 40 years. In the process, the Dow Jones averages dropped nearly 12% in a single day. Near the close there was a sudden rally because those who secretly had triggered the crash were snapping up bargains, but the day ended as the worst in history for the New York stock market. That terrible day, Black Tuesday, was not the end but only the beginning of the Wall Street disaster. It took nearly three more years, until the summer of 1932, for the stock market crash to run its course. When it finally reached bottom, stock prices were down to 17 cents on the dollar and the United States was in the depths of the Great Depression—a depression exported to the rest of the world. As America was dragged downward into depression, most Americans became preoccupied with the hard work of simply surviving. Concerns over Asian battles half a world away were eclipsed by concern over how to earn a loaf of bread. Arguments over disarmament were lost on multitudes who were standing in soup lines, and the stirrings of Nazi power in Germany seemed far less threatening than the real enemies—hunger and unemployment. The stage was being set for radical change in the United States Government and for war, and 170

Audio Letter 51

an economic disaster—the crash and depression—was an indispensable part of the plan. It prepared us to accept the changes wanted by the powerful, and at the same time it kept us so preoccupied that we could hardly raise our eyes and see what was coming. This month, October 1979, is the 50th anniversary of Black October 1929. Today we are assured that it is all different, that it just can’t happen here again; and yet once again the autumn air is stirring with the winds of change. In the Far East, tensions and hostilities are breaking out as they did 50 years ago. Russia, China, and Japan are fencing and maneuvering with one another in complex ways on the way to a great new ASIAN AXIS. In southeast Asia, Thailand is becoming more involved in a new Indo-China war, seemingly siding with China. American military equipment and advisors are pouring into Thailand as they did into Vietnam two decades ago. Meanwhile Russia’s client state, Vietnam, is putting pressure on Thailand through Cambodia; and in northeast Asia, news from South Korea is suddenly in the headlines. Only yesterday, October 26, President Park was assassinated by the Korean CIA, which is a puppet of the American CIA. Fifty years ago America was fascinated with the dawning of the Air Age. Today it is Space that appeals to that same spirit of adventure; but unlike the situation then, America today is locked out of space by Russia. And so while America’s space program slowly runs down, the American appetite for space exploits is being satisfied by Hollywood instead of NASA. But through it all, it is the economy which is attracting more and more attention these days. In the autumn of 1929 it was the stock market which people were watching nervously. Everyone knew that speculation was rampant. The Federal Reserve Board had started tightening the screws, raising interest rates and cutting down credit. No one quite knew what to expect. Today it is not just the stock market but the DOLLAR itself which is crashing. After the 1929 crash, the dollar was worth 200 cents. After this crash, the dollar will be worth two (2) cents. In recent months the price of gold has been climbing faster and faster, as the 1929 stock market did just before the crash. Once again the privately-owned Federal Reserve System is tightening the screws. Once again one of the targets is said to be speculation—not in stocks this time but in gold and commodities, and once again America’s investment community is developing a case of the jitters. The crash of 1929 was followed by economic depression, disarmament, and war. Today the DOLLAR is crashing on the way to STAGFLATION—that is, inflation and depression at the same time. Meanwhile the issue of strategic nu171

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

clear disarmament by way of SALT II is on its way through Congress; and all the while, my friends, a SECRET WAR is already in progress. Up to now most of the battles have been hidden from the public, but in recent days there have been new developments. As a result, the secret war may soon surface in very spectacular ways. When that happens, most people still will not know the reasons for what they see; but the events themselves will make headlines the world over. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—THE CRASH OF THE UNITED STATES DOLLAR; Topic #2—THE RUSSIAN PROGRAM TO SELL SALT II; and Topic #3—THE SURPRISE BOLSHEVIK DEPLOYMENT OF SYNTHETIC AUTOMATONS Topic #1—Throughout the decade of the 1920’s, stock prices in the United States were surging upward. It was the era of the great bull market. It was a time of prosperity for most Americans with business booming right along with the stock market. Even the year of 1923 saw nothing worse than a pause in America’s bull market. That was the year in which another economy—that of Germany—totally collapsed, as I described last month. Germany’s economy disintegrated in a tornado of super-inflation, wild speculation, and currency collapse; and the same people who brought about the German depression then are bringing about the second great American depression today. After 1923 the great American bull market went charging upward again. As in every market, there were occasional brief pauses and dips, but the overall trend was up and up. It became obvious that all one had to do to become rich was to buy into the great bull market. More and more people did just that, and the market surged ahead stronger and stronger. At the same time, the market became fertile ground for speculators who make their money from jumping in and out as prices bob up and down. Credit was plentiful so there were fast fortunes to be made by buying and selling stocks on borrowed money, and it seemed as if a speculator could hardly lose because the market as a whole was heading ever upward. It became a process that fed upon itself. The higher the market, the easier the credit for still further stock purchases. Fueled by credit, the great bull market rocketed higher and higher, faster and faster. By the late 1920’s the stock market had become a towering giant, resting upon a huge foundation of credit. To take away that credit would be to undo the mar172

Audio Letter 51

ket; to take it away suddenly would be to trigger a stock market crash—and this, my friends, was exactly what the privately-owned Federal Reserve System did. Beginning early in 1928 the Federal Reserve Board began a process of tightening up on credit. It was a process which was little noticed by the public as a whole, but gradually it began to slow down the engines of business. At the same time, the Federal Reserve Board made occasional timid comments about speculation in the stock market; but for the moment they allowed the runaway market to keep climbing ever higher on its own momentum. Then came the summer of 1929. A few telltale statistics began to show up in the news, showing that America’s economy had begun to turn downward. Most people paid no attention, or else they did not understand; but in the investment world there began to be frowns of uncertainty. At the same time, the Federal Reserve suddenly became more vocal about speculation. They made it clear they intended to crack down on the use of credit for that purpose; and as part of their supposed crackdown on speculation, they abruptly raised the discount rate by a full percentage point. Listen now to a pair of headlines: “DISCOUNT RATE RAISED ONE PERCENTAGE POINT,” and “UNITED STATES MONEY PLAN CALLED REACTION TO SPECULATION.” These headlines, my friends, might have come from the summer of 1929—but they did not. They appeared earlier this month on the 7th and 8th of October respectively in the Washington Post and the New York Times. This time the target is not merely the stock market, as in 1929, but the DOLLAR itself, as I detailed in my book “THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR” six years ago. Rising interest rates and other more important measures are being used now to throttle credit. In 1929, the Federal Reserve pretended to be suddenly worried about the stock market speculation, which they had fostered. Today, the Federal Reserve is pretending to be attacking speculation in commodities and gold. In 1929, they pretended to be worried about the economy, and then acted dumb as they destroyed it. Today, they are saying they are worried about inflation and our weakening dollar; but now, as then, they are only pretending to be confused as they systematically make the situation worse. As the summer of 1929 faded into autumn, the stock market began to develop the jitters. The worst part of it was that no one was quite sure what to expect. To quote another pair of headlines: “WALL STREET IS FINDING THE FED’S POLICY MORE DIFFICULT TO READ,” and “SPECULATORS THREATENED ‘BUYING BUBBLE’ MAY BURST.” It sounds like the au173

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

tumn of 1929, but again I am quoting headlines for this month, October 1979. They appeared respectively in the Washington Star of October 15 and the Washington Post of October 11. Of course sometimes headlines are more dramatic than the articles, but listen to just a few quotes from the Star article about the Fed’s policy this month. The article says that the new policy, quote: “threw bond markets into chaos last week with prices dropping by record amounts.” Another quote: “A lot of the bond traders wished they had chosen another line of work this past week as red ink flowed through Wall Street. Bond prices dropped more on Tuesday than on any previous day, and estimates of total losses by underwriters ranged up to 100-million dollars.” The article is peppered with phrases like: “fears the Fed would cause a new credit crunch...municipals joined the slaughter...corporate prices plummeted ...the bottom fell out of the municipal market.” As for the Post article about the so-called “buying bubble” in commodities, consider the words, quote: “Prices could fall or at least flatten out, and speculators could fail. Even banks are threatened and some could go under, warns John Heimann, the Comptroller of the Currency, who is in charge of bank regulation.” As the jitters grew worse in the early autumn of 1929, the great bull market lost its momentum. At last it was ripe for the kill! Federal Reserve actions had rendered it vulnerable. Now other manipulators who were part of the plan went into action. On certain days the manipulators suddenly dumped large amounts of stock onto the market. Edgy speculators responded by dumping their stocks too to get out fast and cut their losses. The process would thereby feed on itself each time, once it was started; but after each downward break in prices, the market would again settle down temporarily. Each time financial spokesmen would assure the public there was nothing to worry about. Each pause was only a breather before the next plunge—but no one told the people the truth. Instead, without fail, stocks were said to be a bargain because the market had become stable at last. Then the manipulators would trigger another plunge, and it would all happen again. Today we tend to look back at Black Tuesday, October 29, 1929, as marking the onset of the Great Stock Market Crash. That is because we now have the benefit of hindsight. We now know that it turned out to be the worst single day of trading in New York Stock Exchange history—but the fact is that the stock market had begun its three-year-long crash nearly a month earlier. October had seen a number of increasingly bad days, but there had also been some days of recovery. Everyone now knows that the handwriting was on the wall, but at the time only a few people could bring themselves to see it. Most people wanted to believe that this was only a temporary break in the market and that it would 174

Audio Letter 51

soon head upward again. Most simply could not imagine that they were watching the beginning of America’s greatest depression; but while the majority were blind, there were a small minority who were not. A select few knew that something fundamentally different was happening. Some of those who knew what to expect were the plotters themselves. The others who could tell what was coming were people who understood how the manipulators operated. Everyone else—that is, everyone who assumed normal market forces were at work—was lost. In AUDIO LETTER No. 19 nearly three years ago I revealed very important information given me by my friend Mr. Norman Dodd. The information had to do with the major tax-exempt foundations in America. Twenty-five years ago he was Director of Research for the Reece Committee of Congress, which investigated the foundations; and he remains an expert on the subject to this day. But in 1929 Mr. Dodd was a banker at one of New York’s most prestigious banks. In a New York speech in 1956, he described a remarkable development which he witnessed in early October 1929. He said, quote: “I was impressed when Mr. Henry Morganthau, Sr., a retired banker and former ambassador, called on the bank in person and directed it to dispose of every security then held in his trusts, and to re-invest the proceeds in bonds of the United States Government. Gratuitously he added that he wished these trusts to remain so invested until he directed otherwise—a step which he said he did not contemplate taking for at least 15 years.” Before that same month of October 1929 ended, the market crash took place. It ushered in the Great Depression, which spanned a dozen years until America entered World War II. It also spawned the “New Deal” and big government here in America. In light of all this, Mr. Dodd says: “Mr. Morganthau’s action, which contrasted so sharply with that of the bank, assumed great significance. To me it seemed he knew what he was doing, and why. He did not appear to be following a hunch nor the advice of others. The impression he gave was one of confidence in his own judgment. It was this impression which convinced me there was a basis for that judgment—that what he knew, others could know.” A few weeks after Morganthau took this action, Wall Street began to shake with violent tremors. Each tremor was worse than the one before. On Black Thursday, October 24, brokers, traders, and bankers began to see the chasm of collapse opening at their feet. Speculators began taking their own lives. Then came a selling panic on Monday, October 28, followed by that blackest day of all, Black Tuesday. Stocks plummeted in trading so heavy it set a record, than rallied briefly at the end. A headline in the New York Times read: “STOCK TRADING SETS RECORD AS MARKET DIVES, THEN RALLIES.” The 175

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

article begins with the words: “Panic selling by many small investors swamped the New York Stock Exchange yesterday, following two days of sharp drops in stock prices.” And, quote: “Buying by cash-rich pension funds and other large investors looking for bargains in the pandemonium brought prices up from the huge declines that they had seen during the course of the day.” Another quote: “The break was described by dealers as one of the worst in memory; and as one trader put it, ‘I don’t think we’ve reached bottom’.” And, quote: “Yesterday’s uniqueness was evident from the moment brokers started arriving at their offices. Phones were ringing incessantly with investors wanting to sell stock. Top executives at some of the smaller brokerage firms found themselves pressed into service to handle the onslaught.” My friends, these words might have described Black Tuesday 1929; but they actually are taken from the New York Times of October 11, 1979—this month. I am continually asked questions these days which boil down to two things: “What should I do?” and “When should I do it?” But, my friends, I cannot give you that kind of advice. No two persons live exactly the same way, and what might be right for one might be wrong or impossible for another. Instead I am trying to put you into a position of being able to understand for yourself what is going on, like Henry Morganthau, Sr. 50 years ago. Then it is up to you to exercise your own judgment in deciding what to do. For six years now, beginning with my book “THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR,” I’ve been revealing information about the total plan to destroy the United States dollar. It is this that underlies all the other economic turbulence we are seeing today in America. When President Nixon closed the international gold window in August 1971, it rendered the dollar inconvertible. This led to an acceleration of the inflation throughout the industrialized world. The rise in prices of international commodities, including oil, led to a rise in gold prices. Meanwhile, confidence in the dollar has been slipping steadily. In the past I have explained how all this could be stopped IF the United States really had the gold claimed by the Government, but the United States gold figures are a fraud. We are actually “gold poor”; and even the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), now a private corporation, cannot help when the dollar collapses, along with the banks. So for years, my friends, the Federal Reserve Board and the United States Treasury have been deceiving the people with propaganda and gold charades. For months the Treasury has been scraping together scraps of junk gold to auction off as a bluff, mainly to fool the public; but this month the Treasury announced that the regular auctions are over; instead, there may be only erratic auctions on very short notice. The first of these 176

Audio Letter 51

is now scheduled for November 1, 1979, but Swiss gold dealers now believe that this change is only a first step toward phasing out the auctions completely. If this is so, this is exactly what I alerted my listeners to watch for in AUDIO LETTER No. 41. Meanwhile, my friends, it is now increasingly every country for itself monetarily. Only four days ago on October 23, Britain removed currency controls on her citizens and granted the right of gold ownership. The next day the BBC reported that gold sales by Russia are now over. The day after that Switzerland, which has supported the dollar for the past three years, announced a shift back to her traditional monetary policies designed to restrain inflation there. Increasingly the United States is losing its anchors as the economic storm builds. As a nation, we have forfeited all our chances to prevent economic disaster; so now, my friends, it’s only a matter of time. Topic #2—At this time last month the artificial crisis over Russian troops in Cuba was in the news. On all sides there was speculation about what the United States would do; but as it turned out, it was all building up to an anticlimax. Last month I revealed the Russian strategy to defuse the crisis, and that plan has stayed right on track. The whole flap over Cuba began as a Bolshevik ploy here to stir up opposition to the SALT II treaty. The struggle now over SALT II is part of a secret war in which the United States is the prime battleground. On one side in this secret war are the atheistic Bolsheviks, the former rulers of the Soviet Union. They have been overthrown; and as they are expelled from Russia they are flocking here to the United States of America. On the other side in the secret war are those who overthrew the Bolsheviks in Russia. They are Russia’s new rulers, the tough band of native Russian Christians who fought for 60 years to take over the Kremlin. Bolshevik power has been building fast in the United States for several years. They want to seize total control here and use America’s military power to destroy Russia by plunging the world into nuclear war. To prevent that, the Russians are pushing their own levers of power here to move America toward disarmament. SALT II is to be only the beginning, but it is also a crucial test of power between the Russians and their Bolshevik enemies here in America. The recent flap over Russian troops in Cuba began as a Bolshevik maneuver, but last month I described how the Senator Church robotoid strategy had enabled Russia to take the initiative away from the Bolsheviks. The organic robotoid replacement for the late Senator Frank Church was programmed to act even more hawkish about Cuba than the Bolsheviks. In that way, the Church robotoid became the one voice in the Senate that would count most. As every177

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

one cooled off about Cuba, the Church robotoid would be programmed to gradually act more satisfied, and in the process it would get SALT II moving ahead once again. But the key to the Russian plan was timing. An important ingredient in the Russian campaign to sell SALT II is their understanding of American psychology. Often we read or hear comments that those fellows in the Kremlin just do not understand how Americans think; but nothing, my friends, could be further from the truth. In Moscow the “Institute on the U.S.A. and Canada” does nothing else but study our ways and our psychology. They have been at it for 20 years, and they do their job very well indeed. One of the most important facts about our American psychology was used expertly in defusing the Cuba crisis. This is the fact that the American public as a whole has a short memory. Given a little time, we can be counted on to forget about anything no matter what it is. To choose a vivid example of this, just ask yourself when was the last time you thought about the Guyana tragedy of last November. Congressman Ryan, the slaughtered newsmen, and the hundreds of helpless men, women, and children murdered at Jonestown are as dead today as they were then; but today, who thinks about it? Russia lost her secret missile base in Guyana, about which I had been warning publicly for over four years. A joint American-Israeli commando raid wiped it out, and the Bolsheviks got away with killing hundreds of Americans as a publicity stunt which was used to gain military access to Guyana. They got away with it because we, the American people, quickly lost interest in having our questions answered. And so in the recent Cuban non-crisis, the Russians knew exactly what to do. First they programmed the Senator Church robotoid to grab the ball about Cuba. They made him make stern statements that those Russian troops would have to go, otherwise no SALT II treaty. Then the robotized Carter Administration spent a full month pretending not to know quite what to do. Gradually the Bolshevik-inspired fever over Cuba cooled off—anything that could drag on that long could hardly be a real crisis, and besides the World Series was just around the corner. The whole Cuba flap gradually began to get boring. Finally the first evening of this month, Monday October 1, Jimmy Carter robotoid No. 17 grinned out at America on television. Our robotoid President praised Russia for new assurances he had supposedly received, quote: “from the highest levels of the Soviet government.” The so-called assurances amounted to a declaration that Russia was not about to change a thing in Cuba. Then robotoid Carter announced a few muscle-flexing exercises to make everyone feel good. A small new military unit would be set up in south Florida to watch the Caribbean more closely. We would step up surveillance of Cuba, and sometime soon some Marines would be sent to visit our naval base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba. On Capitol Hill, reaction to the speech was feeble—with one exception. The excep178

Audio Letter 51

tion was robotoid Senator Frank Church. Before the speech, the Church robotoid had been holding up the SALT II treaty. Afterwards, he announced that he was sufficiently encouraged to allow consideration of SALT II to get under way in his Foreign Relations Committee; but to keep up appearances, he pretended not to be completely satisfied yet. During the remainder of this month of October, SALT II has been gathering steam. In mid October the process called “marking up the treaty”—that is, considering amendments and changes—got going. All along, the Bolshevik plan has been to kill the treaty by adding amendments unsatisfactory to Russia; but already several killer amendments have been defeated in Committee. Robotoid Church, along with several other robotoids on the Foreign Relations Committee, is doing his job. As programmed, he is so far succeeding in moving SALT II right along. Meanwhile the Cuban non-crisis is gradually fizzling out. Four days after Carter’s speech on Cuba, an American SR-71 reconnaissance plane reportedly went sight-seeing over Cuba; and on October 17, more than two weeks after the Carter robotoid speech, the Marines finally showed up at Guantanamo Bay. Originally the mock amphibious assault was scheduled to take place as dawn was breaking; but since the whole thing was for domestic consumption here at home anyway, the time was changed to 8:30 A.M. By then the sun was up nice and bright. As explained in an Associated Press dispatch the previous day, quote: “In addition to providing better light for TV cameras, officials said the change would keep Marines from getting hurt while boarding the boats in the dark.” And so it was, my friends, that on the television news that evening, we got to watch the United States Marines scamper ashore at Guantanamo Bay. As of now, the Bolsheviks are trying frantically to devise some new stratagem to upset SALT II. And, as I will discuss in Topic #3, they may yet succeed in doing so; but at this moment, the Russian campaign to sell SALT II is gathering momentum. Only two days ago, on October 25, the Russians dropped another important weight into the balance. The Senate Majority Leader, robotoid Senator Robert Byrd, announced he will vote for SALT II. The late Senator Byrd himself, from my home state of West Virginia, visited Russia this past June. The organic robotoid who returned in his place has been working ever since for the passage of SALT II. The Russian program to pass SALT II also includes much more than their robotoid maneuvers in Congress. The ratification of SALT II is becoming a thread which runs through the entire fabric of American defense and foreign policy. No matter where you stand you will find arguments in the news today 179

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

designed to appeal to you. The greatest single worry which most Americans have about SALT II is that it will weaken us militarily; and as I mentioned earlier, that is exactly its purpose. Russia’s rulers want to do this in order to prevent nuclear war if possible, but the Guyana episode last year proved conclusively that most Americans prefer comfortable lies over the uncomfortable truth! Time is precious, because the Bolsheviks here in the United States are working day and night to try to bring about war, NUCLEAR WAR. And so, instead of trying to explain everything to a public that does not care about the truth, the Russians are telling us what we want to hear. They are convinced that the alternative would be the death of hundreds of millions in nuclear fireballs; and given the choice, they believe human lives count more than words. As Brezhnev No. 2 of Russia said last June at the SALT II signing in Vienna, “God will not forgive us if we fail.” So every possible argument is now being used to sell SALT II. We are being told SALT II will make us safer by making it harder for Russia to hide what it is doing militarily. Meanwhile, all kinds of new military toys are being publicized widely on the American side. The leader is the MX missile. If it is ever built, the MX will not be fully operational for ten years, but its impact in making people feel stronger is here already. Likewise there is talk of an ABM defensive missile to protect the MX installations, and maneuverable missile warheads for our missiles to evade any future Russian ABMs. Another variation, though, is that we are too weak to do without SALT II. This theme is basically true, thanks to Russia’s secret space triad of weapons. As I’ve detailed in the past, these are: the manned Cosmos Interceptor Killer Satellites, the manned bases on the moon, and the manned electrogravitic platforms called Cosmospheres floating high over our heads and in other land and sea areas of the earth. These super weapons were developed in secret by Russia and deployed suddenly during the closing months of 1977. The United States has no equivalent space triad and is at a great military disadvantage as a result. But most people today are living in the distant past, scientifically; and so the fact that we are too weak to do without SALT II is explained in more understandable ways. For example, someone points out that America’s highly publicized quick-reaction force still exists only on paper. We do not have enough air lift or sea lift capabilities to actually make it work. No wonder it took the Marines 16 days to get to Guantanamo Bay after robotoid Carter’s speech. And then to make things worse, none other than robotoid Henry Kissinger throws cold water on NATO. In a Brussels speech last month on September 1, robotoid Kissinger said, quote: “Our European allies should not keep asking us to multiply strategic assurances that we cannot possibly mean.” In this and 180

Audio Letter 51

other ways, the Russians are shaking Europe’s confidence in the United States; and in the process they have set up what may be the most powerful selling point of all for SALT II, because now the ratification of SALT II is increasingly seen as a test of leadership for America. On one hand, Europe wants nothing to do with any more wars; on the other hand, the strange behavior of the secretly robotized Carter Administration is destroying confidence. NATO leaders are beginning to say: If Carter can’t get a SALT II treaty, what good can he do? This move may be the cleverest maneuver yet by Russia. Should the Senate somehow fail to ratify SALT II, it could spell the end of the NATO alliance. War might then be inevitable, but America would stand alone. If SALT II is ratified, NATO may continue; but the desired disarming of America will also be under way. My friends, in the AUDIO LETTER for this past June 1979 I explained that the ratification of SALT II could well be the key issue that will decide between PEACE and WAR for America and Russia; and early this month on October 3, a headline in the Washington Star said, “UNITED STATES-SOVIET RELATIONS BACK IN HOLDING PATTERN.” The article itself said, quote: “The whole relationship is hung up on whether the Senate ratifies the Strategic Arms Limitations treaty.” And an Administration official was quoted as saying, “It’s an unstructured relationship because there’s nothing but SALT on the table.” SALT II is of supreme importance to Russia’s rulers. It will be only a beginning; but without that beginning, nothing else can follow. Already proSALT members of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee are talking about SALT III. On October 15 the robotoid replacement for the late Senator Jacob Javits of New York said, quote: “We want reductions.” By the same token, my friends, the Bolsheviks want desperately to defeat SALT II and stop the process. They don’t want reductions; they want WAR. Of all people, Russia’s new rulers never forget that surprises are always possible in any human activity. They also know from long and bitter experience that the Bolsheviks have an uncanny talent for springing surprises. In fact, another of these surprises has just taken place, as I will discuss in Topic #3. And so by every possible means, the Russians are working to dismantle America’s ability to wage war. They already have crushing military superiority over the West; but where the Bolsheviks are involved, that is not enough. So long as the Bolsheviks are left with as much as a box of matches, there is always a chance that they will find a way to burn the house down. We sometimes forget that as of now, there is no SALT treaty of any kind. SALT I expired over two years ago on October 3, 1977; but once SALT II is in force, it will provide Russia with an important new tool. It remains to be seen 181

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

exactly how Russia will use SALT II, but the effect will be to begin putting handcuffs on the Bolshevik war planners here in America. Topic #3—Five months ago I reported that Russia had begun deploying an astonishing new Intelligence weapon. These are the “organic robotoids”— artificial robot-like living creatures that simulate human beings. By introducing the robotoids, the Russians were able to make a shambles of the Bolshevik plans then in progress. Preparations were moving fast for a new Bolshevik revolution here in the United States, but the Russian robotoids stopped it cold. Even more importantly, the joint Bolshevik and Zionist Middle East war plan was thwarted, at least for the time being. This prevented the Bolsheviks from going ahead with the rest of their plan for an American nuclear first strike against Russia. Since that time, the Russians have been pressing forward with their robotoid take-over of the United States. Within weeks, the year-and-a-half SALT II stalemate vanished and the treaty was signed in Vienna; and for months now, major surprises have been peppering the news which are the direct result of Russia’s robotoid invasion. I alerted you to watch for these in AUDIO LETTER No. 46, and have commented on them as they have taken place. In Topic #2 I pointed out the continuation of the Senator Church robotoid strategy to undo the Cuba crisis and save SALT II, and this month there continued to be important new developments in Russia’s robotoid take-over here. A very important case has to do with America’s new relations with Red China. In 1978, the Carter Administration was in a state of panic over Russia’s newly deployed crushing military power in space. The so-called China-card policy was the result. America suddenly dumped Taiwan and recognized Red China last December, but the Russians are working fast to unravel the ties between the United States and China. Russia is determined to re-establish her own working relationship with China. This month talks are continuing between Russian and Chinese officials in Moscow with this goal in view. And suddenly, just this month, a Federal District Judge has ruled that it is illegal for President Carter to breach the treaty with Taiwan. Instead, he says, Congress must be consulted. Only last June the same judge had refused to rule in the case; but since then Russia’s robotoid take-over here has changed things, and so out of the blue has come the surprise thunderbolt of this ruling. It could hardly be better calculated to shake Chinese confidence in the United States, and it comes at the very moment when Red Chinese negotiators are staring across the table at their Russian counterparts in Moscow. 182

Audio Letter 51

In every possible way, the Russians are trying to make use of their robotoid advantage while they can, because there is a lesson which runs throughout military history and the Russians know it well. That lesson is that when one side in a conflict develops a new weapon, the other side will soon counter it with a similar weapon. So a new weapon can decide a conflict only if it is used quickly. In AUDIO LETTERS 46 and 47 I reported that robotoid technology in the United States is far behind that of Russia, but now the Bolshevik and Zionist enemies of Russia have achieved their own surprise. The Rothschild interests, which control both movements, have for many years been deeply involved in biological research of all kinds. They have not succeeded in learning the secrets of the Russian robotoids, but they have achieved success with something similar. They are called “synthetic automatons” or simply “synthetics.” A Rothschild synthetic is similar to a Russian robotoid in certain ways. Each is an artificial life form designed to simulate a human being, but synthetics also differ from robotoids in important ways. For one thing, they are generated by radically different techniques. Both utilize genetic samples from actual humans as their starting point, but beyond that everything is different. The Russian process is a close relative of recombinant DNA techniques involving bacteria. The details of the process are shrouded in great secrecy, but it enables robotoids to be generated from scratch very rapidly. The Rothschild process, by contrast, does not start from scratch. Instead, certain tissues extracted from cattle are the starting point. The synthetic is then generated in a process that changes the genetic make-up in order to simulate a person being copied. It is the outgrowth of a discovery made 20 years ago in France. The experiment involved two species of ducks called khaki Campbells and white Pekins. The landmark duck experiment of 1959 was reported in a book titled “THE BIOLOGICAL TIME BOMB” by Gordon Rettray Taylor. It was published in 1968 by the New American Library, New York, N.Y. Taylor described the experiment in the words, quote: “They had extracted DNA from the cells of the khaki Campbells and had injected it into the white Pekins, thinking that just possibly the offspring of the latter might show some character derived from khaki Campbells. To their astonishment, the actual ducks they injected began to change. Their white feathers darkened, and their necks began to take on the peculiar curve which is a mark of the khaki Campbell.” Beginning with that clue of two decades ago, the Rothschild synthetic process has been developed in secret; and now, my friends, synthetics are beginning to appear on the scene.

183

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Earlier this month on October 9, Carter robotoid No. 18 was scheduled to hold a news conference. Three days earlier, Brezhnev No. 2 had made his proposals in East Berlin for military reductions in Europe. Robotoid No. 18 had been programmed to react positively to the proposals, but instead our alleged President said, quote: “I think it’s an effort designed to disarm the willingness or eagerness of our allies adequately to defend themselves.” The Russians were dumfounded. This was a fresh robotoid, surely the recurring instability problem could not be showing up this fast! After the news conference, he was bundled off for examination and testing, and that produced the second surprise. It was not robotoid No. 18 at all, but a synthetic. The synthetic was then transported to Novosibirsk for further study. There robotoid scientists were able to establish an important and unpleasant fact: the source of the genetic material used in generating the synthetic had been robotoid No. 18; and whereas the Russian robotoids vary somewhat from one to another, the synthetic was virtually identical in appearance to the missing robotoid No. 18. But an important favorable fact was also discovered—the synthetics are inferior mentally to the robotoids. It is not yet clear how fast the Bolsheviks will be able to deploy their synthetics, but the guerilla war between the Rothschild synthetics and the Russian robotoids is already beginning. The Carter synthetic on October 9 was a shock to the Russians, and yet they have known for months that the synthetics would soon appear. For that reason, the Russians are beginning to re-emphasize their other weapons in their battle against the Bolsheviks here in America. As of now, they are beginning to use geophysical warfare again as part of their overall campaign to whittle away at the danger of nuclear war. On October 16, Chairman Hua of China was in France, trying to buy Mirage Fighters among other things; but the Russians sent a clear message to both France and China that they should forget the whole idea. That day a Russian geophysical warfare weapon was set off in an undersea trench in the Mediterranean off Nice, France. It produced a sudden ebb tide, followed by a tidal wave that smashed 36 miles of the French Riviera. It was a new experience for the French, but not for Chairman Hua. The Russians used geophysical warfare to give him a message a year ago, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 38. But for us Americans, it is now coming closer to home. In AUDIO LETTER No. 41 I reported the planting of 46 bombs underground for earthquake generation in California. During the past few months, the Russians have been setting off preliminary quakes with gradually rising strength. On August 6 the strongest quake in 68 years—5.9 on the Richter scale—shook San Francisco, and this month on October 15 a Richter 6.4 quake was set off in southern California. The Russians are becoming convinced that their robotoids will not be enough to 184

Audio Letter 51

stop the Bolsheviks. As I have reported in recent months, they have been slowed by troubles with the robotoids, and now they are faced with the added problem of the Rothschild synthetics. And so rather than let the Bolsheviks regroup and launch nuclear war, the Russians are turning once again to geophysical warfare, including weather warfare. The west coast is a prime target because of the heavy concentrations of aerospace and military activity there. The Kremlin is debating whether the time has come after all to unleash the great man-made catastrophe on America’s west coast. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

185

Audio Letter 52
November 30, 1979
Where will you be, my friends, if nuclear fireballs begin erupting soon over the United States of America? If war comes, will you be among the majority of Americans who will be caught by surprise? Or will you be among the few who will have escaped from target areas in time? I pray that war will not come, but at this very moment the world is teetering dangerously close to thermonuclear catastrophe; and if it happens, air raid sirens and radio alerts will come too late. It will be like Hiroshima just after dawn on August 6, 1945. Radio Hiroshima began to broadcast an air raid alert, but never finished! It was cut short by the unearthly flash of a second dawn as a man made sun rose over the city. These are the true stakes, my friends, in the present crisis over American hostages in Iran. The hostages are only helpless pawns in a deadly chess game behind the scenes. For more than two years now, a world-wide secret war has been under way. The secret war is between the new rulers of Russia and the overthrown rulers of Russia—the Bolsheviks now here in America. Last month I reported that, quote: “The secret war may soon surface in very spectacular ways. When that happens, most people still will not know the reasons for what they see; but the events themselves will make headlines the world over.” Eight days after I recorded those words in AUDIO LETTER No. 51, the present crisis in Iran suddenly began. The American Embassy in Tehran was overrun, supposedly by Iranian students, and more than 60 hostages were taken. Today, more than three weeks later, some 50 Americans are still being held hostage. Day by day the crisis has deepened. On both sides there has been confusion, and one contradiction after another. Iran, like the United States, is speaking with several voices in the crisis because Iran, like the United States, is a battleground in this secret war. The real reason for the Iran crisis is one that I warned about 15 months ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 37. The Bolsheviks here in America have created a plan to launch an American nuclear first strike against Russia. The plan has been updated and revised continuously since I first revealed it in AUDIO LETTER 187

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

No. 37, but the underlying military strategy has not changed at all and Iran is an indispensable key to that strategy. The Bolsheviks intend for the Iran crisis to cause American and other troops to pour into Iran. As a pretext, we will be told that it has become necessary for America to seize Iran’s oil fields and facilities to keep Iranian oil flowing; but the real purpose will be to get ready fast for a sneak attack on Russia. This is the real meaning of the Iran crisis, and yet the crisis so far is not going according to Bolshevik plan. For the past six months the Russians have been seizing control of certain key positions of power here in the United States. Up to now, Russia’s new rulers have relatively few agents here compared to the vast number of their Bolshevik enemies; but the Russians are working from the top down for maximum leverage. They were unable to prevent the Iran crisis, but they are using their new power here to alter its course. Up to now, the Russians have been able to keep their Bolshevik enemies here in America off balance in the Iran crisis. Two months ago in the crisis over Russian troops in Cuba, they were content to make the whole affair just fizzle out; but this time the chess players in the Kremlin are shooting for checkmate. They are having to calculate their moves very quickly, but they are calculating carefully because their goal is to wreck the Bolshevik war plan built around Iran. Right now, my friends, the world is staggering along like a blindfolded man only inches away from the unseen chasm of nuclear war. If the Russian maneuvering is successful, we will be pulled a step toward safety; but one wrong move and the Bolsheviks here in America will push us over the edge. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—STRATEGIC IRAN AND THE ISLAMIC KHOMEINI REVOLUTION Topic #2—THE BOLSHEVIK IRAN STRATEGY FOR THERMONUCLEAR WAR, and Topic #3—AMERICAN HOSTAGES AND THE BATTLE OF TEHRAN. Topic #1—The Iran crisis was triggered by an event here in the United States late last month. On October 22 the deposed Shah of Iran arrived in New York City, ostensibly for medical treatment. As a result, tempers boiled over fast in Iran and in less than two weeks the United States Embassy in Tehran was attacked and seized. To understand the headlines of today about Iran, you need to know why and how the Shah was deposed. You deserve to know some key 188

Audio Letter 52

facts about the Khomeini government which the news media are not telling you. Also, there are certain things about the religion of Islam itself which you must know, because otherwise you’ll be unable to interpret what you see happening in the Iran crisis. Only a short two months ago we Americans were preoccupied with a different crisis. We were worried, not about American hostages in Iran, but about reports of a Russian Combat Brigade in Cuba. And a year ago this month there was a fake alarm over Russian MiG-23 Fighters in Cuba. Yet during the days of the Shah, Iran amounted to a super Cuba against Russia. Iran is 15 times the size of Cuba with three times the population, and the Shah was turning it into an armed camp as an American puppet. The Iranian Army was being whipped into a large modern fighting force. The very latest in America’s supersonic fighters, the F14, was being shipped to Iran in great numbers complete with the advanced Phoenix missile; and the Iranian Navy was growing steadily. American-made warships were being shipped to Iran with equipment even more sophisticated than that supplied to the United States Navy. Over the years we have heard often about the 60,000 to 70,000 Russians in Cuba; but how often have we heard our robotoid President say in a press conference, as he did just two nights ago, quote: “I think one of the points that should be made is that a year ago we had 70,000 Americans in Iran, 70,000!” Iran was becoming a great engine of war fueled by Iranian oil, and at the controls sat the Shah of Iran, a puppet of the Rockefeller cartel. But the strength of the Shah was also his weakness. His secret police force, the SAVAK, was hated and dreaded universally by Iranians. As many as 60,000 Iranians may have died at the hands of the SAVAK, many of them under torture; and meanwhile at the urging of his then masters, the Rockefellers, the Shah was trying to remake Iran in the Western mold. Some Iranians welcomed these changes, but others only resented them. To them, Western influences, especially from America, meant support for the Shah’s reign of terror. This turned everything Western into a symbol of hate and fear; and, most of all, millions felt that the Shah was turning Iran away from her ancient roots as an Islamic society. Islam was founded 1400 years ago by the prophet Mohammed. Moslems believe that God communicated directly to Mohammed through the angel Gabriel, and that Mohammed wrote those words down. The collection of these writings is known as the Koran. The religion based on the Koran is called Islam; and its adherents, Moslems. Islam is a major force in the world, especially in the Middle East, Africa, and 189

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

southern Asia. There are as many Moslems in the world as there are Roman Catholics—around 700,000,000; and yet most of us in the West have no understanding at all of Islam. Instead, we are in the habit of looking at the Moslem world through Western eyes, and that always leaves us bewildered. Our ignorance of Islam is so great that not so long ago Moslems were typically called Mohammedans by Western Christians; and since we Christians worship Christ, it is often assumed that the people we wrongly call Mohammedans worship Mohammed; but nothing could be more offensive to a Moslem. The basic tenet of Islam is that there is no god but Allah, and Mohammed is His prophet. Allah is the Moslem name for God. Mohammed’s memory is loved and revered but he is not worshipped. The Koran, the Holy Book of Islam, is not a book of laws nor is Mohammed thought of as a law giver, like Moses. Instead, the Koran is an eloquent appeal to mankind, and especially to the Arabs to obey the law of God. Over and over the Koran states that the law of God has already been revealed to the Jews and to the Christians. In fact, in one passage the Koran tells the pious Moslem if he has any doubt, to consult those to whom the Scriptures have been revealed previously. Even so, it is a great mistake to expect Moslems to think in terms that are familiar to us. For one thing, we in the West tend to separate religion from other areas of life—such as business, law, and diplomacy. To a devout Moslem, this is unthinkable for in Islam, religion is life itself. In the present crisis over Iran, several very important points of Moslem law and diplomacy are involved. The Moslem approach in these matters is not the same as in the West. Instead, they have been derived down through the centuries from the Koran, from examples set by the Prophet himself, and from other sources. Once you become aware of these things, I think the Iran crisis may begin to take on a different appearance in important ways. I am about to give you several important quotations from a highly authoritative book on these matters. It is titled “LAW IN THE MIDDLE EAST,” Volume I, by Majid Khadduri and Herbert J. Liebesny. It was published in 1955 by the Middle East Institute here in Washington, D.C. First, in the West we generally think in terms of separation of church and state, but, quote: “Islam, in contrast to Christianity, combined both the religious and civil authority in the hands of the head of the state.” Before Islam was founded, the Arab world was a scene of continual fighting, intertribal warfare, with raids for robbery or vendettas; but, quote: “Islam abolished all wars except the jihad—that is, the holy war.” 190

Audio Letter 52

It had to be, quote: “War that would spread the belief in Allah and make His Word supreme over the world.” No other kind of war was legally permitted. In addition, the jihad, quote: “had to be conducted according to certain specific rules in order to be just. The violation of these rules deprived the jihad of its religious sanction, and entailed punishment by Allah or the imam whether in this world or the next.” The first of these rules is that, quote: “The jihad was a required duty of the whole Moslem community, binding the Moslems en masse rather than individually.” The second rule is that, quote: “The jihad may be regarded as a doctrine of permanent war.” But thirdly, quote: “The jihad, though a doctrine of permanent war, did not necessarily mean continuous fighting. The objective of the jihad was not fighting per se but the conversion of unbelievers to Islam. If means other than fighting were used, such as propaganda or persuasion, then the jihad duty was fulfilled. The essence of the doctrine was that the Moslems could not relax their effort to convert the unbelievers.” And, finally, quote: “The validity of the jihad depended on the observance of certain rules. The imam had to declare the jihad, to invite the unbelievers to adopt Islam before fighting began, and to agree to negotiations if they were requested by the enemy before actual fighting had taken place.” Beyond these general rules, there is one more point of Islamic law which bears directly on the present Iran crisis. It has to do with the treatment of hostages, quote:

191

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

“The system of taking human hostages to insure the sanctity of treaties was followed by the Moslems. If the treaty were violated, however, the Moslems did not kill the hostages. If the Moslems started the war, the hostages were sent back home; but if the war was started by the other party, then the hostages were kept.” In other words, my friends, under Moslem law, the worst that can legally be done to hostages is to keep them indefinitely. Their position as hostages cannot justify their being killed. The hostages in Tehran, my friends, are there in connection with a jihad led by Ayatollah Khomeini. He has publicly proclaimed that Iran is embarked on a holy war against America, “the great Satan.” He has called upon all Moslems everywhere to join in the struggle, and yet the Ayatollah is being manipulated by forces which he may not understand. When the Shah was in power, he was building up Iran for war purposes which had nothing to do with a jihad; and as he Westernized his country, he also terrorized it. As a result, many pockets of discontent and opposition developed against the Shah. One of the most forceful of these was Ayatollah Khomeini. Ayatollah Khomeini was an implacable foe of the Shah for many years before we began hearing about him here in the United States. The Ayatollah had good reason to know the character of the Shah’s regime. Years ago the agents of the Shah tortured and murdered one of the sons of the Ayatollah, and a generation ago the present Shah’s father executed Ayatollah Khomeini’s father; and so even when he was driven into exile, the Ayatollah did not cease in his efforts against the Shah’s regime. From his places of exile he continued to appeal to his followers in Iran. He exhorted them to turn away from the Shah and turn back to Islam. And in accordance with the Shiite Moslem beliefs, he extolled martyrdom in service to God as something to be desired. He told his followers to oppose the Shah without fear, accepting martyrdom as a reward if it should come. The Ayatollah spent 14 long years in exile, most of them without seriously threatening the Shah’s regime; and yet, early this year of 1979, Ayatollah Khomeini returned in triumph to Tehran. In less than a year’s time a revolution had suddenly crystallized around him. The sudden rise in the Ayatollah’s political fortunes took place for reasons he could never have suspected. It all began two years ago this month in November 1977. In mid month the Shah of Iran made a sudden rush, rush trip here to Washington, D.C., but news about the Shah’s mysterious trip was practically lost in the headlines about another unexpected rush trip. It was the week of the

192

Audio Letter 52

trip to Jerusalem by Egypt’s President Sadat. The two trips were closely related, as I revealed that month in AUDIO LETTER No. 28. Two months earlier Russia had begun the rapid deployment of a secret arsenal of space weapons, her new space triad. The controlled Carter Administration was reeling from the shock, but in November 1977 the sudden trips by Sadat and the Shah were the shaky beginnings of America’s shift to a first-strike strategy. When the Shah discovered just how crucial Iran was becoming militarily, he decided to demand better reimbursement by the Rockefeller cartel for services rendered. A consortium of 14 oil companies marketed Iran’s oil under contract, and it was contract-renewal time. The Shah said he was willing to renew, but only on more favorable terms. Hearing that and other demands, the late David Rockefeller began thinking his Shah was expendable and this new situation might offer an opportunity to get rid of British Petroleum as an unwanted partner. Originally the Iranian oil fields had been controlled by Britain, but in 1953 the Rockefellers had acquired major concessions in Iran as the price of restoring the pliable Shah to his throne. By 1977 BP was down to only a 40% share in Iran’s oil, while the Rockefeller cartel controlled 49%; but as usual, David Rockefeller wanted the whole pie. British Petroleum was an arch rival to be knocked out if possible, and so Rockefeller gave an assignment to what was then still his private detective agency, the CIA. They were to figure out how to get rid of the Shah in such a way that it would also knock out BP; but the CIA was also ordered to make sure that any plan they developed could also be used militarily. The CIA planners concluded that the only way to get rid of British Petroleum in Iran would be to disband the consortium of oil companies—in other words, the Shah should be removed in favor of someone who would nationalize the Iranian oil industry. For decades the Rockefellers had made a specialty of reestablishing their own effective control over nationalized industries, as I have indicated in AUDIO LETTER No. 40 about Guyana and other tapes. As for the military factor, surprise had become the No. 1 consideration. In view of Russia’s newly deployed space triad, most of the Shah’s expensive weapons were no longer of much use. They could still be used in regional conflicts, but that was no longer of interest. Nothing mattered any more except the ability to mount a surprise attack on Russia from Iran, and that would have to be done using secret weapons instead of the Shah’s impressive-looking conventional weapons. So it was concluded that there was no military reason not to overthrow the Shah; and, in fact, overthrowing the Shah held out the possibility of greater military surprise against Russia. To do this, the new regime would have to be one that did not want to continue the Shah’s military programs. That would cause a dramatic collapse of Iran as a highly visible military threat to 193

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Russia, but it was also essential that whoever followed the Shah be less efficient organizationally than the Shah. This would allow covert activities to continue in Iran without the new regime being aware of it. The CIA then carried out a search for a candidate individual, or group, to replace the Shah. They were not looking for a puppet this time, instead the concept was to find someone having certain characteristics who could be maneuvered without their knowledge into serving the intended purposes. The search ended by identifying Ayatollah Khomeini. He fit the profile of desired characteristics: he was violently anti-Shah, his position as a religious leader provided an ideal base for political power, yet his group was weak organizationally and lacked administrative experience. Even the Ayatollah’s fascination with martyrdom looked ideal to the war planners because the government of Ayatollah Khomeini is to be sacrificed to a military purpose. It is Guyana all over again, but on a grand scale. One year ago this month, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 40, the deliberate mass human sacrifice at Jonestown had a military purpose. It was to achieve surprise and the destruction of the secret Russian missile base about which I had warned publicly for over four years. This time, human sacrifice in Iran is intended to lead to the destruction of Russia herself. And so after a dozen years in obscurity, the cause of Ayatollah Khomeini suddenly started picking up steam. In countless ways the CIA began multiplying Khomeini’s impact in Iran. Cassette tapes of the Ayatollah’s fiery speeches flooded the country; photos of the Ayatollah began to multiply, becoming a rallying point for opposition to the Shah; and covert CIA agents began organizing the pro-Khomeini opposition to the Shah into a potent political force. And in the process, the powerful Bolsheviks here in America were able to put some of their own agents close to the inner circles of Ayatollah Khomeini. In August 1978 I alerted my listeners that the rioting in Iran was a serious threat to the Shah’s regime. Four months later in AUDIO LETTER No. 41, I reported that none other than the Shah’s former supporters, the Rockefeller cartel, were causing his troubles. By early the following month, January 1979, the Shah’s regime was visibly falling apart. The Deputy to General Alexander Haig (the NATO Commander) was then sent to Iran on orders from Washington. There he met with top Iranian military leaders. Following orders, the NATO Deputy Commander, Major General Robert E. Huyser, talked Iran’s Military out of staging a coup d’etat. Washington’s unstated purpose in ordering General Huyser to Iran was to clear the way for Ayatollah Khomeini.

194

Audio Letter 52

The old Hegelian principle of thesis, antithesis, and synthesis was at work: Step 1—Remove the powerful Shah; Step 2—Replace him with an interim straw man, the unpopular Bakhtiar government; and Step 3—Allow this weak straw man to be knocked down by Ayatollah Khomeini. But the Rockefeller cartel was afraid the Iranian Military would substitute their own Step 3. The Military wanted to set up a stable, moderate, pro-West regime. The CIA first-strike planners wanted anything but stability in Iran, and so the Iranian military leaders were talked out of staging a coup. Later on they were tried for treason and executed by the Khomeini government. On January 16, 1979, the Shah fled from Iran. Barely two weeks later, on January 31, the Ayatollah made his triumphal return to Tehran. The unseen, unsuspected CIA support for the Islamic Khomeini revolution had done its job. That is what CIA Director Stansfield Turner meant in a statement he made only four days later on February 4. On the ABC television news program “Issues and Answers,” Turner said, quote: “I would suggest even Ayatollah Khomeini didn’t realize how well his force was moving along.” Even so, an event took place only one week after the Ayatollah’s return which might still have ended the Khomeini revolution. When the “old man” and some aides came out the door of the Khomeini headquarters on February 7, 1979, an assassin was waiting. He shot the old man in the chest with an arsenic-coated high-powered bullet. All efforts to save him were useless, and that night the old man died. For several hours the British news agency REUTERS carried bulletins that the Ayatollah had been reported killed, but there were no such bulletins by American news agencies because the Rockefeller cartel here knew that Ayatollah Khomeini was not dead. The old man who was shot to death in Tehran last February 1979 was a “double.” He was a devoted Shiite follower of his beloved Ayatollah Khomeini. He knew, like everyone else in the Khomeini inner circle, that efforts would be made to assassinate the Ayatollah; but as a devout Shiite Moslem, the “double” welcomed the prospect of martyrdom as a sacred privilege, and so he willingly gave his life to insure the success of the Islamic Khomeini revolution. And as we all know, the revolution did succeed, but the cruel fact is that it was secretly helped along by Satanic forces who plan to undo it all. They plan to martyr the entire Khomeini government as they set off thermonuclear war. Topic #2—The present crisis in Iran is the outgrowth of the CIA plan set in motion two years ago by David Rockefeller. But the four Rockefeller brothers did not live to see their war plans carried out; instead the remains of Rockefeller power are being carved up today by two bitter enemies on the world stage.

195

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

They are the joint heirs of the situation created in Iran by the CIA, and now they are both struggling for control in the Iran crisis. As the Shah of Iran was being overthrown in the early days of 1979, the Rockefellers were being overthrown here in America. Just 10 days after the Shah fled from Iran, Nelson Rockefeller was murdered in New York City. It was the beginning of a Bolshevik coup d’etat against the Rockefellers. The Bolshevik purge here in the United States continued out of the public eye. By late February 1979 the new Khomeini regime was taking hold in Iran, and at the same time the Bolsheviks were taking control here in America. When these changes were taking place, there were headlines about Iran but no hint of the Bolshevik coup here in the United States. As they picked up the reins of Rockefeller power and CIA planning, the Bolsheviks were in a hurry. The Bolsheviks are being expelled from their former positions of power in Russia, and they want to get even. They were trying to trigger a Middle East war by mid May 1979 on the way to a nuclear first strike against Russia; and, at the same time, they were planning to throw the world’s 700,000,000 Roman Catholics into their war against Russia. The Bolsheviks were planning to set off what was to be known as the “Pope’s Revolution” in eastern Europe. I gave the details of the plan in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. The key to the plan was to be the papal visit to Poland on the 900th anniversary of the martyrdom of St. Stanislaus. For a while the Bolshevik war plans were moving fast, but around Easter 1979 the Russians began intervening here in the United States. They began deploying their “organic robotoids,” as I first revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 46. Using them in the Middle East shuttles I described that month, the Russians prevented a Middle East war in May. Likewise they were able to spoil the Bolshevik plan for a Pope’s Revolution. In early May the Russians began eliminating Bolshevik influence in the Vatican, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 46, and the Pope’s visit to Poland was re-scheduled for June. By then the emotion surrounding St. Stanislaus Day had cooled off and there was no trouble. Ever since that time the United States has been a battleground in a secret war between the Russians and the Bolsheviks here. Over the months I have been keeping you informed about these developments. The Bolsheviks here are still trying to find a way to throw America’s military power at Russia in a knockout punch. Russia’s new Christian rulers are countering by a campaign to disarm the United States, starting with the SALT II treaty. As of now, both sides—the Russians and their Bolshevik enemies—exert great power here in the United 196

Audio Letter 52

States. Russian power here is based on their agents, both human and robotoid, in top positions of power; but the Bolsheviks began infiltrating our land 30 years ago. Today they are in every nook and cranny of America, especially the military. So the Bolshevik strategy now is to find ways to circumvent Russia’s control at the top. In AUDIO LETTER No. 46 I revealed how Russia prevented a Middle East war in May by means of secret Middle East shuttles, but I also revealed that their shuttles involving Iran were meeting with complete failure. Unknown to Ayatollah Khomeini, Iran was and still is swarming with Bolshevik-Zionist agents, and they have been able to keep Russia virtually locked out of Iran up to now. Even so just over two months ago Russia did succeed in establishing a way to monitor what goes on around the Ayatollah. Doing this had become a top priority for Russia. Russian Intelligence agents had uncovered evidence that the Bolsheviks here in America were once again moving fast toward war. Once again the Bolsheviks were working toward a nuclear first strike against Russia; and just as before, Iran was to be used somehow as the key to the plan. But the Russians did not know exactly how Iran was to be used until late September, two months ago. By the time Russian Intelligence had pieced it all together, there was no time to be lost. The joint Bolshevik-Zionist war plan called for a sequence of events to begin on November 20; and once it began, the chain reaction toward war was designed to be very hard to stop. As of late September 1979 the new Bolshevik war plan consisted of six major steps: Step #1 was to be a series of incidents beginning in Saudi Arabia during the annual pilgrimage to Mecca. The incidents were being designed by the BolshevikZionists to inflame Moslem rage against the United States and Israel. Step #2 was to be the American Embassy take-over in Tehran. BolshevikZionist agents in Iran had been feeding the resentment of the Iranian militants against the Embassy; and under the cover of generalized rioting against the United States in Moslem countries, the Embassy take-over was to be staged in Tehran. At the same time, the plan was for Saudi Arabia to be growling with rage at Israel over the incidents. This would have brought the “Hate Saudi Arabia” campaign of a year ago out of the closet again in the Zionist media of the United States. This was to lead to Step #3—the long-planned, limited nuclear strike against Saudi Arabia’s oil fields by Israel. This would have been like throwing gasoline into the fire storm of Moslem passions. Seven hundred million Moslems would have united in the 197

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

spirit of the jihad (the holy war), and against this backdrop the BolshevikZionist plan was to carry out Step #4—the slaughter of the hostages in Tehran. In Topic #1 I explained how any such slaughter is forbidden by Islamic law; but we Americans, knowing nothing about Islam, would have automatically blamed the Khomeini government; and with American bodies coming home from Iran, like they did one year ago from Guyana, we would have cried out for revenge. In Step #5 the Bolsheviks here in America were planning to bring about a sudden, no-notice mass deployment of American troops and equipment to Iran. The Bolsheviks have figured out how to do it without approval from the top where it would be vetoed by Russian agents here in America. Once the troop deployment was under way, the Bolsheviks believe it would be impossible for Russia to stop without herself triggering nuclear war; and under the cover of deployment, first-strike preparations would be rushed ahead by the Bolsheviks. Step #6 was to be the actual nuclear attack on Russia. This, too, is to occur without approval from top levels of the United States Government. The military strategy of the “attack plan” is still basically as it was when I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 37. The main difference now is that China’s western provinces are not available to the Bolsheviks in power in the United States, so Russia’s Cosmosphere installations in Central Siberia are targeted by the United States missiles in northern Australia, which I revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. As I also explained in AUDIO LETTER No. 42, American war-planners believe incorrectly that they can succeed in getting the missiles launched. It was not until late September that the Russians were able to piece together their Intelligence and deduce this total plan. By then the destabilization incidents in Saudi Arabia were less than two months away on the Bolshevik WarTimetable, and it was clear that some of the forces in the Bolshevik plan had already been set in motion irrevocably. Iranian militants in Tehran were already being inflamed against the United States Embassy, and the provocations in Saudi Arabia were tied directly to the Moslem calendar. The situation was like a nightmare replay of the artificial “troops in Cuba crisis” of two months ago. Forces had been set in motion which the Russians could not hope to stop altogether. The Russians could see only one way to block the fast-moving Bolshevik war plan. That was to do as they had done two

198

Audio Letter 52

months ago in the Cuba flap—that is, to pre-empt parts of the Bolshevik plan— and that, my friends, is what they are doing now in the Iran crisis. Meanwhile their Bolshevik-Zionist enemies are trying to revise their own plans and still set off nuclear war. In the secret war between the Russians and the Bolsheviks, Tehran is now the decisive battleground. Topic #3—In the Battle of Tehran, the Russians are trying to make a shambles of the sequence of events planned by the Bolsheviks. The Bolshevik plan is to destroy Saudi Arabia’s oil fields, whereas Russia is doing everything possible to prevent that. On the other hand, Iran’s oil fields are to be used by the Bolsheviks as a pretext for flooding American and other troops into Iran in the preparation for the first strike. To prevent that, Russia plans to disable Iran’s oil fields with air strikes of her own if it becomes necessary. The initial step in Russia’s pre-emptive strategy was to bring the overthrown Shah of Iran to New York City last month on October 22. To do this, the Russians used their robotoid doubles for the late David Rockefeller, Henry Kissinger, and others whom I have identified in other tapes. The Shah was lured here with hints that he might be restored a second time to the Peacock Throne, but only his medical treatment was mentioned to the public as a cover. As expected, the Shah’s arrival here caused the passion stoked up by BolshevikZionist agents in Tehran to explode prematurely. Iranian militants there had been led to expect the United States and Israel to do something foul toward Islam in general, and Iran in particular. Reacting to the Shah’s arrival here, they took over the American Embassy and took hostages on November 4. This was more than two weeks before the triggering incidents planned by the Bolsheviks for November 20, and there was no way for those incidents to be speeded up by the Bolsheviks because they were tied directly to the Moslem calendar; but immediately, as if on signal, Bolshevik-Zionist agents whipped up flames of hatred against Iranian students here in the United States. On November 6, two days after the take-over, Prime Minister Mehdi Bazargan resigned. This resulted from a secret meeting one day before the Embassy take-over between Bazargan and robotoid Zbigniew Brzezinski. It was a Russian maneuver to peel away one layer of confusion in the crisis. It thrust the Ayatollah squarely into the public eye as the only voice that really mattered in Iran, but behind the scenes that voice is being influenced by other voices. For the next several days, all was confusion over Iran. Meanwhile the Bolsheviks here in America began testing their ability to launch military operations without presidential approval. On Thursday November 8, there was an alert for the Strategic Air Command and for paratroops of the 199

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

82nd Airborne. The next day, November 9, there was a dry run for a nuclear war. At NORAD headquarters near Colorado Springs, Colorado, a computer was fed false data indicating a missile attack on the United States. For test purposes, the false data said only a few missiles were on the way, but the result was a nuclear-war alert to every Command Center of the United States military. All of our missile bases were placed on Preliminary Alert to be ready to launch if so ordered; and just for good measure, several Jet Fighters were scrambled into the air. For six minutes the NORAD computer was preparing for a nuclear war. The computer thought it was a real attack, but there was no notice to the President, to the Secretary of Defense, or even to the Joint Chiefs of Staff— much less, air raid sirens. Then, the test was terminated. The Bolsheviks were satisfied; it had been a complete success—but it was not overlooked by the Russians! Three days later a similar test took place involving troops. In the pre-dawn hours of November 12, certain Paratroop and other units were suddenly mobilized without previous warning. Within hours they were converging for exercises at Fort Hood, Texas. Some 2,700 soldiers were involved, drawn from the groups which the Bolsheviks here intend to deploy to Iran. Like the NORAD war test, the Fort Hood exercise was actually set in motion without top-level approval, and once again the Bolsheviks were completely satisfied. In addition American troops have already been deployed secretly to forward positions in the Middle East. For example, over 2,000 American troops have recently landed on the Omani island of Masira in the Arabian Sea. On November 11, my friends, the war of words began heating up. That day Ayatollah Khomeini stirred Iran with a fiery speech. To the ears of Shiite Moslems it was a speech of dedication, but to Western ears it may seem to be an echo of the Guyana suicide rehearsals of Jim Jones. The Ayatollah said, quote: “We are a nation of 35-million, and many of these people are looking forward to martyrdom. We will move with the 35-million. After they have all been martyred, then they can do what they want with Iran.” The next day robotoid Jimmy Carter announced a reverse oil embargo against Iran. The Bolshevik plan to send troops to Iran is built around creating a public impression that Iranian oil is essential to us, which of course it is not. So to undercut that Bolshevik ploy, it was announced that the United States refuses to buy any more oil from Iran. The same day, November 12, Russian Cosmospheres were reacting to the Bolshevik triggering of exercises at Fort Hood. Russian Cosmospheres were on patrol over Spain in potential American airlift routes across the Mediterranean. 200

Audio Letter 52

That day the pilot of a Caravel Jet Liner in Spain saw four Cosmospheres at close range. Thinking they were UFOs, he promptly landed at the next available airport. Two days later economic war broke out between the United States and Iran. Iran announced that it was about to withdraw its deposits from United States banks; but within hours robotoid Carter declared a National Emergency, activating presidential emergency powers. Under that alleged authority he froze Iran’s assets here, and ostensibly abroad, amounting to some 8-billion dollars or more. The freezing of Iran’s assets will lead to a collapse of the dollar abroad. That will lead in turn to inflation and depression here in the United States. In 1929 America exported its depression to the rest of the world, but this time it will be imported from the collapsing dollar market overseas. On November 14 Russia also set off an earthquake in northeastern Iran measuring 6.7 on the Richter scale. This was an attempt to distract the Khomeini government with internal problems. The next major development confounded both the Russians and the Bolsheviks. On November 16 the Khomeini government threatened to stop accepting dollars for oil. This was in retaliation for the order freezing Iranian funds here. For a few days the media were mum about Iran, and gold prices went nowhere. Having detected no particular reaction to their threat, the Iranians decided to abandon their threat, for the moment, about not accepting dollars. It was the lull before the storm. The Iranian militants released three hostages on November 19, and 10 more on November 20; but as for the rest, the Ayatollah said, quote: “Spying has been proven by evidence.” November 20, my friends, was the fateful day in the original Bolshevik plan. It was the beginning of year 1400 in the Moslem calendar. It was the beginning of the Month of Maharam of mourning for martyrs for the Shiite Moslems of Iran; and it marked the start of the annual Moslem pilgrimage to Mecca, Saudi Arabia. In early October Russia had alerted the Saudis through discreet channels in Kuwait to expect trouble during this year’s pilgrimage. As a result the Saudis deployed 17,000 Security men in Mecca, Medina, and Jeddi. The Russians also warned the Saudis that the incidents, whatever their nature, will be coupled with evidence of American and Israeli involvement. The Saudis were warned that this was a trap designed to lure Saudi Arabia into a threatening stance toward Israel. The very survival of Saudi Arabia would depend upon the Saudis turning the other cheek, discounting these rumors, and managing the news.

201

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

On November 20 large bands of armed men stormed two of Saudi Arabia’s great mosques. One was the Grand Mosque in the holy city of Mecca. Three times the size of Yankee Stadium, the Grand Mosque houses within it the Kaba, the holiest shrine of Islam, the holy of holies. The other mosque which was attacked was the Prophets Mosque in Medina. As soon as the incidents began, Saudi Arabia broke communications with the outside world. Crack Saudi Security forces put down the Medina incident quickly, but it took days of bloody fighting to retake the Grand Mosque. Even now, a few of the attackers are reported to be still holding out in the catacombs under the mosque. Through it all the Saudis were the model of restraint. It was the first attack on the Grand Mosque in a thousand years, yet the Saudis waved it all aside as if it had been a minor incident. They said the attackers were, quote: “renegades operating outside the Moslem religion,” but bit their lips rather than say more. Meanwhile the Russians made sure the focus stayed on Iran, not Saudi Arabia. The evening of November 20, robotoid Carter suddenly hinted broadly at possible military action against Iran. At the same time, the aircraft carrier Kitty Hawk and companion ships were ordered into the Indian Ocean. There, over the horizon, they will reinforce the carrier Midway and associated ships already there. Ayatollah Khomeini was given supposed evidence about the Mosque take-overs in Saudi Arabia, and denounced them as American and Israeli inspired. AntiAmerican Moslem riots erupted in several countries. The American Embassy in Islamabad, Pakistan was sacked and burned, and a Marine guard was killed. The Mosque attacks in Saudi Arabia had inflamed much of the Moslem world—except for Saudi Arabia itself. The war of words continues between Iran and the United States. On November 22 the Ayatollah called it a conflict, quote: “between Islam and the heathens,” or in other words, a jihad. On November 26 robotoid Carter declared the United States will discuss nothing at the United Nations except the hostages, and Ayatollah Khomeini said Iran’s 20-million youth should take up 20-million rifles and prepare to fight. The next day the Ayatollah announced that the hostages will be tried. Meanwhile the insurgents at the Embassy said that the Embassy is now wired with explosives. The White House announced a pull-out of non-essential State Department personnel from

202

Audio Letter 52

eleven Moslem countries, and that day a Richter 7.3 earthquake provided new distractions for the Khomeini regime. The Battle of Tehran between the Russians and their Bolshevik-Zionist enemies is building toward a climax. The Russians are convinced that the hostages are already doomed to die by their Bolshevik-Zionist captors who control the situation in the Embassy and who are not true Moslems. Because of this, the Russians are prepared to take military action in Iran to block any successful Bolshevik-Zionist military actions there. The stage is now set for war, leading to nuclear war; but, my friends, we should reflect for a moment on how it all began. In recent weeks we have heard continually about “diplomatic immunity.” We are hearing that it is a terrible crime that the United States Embassy has been captured; and yet the Rockefeller cartel captured their entire country. Is that not a crime too? In an AUDIO LETTER several years ago I stated that the real shah of Iran was Richard Helms, then Ambassador to Iran. Having been formerly Director of the CIA, Helms was operating under the cloak of diplomatic immunity in Iran. He was in league with the forces that were holding all of Iran hostage and torturing and killing thousands of Iranians. My friends, what we need today is not immunity but accountability of everyone. We need to be rid of intrigue and maneuver—whether by Bolsheviks, Zionists, Russians, or anyone else. We need a return to fair play and a restoration of honesty and trust. We need to sweep out the cobwebs of secrecy and to light up the darkness of our world with the searchlight of truth. In Iran we have seen a revolution take place—the revolution of Ayatollah Khomeini. Unseen forces are attempting to exploit the revolution for their own purposes, and yet it is also a very real revolution. It is an Islamic revolution of an Islamic people yearning to return to their roots. The roots of the United States of America, my friends, are Christian; but like Iran under the Shah, we too have been led far away from our roots, and what we need to do is to return to these roots in a Christian way—a way of Light and Truth. Through secrecy, intrigue, and double-cross we Americans have long since become hostages in our own land; but as our Lord Jesus Christ said so long ago, “...you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” (JOHN 8:32) Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

203

Audio Letter 53
January 21, 1980
It has now been seven weeks since I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 52 on the last day of November, 1979. I want to thank each and every one of you for your patience during this unavoidable delay. The headlines in recent weeks have been filled with one shock after another. For example, the alleged former Shah of Iran has made sudden surprise moves—first to Texas, then to Panama. The world has been jolted by a radical change in the behavior of Russia, starting with massive intervention in Afghanistan. And even more startling, the United States is answering Russia with a revival of the Cold War. Meanwhile the gold skyrocket is seemingly streaking higher and higher in panic buying, and hanging over it all is the dark cloud of the expanding Iran crisis. In a matter of weeks the international climate has undergone a dramatic change. The blue skies of peace and prosperity are fading away. Suddenly the atmosphere is filled with the smell of approaching war, and the events in the headlines are only a pale shadow of what is taking place behind the scenes. Since I spoke with you in AUDIO LETTER No. 52, I have been receiving an avalanche of urgent Intelligence reports. Drastic secret developments have been taking place world-wide which have turned the international scene upside down. The most important of these have taken place right here in the United States, and in Russia. Now at last I am in a position to bring you up to date on what has happened. My friends, during the weeks just passed, the prospects for world peace have been shattered. Here in the United States powerful forces who are bent on war are fast gaining the upper hand. And in Russia the “peace faction” in the Kremlin has been toppled from power. It began as a family squabble among the secret new Christian rulers of Russia, and it ended in tragedy for some. The result has been a return to power by the hard-liners among the secret sect that now rules Russia. The rise to power by the Christian “peace faction” in Russia was a miracle, but it was a miracle that was short-lived. It is now over, and now the world is once again moving down the path to THERMONUCLEAR WAR. The hard-liners now running the Kremlin are members of the same religious group as the “peace faction.” The hard-liners and the “peace faction” disagree 205

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

on only one major point. The “peace faction,” who are known as the “White Doves,” believe nuclear war must be prevented if it is humanly possible. By contrast, the hard-liners believe nuclear war is inevitable; so, my friends, their guiding military strategy is not to prevent nuclear war indefinitely but to WIN it when it comes. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—WAR TENSIONS AND THE LATE SHAH OF IRAN Topic #2—THE SURPRISE TAKE-OVER BY THE KREMLIN “HARDLINERS” Topic #3—THE NUCLEAR STRIKE OPERATIONS NOW IN PROGRESS Topic #1—Four nights ago on Thursday, January 17, millions of Americans tuned in the ABC television program “20/20.” The program that night presented a heavily-edited interview by the British television personality David Frost. The person interviewed was said to be the former Shah of Iran. The individual we saw on the David Frost interview looked, sounded, and acted very much like the Shah, but he looked much healthier than the sickly-looking Shah in New York two months ago. This was true even though news reports had been saying the Shah’s condition was deteriorating. Almost every time he answered a question the face became expressionless, and the eyes froze into a glassy stare. He spoke slowly, haltingly, as if groping around in a fuzzy memory to find the answers. And time after time he just gave up and said simply, “I don’t remember that.” Later that same evening ABC presented its nightly special on the Iran crisis. The program began with some follow-up discussion of the David Frost interview program. Dr. Joseph Sisco, former Under-Secretary of State, was among those asked for his reactions to the interview. Sisco appeared to be shaken by what he had seen. He said the Shah he knew had always been able to discuss the intricacies of geopolitics, not only as they affect the Persian Gulf but worldwide. By contrast, the man he saw on the David Frost interview was, quote: “Uncertain in his speech; a completely different man from the one I knew.” My friends, Dr. Sisco could not have been more right. The individual interviewed by David Frost in Panama was not the Shah at all. In fact, he was not even a human being. It was a kind of living robot, known as a “synthetic automaton,” or more briefly, a “Synthetic.” I first revealed last October 1979 in AUDIO LETTER No. 51 that Synthetics were beginning to appear on the 206

Audio Letter 53

scene. They are being deployed as a tool of intrigue by the warlike Bolsheviks here in the United States. They are the Bolshevik answer to another type of biological robot which the Russians began deploying earlier in 1979. The Russian type is known as an “Organic Robotoid,” and I first made them public in AUDIO LETTER No. 46 last May. Both the Russian “Robotoids” and the Bolshevik “Synthetics” are remarkable creatures. They are manufactured by radically different technologies; but they have one thing in common—they are both artificial life-forms which live and breathe but have to be programmed like computers, and they are the products of three decades of spectacular scientific discoveries out of public view. I have given a little of the scientific background in AUDIO LETTERS Nos. 47 and 51, but Robotoids and Synthetics remain perhaps the most secret of all Intelligence weapons. In my previous tapes about these biological robots, I have mentioned that their most critical feature is their biological computer brain. In that regard, the Russian Robotoids are far superior to the Bolshevik Synthetics. That’s because of their holographic brain, which I described in detail in AUDIO LETTER No. 47. In AUDIO LETTER No. 51 I mentioned the low brain quality of the Synthetics; and if you were watching the alleged Shah of Iran in the David Frost interview the other night, you saw a perfect example with your own eyes. Synthetics easily pass for human beings, but they act dull-witted compared to the humans which they simulate. When David Frost interviewed the Synthetic “double” for the former Shah, he no doubt thought he was talking with the real thing; but by that time the real Shah had been dead for well over a month. He died in the early morning hours of Sunday, December 2, 1979. In AUDIO LETTER No. 52 last November I explained why the Shah had been brought to New York City in the first place. He did undergo medical treatment, but that could have been done elsewhere. The once mighty Shah arrived in New York as a mere pawn in a deadly world-wide game of chess. For more than two years a secret war has been in progress between the new rulers of Russia and the overthrown former rulers of Russia, the Bolsheviks. Having been expelled from Russia by the tens of thousands, the old Bolsheviks have been flocking mainly here to the United States. They are in a rage to strike back at Russia, and they plan to do it using America’s military power. Over the past two years and more a sophisticated new Bolshevik revolution has been under way without fanfare here in the United States. I have kept my listeners informed about this situation in past AUDIO LETTERS. The Bolsheviks are in a do-or-die frenzy to throw America’s military might at Russia; and in AUDIO LETTER No. 37 for August 1978, I revealed how they 207

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

plan to do it. The Bolshevik war plan is based on an American nuclear first strike against Russia; and the chain of events to lead up to the first strike was to begin with a crisis over Iran. That is what I made public nearly a year and a half ago, and that is what is going on now right before our very eyes. My friends, we are on the road to NUCLEAR WAR ONE! In AUDIO LETTER No. 52 I explained the purpose for which the former Shah of Iran was lured to New York City in late October. This was a Russian ploy carried out using their own Robotoid replacements for certain powerful Americans. They had discovered that the Bolsheviks here in America were setting in motion the dreaded Iran crisis. It was already too late for the Russians to prevent the crisis from erupting, so instead they maneuvered the Shah here in a pre-emptive strategy to change the course of the crisis. I gave the details of all this in AUDIO LETTER No. 52, so I won’t repeat it again here. The Russian maneuvers involving the former Shah of Iran were set in motion while the Kremlin “peace faction,” the White Doves, were still calling the shots. They succeeded in their plan to make the former Shah the center of the Iran crisis, contrary to the Bolshevik plans; and later, when the time was ripe, they were planning to use their control over the Shah to make the crisis fizzle out. But, as I detailed in AUDIO LETTER No. 52, the Russians had their hands full in trying to sort out the Iran crisis. The Shah’s trip to New York City was arranged on short notice. Having accomplished that much, the Russians put the Shah “on ice” during November 1979 while they concentrated on other pressing aspects of the crisis. As December 1979 began, Russian agents here in the United States were preparing for new moves involving the Shah. For over five weeks the Shah had been holding court and receiving medical treatment at the New York hospital, Cornell Medical Center, in New York City. His suite on the 17th floor was walled off by a special barricade of bullet-proof glass. Everything having to do with the Shah was subject to intensive security precautions. Unknown to the Shah himself, he was the key to Russia’s plan to unravel the Iranian crisis without war; so the one thing the Russians could not afford was to have something happen to the Shah at that time. By the time I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 52 on November 30, 1979, plans were being laid to move the Shah. The Russians had begun to penetrate the Bolshevik strangle hold on Iran and were establishing a dialogue with the Khomeini government. The time had come to remove the Shah from the hospital. The advance preparations at the hospital were subtle—but not subtle enough. They were detected by Bolshevik agents within the hospital, and they were successful in learning the details of the plan to move the Shah before it took place. Shortly after 4:00 A.M. on the morning of December 2, 1979, the Shah left his hospital room in a wheel chair. He was accompanied by armed 208

Audio Letter 53

guards, including FBI agents brandishing submachine guns. They entered an elevator on the 17th floor of the hospital and went down to the subbasement. From there the Shah and his guards traveled along an underground tunnel to the Payson House staff residence on East 71st Street. There the Shah’s party entered a parking garage. The Shah was wheeled up to a blue-green FBI van. The Shah was helped out of his wheel chair and into the van. As soon as the Shah was inside, the doors of the van were shut and the van started moving. As it did so, three FBI cars joined up as an escort. The four-vehicle motorcade drove carefully toward the exit of the parking garage. As they did so, one of the Shah’s guards in the van pulled out a powerful gun equipped with a silencer. He and the other guards in the Shah’s van turned out to be Bolshevik Synthetics. By the time the Shah’s van reached the exit of the parking garage the Shah’s body lay slumped on the floor inside. Like his former patron Nelson Rockefeller, the Shah had died of a single bullet to the forehead. The other Synthetics in the front of the van did exactly as programmed. They drove on as if nothing had happened. FBI agents in the other cars detected no hint that anything was wrong. The motorcade drove the rest of the way to La Guardia Airport without incident. Only when the van was opened at the Airport was it discovered what had taken place. News reports that day and the next were filled with headlines about the Shah’s mysterious move to Texas. On television we were shown an Air Force DC-9 taking off in the darkness at La Guardia. We were told that the Shah was aboard, but he was not! His body was kept in a remote location at New York’s La Guardia Airport until around 6:00 P.M. that evening, after which it was flown to a southern state for disposal. When the DC-9 was shown landing at the Air Base in Texas, we were told again it was the Shah’s plane. Normally Lackland Air Force Base is unrestricted, but the Air Base was suddenly closed after the plane landed. There was confusion. Initially, Air Force officials at the Base said there would be a Press Conference that afternoon, but soon they reversed themselves. They not only canceled the Press Conference but told all reporters to leave the Base immediately or be forcibly ejected. The public relations plans which had been made ahead of time just fell apart. Instead a cover-up was hastily set in motion on orders from certain Russian agents in the Pentagon. In the days that followed, all was mystery concerning the Shah. He was said to be in certain hospital quarters at Lackland; but as days passed and no one saw the Shah, questions began to multiply. Had it been suspected that the Shah was already dead, the Bolshevik agents holding the American hostages in Tehran might have killed the hostages, and that could have led very quickly to nuclear war. Meanwhile the Bolsheviks here in America were preparing to take control of the Shah controversy. 209

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The Bolshevik Synthetics are programmed by a technique completely different from that used by the Russians with their Robotoids. It is not as good, but it also does not require a cerebral hologram. Bolshevik agents in New York had been able to obtain the genetic samples needed, and on Saturday December 15 there was a new surprise regarding the Shah. He was said to have left Texas that morning for a small island off Panama. Then the invisible Shah seemingly reappeared in the form of a Synthetic, and since that time the Shah’s image has been utilized by the Bolsheviks. As I told you earlier, it was a Synthetic that was seen in the David Frost television interview four nights ago. What happened to the late Shah of Iran is only part of a much larger pattern of recent days. The Bolshevik deployment of Synthetics began in earnest three months ago, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 51. As a by-product of this, bizarre cattle mutilations are once again taking place in North America. A few years ago there was a rash of these incidents in the western United States. At that time the earliest large-scale experiments were under way with Synthetics. Now, after a lull, the Synthetics are being deployed operationally, and the cattle mutilations have resumed. Right now, however, they are taking place primarily in Canada to minimize attention to them here in the United States. My friends, the cattle mutilations are nothing more than a modern twist on cattle rustling. The Synthetic process uses certain glands and tissues of cattle as raw material, as I explained in AUDIO LETTER No. 51. To obtain these raw materials, the cattle involved have to be destroyed in a very wasteful manner; so the Bolshevik agents who are manufacturing Synthetics do not use their own cattle, instead they let others suffer the losses involved in slaughtered herds. The cattle mutilations may turn into an epidemic that is too big to ignore, because during the past three months the Bolshevik circles have started deploying Synthetics in great numbers. A covert war of biological robots is now raging world-wide between the Russians and their old Bolshevik enemies. The Russians got a head start by deploying their Robotoids first, last spring; but they knew their advantage would not last long, and they tried to use it fast to nail down approval of the SALT II treaty. Soviet Foreign Minister Andrei Gromyko summed it up last June 25, 1979. In an unprecedented two-hour news conference in Moscow he paused at one point and said simply, “Fantastic situation.” My friends, the dangers we face now are fantastic, but so was aerial warfare until World War I, the atomic bomb until World War II, and moon flight until Project Apollo. The Bolsheviks in our midst are obsessed with their schemes 210

Audio Letter 53

for revolution and war, rule or ruin. Using their Synthetics, they are fast regaining the power they were losing at the hands of Russia’s Robotoids. Unlike the Russians, the Bolsheviks have an entrenched power base here in the United States; and so the Russians are now losing the invisible war of the biological robots. With every day that their power increases, the Bolsheviks here in America redouble their frenzy to seize still more power. To advance their revolution here, the Bolsheviks are gradually shutting down America. Tremors are shaking our economic system, and the United States dollar is awaiting the moment of collapse. In April 1974 I gave a warning in Congressional testimony about plans which were being laid for a gold skyrocket. I testified that the plan called for gold to streak upward past $2,000 per ounce, and I described how this was tied to the secret theft of America’s monetary gold supply by international forces. I later offered to present evidence and witnesses under oath, but Congress was not interested. Then I went public with my warnings. But lies and maneuvers by the United States Treasury Department were swallowed like honey by most Americans, so nothing lasting was done to stop the plan for our economic destruction. Now, the gold skyrocket is a matter of daily headlines. Since I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 52 less than two months ago, the price of gold has more than doubled. Gold auctions by the gold-poor United States Treasury have stopped, as I alerted you they would in December of 1978, AUDIO LETTER No. 41. Thousands of people are lining up to turn in their gold and silver, thinking they are receiving good dollars in exchange. But that’s because the dollar is still being propped up artificially. When the time is ripe in Bolshevik plans, the props will be pulled out and the dollar will crash. The dollar is on the road to repudiation, which will make it worthless; and many of the wealthy abroad now believe that the United States does not have the gold it claims to have. The very few who do know about the plan to repudiate the dollar are not selling their gold and silver. They are holding on to it, and even buying more. As the Bolsheviks press ahead in taking control of the United States, they are also working overtime to get ready for war. They want to destroy Russia, and they want you and me to do their dirty work. They already know that NUCLEAR WAR ONE will kill three out of every four Americans, but that does not worry them. Using their positions of privilege and power here in America, they believe they will survive, so they can’t wait to throw the United States into nuclear war against Russia. When I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 52 last November 30, the official line we were hearing daily was that Moslem students were holding our hostages in Tehran. Those stories were lies, and I told you so. The situation in the Embassy 211

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

is controlled by Bolshevik agents. They are not true Moslems at all, and are beyond the control of Ayatollah Khomeini. Now more than a month later, you’re hearing a distorted echo of what I told you then. It is now being admitted that Ayatollah Khomeini does not control those who are holding our hostages, but you are being fed only half truths designed to rally your support for war. Thirteen days ago on January 8, 1980, a Synthetic “double” for our late President Carter said, quote: “The most powerful single political entity in Iran consists of the international terrorists, or the kidnappers who are holding our hostages”— but their Bolshevik ties are not mentioned! Instead, you are being given the impression that they may be Russian inspired in some manner. Two months ago all Iranians were being lumped together, and the Bolsheviks were whipping up Americans into hating them all; but now we are suddenly hearing about the threat to Iran from Russia. We are being prepared for war with declarations that we may have to defend Iran militarily. The Bolshevik military strategy remains as I described it nearly a year and a half ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 37. I will now repeat, word for word, the warning I gave you then: “The American public will demand that it is time for the United States to stand up to Russia; and with full public support, American troops and weapons will pour into Iran. From that point onward, the outbreak of NUCLEAR WAR ONE will be all but impossible for the public to follow by way of the so-called news.” Topic #2—For nearly two years beginning early in 1978, Russia’s policies were controlled by the “peace faction” in the Kremlin, the “White Doves.” Meanwhile their Bolshevik enemies here in the United States have continued their relentless drive for war. As a result, the policies of the Kremlin “peace faction” have now been abandoned. Recent events in both the United States and Russia have brought about this change. My friends, you will not be able to understand events in the days to come if you do not understand the recent Kremlin takeover by the Hard-Liners; and to understand that, you need to remember the background of events which have led up to this point during the past several years. I first began discussing the new rulers of Russia in AUDIO LETTER No. 28 for November 1977. Later on I revealed much more about them in AUDIO LETTER No. 38, which was a special issue dealing entirely with Russia. Russia’s new rulers struggled for six decades to overthrow the Bolsheviks, and through this long and bitter struggle the secret Kremlin Christians came to know the disease of Bolshevism more intimately than anyone else on earth. As 212

Audio Letter 53

I revealed also in AUDIO LETTER No. 38, they are embarked on what they consider a holy war to wipe out Bolshevism from the face of the earth. So long as it still survives anywhere in the world, they are convinced that both Russia and Christianity itself will be in mortal danger. Even so, there have always been two factions within the secret sect of Kremlin Christians on the issue of nuclear war. They all agree that nuclear war would be horrendous, but they disagree on whether it can be avoided. The minority faction, the White Doves, believe it is possible to avoid nuclear war; but the majority, the Hard-Liners, believe otherwise. They are convinced that no matter how many times nuclear war may be delayed, their Bolshevik enemies will eventually bring it about; and so they insist that the only realistic thing to do is to make sure Russia will win the war when it comes with as few casualties as possible. The secret Kremlin Christians first began to outweigh the Bolsheviks in power when Joseph Stalin died in 1953. From that time until early 1978 the HardLiners were in power, and they were anxious to speed the day when Russia would break free not only from the Bolsheviks in Russia but also from the Rockefeller Cartel. In the summer of 1976 Russia began preparing for a limited nuclear Pearl Harbor attack against the United States, Great Britain, and other countries. It was the Underwater Missile Crisis of 1976, which I revealed in AUDIO LETTERS Nos. 14 through 16. It was a desperate situation, as my long-time listeners will recall; and yet the strategy of Admiral Gorshkov, the head of the Russian Navy, was one of limited war. If his naval strategy had worked, the initial attack on strategic coastal targets would have made further warfare useless. As I outlined in AUDIO LETTER No. 18, the world’s ICBM’s and other nuclear weapons would never have been used. But the limited public exposure of the underwater missile crisis through my AUDIO LETTERS had its consequences in the Kremlin. The Russians lost the critical element of surprise, and so the White Doves argued that the result of the Hard-Liners’ gamble could easily have been not limited war but total war. They insisted that Russia must never again try to deliberately trigger nuclear war. From then on, the influence of the White Doves grew steadily, but the Hard-Liners headed by the original Leonid Brezhnev stayed in the driver’s seat until the end of 1977. It was the Hard-Liners who presided over Russia’s lightning-fast deployment of her secret new “Space Triad” of weapons during late 1977. I reported the deployment as it took place in AUDIO LETTERS Nos. 26 through 29. All three legs of the Space Triad are built around Particle Beam Weapons. Up to now, Russia is still the only nation to deploy Particle Beams as operational weapons. The first leg of Russia’s Space Triad are the Cosmos Interceptors. These are manned killer satellites armed with Particle Beams. I first reported that they were operational in September 1977. They began destroying Amer213

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ica’s fleet of Spy Satellites. An especially equipped Cosmos Interceptor, Cosmos 954, fought history’s first true space battle—the Battle of the Harvest Moon, September 27, 1977. Firing a special Neutron Particle Beam, Cosmos 954 knocked out America’s secret military base on the moon. The Russians then quickly deployed their own military bases on the moon, and these constitute the second leg of the Space Triad. Today Russian Particle Beam Weapons are located in seven (7) places on the near side of the moon. They can strike any visible spot on earth less than two (2) seconds after pulling the trigger; and they can deliver a blast of devastating force, as proven in the test firing of November 19, 1977, which I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 29 the following month. In AUDIO LETTER No. 29 I also reported the beginning of Russia’s deployment of the third leg of her Space Triad. These are the Cosmospheres— electrogravitic weapon platforms which can hover over any spot on earth. They can operate in altitudes from ground level to about 800 miles, and are armed with Charged Particle Beams. The first few Cosmospheres to be deployed over the United States were used in an effort at intimidation. In late December 1977 they began firing their Beam Weapons into the atmosphere off the east coast in a defocused mode. The results were the mysterious giant air booms which came rumbling in from the Atlantic Ocean to rattle and shake thousands of homes. Government and other spokesmen put out all kinds of stories to try to explain away the booms. One of the favorites was based on the Concorde supersonic transport. Somehow, we were told, the shock waves must be racing far ahead of the plane and causing the booms. Can you imagine? As I told you at the time, explanations like that were just ridiculous cover stories and lies; and recently a scientific study at Cornell University headed by Professor A. R. George proved exactly what I told you two years ago—that is, a freak shock wave racing ahead of the Concorde could not have produced those bone-rattling booms. But two years ago, the stories served their purpose. People swallowed them and calmed down. With the deployment of the secret Russian Space Triad during the closing days of 1977, the Russians were acting more aggressive by the day, but the No. 1 Hard-Liner in the Kremlin then was Leonid Brezhnev and his health was failing. He died on January 7, 1978, as I revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 33. I also revealed that the new No. 1 man in the Kremlin was then Marshal Dmitry Ustinov, the Defense Minister. Ustinov was the leader of the White Doves, the “peace faction,” and from then on the Kremlin concentrated on preventing nuclear war by using SALT II to begin disarming their Bolshevik enemies here in America. After they deployed the Robotoids last spring, they almost succeeded 214

Audio Letter 53

with SALT II; but during the past few months they have been dealt one reversal after another by the Bolsheviks, and with the Synthetics now entering the picture, heated debate broke out in the Kremlin early last October between the White Doves and the Hard-Liners. Then tragedy struck in late October 1979. Suddenly the men who had been ruling Russia since early 1978 began dying of poison. These included Marshal Ustinov; Leonid Brezhnev No. 2, the ceremonial “double” for the late real Brezhnev; Chief of Staff Nikolai Ogarkov; and a number of others. Since then they have all been replaced by Robotoids. The men who died were members of the “peace faction.” They had accepted the fact that their mandate to govern was at an end. The new ruling group in Russia today are the Hard-Liners, and their leader is Admiral Sergei Gorshkov. Topic #3—The final legacy of the White Doves was their plan to use the Shah of Iran to unravel the Iranian crisis. The new Hard-Liners followed through with that plan out of reverence for their fallen friends; but when the Bolsheviks assassinated the Shah on December 2, they were ready to shift very quickly to more aggressive policies. The pace of events since then has been speeding up fast. On December 12 NATO Foreign Ministers meeting in Brussels agreed to the new American plan for nuclear missiles to be aimed at Russia. Immediately the Kremlin totally withdrew all offers for negotiating arms control agreements in Europe. The Russians declared that NATO had destroyed the basis for negotiations. The Russians had also learned that the Bolsheviks in the United States were preparing to seize the Iranian oil fields, using the American hostages as an excuse. Russia prepared to move into Afghanistan. On December 27, 1979, a pro-Russian coup in Kabul brought the new regime of Babrak Karmal to power, and within days tens of thousands of Russian troops were pouring into Afghanistan. It was a classic case of chess-playing by Russia’s rulers. When an expert chess player makes a move, he always does so in anticipation of other moves to come. He evaluates the moves which his opponent will be forced to make in retaliation and has already planned how he will respond to those. Whenever possible he tries to provoke moves by his opponent which will work to his own advantage. And so it was in Afghanistan. First the Bolsheviks were deliberately provoking Russia by means of largescale insurgent operations in Afghanistan. These were supported by at least 18 separate rebel bases in neighboring Pakistan and involved Bolshevik CIA operatives and Chinese agents there. Afghan insurgents had already taken control of two-thirds of the country, and operations were also under way to stir up Moslem unrest in the whole region. Since Russia has 40-million Moslems of her own, these actions were bound to draw a response from Russia. The Bolsheviks 215

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

here in America were fostering these operations in order to lure Russia into aggressive-looking behavior near Iran. Their plan, as I revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 37 is, quote: “Incidents and clashes will condition the American public to the increasingly aggressive behavior of Russia.” But, my friends, the Russians know that is the Bolshevik war plan so they have looked one step beyond the Bolsheviks, and they are letting the Bolsheviks of America walk right into a military trap. In AUDIO LETTER No. 37 I explained the plan for an American nuclear first strike against Russia. Its basic objective is to destroy the ground bases in Russia for her awesome Space Triad. There are six targets in this plan—four are rocket bases called Cosmodromes, the other two are the Cosmosphere installations in south central Siberia. The plan calls for the targets to be attacked by American secret weapons, which I described in AUDIO LETTER No. 37. The four Cosmodromes are to be attacked from bases in northern Norway and the Caspian Sea coast of Iran. Hybrid machines called “Submersible Aircraft” or “Subcraft” are to be used. As for the Cosmosphere installations in Central Siberia, the original plan was to use Sinkiang Province in western China as the base. In AUDIO LETTER No. 52 I stated that Sinkiang Province is not available; but early this month, on January 4, a Synthetic “double” for Defense Secretary Harold Brown went to China to try to change that. The Bolsheviks want to use Sinkiang Province to launch high speed pilotless aircraft called RPV’s into Russia. After Russia took action in Afghanistan, the Bolsheviks here in the United States began whipping up war fever quickly. On January 4 the Carter Synthetic then in the White House spoke on television about American retaliation for Russia’s intrusion into Afghanistan. Calling Russia’s rulers a, quote: “atheistic government,” the Carter Synthetic fired a series of broadsides. Invoking the old Bolshevik weapon of hunger, he embargoed 17-million tons of grain from going to Russia. To dramatize the crisis in a universal way, he threatened to pull the United States out of the Summer Olympics in Moscow; and to further kill hopes for peace, he suspended consideration of SALT II. In the days that followed, we began hearing more and more about the alleged threat to Iran from Russia, and within the past week or so the message suddenly started getting through to people. Everywhere I go I hear people talking about the threat of war, and THE THREAT IS REAL, my friends. Several days ago the military preparations for conflict shifted into high gear. Many Reservists are being called up all over the United States without a word about it in the news.

216

Audio Letter 53

On January 12 the Kremlin issued a statement in the name of Leonid Brezhnev denouncing the Carter Administration. It spoke of the United States as having become, quote: “an absolutely unreliable partner in international ties.” It said the United States was, quote: “sending to the shores of Iran a naval armada armed with atomic weapons and including a considerable part of the United States Carrier force.” And, quote: “If there were no Afghanistan, certain circles in the United States and NATO would surely have found another pretext to aggravate the situation in the world.” As the supposed Brezhnev statement was issued, two American Carrier Task forces were in the Arabian Sea near Iran built around the Midway and the Kitty Hawk. Two days later a third powerful Carrier group arrived. It includes America’s newest and biggest Carrier, the nuclear-powered Nimitz, as well as the nuclear-powered Cruisers California and Texas. On January 17 the Russian Navy began deploying fast toward the Indian Ocean. A late model Kara-class Cruiser and four other ships were spotted sailing south through the Japan Sea that morning. By the following day, January 18, there were over 180 Russian Submarines on the way and still more were being ordered to join them; and at the same time Submarines were swarming into position around the United States armed with Neutron Missiles. Meanwhile a State Department spokesman helped heat up the crisis atmosphere. He said, quote: “Our commitment to Iran’s territorial integrity stands, despite their violation of International Law represented by their continued holding of our people.” The same evening, just last Friday, some television news programs tossed in items to say any conflict over Iran could quickly lead to nuclear war. And as these events were unfolding, Russian Cosmospheres were forming up over the crisis area. By early Friday evening there were 144 Cosmospheres on alert hovering over the Arabian Sea and adjacent land areas from Saudi Arabia to southern India. Last Saturday, January 19, robotoid Ambassador Thomas Watson returned to Moscow after weeks of absence. When he arrived at the airport he said, quote: “There is no doubt but what we are in a very serious situation”; and as he spoke of hopes for good will and effort on both sides, echoes of Pearl Harbor were in the making. In AUDIO LETTER No. 34 I described how Japan was lured into making an attack on Pearl Harbor. First, Japanese anger at the United States had been stirred up by a variety of boycott techniques. Then, our fleet at Pearl Harbor was held out as an enticing target. Most of our Pacific fleet were conveniently bottled up in the harbor and they sat peacefully at anchor unable to respond quickly in an emergency, but our three Aircraft Carriers had been pulled away

217

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

to safety because they were indispensable to the plans for counterattack against Japan. Today it is four decades later and we live in a new era of weaponry, so now it is the Aircraft Carriers themselves which have been demoted to the status of bait in a war trap. As of my latest report yesterday evening, all three American Aircraft Carriers near Iran are sitting at anchor. All are near the entrance to the Persian Gulf along the coast of Oman. The Midway and Kitty Hawk are resting at opposite ends of the Island of Masira; and the big prize, the Nimitz, is about twenty-five miles southeast of the capital, Muscat. American statements have been designed to fuel Russian suspicions of an American military strike into Iran. This is intended to draw Russia’s Navy into the region in order to counter the United States military build-up there; and by ordering the Carriers to sit at anchor, the Bolsheviks in the United States military establishment hope to provoke the Russians into an attack but it is all a gigantic diversionary action. The purpose is to distract the Russians from the real preparations for a nuclear first strike against Russia. These preparations are the ones I warned about in AUDIO LETTER No. 37. When American military sources detected Russia’s massive naval deployment beginning January 17, it indicated that the plan was working. By the following day the Bolsheviks were sure. The Russian Navy was converging toward the Arabian Sea with breakneck speed. At that point the real action got under way in the Caspian Sea and off northern Norway. The Subcraft with Israeli pilots were on their way. They were traveling under water on the first legs of their attack missions. By late Saturday night, two nights ago, the number of Russian naval vessels in the Arabian Sea was approaching 400. The majority of these were Submarines of all types; and as anticipated, the Russian fleet was fanning out into a band stretching from Saudi Arabia to India. The Russians were sealing off the southern portion of the Arabian Sea. As a result, American naval forces in the area, including the three Aircraft Carriers, are trapped. They are bottled up and hopelessly outnumbered, but all of this was exactly as expected by the American Bolsheviks; and so late Saturday night, Washington time, a coded signal was flashed to the Subcraft to continue as planned. By that time, the northern contingent of Subcraft were in the White Sea. The southern contingent had reached the north end of the Caspian Sea. It was already daylight Sunday morning, the 20th, for the Subcraft contingents. Their orders were to wait out the day under water, out of sight; then, after nightfall they were to continue their steady approach to get close to their targets. The Subcraft were maintaining strict radio silence. They were also deep enough under water to be invisible from the air to either the eye or radar, 218

Audio Letter 53

yet they were also hugging the shorelines in water too shallow for Russian sonar to pick them up, and their infrared signatures were negligible as the result of extensive development. In short, by the standards of Western technology, they were undetectable; but in AUDIO LETTER No. 42 I revealed Russia’s master secret weapon. It is called “Psychoenergetic Range Finding” or PRF. It is unlike sonar and similar techniques. PRF tunes into the actual atomic signature of a target, and there is no method known by which PRF can be jammed. By deploying their Navy to the Arabian Sea, the Russians are pretending to be fooled by the Bolshevik distraction with the Aircraft Carriers. In this way they encouraged the Bolsheviks to launch the Subcraft toward their targets. They waited until the Subcraft were far away from their bases and out of sight of the Bolsheviks, who are directing the American first-strike operation; but the whole time they were being tracked by Cosmospheres overhead using PRF, and shortly after 1:00 A.M. yesterday morning Eastern Standard Time the Cosmospheres began firing their Charged Particle Beam Weapons. There were 10 Subcraft in the White Sea. Each disappeared in a blinding blue-white water spout of steam, smoke, and fire. In the north end of the Caspian there were 19 Subcraft—they, too, met the same fate. In AUDIO LETTER No. 33 for April 1978 I revealed that the United States no longer has Spy Satellites which can spy on Russia. By that time, Russia had already destroyed them all, using their Cosmos Interceptors; and so the Bolshevik war-planners here in America were unable to observe the destruction of the Subcraft. The Subcraft had also been instructed to maintain strict radio silence, ironically to escape detection. So their total silence now has aroused no suspicions on the part of the Bolsheviks. At this moment the Russian Navy is still deployed in the Arabian Sea as before. They are still pretending to be misled by the Bolshevik ploy with the Aircraft Carriers, because the Subcraft contingents were only half of the first-strike plan I described in AUDIO LETTER No. 37. The other half is to involve the RPV’s in Sinkiang Province, China. When synthetic Defense Secretary Harold Brown went to China earlier this month, agreement was reached to allow American RPV’s into Sinkiang Province. They are on their way there now, and are due to be set up for attack at the earliest possible moment. The Bolsheviks here in America believe their Subcraft are now waiting at their final checkpoints for the order to attack the Cosmodromes. They intend to give that order as soon as the RPV’s are in place in Sinkiang Province. But the Russians intend to ruin the plan. Presently stationed along Russia’s border with Sinkiang Province are four special Russian Commando detachments. 219

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

They are an elite corps, highly trained and armed with battlefield nuclear weapons. They are there to attack and destroy the RPV’s upon arrival before they can be fired. As a back-up, there are also 18 Cosmospheres overhead, but those will not be used unless it becomes absolutely necessary. The Russians are saving their most powerful weapons for the big war to come for maximum surprise. Right now they regard what they are doing as an operation to begin pulling the fangs of the Bolshevik dragon. They used Cosmospheres to destroy the Subcraft because their enemies were unable to observe it and learn anything; but there will be witnesses, even if they say nothing publicly, in Sinkiang Province. The coming operation against Sinkiang Province is essential to the Russians, and so the operation is under the command of a top member of the new ruling group of Kremlin Hard-Liners. He is Victor Paputin, an engineer and formerly second in command of Russia’s National Police. Early this month on January 3, the day before the Harold Brown synthetic left for China, Pravda carried an announcement about Paputin. It reported his “untimely death,” but this was only a cover story to explain his sudden absence from Moscow. He was actually on his way to the Chinese border to be one step ahead of the Bolshevik first-strike plan. My friends, the decade of the 80’s is starting off as a decade of mortal danger; but if the tempo of events continues at this rate, the danger will not last very far into the decade. One way or another it will all be over, soon. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

220

Audio Letter 54
February 24, 1980
Some day a few years from now the survivors of NUCLEAR WAR ONE will start asking questions. They will look at the smoky remains of a devastated world and ask: “How could this have happened? And why was it not prevented?” Perhaps you are one of those unhappy survivors. This message will have been heard first early in 1980 by my listeners, but maybe you are not a 1980 listener. Maybe you found this tape in an attic in 1985 or in a basement in 1990, and perhaps you are playing it now out of curiosity with no idea of what I have to say. My friend, if you are listening to this message some day after NUCLEAR WAR ONE, I am speaking especially to you; because unlike my listeners in 1980, you who are listening in 1985 or 1990 have the benefit of hindsight, a sense of history. You know that NUCLEAR WAR ONE really did take place. You know that it was more destructive than all the previous wars in history combined; and you also know something which I, speaking in early 1980, do not know. If you are a survivor of NUCLEAR WAR ONE as you listen to this tape, you know who won the war. Did Russia’s new rulers achieve their goal of total victory? Or did America’s new ruling circles, the Bolsheviks, succeed in their goal of nuclear stalemate with 350-million dead world-wide? As a survivor of the war, you will know the answer to that question, but you will still be asking all those questions about Why and How it happened in the first place. My purpose in this message is to give you some of the answers, and in the process I’m also giving a warning to the few who are already willing to listen today in 1980. It has now been seven years since I first began going public with my confidential information about economic, political, and military plans. It all began with my nonfiction book THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR, published in 1973 by George Braziller in New York. In the book I showed how powerful people and organizations were planning to deliberately destroy the 221

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

United States economy on the way to war. I described how inflation had been set in motion by divorcing the United States dollar from its gold backing, and I explained how this was intended to benefit the powerful few at the expense of all the rest of us. Today I am sorry to say it’s all happening before our very eyes. To the planners of it all, it is a giant game of numbers on a computer; but for all the rest of us, it’s a tragic human story repeated millions of times over. No one has to be told anymore that something is wrong—we can all feel it in the air. But our leaders are not telling us the truth, and so the people are destroyed for lack of knowledge. I receive countless letters these days which express it all far better than I can. I’m about to read part of a letter I received recently from a wife and mother in my home state of West Virginia. It may sound familiar to you. I now quote: “In my short 29 years of life, the changes in economy seem so drastic as well as swift. My father, a foreman at a local oil refinery, now deceased, made $500 a month. We ate very well, and I was supplied with new school clothes come fall and spring of each year, plus comforts of many toys children long for. We weren’t rich but middle class and comfortable. Now, my husband and I make $1500. We do not own a new car, we do not have credit cards, no charge accounts. Our one asset, our home, is quickly becoming smaller as our three children grow into adolescence. We live from one payday to the next, and have had to ask for our parents’ help in more than one crisis. I can hardly believe this is possible. In 1970 I had my first car and remember paying 27 to 29 cents per gallon. I constantly worry about my boys and how they will survive their grown-up years. My oldest son will be at the age for the draft in five short years, and I fear for his life.” End of quotation from my listener’s letter. My friends, things like these are the bottom line in what our own Rulers here in America are doing to us. There’s nothing accidental in all of this. If it were accidental, I would not have had the information to warn about it starting seven years ago, and our troubles now are only a pale shadow of things to come! The letter that I just read for you describes the beginning of the end of a way of life, the American way; and this month, February 1980, it has been symbolized by the beginning of the end of another tradition—the Olympic Games. Six weeks ago in early January, the puppetized Carter Administration began agitating for a boycott of the Summer 1980 Olympics in Moscow. Supposedly the Olympic boycott would be to punish Russia for moving into Afghanistan 222

Audio Letter 54

two months ago, but in fact the Olympic boycott is only part of a much broader boycott campaign designed to goad Russia into war; and the very Olympic movement itself is now threatened as the first casualty of this United States campaign. The stated target of the anti-Olympic campaign by the White House is the Moscow Olympiad next summer, but already the maneuvering for war has whipped up gray clouds over the Winter Olympics at Lake Placid, New York. For the past two weeks Lake Placid has been the scene of Winter Olympiad No. 13, and bad luck has seemingly cast its shadow right from the start. First, on February 9 the United States soured the atmosphere at the opening session of the International Olympic Committee in Lake Placid. The Committee was shocked and outraged by the speech delivered that evening by the United States Secretary of State. His only official function at the session was an honorary one to declare the opening of the session; but he did not bother to do that nor did he waste one word on matters like good sportsmanship, brotherhood, or anything else that the Olympics were supposed to stand for. Instead, the entire speech was a tirade against Russia, demanding that the summer games be taken away from Moscow. The next day, February 10, an Aeroflot jet airliner carrying 122 Russian athletes bound for Lake Placid landed at Kennedy Airport in New York—but the plane was denied ground service and had to fly on to Dulles Airport outside Washington! From here the Russian athletes had to make their way back north to Lake Placid by bus, and when they arrived they were given a taste of the latest in American Olympic hospitality. The Russians were herded into lodgings without adequate heat and with only one toilet for 18 rooms. As the games got underway in Lake Placid, they did so in the shadow of an Olympic ultimatum to Russia by the United States. If Russia did not pull out of Afghanistan by February 20, then the United States would pull out of the Moscow Olympics. The deadline passed without a Russian withdrawal from Afghanistan, and the Olympic movement appears to be on its way to destruction. War talk is now swirling all around us. Like a giant whirlpool it is spreading wider and wider, sucking in everything around it. The overthrown Bolsheviks from Russia who now control America will use anything and everything to achieve their goals. They care about nothing at all but war, revolution, and catching us all in their swirling hell of Satanic power. As always, innocent victims are the key to Bolshevik designs. Today these innocent victims are countless Olympic athletes whose dreams of glory are drowning in the vortex 223

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

of Bolshevik intrigue. Tomorrow, the Bolsheviks intend for the victims to be you and me by the millions; and it will not be just our dreams which are snuffed out but our very lives, because human sacrifice on a grand scale is always a hallmark of Bolshevik schemes for power. Earlier this month our situation was summed up accurately by an anti-draft speaker to students at Berkeley, Calif. He said, quote: “We all live in Guyana now.” The Bolsheviks here in America are shutting down our land as they prepare for nuclear war and Bolshevik dictatorship. The threat to revoke passports of athletes who want to go to the Moscow Olympics is only the beginning. Most Americans still do not understand what is happening, but the trap is already closing around us all. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—THE SECRET AMERICAN DEFEAT OF JANUARY 1980 Topic #2—WEATHER MODIFICATION AS A WEAPON OF RETALIATION Topic #3—RUSSIA’S ACCELERATING PREPARATIONS TO SURVIVE NUCLEAR WAR Topic #1—Four days ago on February 20 the United States Olympic ultimatum against Russia expired. That day Pravda and the official Soviet news agency Tass said that the Politburo member Mikhail Suslov had given a speech at a town on the Volga River. The speech was actually a collective response by the Kremlin to American actions. The answer to the expiration of the Olympic ultimatum was, quote: “The Soviet people will not be intimidated.” Then, America was described as using Afghanistan as a pretext for blackmail and threats. And in answer to that, Suslov said, quote: “The American government’s actions will inflict damage mainly to the United States itself.” The Russians plan to make these words come true, my friends. They plan to let the United States walk into one military trap after another. Each time they plan to let the Bolsheviks here in America believe they are springing a surprise, but each time the Russians intend to be one step ahead. Each time the Bolshevik dragon shows a fang, the Russians intend to pull it; and so as Suslov put it a few days ago, the American government’s actions will inflict damage mainly to the United States itself. 224

Audio Letter 54

The new Russian master strategy was already at work when I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 53 last month. At that time I revealed that the Bolsheviks had already set in motion the August 1978 plan for a nuclear first strike against Russia. The secret planners of the American operation fully expected that the operation could lead to NUCLEAR WAR ONE before the end of January—but last month I reported that the secret American nuclear strike operation against Russia was already in deep trouble. First, the Israeli-piloted American Submersible Aircraft in the White Sea and Caspian Sea were blasted out of existence on January 20. I was able to report that to you last month and so I won’t describe it all again now. The important thing to recall is that the Russians had lured the American Subcraft into a trap, where they were destroyed; and their destruction took place under conditions which prevented the Bolsheviks here from learning about it immediately. As a result, other parts of the American nuclear strike plan were still going ahead. When I recorded my AUDIO LETTER last month on January 21, I reported that American RPV’s were being rushed to Sinkiang Province, Red China. An RPV is a remote-control airplane; and those which were on their way to China last month were very special. They were relatively small and hard to spot, very fast, and able to outmaneuver any known antiaircraft missile. Like the Subcraft, the RPV’s were essential to the attack plan which I first revealed in August 1978. When I revealed the attack plan I also explained how desperate America’s Ruling Circles were to gain access to China’s Sinkiang Province. This was the geographic key to the plan for using American RPV’s to attack Russia’s Cosmosphere installations in Siberia, but it took nearly a year and a half before China finally agreed to the plan. The breakthrough came during the urgent trip to China early last month by the United States Secretary of Defense. Right away we started hearing rumors in the news about a military alliance with Red China. Part of the price of the deal was for the United States to afford Red China “most favored nation” trade status immediately; and so as his trip to China ended, the White House suddenly started leaning on Congress to act fast. By January 20, China was given a guarantee that it would be passed; and four days later our rubber-stamp House and Senate approved “most favored nation” status for Red China by overwhelming margins. The Bolshevik war planners here in the United States did not wait for the actual vote; they were in a hurry.

225

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

On January 21 the RPV’s were on their way to China, as I reported last month. I can now report that they arrived in Sinkiang Province the same day I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 53, January 21. There were 14 RPV’s—seven were to be launched at Semipalatinsk where Russia’s Cosmospheres and Particle Beam weapons are assembled. The other seven were to be launched at Novosibirsk, where the operational Cosmosphere base is located; and each RPV carried a multimegaton hydrogen bomb with a cobalt jacket. In nuclear bombs lingo, they were extremely dirty bombs, designed to blanket the target area with a deadly radiation for decades. But last month I reported that four separate Russian Commando groups were poised on the border waiting for the RPV’s. When they did arrive on January 21, the Russians waited only long enough to make sure all the RPV’s were in place. Then around midnight that night, the Russians began moving in. Just in case, there were also 45 Cosmospheres hovering over the area, but they were not needed. The Russian Commandos achieved a complete surprise, and it was all over in a matter of minutes. The RPV’s were all blown up and the camp was overrun. In November 1978 a secret Russian missile base in Guyana, about which I had been warning publicly for four years, was destroyed. Joint American and Israeli Commando forces took the base by storm and killed every single Russian on the base, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 40. But last month the Russians evened the score. Russian Commandos wiped out the secret American RPV base in Sinkiang Province, China, and not one member of the joint American and Israeli forces at the base was spared. As the Chinese dawn broke over the smoldering ruins of the American RPV base, January 23 was working its way around the globe. That evening the latest replica for the late President Jimmy Carter was scheduled to be on television. It was to be a tough speech, setting the stage for war itself to erupt within days, but the Bolshevik military planners here in America were in a state of upheaval. The RPV operation in China had turned into a disaster, so it was obvious that the Russians were now on the alert. The decision was made to freeze all other parts of the nuclear first-strike operation to assess the situation. Coded signals were flashed to the nonexistent Subcraft in the White and Caspian Seas to continue “holding” at their final check points. At the same time, another Subcraft operation was getting under way in the Black Sea. Twenty-nine (29) Subcraft were involved, and all were ordered to stop in their tracks and await further orders. The Black Sea Subcraft operation was not a part of the original plan which I revealed a year and a half ago, but during that time Russia’s Particle Beam weapons program has caused additional targets to be added to the Bolshevik first-strike plan. Three of the most 226

Audio Letter 54

important new targets are at Kharkov, Voronezh, and Kazan, as I will explain in Topic #3. The first two were to be attacked from the Black Sea; the third target, Kazan, was to be approached from the Caspian by Subcraft, using the huge Volga River. When the Black Sea Subcraft were ordered to halt on January 23, many were still close to their bases in northern Turkey. Eleven Subcraft were arranged along Russia’s Crimean seacoast, but the rest were still in Turkish waters. That presented the Russians with a slight dilemma. As I reported last month, the Russians prefer not to use their most important weapons right now where they can be observed in action; but it soon became clear to the Russians that the Bolsheviks were getting cold feet and would shortly order the Subcraft back to their bases. Soon after night fell across the Black Sea on January 23, the Russian High Command gave the order to attack the Subcraft. There were 92 Cosmospheres hovering over the Black Sea at that time. Each Subcraft was being tracked continuously by at least three Cosmospheres using their Psychoenergetic Range-Finding equipment—that is, PRF. When the attack order was given, selected Cosmospheres started firing their Charged Particle Beam weapons downward into the Sea far below them. Each Subcraft was resting motionless a short distance underwater, not nearly deep enough to avoid destruction; and so each Subcraft erupted briefly into a brilliant cloud of steam and debris. Then the Sea was dark once again. Chance observers ashore and on ships saw nothing more than a brief intense light on a distant horizon—a spark that disappeared as quickly as it had appeared. But to the Bolshevik war planners here in America, those brief sparks on the horizon spelled disaster. They meant that all those nuclear-armed Subcraft in the Black Sea would not be available for a second try later on—and the Bolsheviks then guessed correctly that the same was true of the Subcraft in the White and Caspian Seas. The destruction of the Subcraft in the Black Sea took place just after 4:00 P.M. Eastern Standard Time January 23, 1980. A few short hours later the so-called Carter Doctrine was proclaimed in the “State of the Union” speech on television. For public consumption, the United States was still talking tough, threatening to use military force in the Persian Gulf; but later that same evening, January 23, it was the Russians who were doing the really tough talking out of the public eye. Soviet Ambassador Anatoly Dobrynin suddenly arrived at the State Department for an unexpected late night meeting. There he met for an hour and a half with a top-level representative of the Bolsheviks. Dobrynin is famous for the beaming smile he always wears, but he stopped smiling as soon as the meeting began.

227

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Speaking with icy precision, he confirmed that Russia had destroyed the American Subcraft and RPV’s. He also called attention to an unpublicized disaster earlier that day near northern Greece in the Aegean Sea. A hush-hush “oil rig,” so-called, had been at work under Norwegian and American control, using German and Dutch workers; but that day the rig had suddenly gone up in flames, killing everyone aboard. Dobrynin explained that Russia had known what the rig was up to and did not approve. It was preparing to plant nuclear missiles on the ocean floor to be aimed at the heart of Russia. The Russians had waited until the missiles were aboard the platform ready for planting—then a trio of Cosmospheres overhead had destroyed platform, missiles, and the crew all at once. Finally, Dobrynin added something which was intended to drive home the hopelessness of the Bolshevik war plans. He revealed that Russia knew that there was one more element in the overall first-strike plan which was still under way. A tiny force of four more Subcraft were moving into the Baltic Sea armed with cobalt bombs. They were a suicide force and they were all heading for a single target—Moscow. They were to approach Russia’s Baltic Sea coast under water until they arrived at widely separated points near Kaliningrad, Riga, and Leningrad. Then when the order came, the plan was for them to surface and make the transition to flight configuration. From there, their mission called for them to take off, arming their cobalt bombs for detonation on impact. Flying their super-quiet Subcraft at tree-top height, their mission called for them to get as close as possible to Moscow before being shot down. As each suicide Subcraft crashed in flames, the cobalt bomb it was carrying would detonate automatically. The Bolshevik war planners here in the United States did not expect that any of them would actually reach Moscow, but they were confident that they would get close enough to do the job. The ground-level detonation of four cobalt bombs would send an enormous cloud of deadly radioactive fallout drifting eastward, and the Bolsheviks here were sure that Moscow, the nerve center of Russia, would not survive. By administering a giant dose of radioactive poison, the Bolsheviks were planning to turn Moscow into a giant Jonestown of silent death. Dobrynin described it all during the meeting. Then he revealed that Russia was tracking all four suicide Subcraft. He proved it by giving their locations; then he said: “I am instructed to inform you that you are now invited to attempt to save these four machines from destruction if you can. You may try to hide them or protect them in any way you choose—you will discover that you cannot. Promptly at 1:00 PM Eastern Standard Time tomorrow, twelve hours from now, they will all cease to exist.” 228

Audio Letter 54

The next day, January 24, the Russians made good their threat. One suicide Subcraft was near the Russian Baltic coast itself close to Kaliningrad; another was well to the west near the border between East Germany and Poland, where it strikes the coast; the third was far to the north, 30 miles west-northwest of Pori, Finland; and the fourth was clear outside the Baltic, about 70 miles northnorthwest of Bergen, Norway—but all four were blasted simultaneously by the Cosmospheres hovering in the sky above them. The destruction of the suicide Subcraft with their cobalt bombs marked the end of the abortive first-strike operation last month. It was a total defeat for the United States, while Russia did not receive so much as a scratch on the arm; and its ramifications are still spreading. For example, the debacle in Sinkiang Province was a major shock to China. It has revived the arguments within Chinese ruling circles that the United States is a paper tiger, and the Chinese military commanders who were involved in the Sinkiang affair are in deep trouble. In recent days, reports have begun reaching the West about a major reshuffle in the Chinese military. Russia plans to unseat all of the Bolshevik leaders of China. Meanwhile, my friends, only a few hours ago, I received confirmed evidence about an urgent new development in Iran. The doctors at Tehran Hospital have announced within the past 12 hours that Ayatollah Khomeini will see no visitors until further notice, including religious and political leaders. The doctors say he has been over-taxed; but the real reason, my friends, is that within the past 48 hours Ayatollah Khomeini was assassinated and replaced by a double. It was the fourth attempt on his life, and this time it succeeded. He was shot above the left eye. Topic #2—A few nights ago on February 21, the CBS Evening News presented a sensational report. The report claimed that Israel had carried out its first atomic bomb test last fall. CBS alleged that the bomb had been exploded over the South Atlantic last September 22, 1979. It was also stated that nearby South Africa had assisted the Israelis in making the atomic test. It all sounded like a neat answer to the famous mystery of the giant double flash in that area several months ago. The mystery began last October 25, 1979. On that date the United States released a statement through the State Department. The statement began by saying the United States had obtained, quote: “An indication suggesting the possibility that a low-yield nuclear explosion occurred on September 22.” Those are very uncertain words, but the rest of the statement was even more 229

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

vague. For example: The location of the supposed explosion was narrowed down to, quote: “an area of the Indian Ocean and South Atlantic including portions of the Antarctic Continent and the southern part of Africa.” That’s an area of several million square miles. In addition, the United States Government admitted having no corroborating evidence about whatever had happened, and the announcement ended in the doubtful words: “We are continuing to assess whether such an event took place.” Many people were very disturbed by the fuzziness of the announcement. It was apparent that something spectacular had taken place near South Africa, possibly an atomic blast; but the United States was not sure what it was, or where it had happened, or even if it had really happened. Some people wondered, “How could this be?” We are constantly told that the United States can watch the world with Early Warning and Spy Satellites. We are led to believe that no one could fire a missile at us even from a submarine at sea without being caught in the act by our satellites. To make matters worse, reporters soon found out that the satellite which picked up the mysterious double flash was not an Early Warning or Spy Satellite. It is an aging relic launched a decade ago called a Vela Satellite. It is the die-hard last survivor of a series of monitoring satellites for the Atmospheric Test Ban Treaty, and it was little more than luck that it happened to spot the mysterious double flash last fall. Had the double flash taken place out of range of the Vela, it would have gone completely undetected by the United States, because the United States no longer has any Spy or Early Warning Satellites continuously orbiting the earth. Russia finished shooting them down nearly two years ago, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 33 for April 1978. Ever since the United States announcement about the double flash late last October, the mystery about what happened has refused to go away. A panel of scientific consultants were convened by the White House early last November, but they have ended up with no conclusion. Then came the CBS report a few nights ago describing the alleged atom bomb test by Israel in the South Pacific. My friends, Israel does have the bomb, but the CBS story about a test was a lie. By the very next evening, February 22, CBS was already backing away from its Israeli A-bomb story. The truth is that there was a giant double flash in the South Atlantic last fall, but beyond that point you have been hearing nothing but lies and inaccurate guesses about the double flash mystery. The lies began with the Government announcement of October 25, which gave a falsified date and time for the incident, and since then the confusion has just kept on growing.

230

Audio Letter 54

My friends, I am now in a position to give you my report on the mystery of the so-called South African double flash. What happened there is something which you need to know about as a matter of survival. The brilliant flashes detected by the Vela Satellite were produced by an experimental test, but what was tested was not an atomic bomb. The test was carried out not by Israel or South Africa but by Russia, and what Russia learned from that test has just been put to use against the United States. The incredible series of storms which have recently devastated southern California and Arizona were not natural but man made! The original State Department announcement of October 25 did not describe what the Vela Satellite had seen. It simply said that it appeared to be an atomic test, but within a day or two word leaked out that it was a pair of blinding flashes one right after the other. The first one was powerful, but the second was many times more powerful. For months now debate has been raging over whether this was the result of a nuclear explosion. The light produced by a nuclear blast behaves in a way that is similar to what the satellite detected last fall—that is, there is a bright flash, followed moments later by a second much brighter flash. So why the big mystery? Just this: Visible light is not the only radiation from an atomic blast. A nuclear explosion sends out floods of deadly gamma rays, X-rays, and neutrons. The Vela Satellite is equipped to pick up all those things if they are present—but they were not present. There was a giant double flash of light only—no X-rays, no gamma rays, no neutrons; and afterward, no radioactive fallout could be found anywhere in the world. Acoustic sensors on earth confirmed that some kind of giant explosion had taken place, but the question remained: What kind of explosion? My friends, last month I reminded you of the giant air booms of two years ago off America’s east coast. For many weeks thousands of people from South Carolina to Connecticut and elsewhere were being frightened out of their wits by the booms. Public officials dreamed up all kinds of ridiculous cover stories to try to explain them away. Since that time the official cover stories about the booms have been proven to be nonsense by Cornell University scientists and others; but to our Rulers, the only thing that matters is that people forgot about the booms after a while. The real reason for those air booms two years ago was what I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 29 for December 1977. They were being produced by several newly deployed Russian hovering space platforms. These platforms called Cosmospheres constitute the third leg of Russia’s secret Space Triad, and they were creating those giant air booms by defocused firing of their charged Particle Beam weapons into the atmosphere.

231

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

In later AUDIO LETTERS I reported much more about the Cosmospheres, including their use in weather modification. But the Cosmospheres all by themselves have never been as effective in weather modification as desired by Russia. Russian scientists have been hard at work to devise more powerful techniques of weather warfare as a contingency weapon; and now they have succeeded in developing a newer and more powerful system for weather modification. Russia’s newly operational weather-war system involves two legs of their Space Triad working together. One leg consists of the Cosmospheres; the other leg is the Moon with its network of giant Particle Beam weapons. When I first reported on Russia’s new Cosmospheres in AUDIO LETTER No. 29, I also reported on the first operational test of the Russian Moon Bases. The Particle Beam weapons on the moon are at least 100 times more powerful than those aboard the hovering Cosmospheres. When fired at the earth, they can produce instant destruction over a wide area, so for their first test firing they chose a target area where they thought the effects would go unnoticed by everyone else; but their choice turned out to be a tragic one. In AUDIO LETTER No. 29 I described that test firing from the moon at the earth. (At this point Dr. Beter stopped speaking and the recording engineer is heard.) The following is the “EMERGENCY TRANSCRIPT” (unrecorded final portion of AUDIO LETTER No. 54) received by mail a few days later—starting with an explanatory note: Note: “On February 24, 1980, Dr. Beter attempted to record his AUDIO LETTER No. 54. He was not feeling well due to extreme overwork, but tried anyway. He was concerned about the need for his listeners to be informed as quickly as possible about some urgent new information about weather modification underway in the United States, as well as other matters. Dr. Beter finished Side 1, but the recording session was halted partway through Side 2 when he suddenly became visibly weak and ill. It turned out that Dr. Beter was suffering a severe heart attack. To avoid further delay for his listeners, Dr. Beter requested that the unrecorded final portion of his message be released for now in printed form. This is a costly and abnormal procedure for us, and we trust you will understand that we have worked as quickly as possible to get this transcript to you. We know that many of you will be concerned with Dr. Beter’s well-being and will want word of his progress, but we ask you to help us by resisting the desire 232

Audio Letter 54

to call. Bulletins about Dr. Beter’s progress will be sent periodically to all active subscribers. You are invited to write any messages of encouragement to Dr. Beter at his office address: Dr. Peter Beter, 1629 K Street NW, Washington, D.C. 20006 Interested non-subscribers may receive any bulletin about Dr. Beter when it is released by sending a stamped, self-addressed envelope for that purpose to Dr. Beter’s office. During the past seven years, Dr. Beter has been giving his life for us Americans. Now, Dr. Beter and his family need our support. Let us all pray for Dr. Beter’s total recovery, and his ability to continue his mission to benefit us all!” (Dr. Beter’s Topic #2 is now continued—with the last line he recorded being repeated.) In AUDIO LETTER No. 29, I described that test firing from the moon at the earth. There was a huge cyclone in the Bay of Bengal, southeast of India. It was a giant storm, many hundreds of miles across—the perfect cover for a test firing. Or so the Russians thought. But they made a small miscalculation as they chose their aiming point at the earth. They knew that the particle beam would be deflected by the earth’s electromagnetic field, and tried to correct for it. But there was a small error in that correction—and as a result, the particle beam blasted the sea too close to the Indian coastline. In AUDIO LETTER No. 29, I quoted the words of an eyewitness who saw the results. She was a British relief worker, who told the BBC: “There were TWO enormous BLINDING FLASHES, and the whole sky lighted up as though on fire. Then this vast tidal wave—about 30 miles in length along the coast and 18 feet high—just bore down upon them.” My friends, the giant double flash which I reported over two years ago in connection with the Indian cyclone disaster had the same source as the giant double flash last fall in the South Atlantic. Both were caused by Russian Particle Beam weapons, fired from the moon. When a target on earth is to be fired at from the moon, a pair of beam weapons are fired in sequence—first one, then the other. That is what I reported to you in AUDIO LETTER No. 29, over two years ago. The first blast is largely dissipated in the atmosphere. In the process, it creates an ionized condition called a confinement channel through the air. Moments later, the second beam is fired at 233

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

the same spot, and it follows the confinement channel right down to the earth’s surface. The target on the earth’s surface—even if it is the sea itself—explodes violently. And so a lunar particle beam attack creates a double flash. The first flash is somewhat diffused, since it takes place mainly in the air; but the second flash is more concentrated and intense. This, my friends, is what our tired old Vela Satellite accidentally picked up last fall in the South Atlantic. When the Government here made the first announcement about it on October 25, 1979, they lied about both its date and time. The official story is that the double flash took place at 3:00 AM, in the early morning hours of September 22, 1979. But it actually took place on October 22—just three days before the October 25 announcement about it. October 22 was the same day that the former Shah of Iran arrived in New York City. On one hand the Russians were maneuvering the Shah in hopes of undoing the Bolshevik Iran Crisis strategy, as I have reported in AUDIO LETTERS Nos. 52 and 53. But at the same time, the Russians were also gearing up for hostilities in case their maneuvers with the Shah should fall apart. As a matter of interest, I can also report to you that the double flash took place around 3:00 PM in the afternoon—not 3:00 AM as claimed officially. The United States Government falsified the time and date as a trap for the unwary— and many have fallen into that trap. The CBS fairy tale of February 21 about an Israeli A-bomb test is only one example. At the time of the initial public reports about the double flash last October, the Russian experiment in the South Atlantic was still in progress. It had begun on October 22, when two lunar particle beams were aimed at a location in the South Atlantic. The desired bull’s-eye was at the navigational coordinates 35 degrees South, 26 degrees West. This point is on a parallel with the lower tip of South Africa, but is slightly closer to South America than to Africa. Two of the Russian particle beam weapons on the moon zeroed in and prepared to fire. Meanwhile, a quadrangle of Cosmospheres were ranged around the target area. The four Cosmospheres were deployed at the corners of a square 800 miles on one side, centered on the bull’s-eye at sea. They were hovering at an altitude of 100 miles. It was expected that the moon bases would achieve much better accuracy this time than they had two years ago. But just to be safe, the Cosmospheres were deployed well away from the target. Then the two moon weapons fired at the earth. Firing from a quarter-million miles away in space, the beams missed the center of the 800-mile target square

234

Audio Letter 54

by only a little over ten (10) miles. The resulting double flash was centered at roughly 34 degrees, 54 minutes South; 26 degrees, 10 minutes West. Tremendous quantities of sea water in the target zone flashed instantly into superheated steam. The hot water vapor and surrounding hot air started rising fast toward the stratosphere. Cooler air started racing into the target zone to fill the vacuum. The inward-rushing winds began to swirl due to the earth’s rotation, and the barometric pressure began dropping in the target zone. Within minutes, the atmosphere above the target zone was a spiraling chimney of tumbling, rising air and water vapor. The world’s first totally man-made storm cell was being born over the South Atlantic. The powerful beams fired from the moon had started the process. Then it was up to the quadrangle of Cosmospheres to keep it going. The vast quantities of water vapor sent skyward by the blasts began condensing rapidly in the cool upper air. Normally, this would have led quickly to localized rain showers. As a result, most of the water would have rained right back into the sea, not far from the target area. But the four Cosmospheres were there to prevent that. Right after the moon shots that produced the giant double flash, the Cosmospheres went to work. Each began firing a powerful electron beam into the target zone, in a de-focused mode. The electrons mingled into the rising torrents of water vapor, giving a negative charge to the water droplets as they formed. This caused the tiny droplets to repel each other, so that they could not condense into rain. So the water vapor was forced to stay aloft instead of raining back down into the sea. The Cosmospheres remained on station for several more days in order to complete the experiment. They were able to confirm that the artificial storm clouds remained stable, drifting eastward with the winds. They also monitored the target zone itself, to learn how fast conditions would return to normal. Then they finally dispersed, in early November 1979. The artificial storm cell was left to dissipate gradually of its own accord, and as a result it attracted no attention. Early last month on January 4, 1980, the United States announced what amounts to a new Cold War. A whole series of embargoes and restrictions against Russia were initiated. The most important of these was the embargo of 17-million metric tons of grain ordered by Russia. The grain embargo, my friends, is an effort by the Bolsheviks here to hit the Russians right where they live. Four days after it was announced, the grain embargo was described by a White House spokesman as the most punitive of all 235

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

steps against Russia; and ever since then, the Bolsheviks here have been twisting arms world-wide to force other countries to do the same. Early this month on February 6, the Russians summed up their view of all this. Throughout the Soviet press that day, there were stories that the Carter Administration wants to starve the Russian people; and since the Bolsheviks always use starvation as a tool of power, this was no idle comment by Russia. The very next day, there began to be reports of strange developments in the weather of the southwestern United States. For example, northern New Mexico experienced a heavy snowstorm combined with thunder and lightning. But it was the following week, on February 13, that the real weather news began. Unprecedented rainstorms began pounding southern California and Arizona. Day after day they came, one incredible storm right after another. Dams filled, and then began overflowing. Levees broke. Houses washed into canyons. Caskets floated away from cemeteries. Mudslides caught several victims and buried them alive. Bridges washed out. Entire communities became flooded and marooned. Phoenix endured a flood so vast that another like it would not be expected for 500 years. And: in the vital agricultural areas of southern California, damage was mounting fast. On February 19, the seventh day of the rains, a CBS Evening News report said: “It’s like an organized assault—one storm after another.” And an organized assault is exactly what it was, my friends. Centered at a point 576 miles west of San Diego, a quadrangle of Russian Cosmospheres were in operation. Based on the results of their “double flash” experiment last fall, the Russians have refined their technique; and each time the Moon Bases fire at the earth, they are becoming more accurate. So the quadrangle west of San Diego was only about 100 miles on a side, and the Cosmospheres were at the decreased altitude of 40 miles. Using the technique tested last October in the South Atlantic, the Russians were creating the storm cells, one after another; and this time, they did not just let the cells drift away to dissipate. Instead, they were drawn precisely to the areas to be attacked in southern California and Arizona. Then the storms were triggered by additional Cosmospheres hovering over those areas. Eighty-five (85) miles above Yuma, Arizona, there was a pair of Cosmospheres. Nearly 100 miles to the north, another cosmosphere duo was hovering over the vicinity of Blythe, California. Both locations are on the Colorado River, bordering California’s crucial Imperial Valley agricultural area. These 236

Audio Letter 54

cosmosphere duos used their beam weapons to load the atmosphere with protons, which are positively charged. This attracted the artificial storm cells with their negatively charged clouds. That is why the storms pounded exactly the same areas—time after time after time; and it was also the proton clouds that triggered the actual storms. They neutralized the electrons in the storm clouds, the water condensed into rain, and the devastating storms were the result. Finally, after nine (9) days and over half a billion dollars in damage, the Russians called a halt on the storms for the moment. But this, my friends, is only a sample of what may lie ahead for food-producing areas throughout the United States! While the western weather disaster was filling the headlines, the Russians were also testing out their weather-control system in less dramatic ways all over the United States. A total of five more cosmosphere quadrangles at sea and fifteen more cosmosphere duos over land were involved. The Russians are determined to retaliate in kind for the Bolshevik starvation campaign against Russia. If the American Bolsheviks keep to this food boycott against Russia, then American food shortages will be making headlines by this time next year! In the meantime, you still have a chance to stock up on storable foods—and, my friends, I would waste no time in doing just that. RUSSIA’S ACCELERATING PREPARATIONS TO SURVIVE NUCLEAR WAR Topic #3—It has now been more than a year-and-a-half since I first revealed America’s shift to a first-strike military strategy. Many of my listeners were shocked when I made this public. “Never,” they said. “The United States would never strike first in a nuclear war!” But how fast times change. A few days ago, on February 21, Defense Department spokesman Thomas Ross gave a briefing to reporters. He said that if Russia should go beyond Afghanistan, it could lead to a nuclear confrontation. And he added that in that event, “...the United States might shoot first.” Our Bolshevik rulers are determined to bring about nuclear war against Russia, no matter how suicidal it may be. But to do that, they have to have the support of you and me—the American people; and to keep our support, the Bolsheviks here are hiding the truth of our military situation from us. They build up our anger at Russia, and then tell us how “backward” Russia is. They are condition-

237

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ing us to believe that we will have to fight Russia, and egging us on with lies that we can win. Those stories we always hear about Russia’s backwardness may comfort us now, but they will not help us when war comes. The difference between Russia and the United States is one of emphasis, not ability. We Americans have been living in luxury, with all the comforts—but we are living in a fragile glass tower. By contrast, the Russian way of life is modest; but they are living in a powerful fortress. Soon, the earth will tremble with the blows of NUCLEAR WAR ONE—and it will not be the fortress, but the glass tower that shatters and falls in ruins. We Americans may look down our noses at Russian consumer technology and feel smug. Yet when it comes to military technology, the Russians have dealt the West many surprises over the years. For example, one day nearly 20 years ago, NATO and other observers were in Moscow to watch an aerial display on Aviation Day. Various Russian airplanes roared over, and the NATO observers tried to spot any new details they could detect—but they got more than they had bargained for. Suddenly a big, sleek airplane thundered over which was totally unknown in the West. It had sweptback wings and two enormous engines on the tail. It was obviously a bomber, and it was also obvious that it was supersonic! The stunned NATO observers watched with mouths agape. The shock deepened as the first mystery plane was followed by nine more exactly like it. Here was a highly-advanced warplane—it was in quantity production, and it was a complete surprise to NATO. When they recovered from the shock, NATO aviation officials assigned the codename Blinder to the plane. If you are not a military specialist, you have probably never even heard of the Blinder, much less the jarring surprise it gave to the West. But the supersonic Blinder of two decades ago was produced by Russia’s Tupolev Design Bureau—and you have heard a great deal about a more recent Tupolev supersonic bomber. It’s called the Backfire. Now, the Tupolev aircraft team in Russia is once again involved in a major military surprise. In Topic #1, I described the unsuccessful attempt last month to mount a nuclear first strike against Russia. The cities of Voronezh, Kharkov, and Kazan were targeted because of the Tupolev plants located there. They are the temporary bases for an airborne anti-ballistic-missile or ABM system, which is about to become operational. The system is to be a last-ditch backup for the Cosmospheres which are hovering over our country. The Cosmospheres 238

Audio Letter 54

are supposed to blast our ICBM’s at the moment of launch; but in case a few should get through, the Russians plan to blast them during re-entry over Russia. The new Russian ABM system uses charged Particle Beam weapons carried by Tu-144 supersonic transports. At a glance, the Tu-144 looks similar to the Anglo-French Concorde. But the Tu-144 is bigger, considerably faster, and radically different in some very important ways. Among other things, Russian civil transports are always designed with the option for military conversion built in, and the Tu-144 is no exception. In June 1978, the Tu-144’s were suddenly removed from service by the Soviet airline Aeroflot, without explanation. Western commentators crowed that they had turned out to be too expensive to fly; but they were actually returned to the Tupolev plants for military conversion, to be outfitted with charged Particle Beams. This process is now nearing completion. Late last month, the Tu-144 flying ABM system passed a major hurdle. It was tested against a missile, with complete success. But the Russians encoded the data from the target missile, making it impossible for the United States to learn any details. Western analysts were able to tell that something happened to the missile in mid-flight, but nothing more. And so, my friends, we are heading for the “moment of truth.” The Russians are speeding up their preparations to survive the kamikaze war plans of the Bolsheviks now here in America. But for America, the countdown is under way toward the Day of Chastisement. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

239

Audio Letter 55
June 28, 1980
As most of you know I am resuming the AUDIO LETTER today after a silence of four months. My feelings at this moment are hard for me to express; but for all of you who have stood by me when it mattered most, I want to say a few personal words, because without your loyal support I might never have returned to this microphone. Just before I entered my recording studio last February 24, I began to feel slightly ill. At first there was only mild discomfort, but somehow I knew that it was something serious. I tried my best to record AUDIO LETTER No. 54 while I was still able to do it. I got about two-thirds of the way through the recording session before I was overcome by a massive heart attack. I didn’t want to let you down, but I simply could not finish. On the way to the hospital I knew that I would not be speaking to you again soon, so I gave instructions for the release of the unrecorded final portion of AUDIO LETTER No. 54 in printed form. During the time since my heart attack last February, my associates have released three progress reports to keep you informed. I won’t go over all of that again now, but it was a dark and difficult time for a while—not only for me, but also for my associates and especially my wife and three children. I entered those hospital doors on the brink of death, and I truly believed that I had failed in my mission. During at least the first week of my stay in Intensive Care, I felt no will to live. At one point I was even told by my doctors that I had gone through death’s door, yet had somehow come back again. The doctors were prepared for the worst, but yet something of a miracle began to unfold. From all over the United States, and then Canada, and then around the world, I began receiving messages of cheer and encouragement—countless beautiful cards with equally beautiful personal wishes written on them, telegrams telling me of prayer meetings on my behalf, inspirational and religious books and pamphlets of all kinds, letters and books with suggestions to improve my health. There were flowers, there were gifts, there were religious relics—on and on until it grew into an avalanche. For weeks I was not well enough even to

241

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

look at all these things, but I could not believe my ears as I was told what was taking place. I had entered the hospital spent and exhausted, convinced that all of my work had been in vain; but several weeks later when I left the hospital to go home, it was with renewed hope and determination to carry on. And in that spirit I have been regaining my strength against all the odds; so it is that I speak to you once again today. That, my friends, is what you did for me. I will never forget all of you who stood by me in my hour of need, and I promise you that I will always do everything in my power never to let you down. It was five years ago this month, in June 1975, that I began recording my AUDIO LETTER Intelligence Reports. It was a shaky beginning, because I was recovering from my first heart attack; and yet little more than a year later I found myself at the Pentagon because of the AUDIO LETTER. I had been invited there by the late General George S. Brown, then Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. My conference with America’s top military officer was about the secret nuclear crisis then under way. Of all the information media in the United States, only the AUDIO LETTER had made the crisis public. In AUDIO LETTER No. 16 I told my listeners about the crisis conference with General Brown. General Brown was doing his duty by taking urgent actions to prevent imminent nuclear war; and yet, America’s controlled major media said not a word! Even after Pentagon spokesmen confirmed my meeting with General Brown to newspaper reporters, there was almost no publicity. From that point onward, America’s fortunes have gone down hill steadily. Having staved off nuclear disaster for the moment, General Brown found himself deserted and alone. Within weeks after our crisis meeting, General Brown began to be cut down by bad publicity. He was quickly neutralized by America’s enemies within. He did not even serve out his tour of duty, except in name, and soon we were told of his untimely death. In AUDIO LETTERS 17, 21, 23, and 46 I revealed the facts about the downfall of General Brown. While America slept, our last great patriot in government was whittled down, taken away, and finally murdered! Four years ago the prospect of imminent nuclear war sounded unbelievable to most Americans. Something called “detente” was still in effect, or so we were told. But public knowledge is always years behind the truth; so today, war fever is all around us.

242

Audio Letter 55

This month I’m beginning anew with my AUDIO LETTER series. Once again I am doing so on the heels of a heart attack, just as I did five years ago; but this time there is a difference. Five years ago very few Americans would listen seriously to warnings about secret plans for nuclear war. Today it’s a different world. We’re all hearing about false nuclear alerts, worries over Russia’s military power, and so on. Most of us are waking up far too late. We have waited too late to avoid many great disasters because they have already been set in motion; but if enough people wake up soon, there may still be hope that our planet will survive. That is the goal to which I dedicate my AUDIO LETTER series from this day forward. As I launch year No. 6 of my AUDIO LETTER, I will try to serve you better than ever before. For that purpose, I am now introducing the first change in format of my reports in five years. As you know, my standard practice is to present some introductory remarks followed by three major topics, and I will continue to do this; but from now on, I will also add a brief final section called the LAST MINUTE SUMMARY. My new Last Minute Summary will help me do several things better than before. For example, I sometimes receive urgent information at the very last minute before recording an AUDIO LETTER. Whenever this happens from now on, you will hear about it in my Last Minute Summary. I will also try to highlight major points from the topics I have discussed. By doing these things, I want to make my AUDIO LETTER even more up-to-date and more useful to you than ever before. My friends, during the past several months the drums of approaching war have been beating louder and louder, and day by day more Americans are falling into step in the war march. For the first time in a generation, the word “Patriotism” is being revived in America; and after years of being trampled into the dust, the American flag is suddenly being waved high for all to see. The Pied Pipers of war are using the symbols of America to lure us into national suicide. They are not trying to revive true patriotism—which is based on loyalty and love for our country. Instead, our so-called leaders are selling us a cheap substitute, “tough guy patriotism,” based on hatred. Today a patriot is anyone who hates Iran, anyone who hates Russia, anyone who is ready for war. And those who have trampled on our flag for so long are holding it high today for a reason! They know that the American spirit is not dead, even though it has been stifled for so long. They know that even today Americans by the millions will still rally around the flag, and so the Pied Pipers are using the Stars and Stripes as their banner to lead us all to WAR. My three special topics this month are: 243

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Topic #1—THE PUBLIC SIGNS OF NUCLEAR WAR FEVER Topic #2—MULTIPLYING DISASTERS IN THE EXPANDING SECRET WAR Topic #3—BATTLE TO THE DEATH IN THE KREMLIN. Topic #1—During the past four months I have had to be silent about the growing dangers of nuclear war, but the visible signs of approaching war have been speaking for themselves. For example, there’s the Draft Registration issue. Last March when this Bolshevik Administration first brought it up, tens of thousands of draft age demonstrators took to the streets. So the Bolsheviks, who now control our government, put it on the back burner to cool off. They waited until summer when students would be home from college, scattered and unable to organize. Then they acted fast. This month it became law, as did another war measure—the Standby Gas Rationing plan. Measures like these are helping to raise the pitch of war fever by one small degree after another; but to the Bolsheviks here who are responsible for these measures, something else is even more important. Draft Registration and Gas Rationing plans are designed most of all to control you and me. To the Bolsheviks who now infest America, war, even nuclear war, is only a means to an end. The end is their own Bolshevik DICTATORSHIP over us all; and they are so consumed with their frenzy for control that they no longer care very much whether the United States wins or loses the war. Either way, they now believe that they will somehow end up with the remains of America within their grasp. And so we are plunging down the road to nuclear suicide. Another sign of this is the series of nuclear false alarms. In AUDIO LETTER No. 52 last November 1979 I called your attention to the first of these false nuclear war alerts, and early this month, on June 3 and June 6, there were two more false alerts. As I told you last November, the Bolsheviks here are actually carrying out deliberate tests by means of these false nuclear alerts. The American Strategic Military forces were designed for the purpose of retaliation against a surprise attack; but now, those who control our military strategy are planning for America to strike first. And so Bolshevik agents are now testing ways to falsify all of the early-warning signals of a Russian nuclear attack. Once they have perfected their false-alarm techniques, they will be ready to set off nuclear war at any moment. By fooling our entire early-warning system, they will set off massive retaliation by our ICBMs, missile submarines, 244

Audio Letter 55

and bombers. The crews of missile bunkers, submarines, and bombers will do their duty, believing America has been attacked, but in reality we ourselves will be firing the opening shots of all-out war. America’s early-warning network involves a number of complex systems. As a result, several different kinds of falsified data will have to be fed into the computers in order to simulate an all-out attack. Each of the false alerts has been testing a different part of this plan. For that reason, more false alerts may still take place, but all three nuclear false alarms have had one thing in common. The first line of defense in our Early Warning system is supposed to be our fleet of early warning satellites over Russia. We are told that they keep a continuous watch for the launching of ICBMs; and sure enough, all three nuclear false alarms have started with incorrect satellite signals about Russian ICBMs. My friends, the satellite signals are the easiest part of the Bolshevik plans to falsify a Russian nuclear attack. As I revealed over two years ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 33, the United States no longer has any early warning satellites over Russia. They have long since been blasted out of space by Russia’s fleet of Cosmos Interceptor Killer Satellites. Since that time, all of the alleged earlywarning satellite signals monitored daily by NORAD have been artificial. But it is an easy matter to change those signals to make them say that Russian missiles are on the way. It has now been nearly two years since I first reported America’s shift to a firststrike nuclear strategy; but the first official admission of this drastic change took place only four months ago on February 21. On that day Pentagon spokesman Thomas Ross said that America might, quote: “shoot first” in a nuclear war. But to this day, most Americans still believe that America’s military posture is a defensive one, and so we cannot comprehend what we see in the news of mounting nuclear war fever. It is all around us, my friends, and yet we cannot understand because we are not told the truth by our leaders. Day by day we are hearing about nuclear weapons designed for offensive use, but we are conditioned to see only self-defense in all these things, which leaves us unable to see what is really happening. One of the new weapons systems we keep hearing the most about is the so-called MX Mobile Missile. As with everything else, we are told that it is strictly a defensive weapon. It is said that our existing stationary ICBMs might be knocked out by Russia’s incoming missiles, so the new MX Missiles will have to keep moving around to make them harder to hit. But the stories we are hearing about the MX program are a mixture of half truths and lies.

245

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The whole MX controversy is just a smoke screen to hide America’s real mobile missile program. We are told that the giant MX Missile system cannot be ready for another half decade, but the fact is that mobile ICBMs are already being deployed here in the United States. Their deployment began over six months ago in late 1979. America’s real mobile missile is not the MX, and it is not a defensive weapon. It is intended for use in a nuclear first strike against Russia, and it is called the “Minuteman TX”—the traveling Minuteman! Nearly a year and a half ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 42, I revealed America’s deployment of one type of mobile missile world-wide. The missiles I talked about then are deployed secretly, not only in the United States but in Australia, New Zealand, and elsewhere. But those missiles are only mobile in a limited sense. They can be set up quickly at unprepared sites, and moved from one site to another from time to time. But America’s new mobile missile, the Minuteman TX, is another matter. It’s designed to be moved constantly until almost the moment of launch. The public stories about the alleged MX program serve several purposes. For one thing they are helping to condition us to the growing prospect of NUCLEAR WAR. Even more importantly, the MX is being used as an excuse for funding, which is actually going into the secret TX project! The latest example of this funding trickery took place only a few weeks ago in early June. The Senate Armed Services Committee of the United States approved over 1.5-billion dollars for the MX program. In addition, funding was also authorized for deploying 100 more Minuteman missiles. They look like separate measures, but they are actually both related to the secret Minuteman TX mobile missile project. The publicity surrounding our supposed MX missile program also serves one other very important purpose. That purpose is to keep the Traveling Minuteman project a secret, even from most of those who are working on it. Any large modern weapons program involves many thousands of people, and the Minuteman TX program is no exception. There are engineers, technicians, manufacturing personnel, managers, secretaries, and so on. But the vast majority of these people are led to believe that they are working on the MX program. All kinds of projects which are actually meant for the Traveling Minuteman are carried out under the false heading “MX.” In some cases other known missile programs are also used as a cover for work on the Traveling Minuteman. What makes this technique successful is the fact that all of the work on the program is subdivided into many separate tasks. For example, one engineering design group may be given the job of designing a mobile launch tower. They’re told that the design is part of the MX program with operational deployment 246

Audio Letter 55

years away, but they are also given the explanation that a few are needed now for developmental purposes. And so they design the launcher, build a few, and deliver them after doing any necessary testing and redesign to make it work properly. Next the launcher design is broken up into several chunks by a secret working group within the Minuteman TX project. The various portions of the launcher are then contracted out for production by several different manufacturing concerns. Each individual chunk is unrecognizable, so they have no idea that they are making parts for a secret weapon. And so only a tiny handful of people fully understand what’s going on. They are the people who coordinate the whole thing and bring it all together. The supersecret Minuteman TX program is being carried on almost in the open, but the constant publicity about the supposed MX makes it all unrecognizable to us. And whenever necessary, the publicity about the MX cover project is adjusted to maintain the secret. It’s a highly sophisticated technique, and if you’ve heard AUDIO LETTER No. 26 it may ring a bell with you. The cover-up technique for the Minuteman TX is very much like what was done in America’s Moon program. “Project Apollo” was a military program from start to finish, but we never realized that because it was flooded with publicity that made us believe otherwise. Today the clever publicity about a decoy program called MX is being masterminded by a man who is uniquely qualified for the task. He is the same man who orchestrated the great publicity that hid the real secrets of our Moon program. His name was once a household word, but he was far more important than we were ever told. He was often called “The Voice of the Astronauts.” His name: Colonel John “Shorty” Powers. Early this year on January 19, 1980, there were news reports that Powers had been found dead in his Phoenix home but that, my friends, was only a cover story to explain his sudden disappearance. He has been tapped in order to coordinate all the MX coverup stories which we are now hearing. Powers lived alone, and it was little sacrifice for him to go underground for his new secret job. America’s deployment of Minuteman TX mobile missiles is secret, and yet it is going on right under our noses. If you live in certain parts of the country you have a good chance to see for yourself a Minuteman TX railroad shuttle car. You may even have seen one already without knowing what it was. Let me describe it so that you will know what to look for. A TX railroad car is somewhat like a boxcar but wider and much taller than most boxcars. Also, a TX car does not have a flat roof like a boxcar. Instead, a TX car looks a little like a long, slender barn on wheels. The roof has sloping 247

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

sides several feet high with a narrow flat strip along the top. This unusual shape provides the necessary space for the long slender ICBM resting on supports inside. The design of the TX railroad car illustrates the rush-rush nature of the whole Minuteman TX program. It was borrowed in large part from an existing design for a special railroad car used by certain aerospace companies; but most TX cars are not even built from scratch. Instead, flatcars used for carrying truck-trailers are being commandeered. The flatcar is given extra reinforcement if necessary to handle the weight of the missile and launcher. Then the oddlooking TX transporter shell is built on and painted a nondescript brown. The resulting railroad car is a strange combination of old and new. The shell on top may be smooth, fresh, and clean but the base it is built on is likely to have old paint, rust, and the scars of years on the rails. In certain parts of the country, TX cars can be spotted fairly often in the midst of normal freight trains. First, empty TX cars can be spotted in the areas where they are built—such as Chicago and St. Louis. The missiles are built in Washington State, California, and Colorado so the TX cars can be spotted in those areas. The special mobile launchers are built in Texas near Dallas and TX cars can be seen in that region. The final mating of the missiles and their launchcontrol systems takes place under direct military supervision. This is done in a vast underground complex in the southwest corner of Ft. Hood, Texas. From there the Minuteman TX missile cars head north for operational deployment. The deployment is being coordinated from Minot Air Force Base, North Dakota. The Minuteman TX Traveling Missile is being deployed along existing railroad tracks in our northern tier of states. The tracks have recently been removed from normal freight-hauling service. This has created outcries from farmers left with no means to get their crops to the market. They are among the first victims of the secret Minuteman TX Traveling Missile project. When the missiles are fully deployed, they will be in every northernmost state from Washington to Wisconsin. Every Minuteman TX missile now deployed is being shuttled back and forth over a long stretch of railroad track. It rides in its mobile-launch car covered against the weather and sightseers. A locomotive moves it up and down the track according to instructions called “stochastic programming.” These instructions tell a locomotive to speed up, slow down, stop, back up, stop, go forward again in an unpredictable fashion. The idea is to make the missile and its mobile launcher a very difficult target. Right now, Russian Cosmospheres are hovering on guard over every TX missile. These platforms (which America decided not to develop in the 1960’s) carry Beam weapons which could blast the missiles; but as I explained in AUDIO LETTER No. 42, American military planners are 248

Audio Letter 55

hoping to stun the Cosmospheres briefly as war begins. And so, they are neglecting the Cosmospheres in planning their nuclear first strike with TX missiles. When the Bolsheviks, who now dominate America, decide to set off NUCLEAR WAR ONE, here’s how they presently plan to do it. First they will use their tested methods to swamp NORAD with false warning data of a Russian attack. America’s entire strategic retaliatory forces will respond by attacking Russia. But even faster, our secretly deployed Minuteman TX missiles will go to war. In the opening moments of the NORAD war alert, a special attack order will be flashed across the Minuteman TX system. Within 30 seconds the locomotive pulling each missile car will brake to a stop. As it does so, explosive bolts will blast the cover off the launch car, exposing the missile inside. At the same time, powerful hydraulic pumps will be started. As soon as the missile car comes to rest, safety locks will release the missile erector. Within 15 seconds, ear-shattering pumps will raise the Minuteman TX ICBM to firing position. Moments later, the launch car will be engulfed in rocket exhaust as the missile streaks off toward Russia. Unlike the United States, Russia does still have early-warning satellites. The American missile attack will be detected, and within minutes Russian missiles will be on their way. The early phases of the NORAD war alert will be like the false alarms which have already taken place; but about 10 minutes into the alert, the false alarm phase will be over. That is when our ballistic missile radars along the Arctic Circle will first detect the approaching swarms of Russian ICBMs. By means of false-alarm trickery and goading Russia into a missile attack, the Bolsheviks here believe they will at last achieve their goal—ALLOUT THERMONUCLEAR WAR. Topic #2—Recently a former United States Secretary of Labor, William Usery, paid a visit to Japan. In more and more fields the United States can no longer compete with Japan in international markets. I warned that this was coming in my book THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR. Usery went to Japan to see for himself why this is happening. But Usery was not prepared for the shock he encountered. He visited all kinds of big manufacturing plants in Japan, and everywhere he went he saw assembly lines made up of robots. What we think of as Science Fiction here in the United States is everyday reality in modern Japan. For example, one of the plants visited by Usery assembles Datsun automobiles. After his walk through it, the Washington Post quoted him as saying: “It was downright scary. We walked for great distances down those aisles and we didn’t see anybody.”

249

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

My friends, we in America are living in the past. Our stores may be filled with pretty packages, but the other advanced nations of the world are passing us by. That is one of the things which I have been trying to make you aware of for years through my AUDIO LETTER reports, and now a special report is about to be presented to the White House which confirms part of what I told you. To illustrate this, let me remind you of the many disastrous reversals in America’s fortunes which have taken place secretly in recent years. I have made many of them public through my AUDIO LETTER. We have been defeated in space; we have slipped into a hopeless military predicament. As I have made clear in the past, it is our own leaders who have done this to us! For example, nearly 20 years ago our leaders ignored the urgent warnings of the head of the Strategic Air Command. He was the late General Thomas Power. General Power was worried about a threat on the technical horizon of electrogravitic levitating weapons platforms. He wanted the United States to develop these hovering platforms so that we would not be caught by surprise. But as I detailed in AUDIO LETTER No. 32, our leaders paid no attention. They thought they knew better. They had other plans! But our leaders were making a grave mistake. It was only one of many great miscalculations during the past 20 years. They were underestimating the potentials for technical surprise because for the most part America’s leaders, in and out of government, are not trained in science or engineering. Just as General Power had feared, Russia did develop the floating weapons platforms. They are called Cosmospheres, and their deployment over our heads began in late 1977, as I first reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 29. They announced their presence for a while by creating tremendous air booms along America’s east coast and elsewhere. This they did by means of defocused blasts from their Charged Particle Beam weapons; and like the Cosmospheres themselves, Russia’s operational Particle Beam weapons came as another surprise to our Rulers. The report which is about to go to the White House says not a word about these life and death secrets, but the report does describe the scientific backwardness of America’s leaders. In Great Britain, France, Germany, Japan, and especially in Russia, the report points out that things are very different. In those countries the leadership, quote: “has a high level of scientific and technical literacy.” By contrast, the report describes the progressive splintering of American society into two groups. One group is the minority who are trained and work in science and engineering. The other group includes the great majority of us. We are being left uneducated about most of the ever changing realities of modern 250

Audio Letter 55

technology. The report being prepared for the White House is accurate enough as far as it goes; but what it leaves out is even more important than what it says, because the division of American society into two camps—one technically trained and one not, is no accident! The old axiom “Divide and Conquer” is still true as ever. On one hand the scientific and engineering community itself is manipulated constantly without being aware of it. The secret Minuteman TX Missile project is a typical example. But for the rest of us the situation is even more confusing, so the few who are in a position to pull all the strings have us at their mercy. Earlier this month an outstanding authority on Constitutional law passed away, Professor Fred Rodell of Yale University. In a book titled “WOE UNTO LAWYERS,” he wrote some words which are a perfect description of our situation today. He said, quote: “For every age there is a group of bright boys, learned in their trade and jealous of their learning, who blend technical competence with plain and fancy hocuspocus to make themselves masters of their fellow men.” In some ways the problems we face today are not new at all. Earlier this month this fact was illustrated by a series of biographical dramas on the Public Broadcasting Service. They dealt with the life of a British writer who became Prime Minister, Benjamin Disraeli. Disraeli spent his life struggling against the things he considered unfair within the British government, and in a novel he once wrote, quote: “The world is governed by very different personages to what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes.” That was true a century ago, and it is true today. But in other ways, today is different from the past. The difference is that incredible technologies which were unthinkable in Disraeli’s time are now changing our world. Throughout history there has always been unseen skirmishes, undeclared battles, and unofficial wars; but today these have reached levels never imagined in the past. Even as we see the multiplying public signs of war to come, secret warfare is growing more intense by the day. During the four months of my absence from this microphone, there have been too many of these events to discuss in detail; but I have already given you the background for all these events in past AUDIO LETTERS. So what I will try to do now is simply to remind you of what you already know to understand recent headlines. A bird’s-eye view of the past several months will make one thing all too clear. The secret war between the United States and Russia is becoming more and more violent. The Satanic Bolsheviks who have been overthrown and expelled by Russia are tightening their stranglehold on our own country, and the secret Christian sect who took over the Kremlin are pressing ahead in a war 251

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

of attrition. With one hand they are still keeping the lid on all-out war, but with the other hand they are chipping away at America’s ability to make war. In the final printed portion of AUDIO LETTER No. 54 last February, I gave a warning to expect bad weather in the United States. I described how Russia had begun a campaign of weather modification to reduce crops in the United States. This is in direct retaliation for the Carter grain embargo, which the Russians regard as starvation politics. As March began, a killer snowstorm blanketed the southeast and many crops were damaged. A month later killer rainstorms struck New Orleans, much as they had done in February in California; but meanwhile the grain-bearing bread basket of the Great Plains was becoming parched and dry. By the end of April it was already guaranteed that grain yields in large areas will be reduced this year. As the spring continued, severe weather turned into a record-setting epidemic nation-wide. Every single day from May 9 to June 7, tornadoes or other severe and destructive weather struck somewhere in the United States. During the final two weeks of that period, the National Weather Service reported 964 cases of violent weather. On May 29 the United States tried to launch a new weather satellite to watch the fireworks, but the satellite called NOAA-B never reached its intended orbit. Earlier this month America’s unprecedented weather took a new turn. There was a strange split in the jet stream. Cool northern states grew even colder, and warm southern states boiled over with heat. On June 16 there was even frost in Michigan and Wisconsin, while the South sweltered. A few days later on June 20 the so-called Carter Administration gave the first hint that Russia’s weather war is really hurting. For the first time there were hints of possibly lifting the Russian grain embargo, but the next day the Bolsheviks changed their minds again. They said the grain embargo will continue, so as of now there is no prospect of an improvement in America’s weather. Instead it may well grow worse, and the food shortages I warned about last February are in the making. In AUDIO LETTERS 53 and 54 I reported the details of secret warfare involving Iran. Starting in late January the Bolsheviks here in America tried to carry out a surprise nuclear attack against Russia. The plan they were following was the one I first made public in AUDIO LETTER No. 37, with some additions. As I reported, the Russians used their Cosmospheres to completely ruin the American attack plan. Nuclear war hysteria had been building fast here in America, but with our secret defeat the war chant stopped abruptly. Our defeat in January was kept out of view and completely secret.

252

Audio Letter 55

But the Bolsheviks here tried again to set off nuclear war just three months later, in April. Once again the American war plan met with total failure, but this time our Rulers could not hide it completely. The April 25 raid into Iran— supposedly to rescue our hostages—became a disaster that filled the headlines. The American Commandoes who were sent into Iran tried their best to follow orders and do their duty; but unknown to them, those who had planned the raid did not intend for it to succeed! They were supposed to reach Tehran, but discover too late that they were too small a force to do the job. As soon as the Commandoes ran into big trouble, that was to be used as an excuse for American Navy jets to strafe Tehran; and with American passion stirred up, the Iran crisis was to escalate with additional military moves. But for more than a year now, Russian Intelligence has been informed about even the most secret plans in Washington; and so the Russians were ready. They unraveled the latest Bolshevik war plan in two ways. First the huge armada of Cosmospheres were floating overhead on April 25 as the American helicopter force entered Iran. Using their weather modification capabilities, the Cosmospheres intensified dust storms in the area. They also utilized microwave brain-scrambling radiation to cause nausea, disorientation, and fatigue among the helicopter crews. The Russian brain-scrambler is the same technology which I first revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 20. The Russians were hoping to cause the mission to be given up as hopeless without casualties, but the American Commando force reached its first check point, regrouped, and prepared to continue. So the Cosmospheres turned up their brain-scrambling transmitters to full power. One helicopter took off but veered off crazily, and sliced into a C130 Troop Transport airplane. Two others prepared to take off. But Cosmospheres overhead fired low-power bursts from their Particle Beams, rotor blades flew off, and the helicopters went nowhere. At that point it was obvious that it was all over. The raid was aborted, and all energy shifted to efforts to explain away the disaster to the public. Soon the charred bodies of slain Commandoes were flown home to Dover Air Force Base, Delaware. It was the second time in less than two years for Dover to receive bodies from a secret Commando raid by the United States! The first time they had paid the price for a successful operation in Guyana, as I detailed in AUDIO LETTER No. 40; but this time they died in total defeat. The Bolsheviks here might still have stoked up a military crisis over Iran, but the Russians made a chess move to prevent that. On April 28 the individual known to the public as Cyrus Vance resigned as Secretary of State in protest. This checkmated the Bolsheviks by making a public issue of any plans to pursue additional military moves.

253

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Another headline story in the secret war was the explosion of Mount St. Helens in Washington State on May 18. This was followed by a second eruption on May 25, and another major blast this month on June 13. At the same time there has been a sharp increase in the number of strong earthquakes along the west coast, especially in California. The first awesome cataclysm on May 18 took Government scientists by surprise. They did not expect anything so violent to happen without plenty of warning; but when the mountain blew its top, even the unfortunate Government geologist on the scene detected no warning signs. He had only enough time to grab his radio and shout “Vancouver, Vancouver. This is it.” Then the radio went silent as the blast wave reached him. Up until the awful surprise of May 18, Government spokesmen were playing down Mount St. Helens. “No reason to expect much,” they kept saying; but now, after the fact, they are changing their tune. Now they say that other volcanic mountains of the Cascade Range also look dangerous. There are just too many earthquakes going on, among other things. At least a dozen mountains in the Pacific northwest now look suspicious by some accounts, especially Mt. Rainier, Mt. Baker, Mt. Hood, and most of all Mt. Shasta in northern California. Mt. Shasta is especially worrisome because it overlooks a major agricultural center—California’s Central Valley. But it is also worrisome for other reasons. My friends, what we are seeing are the beginnings of a geophysical disaster along America’s west coast. Powerful natural forces are involved, but they are being guided and speeded up by deliberate means. I am talking about geophysical warfare. The stage has been set for the events now under way for over three years. I first reported the presence of Russian nuclear mines in major western dams in AUDIO LETTER No. 23, and one of the dams I named then was the one on Mt. Shasta. The following month in AUDIO LETTER No. 24 I reported on Russia’s preparations for geophysical warfare. It involved triggering awesome forces around the Pacific rim, known as the Ring of Fire. America’s west coast, which is strategic both militarily and agriculturally, will be devastated. In AUDIO LETTER No. 24 I listed the locations of seven (7) undersea hydrogen bombs on the ocean floor west of Washington, Oregon, and California. I can now reveal that these were detonated one by one in early March. Their tidal wave potential was avoided by firing them individually. Instead they were used to trigger flows of volcanic magma toward the Cascade Mountain Range. What nature was already doing slowly, started speeding up. By mid May Mount St. Helens was approaching the eruption point, but left to itself the mountain might have released the tremendous pressures inside slowly in one moderate 254

Audio Letter 55

eruption after another. So the Russians made use of the Cosmospheres to make sure that it exploded all at once with awesome power. Just after 8:30 A.M. on that Sunday of May 18, a squadron of Cosmospheres started firing at the north peak of the mountain. They fired their Particle Beams in short pauses, one after another in succession. The result was a series of machine-gun-like explosions and flashes around the summit of Mount St. Helens. The mountain started vibrating, cracks opened up, the pressure could be contained no longer, and the mountain exploded. The Particle Beam flashes would have been spectacular if seen close up, but almost everyone close enough to see them died in the overwhelming blast that followed. The same technique was used again to release the second blast on May 25, but that eruption was not as violent, and a few people who saw the flashes lived to tell about it. On May 26 UPI carried a news item giving the reactions of two witnesses. One said that the volcano, quote: “Rocked out all of a sudden. We were awake in a hurry, then the flashes woke us all the way up. The thunder that went with it would rattle your bones. It was like a million little explosions, then a big crash.” My friends, it remains to be seen just how far the geophysical warfare now under way will go; but I can only remind you of the warning I gave last October 1979 in AUDIO LETTER No. 51. The exact words I used then were: “The Kremlin is debating whether the time has come after all to unleash the great man-made catastrophe on America’s west coast.” Topic #3—This topic will be very brief because it’s based on information which is very sketchy up to now, but it could turn out to be very important so I want to alert you now without further delay. The world-wide struggle today is between two ancient and bitter enemies. Both want to control Russia and thereby to determine the fate of the world. One faction is that of the atheistic Bolsheviks who seized control of Russia in 1917. The other faction is a secret native Christian sect in Russia who worked for six decades to overthrow the Bolsheviks. For years now the new rulers in the Kremlin have been expelling their old enemies, the old Bolsheviks, from Russia. And the Bolsheviks from Russia have been flooding mostly here to the United States, and right under our very noses they are taking away our freedoms in a sophisticated new Bolshevik revolution! I have discussed all this before, especially in AUDIO LETTERS 28, 29, and 38. We are seeing the climax of a larger war of a thousand years. It’s the war between the Russians and the Khazars, which I described in AUDIO LETTER No. 50 last fall.

255

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

In the spring of ‘79 I revealed that a secret Intelligence war of “doubles” had broken out in Washington. The Bolsheviks here had upset America’s former rulers, the four Rockefeller Brothers, and were preparing for war. The Russians responded by intervening directly within our own government. The Bolsheviks were replacing key American leaders with doubles, and the Russians were replacing those with their own doubles. I revealed the war of doubles in AUDIO LETTER No. 45. The following month I revealed that Russia was deploying a secret weapon in the war of doubles. They were not human doubles, but genetic replicas of the people they were replacing. These are biological robots of a type known as “Organic Robotoids.” They look and act human, but they are not human. Instead, they are advanced products of genetic engineering. Less than six months later, in AUDIO LETTER No. 51, I revealed that the Bolsheviks here in America were counterattacking with their own type of biological robots. These are called Synthetic Automatons. When I first revealed what I did about man-made genetic replicas of human beings, I braced myself against ridicule; and I have been condemned in countless letters telling me that man cannot create new forms of life. Genetic engineering was not in the news a year ago, but less than two weeks ago the UNITED STATES SUPREME COURT handed down a landmark decision. They have proclaimed that new forms of life created by man can be patented—and, my friends, there will be a rush to the patent office. At this very moment there are over 100 patents pending for man-made life forms! If Professor Frankenstein were alive today he, too, could patent his monster. The Russians and the Bolsheviks are locked in a continual tug of war using their genetic replicas. When the White House is occupied by Bolshevik synthetics, American policy reflects the Bolshevik line; but whenever the Russians manage to replace synthetics with their own robotoids, White House policy is made in Moscow. The result is a never ending series of policy reversals, which are mystifying many editorial writers. A famous example was the United States vote against Israel at the United Nations last March. It was defended for two days, and then suddenly disavowed. The anti-Israel vote was ordered by Russian robotoids, but two days later the Bolsheviks eliminated them and used their own synthetics to disavow the vote. For many months now this hidden tug of war has been rocking the United States Government, but now there is a chance that the same thing will soon be happening in the Russian Government as well, because during the past two months the Bolsheviks here in America have succeeded in penetrating the 256

Audio Letter 55

Kremlin with synthetics. Several top leaders of the Politburo were recently killed and replaced with Bolshevik synthetics. One of these was the Kremlin’s strong man, Admiral Gorshkov. The Bolsheviks are using their synthetics in a new bid to retake control of Russia, but the ruling group in the Kremlin understand what they are up against and they are fighting back. A few weeks ago the Bolsheviks were on the verge of gaining the upper hand, now though they have lost their initial advantage of surprise. In addition, the Bolsheviks are apparently having difficulties with the synthetics which they send into the Kremlin. Several synthetics have disobeyed their Bolshevik programming. Right now the situation is far from clear, but one thing is certain. An unseen battle to the death is under way now in the Kremlin, and the outcome will affect everyone on the face of the earth! LAST MINUTE SUMMARY It is time now to give you my Last Minute Summary. In this AUDIO LETTER I’ve tried to give you a bird’s-eye view of events over the past several months. The bottom line is that the drums of approaching nuclear war are beating louder and louder. Even more urgently, secret warfare is already under way, and it is becoming more and more violent. The explosion of Mount St. Helens last month was brought about by geophysical warfare. Likewise, the severe weather patterns in the United States over the past several months have been produced by weather warfare. The Russians are doing this in retaliation for the giant grain embargo by the Carter Administration. The Russian weather war against the United States is intended to reduce our crops. In the Southwest, brutal heat is baking crops and killing cattle; and in the northern Great Plains grain is dying in a five-state region of severe drought. Russia’s enemies here are not you and me but the Bolsheviks, who are now in control of our Government. The Bolsheviks here are also the deadly enemies of you and me. In 1917 Christian Russia was dragged down into the hell of Bolshevism through the dark tunnel of war. Now the Bolsheviks are being expelled from Russia, so they are trying to do it all over again here in America. They are determined to throw America’s nuclear arsenal at Russia, win or lose, because either way the Bolsheviks expect to pick up the pieces here in complete Bolshevik dictatorship. My friends, these are dangerous times indeed, but we must not lose heart. If you are ever tempted to throw up your hands and say, “I can’t do anything,” just 257

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

think this over. All the weapons of war, all the propaganda, and all the controls of government have just one purpose. That purpose is to control you. If you give up and just close your eyes, you are giving them the very thing they want most. But as long as you keep your eyes open, see the truth as best you can and hold on to it, you are defeating them. Our Lord Jesus Christ said it long ago: “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

258

Audio Letter 56
July 30, 1980
Yesterday an “Emergency Session” of the United Nations General Assembly came to an end. It was treated as a non-event by the controlled major media of the United States, and many Americans have paid little attention—but it was only the seventh Emergency Session in the 35-year history of the United Nations! My friends, the stakes involve NUCLEAR WAR ONE. The Bolsheviks who now control the United States Government are determined to bring about nuclear war with Russia, one way or another; but their most preferred path to war lies through the Middle East. I first gave details about this nearly five years ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 6. Since then there have been continual revisions and up-dates of the planning for war by way of the Middle East. I have kept my listeners abreast of these developments in later AUDIO LETTERS, especially Nos. 22, 28, 37, and 46. Ever since late 1977 the Middle East war plan has grown to include Iran as a central factor, because the main military strategy of the controlled United States Government is now a “first-strike” strategy; and Iran, nestled against Russia’s underbelly, is a tempting base for attack against Russia. But the preferred initial focus of the Middle East war would not be Iran, but Israel. In AUDIO LETTER No. 50 I reviewed the common roots of the Zionists who control Israel and the Bolsheviks who now control America. They always work together, hand in glove, because they are derived from the same source. That ancient source was the mis-named “Kingdom of the Jews,” the Khazar Kingdom, which existed a thousand years ago in what is now southern Russia. The Bolsheviks and Zionists are identical in their goals and tactics—except for one thing. The Zionist dream is for eventual world domination from Jerusalem, whereas the Bolsheviks want to control their former homeland of Russia and rule the world from there. But the Bolsheviks have largely lost the power they gained in Russia in 1917, and they are now using the United States as their main power base.

259

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The Bolshevik-controlled United States is virtually the lone sponsor of Israel. In return, Israel performs many favors for America’s rulers, especially in military and covert spy matters. The United Nations Emergency Session which just ended amounted to a referendum by the world against Israel. For years the Begin Government of Israel has been pressing ahead in a relentless program of acts designed to inflame the anger of Israel’s Arab neighbors. While protesting loudly that she only wants to be left alone in peace, Israel has been systematically doing the things that can only lead to war—and it is a war which can very quickly engulf the entire world. That is why a majority of the members of the United Nations were worried enough to petition for an Emergency Session; and after the six-day debate was over, 112 nations lined up together against Israel. They declared Israel’s settlements in the occupied Arab territories illegal, and demanded that Israel start pulling out before November 15 of this year. Their common position was summed up by Guinea’s United Nations ambassador in the words: “The process of war must come to an end.” Israel’s ambassador at the United Nations tried to paint the whole debate as a meaningless gesture, even though the United Nations created Israel in the first place. And following the Zionist lead, the Bolshevik-dominated major media here in America treated it as a non-event! The fact is, my friends, that Israel actions are fast bringing the Middle East to the threshold of war. War fever is rising, and it is being reflected by the thermometer of war, the price of gold. Last January 21, 1980, gold traded at an alltime high of $875 per ounce; and as I revealed that month in AUDIO LETTER No. 53, a secret nuclear first-strike operation was then being attempted against Russia. It failed, and gold prices dropped off for several months. But now war danger is rising again. The Bolsheviks here are becoming increasingly desperate in their war plans against Russia. If we as a people are ever going to act to save ourselves from final ruin, NOW is the time we must begin. The stakes are: life and death, peace or war; but the key to our own effective action is not military. It lies with the thermometer of war, GOLD. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—IAN FLEMING AND THE FT. KNOX GOLD SCANDAL Topic #2—NARROWING OPTIONS IN THE BOLSHEVIK PLAN FOR NUCLEAR WAR

260

Audio Letter 56

Topic #3—STEP ONE IN WHAT YOU CAN DO. Topic #1—Not many years ago millions were fascinated by the fictional exploits of an imaginary British spy. His name was James Bond, and he was the creation of the late British author Ian Fleming. It was Fleming more than anyone else who created the image of the modern “super spy.” All the Fleming spy stories had two major characteristics in common that made them stand out. For one thing, every story was about a world-shaking situation which was kept secret from the public. The other common ingredient was always a dazzling display of secret high technologies of every description—things unknown to the public. These two unique features of his stories eventually catapulted Ian Fleming into world-wide fame. He was the undisputed leader in his field. As always happens many others tried to copy him, and spy stories were all around us in the late 60’s. But he always remained one of a kind. Try as they might, none of his imitators could ever match his work. It was as though he had a secret advantage, a secret weapon of his own—and, my friends, he did! In writing his stories, Ian Fleming was drawing upon his own secret weapon. That weapon was knowledge. Fleming had been a high-ranking officer of Britain’s crack Intelligence agency called MI-5. It was the British who practically invented and perfected the modern concept of Intelligence, and to this day British Intelligence remains the equal of any in the world. When Fleming left Her Majesty’s Secret Service to become a writer, he was severely limited in what he could publish. He was bound by the restrictions of the British “Official Secrets Act.” Under that Act, Fleming would have been liable for punishment for revealing any official secret without authorization. And so Ian Fleming, the former British Intelligence officer, became what is known as a “fictionalizer”—that is, he started with factual knowledge but rearranged and modified it in order to create startling stories of fiction. He was always extremely careful about how he did this. He always knew that he was skirting the fringes of the Official Secrets Act. He could not afford to make a mistake, because it would have meant prison for him and possible forfeiture of pension rights; and so he always altered every situation, every secret technology, and every personality enough to avoid revealing actual secrets. It was a long and meticulous process both to protect himself and to make each final story readable. For that reason Fleming completed a new James Bond novel only about once a year. If it had all been imagination, as many people believe, he would have been capable of producing a new book every few months, making himself far richer. But because his stories were all rooted in fact, secret fact, he did not dare speed up and run the risk of making a mistake.

261

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Ian Fleming had two purposes in writing his famous series of spy novels. One purpose, of course, was to earn a very comfortable living; but beyond that he was also trying to subtly open the eyes of the reading public by the medium of fiction. Because of the Official Secrets Act he could not publish the facts that he knew as fact without modification, so he did what he felt was the next best thing, and that was to use his stories to open our minds to at least think in terms which were otherwise hidden from us. Fleming truly believed that this was something which somehow had to be done, because knowing what he knew he was not an optimistic man. More than three decades ago he could see that the public was beginning to be left behind by secret new weapons, new technologies, and new techniques to enslave us all. A public awakening was the only hope he could see to prevent eventual disaster, and so beginning in the early 50’s Fleming started writing exciting fiction in order to hint at secret facts. His plan was “Fictionalize to open eyes.” By the early 60’s the one-man campaign of Ian Fleming was starting to gather steam. His fictional hero James Bond started gaining popularity in ever-wider circles; and even though his exploits were understood to be fiction, people were beginning to think of possibilities which they had never seen before. James Bond movies were in the works. After years of gradual growth, the power of Ian Fleming’s fiction was about to explode into a world-wide craze. Countless millions were on the verge of being encouraged to think unthinkable thoughts about what goes on in secret. Simply by encouraging people to think new thoughts for themselves, Ian Fleming was endangering secret plans of very powerful men—and he almost got away with it because they were slow to realize what he was doing. But just as the James Bond craze was beginning, Ian Fleming’s plan was brought to an end. Sixteen years ago next month, on August 12, 1964, Ian Fleming died an untimely death at age 56. By making us think, Ian Fleming had posed a real danger to secret long-range plans of a powerful few. And even after he was removed from the scene, his fictional efforts to awaken us could not be stopped overnight. The momentum of public interest was just too great because he had caught the imagination of millions upon millions. The James Bond craze could not be stopped, and so the other choice was to control it. Experts in propaganda and public deception studied the problem and quickly hit on the solution. Fleming’s plan had been “Fictionalize to open eyes.” He wanted to make us see possibilities which were being hidden from us otherwise; but with him out of the way, the new plan became: “Fictionalize to close eyes.” It was a plan to make secrets more secure than ever by making the truth unbelievable to us, and this technique of blinding us through fiction has been a major factor on the American scene now for 15 years. 262

Audio Letter 56

A perfect example of all of this took place with a book Fleming published 21 years ago in 1959. It was titled “GOLD FINGER.” The starting point for the book was knowledge about certain secrets. Fleming knew that there was a longrange plan to create monetary chaos for private gain and power. He also knew that a central feature of the plan was to be the secret disappearance of America’s monetary gold hoard at Fort Knox, and he knew that the kingpin of this international plot was a man with legendary greed for gold. His name: DAVID ROCKEFELLER. It was a plan that was totally unsuspected by the public. It was still the Eisenhower era, the heyday of the so-called “almighty dollar.” The dollar was good as gold, because it was backed by the world’s largest monetary gold hoard. Fort Knox was thought to be impregnable; and in those days, my friends, no one dared speak ill of the Four Rockefeller Brothers. Ian Fleming decided to write a book that would begin to alert people to what was afoot. He could not tell the whole story, nor tell it as fact because of the Official Secrets Act; but by fictionalizing he was able to cause people to think of possibilities which would never have occurred to them otherwise. For example, in the 50’s it was a rare American who considered even the possibility of monetary turmoil. The dollar was good as gold, and that was that. Why even think about gold? Individual citizens could not own it except in jewelry. Wasn’t all the rest of it thought to be sealed up in Fort Knox? Everyone knew no one could get in there, and so we didn’t even think about it. But in his book GOLD FINGER, Fleming brought several key thoughts to our minds. He devised a fictional scheme to show that Fort Knox might not be impregnable after all. He raised the question: “What would happen to the dollar and other currencies if the Fort Knox gold were no longer available?” And he proposed the unthinkable thought that someone, if they were rich enough and greedy enough, might want to get their hands on America’s gold. The actual GOLD FINGER story, of course, was fiction; but the basic points which I have just mentioned were fact. GOLD FINGER was published in 1959; and barely two years later in 1961, the hemorrhaging of America’s monetary gold supply began. Agents of David Rockefeller within the United States Government provided a cloak of authority called the “London Gold Pool Agreement”; and then for seven years until 1968, big Army trucks loaded with gold bullion rolled out of Fort Knox constantly—and all without a word to the public!

263

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Some of the gold shipments during those seven years were recorded on a list kept by the United States Mint. Almost without exception the shipments listed went to the New York Assay Office, where they disappeared without any further accounting. As you may recall, the New York Assay Office was the focus of a scandal in December 1978 involving missing gold. Over 5,000 ounces had simply disappeared; but that, my friends, was a very small tip of a very large iceberg, and so the controversy over the missing millions in gold at the New York Assay Office was quickly smoothed over and covered up. They could not afford to allow any real investigation which might let the public know the truth. According to the official list of shipments I mentioned earlier, a large fraction of America’s monetary gold went to the New York Assay Office in the 60’s. There it disappeared, never to be seen again. But, my friends, the real situation was even worse. Long ago my sources gave me hard evidence of many large gold shipments from Fort Knox which were not even listed. Five years ago this month in AUDIO LETTER No. 2 I revealed a specific example of this. It was a shipment on January 20, 1965, in which four (4) tractor-trailers loaded up at Fort Knox and then headed for railroad tracks across the river at Jeffersonville, Indiana. My sources provided me with details, including photographs, of the operation. But the shipment was one of many which did not show on any official Government list of shipments. In June 1975, Mr. Edward Durell and my other associates were able to confront officials of the United States Mint with this example of missing shipments, and for once the confrontation took place under circumstances in which the Mint was under great pressure to respond. In the most specific terms the Bureau of the Mint was asked what was shipped out of Fort Knox in the four tractortrailers on January 20, 1965. The written answer dated June 19, 1975 came from the then Director of the United States Mint, Mrs. Mary Brooks. She confirmed that this unlisted shipment amounted to more than one and three-quarter (1-3/4) million ounces of gold—and, my friends, it was not junk gold melted down from old coins which were confiscated from Americans in 1934. The shipment was part of America’s true monetary gold, good delivery gold which is .995 fine or better. After this admission in writing about an enormous secret shipment of gold out of Fort Knox, one would have thought that there would be fireworks, but not so! My friend Mr. Durell showered the appropriate officials throughout the Government with this evidence of massive fraud at Fort Knox, and he notified the major media and all of the appropriate leaders in Congress about this evidence. For reasons which I will explain later in this message, I believe it’s time to call

264

Audio Letter 56

attention to one of these people. He is Senator William Proxmire of Wisconsin, Chairman of the Senate Banking Committee. Proxmire loves to parade as a great defender of our financial interests in Washington. He’s famous for his so-called “Golden Fleece Award.” Proxmire searches through the Federal Budget with a fine-tooth comb, and he’s always able to find some project or contract which rightly or wrongly will look ridiculous to the public. He then trots it out, announces how much it costs, and with a great flourish gives it his Golden Fleece Award. By this and other means Proxmire is a master at maintaining his image as a protector of the American economy. But if ever a situation deserved the Proxmire Golden Fleece Award, it is the FORT KNOX GOLD SCANDAL. The petty examples usually chosen by Proxmire fleece the American public out of perhaps hundreds of thousands or a few million dollars. It makes good publicity for Proxmire, but it’s insignificant. By contrast, the Fort Knox Gold Scandal is fleecing every one of us out of the shirt on our back. It has undermined the dollar itself, which is on its way to destruction. It has set off ever-worsening inflation even while our economy is stagnating. The Gold Scandal is fleecing us all, but what has Senator William Proxmire done about that?? Let me tell you what he has, and has not, done. For more than five years Proxmire has been among the top American leaders who have been kept informed about major developments and evidence in the Gold Scandal. He has been given the evidence I mentioned earlier about the missing shipment from Fort Knox, as well as other evidence of major discrepancies; but up to now, Proxmire has kept his lips sealed about discrepancies about America’s gold supply—with one exception. That exception took place in December 1978. Word had leaked out about the 5,000-or so missing ounces of gold at the New York Assay Office worth over $3,000,000 at today’s prices. As Chairman of the Senate Banking Committee, Proxmire immediately jumped on the story. Frowning in disapproval, he proclaimed that this would have to be looked into. Hearing those words from the champion of the Golden Fleece Award, the public relaxed and quickly forgot about it. And almost as quickly, Senator William Proxmire made sure he forgot about it too. To this day, no real investigation has ever taken place over the missing gold at the New York Assay Office. Proxmire’s failure to follow up that $3,000,000 gold discrepancy was bad enough, but it’s nothing compared to his apparent disinterest in investigating the truth about the Fort Knox Gold Scandal. The case of the missing Fort Knox shipment is a case in point. At today’s prices, that one shipment alone was 265

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

worth more than one billion dollars ($1,000,000,000)—not a mere million but 1000 times a million! And that, in truth, was only one example. There were many unreported shipments like that. That is why the Treasury figures, which show a huge remaining American gold hoard, are a fraud—a total fraud. And that’s why the United States could auction off only a small amount of junk gold over a period of time and then had to stop. And that’s why the United States dollar is no longer “as good as gold”; instead, it’s fast becoming worth less than the paper it’s printed on. Senator William Proxmire, like many others trusted by the American public, has been given massive evidence about all of this; but his actions so far have helped only those who have taken our own gold in order to fleece us of everything we own. Later in this message I will have more to say about Senator William Proxmire and the Fort Knox Gold Scandal. But for now I want to finish the story of Ian Fleming’s aborted efforts to alert the public about things like these. As I already explained, his principle was “Fictionalize to open eyes”; but after his untimely death in 1964 his stories were seized upon and warped, especially in movies, for the opposite purpose. The new purpose became “Fictionalize to CLOSE eyes.” Nothing could be done to alter and neutralize Fleming’s books once they had been published, so instead attention was drawn away from the books to the James Bond movies; and as the movies were in preparation, disinformation agents were planted on the scene to guide the process. As a result, the James Bond who emerged on film was a very different character from the one in Fleming’s novels. The basic story lines remained the same, but in many subtle ways the psychology was radically changed. The movies retained the adventure, fast action, dazzling secret technologies, and bold plots which Fleming had pioneered; but by clever use of satirical humor, every James Bond movie ended up by laughing at itself. Secret weapons were exaggerated or twisted so as to make them entertaining but also ridiculous; and by filling the movies with strange characters and never-ending gimmicks, viewers were distracted from the underlying warnings of the basic plot. The GOLD FINGER story was a perfect example of all this. Fleming’s original novel called attention to something which most readers would never have thought about otherwise. That was the potential relationship between Fort Knox gold and international monetary chaos, and through his fictional plot he also planted the idea that the legendary Fort Knox bullion depository might not be invulnerable after all. But these lessons were rarely, if ever, realized by those who saw only the movie; instead, the typical viewer walked out of the movie 266

Audio Letter 56

laughing. It was obvious that what he had seen could happen only in fiction, and from that point onward he was programmed to react with disbelief if he should ever hear of tampering with Fort Knox gold. Such a thing could only be fiction—it was just too ridiculous ever to really happen. This is the attitude I encountered more than seven years ago when I began giving public warnings about deliberate plans for economic chaos. I myself was first alerted to the Fort Knox Gold Scandal by none other than British Intelligence in London after completing a secret mission for Queen Elizabeth in Zaire; and in my book THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR, I outlined the overall plan, including the unseen role of America’s gold. I had one major advantage which Ian Fleming did not have. The United States does not yet have an Official Secrets Act like that of Britain, and so I was not forced to fictionalize. Instead I was able to give the real plans and real names of those responsible for things to come. The prototype for Ian Fleming’s GOLD FINGER of two decades ago was none other than David Rockefeller, and in my book I showed in detail how he played his kingpin role in the plan to destroy our economy. I described how this was leading to a collapsing dollar, skyrocketing gold prices, a stagnating economy, spiraling financial problems for State and local governments, urban unrest, and eventually NUCLEAR WAR. But when David Rockefeller himself was interviewed about my book, even he resorted to the technique “Fictionalize to close eyes.” His comment about THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR was: “Interesting science fiction.” But, my friends, the truth is always stranger than fiction. Today it is fiction that we believe, and fact that we don’t believe. Most people still believe the fiction that David Rockefeller himself is still alive, but he actually died in a secret coup d’etat nearly a year and a half ago, as I revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 43. What we see today is no longer David Rockefeller but only his image. My friends, the truth is the truth, no matter what we choose to believe; and what the late David Rockefeller dismissed as “Interesting science fiction” seven years ago is coming true today. Yesterday we would not believe. Today we are suffering. Tomorrow it will be too late—if we do not act NOW. Topic #2—For more than two years now the United States government under the Bolsheviks has been dragging Americans down the path toward national suicide in Nuclear War. America’s controlling military strategy today is a kamikaze plan which I first revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 35 for June 1978. If there should be all-out war between the United States and Russia, the United States will be at a hopeless military disadvantage. 267

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The Russians completely destroyed the rough military balance between East and West during the closing months of 1977. During those months, as I reported in AUDIO LETTERS No.’s 26 through 29, the Russians deployed their new secret Space Triad of manned strategic weapons. And since that time the Russians have had men in Space constantly on a routine basis. Meanwhile, the United States can do nothing but sit and watch. Our famous Space Shuttle, already two years behind schedule, just keeps sitting on the ground instead of flying into space; and the biggest American space spectacular in the past three years was the alleged “Crash of SKYLAB,” one year ago this month. But, as I detailed in AUDIO LETTER No. 48, even that episode was a hoax. SKYLAB had actually been shot down twenty-one months earlier, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 27. For more than two years we have been at Russia’s mercy militarily. If the Kremlin were the real source of nuclear war fever today, the United States would already lie in smoking ruins. But it hasn’t happened, and the reason it hasn’t happened is something I’ve been reporting to you now for two and a half years. Those who formerly controlled the Kremlin, the atheistic Bolsheviks, control it no more. They have been overthrown and expelled by a secret sect of native Russian Christians. The expelled Bolsheviks from Russia have been flocking in droves mainly here to the United States for a new start. And so, unsuspected by most Americans, the true relationship between the United States and Russia has been turned upside down. The Bolsheviks, who used to rule Russia, now rule the United States; and now that they are here they are still as vicious and warlike as they ever were in Russia. If America were ruled today by reasonable and honest men, concerned for the welfare of all the people, they would take an objective look at our relations with Russia. On one hand they would see the military fact that Russia now has the means to level our country a dozen times over in a matter of minutes. But, on the other hand, reasonable men would also take stock of the fact that Russia has not unleashed that awesome capability. Instead, the Russians have, so far, confined themselves to a piecemeal war of attrition against our own war-making capacity. Looking at all this, reasonable men would at least consider the possibility that Russia prefers peace to war. 268

Audio Letter 56

And so our leaders, if they were reasonable and prudent, would at least open up meaningful talks with the leaders of Russia. They would at least make an honest effort to find out if war with Russia might be avoided without loss of honor. But my friends, the Bolsheviks are now in control of America’s policies and they are not reasonable men. They are obsessed with the Satanic frenzy for power. Their Creed is rule or ruin. They seek only their own personal gain, no matter what the cost may be to everyone else. They want to start over with a new and complete Bolshevik dictatorship here in America and from there work on outward in a new bid for World control. But Russia, controlled by the new breed in the Kremlin, stands in their way. The Bolsheviks now entrenched here in America know that they cannot hope to destroy Russia with America’s inferior military power. This is especially true because Russia’s rulers, unlike our own, have provided extensive civil defense preparations to protect their people. But the Bolsheviks will be satisfied if they can only wound Russia grievously enough to badly disrupt Russia internally. The Bolsheviks here believe that they will accomplish their purpose if they can kill as many as 20,000,000 Russians in nuclear war. They are convinced that nuclear casualties that large will be enough to preoccupy the Russians with their own internal problems for many years. And that will leave the Bolsheviks here relatively free to make a fresh start with the smoking remains of the United States. They will be free to impose their own Bolshevik dictatorship on the haunted minority of Americans who will survive Nuclear War I. In order to achieve their goal of killing 20,000,000 Russians, the Bolsheviks here will have to accept a nuclear war that will kill at least 160,000,000 Americans. To you and me a plan like that is insane. But to the Bolsheviks, those odds are very acceptable because, my friends, in Bolshevik calculations you and I don’t count. We are expendable. The only losses which do matter to them are their own and the Bolsheviks believe that their own casualties in Nuclear War I will be very small, because they plan to choose the moment for war themselves by triggering a surprise American nuclear first strike against Russia; and because they will know when war is about to start they will be able to protect themselves. They plan to use their positions of governmental power to hide in government war bunkers throughout the United States. When Nuclear War I erupts, the Bolsheviks here intend to be the main occupants of the 96 secret underground cities of the Federal Relocation Arc. They will pull down the “Temple” on our heads, while they themselves hide in safety. 269

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

There is now a dangerous and destructive war of cat and mouse going on between Russia’s new rulers and the Bolsheviks here. Each side knows what the other is up to and their strategies against one another are in a constant state of flux. The Russians, for their part, know that the Bolsheviks want to throw America’s nuclear might at Russia in a surprise attack. And as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 53 last January, the hardliners in the Kremlin are now in the driver’s seat. Unlike the white dove faction who lost influence last October 1979, the hard-liners are convinced that nuclear war is inevitable, and so they are preparing the Russian people for war with America. But at the same time, they’re using secret warfare to chip away and reduce America’s economic and military strength. For example, Russian sabotage is taking a steadily rising toll of railroad tank cars, chemical plants, refineries, and other military targets. Have you ever asked yourself why all these so-called derailments involving chemical tank cars? If it were mere chance, it would often involve box cars, or coal cars, or flat cars, or automobile carriers, or maybe refrigerated cars full of milk. But no, to judge by all the supposed rail accidents, you would think that the trains are hauling nothing but toxic chemicals these days. And then there is Russia’s expanding campaign of geophysical warfare. One aspect of this involves earthquakes and volcanoes like Mt. St. Helens, as I discussed last month. Another aspect of geophysical warfare is weather warfare, which is now going on with a vengeance in the United States. One reason I tried so hard to record AUDIO LETTER No. 54 last February before I was overcome by my heart attack was to give a warning about weather warfare and food shortages to come. And this summer, the weather has gone crazy all over the United States. The Northern Plains are in the grip of a drought worse than anything since the Dust Bowl of the 30’s. The nationwide heat wave has taken over a thousand lives and is killing cattle, broiling chickens alive, and wiping out crops. And next, my friends, we must brace ourselves for hurricanes unlike anything ever seen in America. Slowly but surely, the Bolsheviks here are being hemmed in by the Russians. For the past six months, the Russians have been gradually pulling the fangs of the Bolshevik dragon. As a result, the Bolsheviks here are gradually putting more and more of their eggs into fewer and fewer baskets. With their backs to the wall, the Bolsheviks here are concentrating on actions that go for the head of Russia. Their attitude is pure offense, even at the expense of neglecting anything of a defensive nature. For example, the Caribbean is now up for grabs. The United States is paying no attention. Instead the Bolsheviks here are trying to stir up problems for Russia around her own periphery. The Bolsheviks can’t find a rope big enough to tie down the Russian Bear. So instead, they’re trying 270

Audio Letter 56

to use a million little threads; and by means of their invasion of the Kremlin itself with genetic replicas, which I reported last month, the Bolsheviks are trying to unbalance the Kremlin. I can now report that during April and May the Bolsheviks came very close to toppling the new leadership in the Kremlin. Within the past several weeks, Russia’s new rulers have staged a strong comeback, but the battle is still raging; and all the Bolsheviks really want is a moment of weakness in the Kremlin, because very soon now they will have enough Minuteman TX traveling missiles deployed to make possible a first strike against Russia—thus triggering Nuclear War I. My friends, some people have asked me why I revealed what I did last month about America’s secret mobile missile—the Minuteman TX. The answer is that it is time for us, the American people, to wage preventive warfare. Ours must be a war of knowledge and truth—a war to prevent war. We need to stop the secret spiral of warfare by both the Russians and the Bolsheviks here, because you and I are the ones who are caught in the middle. Topic #3—Centuries ago the founder of the powerful Rothschild dynasty proclaimed a principle which became famous. He said: “Give me the power to issue a nation’s money, and I care not who writes the laws.” Since that time the manipulation of money and its relationship to gold reserves has been a determining factor in world affairs. It has fueled ever widening struggles for world power. That’s why Henry Ford, Sr. long ago said, and I quote: “War will not be abolished until its roots are cut, and one of its main roots is a false money system and the high priests thereof. The youth who can solve the money question would do more for the world than all the professional soldiers in history.” My friends, in my book seven years ago, THE CONSPIRACY AGAINST THE DOLLAR, I revealed the basic plan to bring on inflation miseries which we are all beginning to suffer today. They are leading toward economic catastrophe, unemployment, dictatorship, and nuclear war. But they are all rooted in economics and the control of money, and the deepest root of all is the FORT KNOX GOLD SCANDAL. So if you truly care about your country and want to help save it for yourself and for your children, the Fort Knox Gold Scandal is the place to begin. In my mail lately I have noticed a dramatic rise in the number of people asking me: “What can I do?,” and I believe that I know the reason. Years ago the warn271

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ings I gave about coming economic hardship and nuclear war sounded too remote to worry about; but now the economic problems are pinching all of us worse and worse by the day, and now the bright skies of yesteryear are giving way to the gathering storm clouds of nuclear war. Up until now I have generally resisted giving specific answers to the question of what we can do. There were many signs that people were asking without really wanting to do anything, and it simply is not enough to just stand up once, shout, and sit down again to watch the world go by, or to meet, eat, and retreat. If you are really serious about wanting to do something, you have to be willing to stick with it, because America’s enemies, both within and without, have learned how they can almost always defeat us. All they have to do is to close their mouths and wait. They just bide their time while we fuss a while then fall silent and forget about it. Then they go on their own way as if nothing had ever happened. The only way to get results is to hang on like a bulldog. You have to keep at it in spite of one disappointment after another until something breaks loose. You cannot let them wear you out—instead you have to wear them out. A perfect example of this is provided by the efforts of my friend Mr. Edward Durell concerning the Fort Knox Gold Scandal. Six years ago Mr. Durell started in much the same way as you could start now. He first learned about my charges concerning the denudement of America’s gold at Fort Knox by reading about them in a newspaper. He had been concerned about the gold backing of the dollar for many years, but my charges were new to him. He decided to find out for himself whether my charges held water, so he began a very informal, almost casual way. He inquired of one or two officials, including his Congressman, whether there was anything to the story, and it was their responses that caused him to start digging deeper and still deeper seeking the truth—not because those initial responses confirmed what I had charged, far from it. Instead Mr. Durell discovered that he was unable to receive a meaningful, conclusive answer at all about it. Most Americans today would have just given up at that point. The easy thing to do is to shrug your shoulders and say, “Well, I tried. I guess they won’t tell me any more.” But not Mr. Durell. He’s a man who demands answers, and he refuses to be satisfied until he gets them. What’s more, he knows what too many of us have forgotten—that under the Constitution it is our right, it is our duty to seek the redress of grievances; and so for every unsatisfactory answer he received, Mr. Durell responded by asking more questions of more people. He kept careful track of his correspondence including telephone calls, letters, tele272

Audio Letter 56

grams, and personal meetings. He did not just swallow the replies he got but he analyzed them. With each official reply he asked himself: “Did this answer my question? If not, why not? Did they contradict what they have told me in earlier correspondence? If so, why? Does the story I get from Official A agree with the story given me by Official B? If not, which is correct?” By confronting people with their own official answers, or with their silence when they refused to answer, he began driving chinks into the armor; and because of his determined persistence, he long ago began catching them in mistakes—serious mistakes. For six years now he has kept it up, and now through his own efforts Mr. Durell has compiled his own file of extremely damaging evidence about Fort Knox. By these methods Mr. Durell long ago became an authority in his own right about the Fort Knox Gold Scandal, and he did it simply by refusing to give up. He has contacted numerous members of Congress, officials of the Departments of Treasury and Justice, and many others up to and including two Presidents— Ford and the alleged Carter. For his efforts he has received everything from stony silence to outright provable lies. He has worked long and hard for six years; and now if there were an honest, public investigation into the Fort Knox affair, his files might well lead to the imprisonment of some of the most powerful men in America! The Watergate scandal was child’s play compared with the covered-up Fort Knox Gold Scandal. This brings me to the reason for my directing your attention to Senator William Proxmire, as I did in Topic #1. He’s Chairman of the powerful Senate Banking Committee, and in that capacity he holds a position of prime responsibility and public trust to carry out an honest, thorough, and public investigation of the Fort Knox Gold Scandal. And so, my friends, I would strongly suggest that the starting point be the evidence about the huge missing shipment of gold from Fort Knox on January 20, 1965. For five years now Senator Proxmire has ignored the evidence given him about that shipment, which was omitted from official Treasury records. At today’s gold prices, this shipment would have been worth more than a billion dollars ($1,000,000,000)—one thousand million dollars! But more importantly, that missing shipment was only one of many which took place from Fort Knox according to my confidential information. It was only one episode in the overall program to make America gold poor; and so the missing gold shipment of January 20, 1965 points at the very heart of the causes for our crumbling economy today. But to this day, Senator William Proxmire has not lifted a finger to launch a Fort Knox investigation. I want to make it clear, however, that I have 273

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

no evidence that Proxmire himself is involved in the illegal gold removals from Fort Knox, but I can prove that he has consistently ignored large amounts of strong evidence of catastrophic fraud surrounding Fort Knox. He’s made a name for himself by handing out Golden Fleece Awards for petty matters—but he has ignored the Gold Scandal, which is fleecing the entire American people! Up to now, Senator Proxmire has been seriously derelict in his duty to investigate publicly and honestly the Fort Knox Gold Scandal. But what matters most now is not Proxmire but the SCANDAL itself. IT MUST BE EXPOSED if America is to be saved. It’s that simple, my friends; and so I’m about to give you “Step One” in my answer to those of you who have been asking me, “What can I do?” I emphasize that this is only the first step. If you choose to take it, my friends, then many more steps can follow; but I must also give you this clear warning: If you will not take this first step, nothing else can follow!! In the name of freedom, we must be heard. We must begin a concerted campaign to open up an honest, public investigation of the Fort Knox Gold Scandal, and we should all join together in directing our energies at Senator William Proxmire. It is his Committee which has the prime responsibility to carry out the necessary public investigation. Our goal is not to attack Proxmire but to bring about the investigation of Fort Knox. To do that, Proxmire will have to have public support—just as General Brown depended upon public support in the Underwater Missile Crisis four years ago. And so regardless of his inaction up to now, we must let Senator Proxmire know that he will have our support for a Fort Knox investigation. It is not his head that we want—it is the TRUTH about Fort Knox. Let us “open up” Fort Knox! You may send letters, Mailgrams or telegrams to: Senator William Proxmire Senate Office Bldg., Wash., D.C. If you want your message to be read and to have an impact, you must do three things: 1. Make it legible. If your handwriting is good, a handwritten letter is fine; otherwise it’s better to type. 2. Keep it short. If you write a long rambling letter it will just go into the trash basket. 274

Audio Letter 56

3. Be specific. Tell Senator Proxmire clearly, in your own words, what you want from him. If I were writing a letter to Senator Proxmire about this, I would say something like the following: “Dear Senator Proxmire. I’m writing to request your urgent attention to a vital matter that falls within your jurisdiction as Chairman of the Senate Banking Committee. I’m speaking of the allegations of Dr. Beter about massive fraud involving the United States gold supplies at Fort Knox. Looking at our crumbling economy I’m inclined to believe Dr. Beter’s charges that America has secretly become gold poor. Our economic problems today are exactly those which Dr. Beter has warned about for years, and yet I have never seen any effort by your Committee to prove him wrong. I would like to believe your reputation as a defender of the public financial interest in Washington, so I hope that you will launch a full, complete public investigation of the alleged Fort Knox Gold Scandal without delay. If you will do so, I assure you of my strong personal support. As a starting point, let me suggest a piece of evidence which Dr. Beter says you were provided some five years ago. This was the written admission by the then Director of the United States Mint that a giant gold shipment from Fort Knox took place on January 20, 1965, even though the shipment was not shown on official Treasury listings. I anxiously await your reply. I am keeping a copy of this message, and plan to show it, with your reply, to everyone I know.” What I have just suggested is just to get you started. By all means express your own thoughts in your own way as much as possible; but whatever you do, be sure to keep a file for your correspondence about this. When you get his reply, don’t be discouraged or surprised if it turns out to be an attack on my credibility, or lip service, or even silence. Just keep in mind that the Director of the United States Mint contradicted other Treasury documents about the missing shipment. That discrepancy has never been resolved, so don’t let yourself be put off easily. If you receive a reply from Senator Proxmire, you may want to show both your letter and his to your friends. And to give them more background about it all, let 275

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

them listen to AUDIO LETTER No. 2 for July 1975. That tape contains a great deal about Fort Knox and it’s a good starting point. Beyond that, you may wish to follow up with more letters, always keeping a copy for your file. And in the months to come if I learn that people are taking this first step—and it’s only a first step—I plan to have more to say. But now it’s up to you, my friends. LAST MINUTE SUMMARY It is time to give you my Last Minute Summary. In this AUDIO LETTER I’ve tried to call your attention to several things. One is the fact that the danger of all-out war is coming closer and closer to the surface. Once again the Middle East is heating up as the possible fuse to set off nuclear war. War tensions are being excited primarily by the deliberate actions of Israel. The situation has become so critical that for only the 7th time in history an “Emergency Session” of the United Nations has just been held to discuss it. Meanwhile the Bolsheviks here in the United States Government are being hemmed in more and more by the secret Russian warfare of attrition. Secret military projects are still under way here in America, but the economic and industrial base that supports it all is being whittled away. A few days ago Mount St. Helens, the most spectacular example yet of Russian geophysical warfare, erupted again; and as usual, it came as a surprise to all the authorities. Only the day before, Washington State had started allowing tourists closer to the volcano because of its seeming stability. And the Russian weather war against America which I revealed last February is continuing, and Russia’s geophysical warfare against America is still expanding. Just two days ago two Russian cobalt bombs which had been planted in deep caverns in the Midwest were detonated. One was a short distance west of Cincinnati, Ohio; the other was under the northwest corner of the huge Fort Knox Military Reservation in Kentucky. The result was a strong earthquake called “extremely rare” by the United States Geological Survey. It registered 5.8 on the Richter scale, and shook 12 states from Wisconsin to South Carolina. It may have been rare before the era of geophysical warfare, my friends, but now anything can happen! My friends, many people have been asking me the question, “What can I do?” I have given you “Step One” of my answer, which deals with the Fort Knox Gold Scandal. It is something we can do—if we will. Our goal must be to get back the monetary gold reserves which have been stolen from us, to restore strength and confidence to the dollar, and to revive honor and trust in a newly reborn 276

Audio Letter 56

United States Government—because only in that way can we hope to remove the causes of war which are now so imminent. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

277

Audio Letter 57
August 31, 1980
On an August morning 35 years ago, the world we live in suddenly was changed forever. The day was August 6, 1945. It began shortly after dawn that summer morning in southwest Japan. Japanese defense forces detected a single American bomber approaching at high altitude. It was heading for the City of Hiroshima. Sirens began to wail and Radio Hiroshima told residents to take cover. The American bomber, a B-29, was droning along six miles high, out of reach of Japanese Fighters and flak. It flew directly over the city, and on out of sight. A few minutes later it reappeared, flying back over Hiroshima in the opposite direction. Then it was gone. As the “All clear” signal sounded in Hiroshima, it seemed like just another false alarm like other false alarms before it. There were many people in Hiroshima who believed that a real attack would never come to that city. There were all kinds of rumors that America would spare Hiroshima for one reason or another. Among other things, there was a large Christian community in Hiroshima. Even the mayor of Hiroshima was a Christian. There were those who were convinced that America was being merciful to Hiroshima for that reason; but less than an hour after the first “All clear” signal on that sunny August morning, Radio Hiroshima started to broadcast another air raid alert. Three more American B-29s were passing over the city; but before the announcer could finish his words, he and 80,000 of his listeners ceased to exist! They were consumed by a man-made sun in the middle of the city which boiled upward into a giant mushroom cloud. Afterward the United States War Department called it a “cosmic bomb.” Outside the zone of total destruction, Hiroshima was transformed instantly into a nightmare beyond imagination. The streets were filled with pathetic victims, whom the Japanese refer to as the “walking dead.” These were people who had been scorched, irradiated, and dismembered beyond hope but who would take hours, days, or weeks to die. Men, women, and children staggered around in agony without comprehension of what had happened to them. Many had sockets without eyes, and bones without flesh in the aftermath of the unearthly heat wave from the bomb. Countless others had been poisoned by radiation from the 279

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

blast or the fallout afterward. Within three months 50,000 more people died in Hiroshima. Three days later it all happened again—at Nagasaki. Like Hiroshima, Nagasaki had led a charmed life free from American air attack; and as in Hiroshima, there were those in Nagasaki who had thought this was an act of mercy by the United States because Nagasaki was not only a Christian center but the very place where Christianity had got its start in Japan. But all the illusions evaporated in a nuclear fireball on August 9, 1945. Today America is haunted by the quarter-million ghosts of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Thirty-five years ago our country became the first in history to use atomic warfare, and today it is fast becoming our turn. Our Satanic leaders are trying to make us forget the human hell of Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Instead, they’re trying to make nuclear war more thinkable to us. They want to close our eyes to the reality of nuclear war, because that is the only way in which they can trick us into accepting it. The legacy of America’s war against Japan in World War II is also returning to haunt us in another way. The Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor was brought about deliberately in order to get America into the war; and now the Bolsheviks here are turning all of America into a nuclear Pearl Harbor—and for the same purpose. Today we are all on the front lines! In AUDIO LETTER No. 55 I revealed the plan by which the Bolsheviks here intend to provoke a Russian nuclear attack. It involves a deliberate false alert and the use of our secretly deployed Minuteman TX Mobile Missile. If the Bolsheviks here succeed in carrying out the plan, the United States as we now know it will cease to exist. Pearl Harbor USA will die in a thousand Hiroshimas, but the Satanic Bolsheviks here who now control our government will use our sacrifice for their own personal benefit. My friends, these are the things that lie ahead for us unless we, the people, take action to prevent it! Under our CONSTITUTION, this is both our right and our duty. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—AMERICA’S NUCLEAR FIRST-STRIKE PLANS IN THE NEWS Topic #2—HURRICANE ALLEN AND RUSSIA’S EXPANDING WEATHER WARFARE 280

Audio Letter 57

Topic #3—“STEP TWO” IN WHAT YOU CAN DO. Topic #1—Thirty-five years ago this month the age of nuclear warfare exploded into history at Hiroshima and Nagasaki. It was unleashed by the United States in a deliberate display of sheer mass destruction and stark terror. What America did to those two Japanese cities became the basis of America’s entire doctrine of nuclear strategy. The basic concept was that America would never shoot first in a nuclear war. Instead we would hold the specter of Hiroshima and Nagasaki over the head of any would-be attacker. America’s nuclear arsenal was aimed at Russian cities. Any Russian attack on the United States would have caused cities all across Russia to vanish quickly in nuclear fireballs. Knowing that, supposedly the Russians would never attack us. But early this month, on August 5, a drastic change in America’s nuclear war strategy was made public. For the very first time ever the United States is officially adopting what is called a “counter force nuclear strategy.” It has been made official by a document called “PRESIDENTIAL DIRECTIVE 59.” The Directive states that America’s prime nuclear targets will no longer be Russian cities. Instead the prime targets will now be Russia’s military forces and political leadership. This change in America’s nuclear doctrine is so radical that it is provoking widespread controversy, especially overseas. Spokesmen here are trying to give it a sugar-coating so that we, the people, will swallow it easily. The official excuse for the new strategy is that it is intended to limit and deter nuclear war, and yet the same Directive demands preparations to fight a prolonged nuclear war— not just hours, but weeks or months. So what does all this really mean? My friends, to see the answer you don’t have to be a military expert. All you have to do is to use plain old common sense. For example, listen to some words from a Letter to the Editor published in the New York Times just a few days ago on August 24. Referring to the new American plan to attack Russian military installations, the writer says, quote: “Does that mean that while they destroy us in the cities, our Commanders in their shelters would then destroy their military installations? Unless this is a charade to substantiate the production of more missiles, it must mean that the United States is preparing to start a nuclear war with a first strike.” It is signed: Kenneth Boss, Brooklyn. Those few words of simple logic contain more truth than you will ever hear in the official excuses from Washington. Over two years ago, in AUDIO LETTER 281

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

No. 36 for July 1978, I first revealed America’s secret shift to a first-strike strategy. At the time not many people would believe me, but now we are drawing closer and closer to nuclear war itself, day by day, and as we do so the firststrike strategy of the United States is coming to the surface. Last February 21, 1980, there was the statement of Defense Department spokesman Thomas Ross. He shocked reporters by saying that America “might shoot first” in a nuclear war—and now there is Presidential Directive 59! By proclaiming America’s shift to a counterforce strategy, it further confirms the secret intentions to launch a nuclear first strike at Russia. And, my friends, there is more. The drastic changes in America’s military posture during the past few years have coincided with a hidden change in leadership of our country. The Satanic Bolsheviks who have been overthrown and expelled from Russia have seized control of America’s government. Now they are dragging us down the road toward a war which will be nuclear suicide for you and me! But as I explained last month in AUDIO LETTER No. 56, our Bolshevik rulers do not expect to suffer and die like the rest of us. Instead, they plan to take full advantage of their first-strike plan for their own benefit. Last month I said, quote: “Because they will know when war is about to start, they will be able to protect themselves. They plan to use their positions of governmental power to hide in government war bunkers throughout the United States.” Less than two weeks after I recorded those words in AUDIO LETTER No. 56, “PRESIDENTIAL DIRECTIVE 58” was leaked to the press on August 11. In the words of the New York Times the following day, quote: “President Carter has ordered more effective procedures for protecting civilian and military leaders in event of nuclear war, including plans for the rapid evacuation of key government personnel from Washington to air-borne and underground command posts.” My friends, the Directive is concerned with maintaining what is called the “continuity of government”—their government only. You and I and our children are left to fend for ourselves. Last month I explained that the Bolsheviks here are possessed by only one allconsuming goal. That goal is to mount a nuclear offense against Russia that will set off NUCLEAR WAR ONE. They don’t care how badly the United States is beaten so long as they can wound Russia with at least 20-million dead. With 282

Audio Letter 57

that attitude, matters of a defensive nature are of no interest to the Bolsheviks here. Likewise tactical weapons which cannot be used to attack Russia are being given very little attention. A creeping paralysis is slowly crippling America’s Armed Forces, and our secret Bolshevik rulers could not care less. Examples of this are all around us. For example, consider the plight of the Air Force’s premier fighter group at Langley Air Force Base, Virginia. It’s the First Tactical Fighter Wing with a tradition of leadership that stretches back to the first World War. They fly America’s hottest new Air Force Fighter, the F-15, and their motto is “Readiness is our Profession”; but earlier this summer on June 7, the First Tactical Fighter Wing failed an Air Force readiness test. Of the 66 F-15s on hand, barely one-third were in condition to be put to use for missions. There simply are not enough spare parts or skilled maintenance personnel to go around! And elsewhere the picture is no brighter; for example, we often hear about America’s supposed increased commitment to NATO, but readiness of the United States Air Force in Europe mirrors the situation I just mentioned at Langley. Funding to pay for flight operations and maintenance has been reduced—not increased. Instead, the Bolsheviks here are siphoning off every dollar to focus on secret preparations in their first-strike plan. Meanwhile Air Force units in Europe are hampered by inadequate spare parts, fewer flight operations, and declining proficiency of pilots as a result. The story is much the same among the other Services. There has been heavy publicity over the past year or two about the problems of the Army, including the lack of spare parts and skilled maintenance. But the Navy is also in the same fix, especially in certain areas of naval aviation. The declining readiness of our non-strategic forces is a direct result of our Bolshevik rulers’ preoccupation with nuclear-war preparations. Another sign of this is the never-ending rash of brush fires around Russia’s perimeter. In AUDIO LETTER No. 53 last January, I described how Russia’s intervention in Afghanistan was triggered by extensive CIA activity in that country, and to this day large amounts of aid are being funneled to the rebels in Afghanistan by the CIA by way of Pakistan and China. As a result, Russia’s involvement there has been extended far longer than intended, distracting Russia’s leaders and siphoning off resources. In southeast Asia the United States is pouring arms into Thailand, which is stiffening its stance against Russia’s client state, Vietnam. Red China is receiving secret shipments of nuclear weapons from America, and just this month Russia’s western flank has been shaken by the crisis over major strikes in Po283

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

land. As of now the Polish regime seems to have succeeded in defusing the bomb of possible revolution to the surprise of CIA-supported Labor Unions. They were hoping to provoke Russian intervention, making Poland a second Afghanistan, but Russia’s new rulers have outmaneuvered the old Bolsheviks here. These are some of the many threads which the Bolsheviks are trying to use to tie down the Russian bear. They want to keep the Kremlin off balance and preoccupied while they prepare to set off NUCLEAR WAR ONE. In AUDIO LETTER No. 55, I described a major program in the latest Bolshevik plans for an American nuclear first strike, the “Minuteman TX Missile.” The Minuteman TX, also known as the Traveling Minuteman, is America’s real mobile ICBM. Behind the smoke screen of controversy over the so-called MX Mobile Missile, Minuteman TX Missiles are already being deployed. The Bolsheviks here intend to use them in connection with an elaborate false nuclear alert to set off NUCLEAR WAR ONE. And they are in a hurry, they can’t wait ten years to build all those so-called MX launching bases out West. Instead, as I detailed in AUDIO LETTER No. 55, the Minuteman TX system is being assembled fast. It borrows heavily from existing hardware of all kinds, and it’s being deployed along existing railroad tracks in our northern states. Barely two weeks after I gave the details in AUDIO LETTER No. 55, you may have noticed other hints about it in the news. During NBC Nightly News on television for July 14, 1980, there was a brief segment in which retired General John Singlaub made some remarks. He took issue with the MX Missile scheme which we keep hearing about. Instead, he said that the United States could regain superiority over Russia quickly, within two or three years; and what he proposed in place of the MX was what he termed a Quick-Fix Mobile ICBM which would not need the elaborate MX bases out West. General Singlaub’s words that evening would have fit the Minuteman TX except for one thing. The TX is not two or three years away—it is being deployed right now! The Bolshevik maneuvers to throw America into nuclear war are complex and constantly changing, and yet there is one ingredient that continues to figure in every plan. That ingredient is Iran. I first made public the crucial importance of Iran for an American first strike at Russia two years ago this month in AUDIO LETTER No. 37. The particular strategy of attack which I outlined in that tape has already been attempted this past January 1980, and it ended in failure. But Iran continues to offer very tempting geographic advantages for any attack against Russia, and so one way or another Iran has so far been included in every Bolshevik first-strike plan against Russia that has been devised.

284

Audio Letter 57

The Bolsheviks here know very well that they are working against tremendous odds militarily. For nearly three years since late 1977, Russia has been in complete control of the military uses of space, and Russia’s Cosmostrategic umbrella is designed to make nuclear war difficult to start and impossible to win for any enemy. But our Bolshevik leaders here are determined to have their nuclear war, one way or another; and because their plan is a suicide plan for the United States as a whole, they don’t care very much how they do it. So they are embarked on a series of plans, one after another, to set off a nuclear first strike against Russia. They intend to just keep it up until something works. But the Russians are just as determined to thwart each war plan as it is attempted, because in this way they are gradually pulling the fangs of the Bolshevik dragon. Even so, the Kremlin leaders are convinced that at some point the Bolsheviks will succeed in setting off nuclear war. Our Rulers here have been operating on roughly a three-month cycle in their first-strike planning—that is, every three months or so they set a new plan in motion. Each plan is different from the one before, but they all have the same final objective. That objective is an American nuclear first strike followed by all-out war with Russia. The first attempt at an American first strike took place late last January 1980, as I reported in AUDIO LETTERS 53 and 54. That attempt was based on an updated version of the plan which I made public two years ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 37. There was no public hint about what was afoot other than a rapid build-up of nuclear war talk in the news. Russia succeeded in totally shattering the attack, inflicting severe losses on the United States in the process; and here in the United States the nuclear war talk suddenly went away. Next came the so-called “Hostage Rescue Mission” into Iran in late April. I discussed that in AUDIO LETTER No. 55, so we’ll not repeat it here. It was another total defeat for the United States, and that time it could not be hidden completely. The third Bolshevik war plan was to begin with a supposed coup and assassination attempt on Ayatollah Khomeini in late July, last month. The real Ayatollah Khomeini was already assassinated long ago, last February 1980, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 54, but that didn’t matter for the purposes of the Bolshevik war plan. Part of the plan called for intense fighting at the United States Embassy in Tehran, supposedly in a new hostage rescue attempt; but the game plan called for that to fail in a way that would have aroused American passions and set the stage for military action.

285

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

In the July plan, Russian Intelligence agents were able to stop it before it even started. On July 7, Russia sent a warning to certain members of the Iranian government about the plan for a coup. Three days later on July 10 Iranian authorities announced that they had foiled a major coup attempt. For several weeks thereafter, the aftermath of the attempted coup was a story that grew larger and larger in Iran. Before it ran its course, over 600 people were implicated, including several high military officers. All kinds of details were published and broadcast about alleged financing and control from the United States, and some of the plans involving our hostages were exposed. United States Bolshevik agents on the scene wanted to make sure that all of this made no impression on us here in the United States, and so they arranged a diversionary action. On July 10 the first announcement was made in Iran about the halted plot for a coup, but most Americans paid far more attention to another announcement which was made only a few hours later. We were told that one of the hostages, Richard Queen, was about to be released. We were told that this was a humanitarian gesture due to his illness, but that was not the reason for the timing of Queen’s release! He had been ill for some time. The exact timing of his surprise release was a CIA ploy—it was solely to draw our attention away from the other major developments going on inside Iran. The fourth Bolshevik war plan was scheduled for this October 1980, but that plan, too, may have been ruined before it could start. Two weeks ago columnist Jack Anderson tried to publish a series of articles about the October plan. The White House reacted with the usual angry denials, and many major newspapers refused to carry the columns he had written about it. In effect, he was censored by our Bolshevik government! But, my friends, Jack Anderson was basically right in what he wrote. Plans are being laid for an American invasion of Iran beginning on a limited scale. Jack Anderson’s only major mistake is his speculation that politics lies behind the attack plan. The real motivation is much bigger than that—not politics, but nuclear war. Through every avenue possible, our leaders here are drumming up American support for their war preparations. To do that they are tapping our pride and “can-do” spirit by raising false hopes about our military power. And a perfect example of this is the publicity which began suddenly about 10 days ago concerning our so-called “Stealth Plane.” We’re told that it’s a new type airplane that is virtually invisible to Russian radar, and so it would be able to sneak undetected into Russia in order to attack targets there. The Government announcement on August 20 about our so-called Stealthcraft has led to confused reactions by many people. On one hand people are encouraged to hear that we have such a remarkable secret weapon to defend ourselves against Rus286

Audio Letter 57

sia, but at the same time many people are wondering: If it’s so secret, why is the Government suddenly talking about it?? My friends, the Government is releasing information about the Stealthcraft because they know it no longer matters. They found out early this year that it is of no use against Russia. The public statements about the Stealthcraft have mentioned the fact that it has an unusual shape with rounded surfaces that can help evade radar, but they have not mentioned that the unusual shape has another purpose. That purpose is to enable the craft to perform properly when it is traveling under water instead of in the air. The Stealthcraft, my friends, is also known by another name. It is a “Submersible Aircraft,” also known as a “Subcraft.” The Government has just announced that it has been tested secretly for the past two years, but I made it public two years ago this month in AUDIO LETTER No. 37 because I believe you had a right to know. In AUDIO LETTER No. 37 I described how Subcraft were to be used in America’s first strike against Russia, triggering nuclear war. And last January 1980 in AUDIO LETTER No. 53 I described what happened when our leaders here tried to carry out that plan. The Subcraft can evade radar, infrared detection, and other conventional means of sensing, but they are sitting ducks for Russia’s master secret weapon, which I revealed long ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. That weapon is “Psychoenergetic Range Finding” or PRF, which cannot be evaded or jammed by any known technique. Last January the squadrons of American Subcraft with Israeli pilots which tried to attack Russia were tracked by PRF. Russian Cosmospheres armed with charged Particle Beam weapons positioned themselves overhead; and when the order came for the Cosmospheres to begin firing, the Subcraft all disappeared in blinding columns of fire and steam. And so the Bolsheviks here know better than to try to use Subcraft, or Stealthcraft if you prefer, against Russia again. They are useless. As a result, they now have only one real value left, and that is propaganda value against you and me. They want us to believe the lie that we are militarily superior to Russia. They are determined to drag us all over the cliff of nuclear suicide. My friends, we are all on the front lines of NUCLEAR WAR ONE. Topic #2—When I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 56 last month, I referred to Russia’s expanding campaign of Weather Warfare against the United States. I first revealed that this was beginning last February 1980 in AUDIO LETTER No. 54. As I explained then, Russia’s Weather Warfare is in retaliation for America’s giant grain embargo against Russia. The embargo and other boycott techniques used lately by the United States against Russia have been imposed by the Satanic Bolsheviks who now control America’s policies.

287

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

When I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 54 last February, I gave details of a major Russian breakthrough in weather control. It’s a technique by which major storm systems can be created artificially at sea, then the storms can be guided to specific target areas, and the technique enables rain to be either withheld or released in torrents at will. I gave details about this new Russian weather control technique in the final portion of AUDIO LETTER No. 54. That is the portion which had to be released as an Emergency Transcript because of my heart attack. I was convinced that it was an urgent matter for you to know about this new threat of weather control; and sure enough, during the six months since then, Russia has used this new technique to make drastic changes in our weather. But to judge from my mail, some of my listeners do not seem to have read the Transcript carefully. That may have been due to their own immediate worry over my serious illness at that time; I don’t know. In any case, I believe a few moments of review are in order, because Weather Warfare is leading toward food shortages as well as other problems, and you cannot protect yourself unless you understand why America’s weather is going crazy. I cannot repeat everything I tried to tell you last February, but let me just remind you of some important points. One is that the first test of Russia’s new artificial storm technique took place last October 22, 1979 over the South Atlantic. It began with a mammoth double flash, which was spotted by accident by an old American Vela satellite. When word began to leak out about it, the Bolsheviks here in the Government launched a disinformation campaign to confuse everyone. They began by announcing the false date of September 22, and for a while they stirred up falsified accounts that it had been a South African or Israeli A-bomb test. Meanwhile, White House and other special study groups were created supposedly to try to figure it out. Last month, in mid July, the conclusions of the White House group, the Defense Intelligence Agency, and the Naval Research Laboratory were made public, and they all disagree. Some say it had to be a nuclear blast; others, that it could not have been—and the public remains in the dark. But in the Emergency Transcript portion of AUDIO LETTER No. 54 last February, I told you what the double flash really was. It was created by a twin Particle Beam blast from Russian weapons on the Moon. It was exactly the same double flash phenomenon that I first reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 29 for December 1977. The result was what I reported to you last February. To use the same words that I used then, quote: “Tremendous quantities of sea water in the target zone flashed instantly into superheated steam. The hot water vapor and surrounding hot air started rising fast toward the stratosphere. Cooler air started racing into the target zone to fill the vacuum. The inward rushing winds began to swirl due to the earth’s rotation, and the barometric pressure began dropping in the target zone. Within 288

Audio Letter 57

minutes the atmosphere above the target zone was a spiraling chimney of tumbling, rising air and water vapor. The world’s first totally man-made storm cell was being born over the South Atlantic.” I then continued with details about the methods used by the groups of Cosmospheres in order to control the storm cell from that point onward. I described how electron beams are used in order to keep the water vapor airborne instead of forming into rain. This basic technique has been used in order to interfere with natural cloud production this summer in the United States. The result has been an extended drought and killer heat wave over much of our country. And now the food shortages which I tried to warn you about six months ago are beginning to cast their shadow. America’s spring wheat and corn crops have suffered major reductions, and other crops have suffered too. The effects are already beginning to show up in higher prices at your supermarket. And now, the specter of water shortage is growing worse by the day in some areas. But the most dramatic Russian Weather War attack so far began just a few days after I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 56 last month, and it made use of the very techniques I detailed last February, scaled up and intensified. When I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 56 on July 30, I referred to Russia’s expanding Weather Warfare, and I gave a warning that, quote: “Next, my friends, we must brace ourselves for hurricanes unlike anything ever seen before in America.” As I said those words, Russian weather-control weapons were at work in the Atlantic Ocean east of the Caribbean. Taking advantage of favorable conditions, they were setting off tropical storm “Allen,” the first of the season. Four days later, August 3, it began creeping into the news. It had just grown into “Hurricane Allen” and was growing fast. That night it pounded across the Island of Barbados with 125-mile winds. Then it changed course just in time for the center to miss Saint Lucia. Even so eight people lay dead as it pounded off into the Caribbean. By August 5, Hurricane Allen was making headlines as the “Hurricane of the Century.” As it made its way across the open waters of the Caribbean, it was already packing 160-mile winds, and still growing. By the next day it was rated a “Category 5” hurricane, the worst there is. Peak winds were 170 miles per hour; and Puerto Rico, 250 miles away, was receiving gusts up to 70 miles per hour. Hurricane Allen was a killer hurricane, rated the most dangerous ever to strike the eastern Caribbean; but for the first several days most forecasters in the United States were confident that there was no threat to our own coast line. It 289

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

looked like it was heading for southern Mexico or Central America—but, in fact, Russian Cosmospheres were steering the storm. They were shooting for the narrow gap between Mexico’s Yucatan Peninsula and Cuba’s west coast. Up to that point, the hurricane’s path through the Caribbean was chosen for the least contact possible with land, for two reasons. For one thing, the Russians wanted to minimize the number of unintended victims and damage, but even more they wanted to conserve maximum force in the hurricane for the ultimate target—our own Gulf coast! This is why Hurricane Allen kept mystifying weather forecasters with its unexpected twists and turns. The only place in the Caribbean where Hurricane Allen swerved toward major land masses was in the vicinity of southeastern Cuba. The hurricane’s eye had been heading straight for Jamaica, but at the last minute it turned and went between Jamaica and southwest Haiti. It pounded our naval base at Guantanamo Bay in southeast Cuba, and then moved further out to sea again. It bruised the tip of Mexico’s Yucatan Peninsula but avoided populated areas. Then it entered the Gulf of Mexico. Building up again, the “Hurricane of the Century” headed for the south Texas coast. The killer storm, with nearly 100 dead in its wake, headed straight for Brownsville. But the Russians were not interested in Brownsville, and they halted the storm while the center was still more than 90 miles off shore. Once again America’s weather forecasters watched with mouths agape as another prediction fell apart. Hurricane Allen ignored Brownsville and started northward. Up to this point the Russian attackplan using Hurricane Allen was right on track; but from this point onward, it started falling apart. The Russians were hoping to strike three targets along the Gulf coast with the same hurricane. The intended targets were the Houston/Galveston area, then New Orleans, and finally Mobile, Alabama. This was to be done by keeping the eye of the hurricane at sea. The Cosmospheres were to guide the hurricane along the coast of the Houston area, then inward toward land to do as much damage as possible. Then they were instructed to pull the hurricane back out to sea to rebuild it before it could collapse over land. With its power rebuilt, the plan was to move on to New Orleans, repeat the process, and so on. But Hurricane Allen was by far the largest storm system which the Russian weather warriors have attempted to control; and when they turned the storm northward at Brownsville, they started miscalculating. They were trying to make Hurricane Allen go against very powerful natural forces, and they tried to do it too fast. Cosmospheres over the Gulf of Mexico generated proton clouds in the atmosphere at three points. These points were south of Houston, and 290

Audio Letter 57

south and east of the Louisiana coast. As I described in AUDIO LETTER No. 54, proton clouds are used to steer a storm system, but this time the Russians made a bad miscalculation in spacing their proton clouds. The storm did start northward toward Houston as planned and on the way did some damage to Corpus Christi, Texas, but the greatest effect of the proton clouds was not as planned. They badly disrupted the circulation of winds around the hurricane. As a result, the whole storm rapidly fell apart. Thanks to the Russian miscalculation, the killer “Hurricane of the Century,” Hurricane Allen, ended in anticlimax. But, my friends, the Russian weather warriors have learned from this mistake, just as they have learned from past mistakes. Artificial storms—rainstorms, hurricanes, or blizzards—are now a powerful weapon in Russia’s arsenal, and the kamikaze war plans of our own Bolshevik rulers are causing these weather weapons to be used against you and me. Topic #3—Last month I reported to you that more and more people are asking me, “What can I do?” I responded by giving you “Step One” of my answer. As I told you then, it is only the very first step. Many more will have to follow if there is to be any hope for our country. The old adage is still true that “the journey of a thousand miles begins with a single step”; and, my friends, we have a very long way to go. I said last month that I would have more to say about what we can do—on one condition. That condition depended on YOU. I said that I would tell you more if, and only if, I received evidence that many of you are taking action; and I’m glad to report that up to now many of you are responding wholeheartedly in this campaign to try to save our land. For that reason I’m about to tell you what we can and we MUST DO next; because I emphasize again, we will accomplish absolutely nothing unless we stick with it. We have to embark on a campaign in which we refuse to be defeated, and it has to be a campaign that grows bigger and stronger—day by day, week by week. Numbers count; every single one of you counts! You count, and so do your neighbors and friends. The stakes are nothing less than FREEDOM and SURVIVAL itself. I cannot in good conscience raise any false hopes about what we are doing. We have already waited far too long for there to be any guarantee of success; but if we do not act, we will guarantee failure! Knowing that there is action which you can take, you cannot avoid making a decision about what to do about it. If you just put it off, or can’t make up your mind, that is a decision not to act; and if you decide not to act, then you are casting your vote against America.

291

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

If you do not act, you are voting for economic disaster, for Satanic Bolshevik DICTATORSHIP, and for America’s destruction in NUCLEAR WAR ONE; because those are the things which are almost upon us unless we, THE PEOPLE, do our CONSTITUTIONAL DUTY to stop it. But if you are joining those who are taking action, then you are casting your vote for America. By demanding the truth about our nation’s gold reserves, you are voting for economic survival, for freedom, and for prevention of nuclear war. I believe that the time has come for all of us to do what is right simply because it is right. Last month I explained that our campaign to SAVE AMERICA must begin with our economy. Specifically, we must begin by bringing about a truthful accounting of what has happened to our country’s monetary gold reserves, because the most basic of all our economic woes is our collapsing dollar; and it is collapsing because, contrary to official Treasury statements, our gold is gone!! Only a few small dregs of highly impure gold are left. It’s like the socalled “Gold Medallions” which went on sale by the United States Government on July 15. These medallions are much lower in gold content than the advertising leads one to believe; and to make matters even worse, many of the medallions were botched during the alloying process. As a result, there is less gold near the rim than there is in the center of the medallion. Even the natives in the bush in Africa know that if the money is corrupt, the government is corrupt. If we want to survive economically, politically, and militarily, we must clean out the corruption in our land, and the starting point to do that is to GET BACK OUR GOLD RESERVES and so return to an honest dollar. Last month in “Step One” about what you can do, I urged each one of you to write to Senator William Proxmire of Wisconsin. I suggested that you urge him to open up a full public investigation of the FORT KNOX GOLD SCANDAL. As a starting point, I referred to the giant secret shipment of gold which left Fort Knox on January 20, 1965—the very day Lyndon Johnson was inaugurated President!! Many of you have sent me copies of the letters you have sent to Senator Proxmire since hearing my tape last month, so I’m now going to outline my suggestions for “Step Two” in what you can do. We must continue to concentrate on Senator Proxmire, but we need to do other things too. If you have not yet taken “Step One” which I outlined last month, PLEASE DO IT NOW! Join with the rest of us in this campaign. We cannot stand still, my friends—either we go forward OR we fall backward and fail. 292

Audio Letter 57

“Step Two” in what you can do can be divided into three parts. Each one is something which is well within your power to do, and each one is important. First, I want to give you access to more information which you can use as your ammunition in this battle; Second, I want to suggest that you use this information in follow-up correspondence with Senator Proxmire; Third, I want to point out how you can use the same information to start spreading the word to other people you know. Let me begin with the matter of additional information about our gold reserves. This is printed material which you can use both to educate yourself and to alert your friends. First, my friend Mr. Edward Durell has published two (2) pamphlets which I would recommend as a starting point. One is titled: “52 UNANSWERED QUESTIONS REGARDING THE ALLEGED GOLD RESERVES OF THE UNITED STATES.” The other is the transcript of a speech by Mr. Durell titled: “HOW THE UNITED STATES LOST ITS GOLD RESERVES.” Both pamphlets give many facts, figures, names, and dates. Mr. Durell has agreed to make available a supply of these two pamphlets for distribution, without charge, from my national headquarters here in Washington. Anyone in the United States may obtain these two pamphlets by sending a large selfaddressed envelope, bearing proper postage, to my office. Be sure to send a business-size No. 10 envelope (not something smaller), and apply 28 cents postage. It will also speed things up if you will mark your envelope with the word “PAMPHLETS” in the lower left corner. Send it to me, Dr. Beter, Suite 5092, 1629 K St. NW, Washington, DC 20006 My listeners outside the United States may receive the pair of pamphlets by sending your name and address plus $2.00 to cover Air Mail postage and handling. There is also another place where you may now obtain additional information, and that is from a Congressman—DR. RON PAUL of Texas. On July 30, 1980, the day I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 56, Congressman Paul rose to speak in Congress. His purpose was to introduce a bill designated:

293

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

HR 7874, THE MONETARY FREEDOM ACT. The bill contains eight separate titles, but the first is the most important of all. Here is how Congressman Paul explained it before the House of Representatives, and I now quote: “Title I requires the Secretary of the Treasury to perform a full assay, inventory, and audit of the gold reserves of the United States. This thorough study is to be completed within six (6) months of the passage of the bill, and double-checked by the General Accounting Office. The results of the study are to be sent to Congress so that the representatives of the people will learn, for the first time in almost thirty years, the true status of our gold reserves. The Congress will, in turn, release the information to the American people. Although present law requires an annual inventory of our gold reserves, the law is not being complied with, and only a small portion of the reserves are audited each year. As any businessman knows, that is no way to conduct an inventory, and this Bill would correct that deficiency. Such a complete audit, inventory, and assay would lay to rest the persistent rumors that gold is missing from our national stockpile, and that the gold we have is of inferior quality.” (End of quotation from Congressman Paul’s remarks.) My friends, by introducing “The Monetary Freedom Act,” Congressman Dr. Ron Paul has displayed courage that is rare indeed in Congress today. I strongly suggest that you write to Congressman Paul and request a copy of his bill, HR 7874; and while you are at it, be sure to express your appreciation and support for his efforts. The address is: Representative Ron Paul House Office Bldg., Washington, D.C. It will cost you only a few minutes time and a few cents in postage to obtain your copies of “The Monetary Freedom Act” and Mr. Durell’s pamphlets; and for that small price you will be rewarded with information that is powerful ammunition for you to use. The next question is: “How do you use it?” The answer is that knowledge like this will be useful to you again and again. But for now, I suggest that you make use of these materials in two ways: One is for follow-up in your correspondence with Senator Proxmire, the other is in spreading the word among your friends and neighbors. 294

Audio Letter 57

In your follow-up with Senator Proxmire, it’s time to write him again now whether or not he answered you last month. If he has answered you, by all means express your appreciation and take account of whatever he said. But as I warned you last month, beware of attempts to just brush you off, which are standard practice here in Washington today! Up to now, not one of the many people who have reported writing to Proxmire has reported receiving a reply from him. If that is the case with you, let him know that ignoring you will not make you go away. In any case, I suggest that you call Senator Proxmire’s attention to the Bill just introduced in the House of Representatives by Congressman Paul. You might ask him why it takes a junior Congressman to ask for the truth about our gold reserves instead of Proxmire— the champion of the “Golden Fleece Award.” Urge him to contact his counterpart in the House, Congressman Henry Reuss, Chairman of the House Banking Committee. Both Proxmire and Reuss are from Wisconsin, so why should they not talk to one another? Urge Senator Proxmire to take the lead in a Joint Congressional Investigation. Once you have written your follow-up letter to Senator Proxmire, I urge you to start sharing all this with your friends and neighbors. They’re not likely to hear one word about it in the news, so I suggest that you begin by showing them Congressman Paul’s “Monetary Freedom Act.” Call their attention to what he said about the gold inventory LAW not being complied with for nearly 30 years regarding our gold reserves. Once they realize that this is a matter which has been put before Congress, they’re likely to be more receptive to learning more about our plight. Of course you will find that many people will just close their eyes; but for those who are interested, show them what is at stake in the Gold Scandal—that is, our ECONOMIC SURVIVAL! And if you can, ask them to write to Senator Proxmire too. They don’t have to be convinced that our gold is gone. All that matters is that they agree that we, the people, have a right to know, to learn the truth. My friends, I have suggested guidelines for three things you can do as parts of “Step Two” in “WHAT YOU CAN DO”: (1) Arm yourself with more information, (2) Follow up with Senator Proxmire, (3) Start spreading the word to others. It may sound like a lot, listening to it all at once, but just take it at one step at a time, at your own pace. Just do one thing at a time, BUT KEEP AT IT! That’s what matters. Ultimately our goal is very simple: Either the gold is there—OR—it is not there, and so the Fort Knox Bullion Depository will have to be opened up once 295

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

again. It must be an honest inspection, unlike the carefully staged peep show of September 1974. It must include the crucial CENTRAL CORE VAULT, whose existence was never mentioned to the September 1974 visitors. That presents a problem, my friends, because the Central Core Vault is contaminated with Plutonium 239, as I revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 5; but somehow it must be done because if it is not done, we will continue down the path to THERMONUCLEAR WAR! It is now time to give you my “Last Minute Summary.” Suffice it to say that we are drawing closer and closer to NUCLEAR WAR ONE. All-out war between the United States and Russia will be set off by the United States by means of a first strike. The closer we come to war itself, the closer these things are coming to the surface in the News! Only this month this was reflected in two major policy announcements by the United States. One is America’s unprecedented shift to a “counter-force nuclear strategy” against Russia—a first-strike nuclear posture. And along with that policy is its twin brother calling for better protection of certain governmental leaders in case of war. Our Bolshevik rulers are preparing to protect themselves while they sacrifice us on the altar of Satanic power. I’ve tried to urge you to see for yourselves where we are heading, to stop and think of the true consequences of following our leaders into war, and to offer you some alternatives—some things that you can do yourself in an effort to turn the tide before disaster strikes. There’s no guarantee of success if we do act, my friends; but if we do NOT act, there is a guarantee that OUR COUNTRY WILL DIE SOON in NUCLEAR WAR ONE. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

296

Audio Letter 58
September 30, 1980
The fall of 1980 is turning out to be a season of re-runs. Television shows which were stale the first time around are being shown again, thanks to the actors’ strike in Hollywood. And the worst acts of all are those of our so-called Presidential Candidates. Administrations come and go, my friends, but the more they legislate, the more the country goes to the dogs. Millions of Americans are out of work, but inflation refuses to quit. Interest rates are heading up again, so say “Good-bye” to that new home. Our auto industry is on the ropes, our cities are decaying, our armed forces are falling apart, and at the center of it all our dollar is shrinking out of existence. The dollar is no longer “good as gold” because our gold is gone; and as long as it stays gone, all the campaign promises in the world cannot save the United States economy. The forces who stole our gold are bringing down America’s economy, and now they are using our own gold to bring down war around our heads. My friends, it’s time to lift our eyes from idle campaign promises to cast our vote for America before it is too late. It’s time for us, the American people, to use the gold weapon ourselves. It’s time for us to vote for the TRUTH by bringing about a public investigation of the FORT KNOX GOLD SCANDAL because only in that way can we hope to save our economy from utter ruin, and only in that way can we seize a weapon big enough to stop those who are dragging us all into the insanity of NUCLEAR WAR ONE. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—AMERICAN GOLD AND THE IRAQ-IRAN WAR Topic #2—RUSSIA’S FIRST STRIKE AGAINST A TITAN-2 MISSILE Topic #3—“STEP THREE” IN WHAT YOU CAN DO.

297

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Topic #1—The world we live in today, my friends, seems more and more like a roller coaster. Only a short month ago we were hearing about the worldwide oil glut. There were predictions that it could easily take one or two years for the oil surplus to fade away, but rosy projections like those always seem to set the stage for trouble. This month of September got off to a bad start as the dollar fell to the lowest level in five years on Money Markets world-wide. Something ominous was in the wind. You and I were not told about it, but a new crisis was brewing between Iran and Iraq. On September 9 Great Britain shut down its Embassy in Tehran, saying it was becoming too dangerous. Iraq and Iran were squabbling over their border, and the dispute was heating up. Iraqi troops invaded northwestern Iran seizing some 90 square miles of Iranian territory. Then on September 17 after the fact, Iraq tore up the 1975 Border Treaty with Iran. Next the air war erupted between the two countries. On September 22 Iraq and Iran bombed each other’s air fields, and the very next day two OPEC nations, Iraq and Iran, began destroying each other’s oil installations. The headline in the Washington Post for September 24, 1980 said it all: “IRAN BOMBS BAGHDAD. FULL SCALE WAR ERUPTS.” The present fighting between Iraq and Iran was started by Iraq. For many years we’ve heard about the status of Iraq as a Russian client state; and with the war now under way, we are always reminded of this by the controlled major media of the United States. But what is not reported to you and me, my friends, is Russia’s reaction to Iraq’s latest actions. The Russians have sent very blunt warnings to Iraq that they are not pleased, and have shut off arms shipments to Iraq. The Russians are saying basically: “We gave you arms to defend yourself against Israel—not to invade Iran.” During roughly the past year and a half little noticed changes have been taking place in Iraq. Those changes have been orchestrated in parallel with those in neighboring Iran. Iraq’s new strong man, Saddam Hussein, came to power in a bloody coup d’etat. At the time all eyes were on Iran instead, but now thousands of Iranian military personnel from the Shah’s former regime are now in Iraq. They are fighting on the side of Iraq, hoping to regain power in Iran by military means. In AUDIO LETTER No. 52 last November 1979, I described how and why agents of the Rockefeller cartel brought to ruin the late Shah of Iran. The Islamic revolution of Ayatollah Khomeini was secretly helped along as a maneuver to oust the Shah. The Ayatollah was ushered into power by forces which he did not understand; but as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 52, those forces plan to undo it all. What I told you then was, quote: 298

Audio Letter 58

“They plan to martyr the entire Khomeini government as they set off thermonuclear war.” The real Ayatollah Khomeini himself was assassinated last February 1980, as I reported that month in AUDIO LETTER No. 54, but he was replaced with a “double” to maintain the image of the Ayatollah as an enemy—someone for the Americans to hate. Now by way of Iraq, pressure is being put on Iran. The ultimate goal is to make the present government of Iran disintegrate in chaos, but you can expect many twists and turns along the way. Like Iran, Iraq is only being used as a part of a larger plan. There may well be double-crosses within double-crosses. Almost anything can happen, but watch for efforts to lure Russia into the Persian Gulf, just as she was lured into Afghanistan. The main forces which have brought about the Iraqi attack on Iran are not those of the United States government itself. Instead, the situation in Iraq right now is dominated by the old Rockefeller oil interests. These are headed and tightly coordinated by John J. McCloy and his associates. Since the spring of 1979 I have reported that the Rockefeller cartel as a whole is now headless and beginning to crumble, but that is not yet true of the oil companies within the cartel. They still intend to complete their long-range plan to recapture undisputed domination over Iran, and they are working closely with their private Israeli counterparts here and abroad to accomplish this. Their destruction of the Shah’s regime was only the first half of their plan. The second half is to get rid of the interim government now in Iran, the so-called Khomeini regime. They want to destabilize the situation in Iran and take advantage of the chaos that follows. When the smoke clears, “Big Oil” plans again to own Iran lock, stock, and barrel; and at the same time the Bolshevik secret government here plans to take advantage of the same events to bring us closer to nuclear war. Ever since 1914, war after war has been fought over oil. Governments have been destroyed, others created, and still others subverted; and whenever there is war for oil, gold is always the trigger. Gold is such an important weapon of war that in early 1968 the Joint Chiefs of Staff became very alarmed over the depletion of America’s gold supply. They visited their then President Lyndon Johnson in the White House. In an angry confrontation they demanded that Johnson not reduce the gold stock still remaining because it was needed for purposes of war. 299

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The Rockefeller interests, now under the control of John J. McCloy and associates, arranged earlier this year for eight billion dollars ($8,000,000,000)—that’s eight thousand million dollars—in gold to be paid to the leader of Iraq, Saddam Hussein. A very special private underground warehouse in Zurich was used in this transfer of gold. This gold was an outright bribe. It was to persuade Iraq to attack Iran. Eight billion dollars, my friends, is a lot of money, but it was a cheap price for the Rockefeller oil cartel, and for two reasons: First, the gold which was used to bribe Iraq to start the war was part of the gold which was stolen from you and me! The bulk of the gold taken from America’s stockpiles was flown to Europe on multinational corporate jets. So, my friends, that $8-billion in gold did not cost the oil companies anything except some jet fuel, but it cost you and me part of our monetary gold, and it has been used to start a war for which you and I will pay even more. Eight billion dollars in gold was a cheap price for the oil companies for another reason too. If their plans are successful, the Rockefeller oil group will get back complete control over Iran’s oil and other natural resources, and they won’t have to pay those untold billions in oil royalties to their new Iranian lackeys. As I explained in AUDIO LETTER No. 52, the time came when the oil companies could no longer control their former puppet, the Shah—so out he went. They could also not control for long the real Ayatollah Khomeini—so he was killed. But if their war on Iran by way of Iraq succeeds in its ultimate purpose, the Rockefeller oil companies will once again constitute the Iranian state. The oil interests under John J. McCloy are playing ball with the invisible Bolshevik government here in the United States. For the moment, they both want the same thing in Iran—that is, instability and turmoil—so they are working hand in glove to create an explosion in the Persian Gulf. But the oil companies could end up finding that even they have been used by the Bolshevik secret government here in the United States; because if the Bolsheviks have their way, all-out war will come before the oil cartel can consolidate their gains in Iran. Last month I revealed that the Bolsheviks here are following roughly a threemonth cycle in triggering new war plans. The coming month of October 1980 is another critical month in that timetable; and sure enough, right on schedule, the Iraq-Iran war is boiling over. The United States Naval Fleet in the Indian Ocean is now being bolstered by units from our Mediterranean Fleet. At the same time, the United States is trying to get Australia, France (which is very reticent), and Great Britain to join in with their navies as well. At the same time, 300

Audio Letter 58

our Bolshevik Administration is sending four AWACS airborne battle control airplanes to Saudi Arabia. Cargo planes and several hundred support personnel are also on the way. The public excuse is that this is to keep open the critical Strait of Hormuz to keep the oil tankers moving; but, my friends, it may well lead instead to an oil cut-off, and that will produce not only higher oil prices but also a “national emergency” here in the United States as we shift step by step onto a war footing. Topic #2—Three years ago today on September 30, 1977, I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 26. In that tape I reported that the most decisive battle of the 20th Century had just taken place in space. It was the “BATTLE OF THE HARVEST MOON,” September 27, 1977. It was history’s first true battle in space, and in a stunning upset the United States was defeated by the Soviet Union. From that day onward, Russia began evicting the United States from the military use of space. The true military balance between East and West was turned upside down. Since that time the United States has been dealing from weakness on the world stage. But our secret Bolshevik government is unwilling to abandon its secret plans for world domination; and so out of weakness America has shifted to a first-strike nuclear strategy against Russia. Lately this dramatic shift in America’s military posture has started coming to the surface in the news. For example, last month “Presidential Directives” 58 and 59 were made public. One Directive, No. 59, officially commits the United States to a first-strike nuclear posture known as “Counterforce Targeting” of our missiles. The other Directive, No. 58, is to step up preparations for our Leaders to hide in safe war bunkers just before they set off NUCLEAR WAR ONE. And what about you and me and our children? We are supposed to just wait patiently until the air raid sirens start blaring all around us. Our shift to a first-strike nuclear posture actually began over two years ago in secret. I first reported this change in AUDIO LETTER No. 36 for July 1978; and the following month in AUDIO LETTER No. 37 I gave details of the secret first-strike plans then being prepared. In AUDIO LETTER No. 37 I reported that America’s secret plans for a first strike were producing a response in kind by the Kremlin. The Russians had learned about the plans of our own secret government for a first strike and so they were planning to turn the tables. By allowing the United States to start the process, the Russians were planning to obtain an excuse for their own first strike against us, but I can now report that the Russian first-strike strategy has changed in very important ways. My friends, it is already under way! On both sides the strategic plans for NUCLEAR WAR ONE are in a constant state of flux; and as it happens, the changes on both sides during the past two 301

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

years can be illustrated with a single weapon. That weapon is America’s giant Titan-2 Missile. The Titan-2 is an old missile. It began to be deployed some 18 years ago in 1962. It is a liquid fuel rocket unlike our newer Minutemen which use solid fuel. It is a maintenance headache, and we do not have a large number of them, my friends. Only 54 were deployed originally. But the Titan-2 has one advantage which has become very important to our Bolshevik secret government. That advantage is sheer size. It has a pay load capability, called throw-weight by the military, which is many times larger than that of a Minuteman. That gives the Titan-2 a special value for modification to new missions which were not originally planned. Some two years ago one of these major modification programs was carried out on Titan-2 Missiles. As I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 37, they have been modified for fractional orbital bombardment. Normally American missiles are aimed over the North Pole at Russia, but that is no longer the case with the Titan-2s. When war begins, the Titans will be launched in many different directions, and they will not follow the normal ballistic trajectory of a standard ICBM; instead, they will accelerate all the way to orbital speed. They will then race around the globe toward Russia. They will approach Russia from all directions, not just from the north; and they will arrive at twice the speed of other missiles. As they approach their targets, the warheads will retrofire out of orbit. From there they will rain destruction on their Russian targets—at least that is the plan. American military planners believe that they can succeed in getting at least a few of the Titan-2s launched in spite of Russia’s Cosmospheres on patrol overhead. They also believe that the short flight time of the Titans will keep them safe from Russia’s manned-killer satellites, the Cosmos Interceptors. Finally, the secret planners here believe that the Russians will find terminal defense impossible. The Titan warheads will simply arrive from too many directions for effective anti-missile defense, but last February 1980 I reported that Russia does plan to have an effective last-ditch defense to shoot down any incoming ICBMs. The Russians began work on it in June 1978, two months before I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 37. It is a “Flying Anti-Ballistic Missile System.” It is made up of Charged Particle Beam Weapons carried by Russia’s supersonic transport, the TU-144. The TU-144s were suddenly removed from service without explanation in June 1978, and now I can report to you that the TU-144 Flying Anti-Missile System is fully operational in Russia.

302

Audio Letter 58

Meanwhile America’s fleet of Titan-2s is beginning to dwindle. On August 24, 1978, an accident, supposedly, crippled a freshly modified Titan-2 at Rock, Kansas. It made headlines with a massive leak which sent poisonous reddishbrown fumes towering into the sky. The huge missile was ruined. Scratch one—53 left. Now, my friends, the Titan-2s are being modified again. This time only the warhead is involved. They are still programmed for fractional orbital bombardment, which requires use of a smaller warhead than normal, but now compact new generation warheads are being installed on the Titan-2s. Each packs a 24-megaton wallop—that’s over 1000 times more powerful than the Hiroshima A-bomb! But the most deadly feature of the new Titan-2 warheads is their cobalt jacket. The Titan-2 warhead is a doomsday weapon designed to create vast amounts of deadly radiation over wide areas for a generation. The Bolsheviks here are well aware of Russia’s vast Civil Defense setup. They know that unlike the United States, Russia’s rulers have tried to insure that as many Russians as possible will survive a nuclear attack; but the Bolsheviks here plan to make those preparations useless. Even if the Russians stay underground for a year, or two years, or five years, eventually they will have to come out of their shelters; and if they do so after an American cobalt bomb attack, they will still die. And so one way or another, the Russians intend to make doubly sure that no Titan-2 succeeds in bombarding Russia. For nearly three years I have reported that Russia’s levitating weapons platforms, the Cosmospheres, can blast our missiles in their silos; and this month on September 19 that is exactly what was done! The target was a Titan-2 in its silo near Damascus, Arkansas. The Russians were sending a message to our Bolshevik secret government. Their war of attrition against America’s warmaking capability is now being stepped up. The Russians are now embarking on their own new version of a first strike—one target at a time. Russian Intelligence learned several months ago about the plan to retrofit the Titan-2s with cobalt doomsday warheads. The decision was made to destroy one of these retro-fitted missiles in its silo at the first favorable opportunity. The Titans are notorious for their leaks during maintenance. It was decided that the first major leak of a retro-fitted Titan-2 would be used as a cover for the Russian strike. On Thursday September 18 the Russians got the chance that they were waiting for. Around 6:45 that evening a retro-fitted Titan-2 with a cobalt doomsday warhead was being worked on in its silo near Damascus, Arkansas. Suddenly, we are told, an accident took place which has no parallel since the Titan-2s became operational 18 years ago. Supposedly a wrench was 303

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

dropped, knocking a hole in the side of the missile. In any case, the Russians had the leak they wanted to provide a cover for what they were about to do. For more than eight hours Air Force personnel worked steadily but without great urgency to try to fix the leak. Meanwhile the silo door remained closed to avoid attracting attention. The main worry at the time was not an explosion but toxicity of the fumes. As Air Force Secretary Hans Mark testified to Congress on September 24, quote: “The technical experts did not expect any explosion at all.” As one crew after another entered and left the Titan-2 silo in protective suits, a Russian Cosmosphere was floating high above in the stratosphere. They waited until after most of the nearby residents had been warned and evacuated. Then at 3:01 A.M. the Cosmosphere crew received the order to open fire. Their Charged Particle Beam weapon had for hours been aimed and ready, locked onto the center of the huge silo door. The door, made of concrete and steel and weighing 740 tons, was designed to withstand a near-miss of a 10-megaton Hbomb; but it was no match for the Charged Particle Beam. In a fraction of a second the Beam blew a hole through the silo door. As the door buckled and twisted, the Beam created a tremendous shock wave inside the silo. The fragile outer shell of the missile instantly was crushed like an egg shell. The fuel and oxidizer tanks ruptured in a thousand places, and the propellants ran together. As long as they are kept apart the fuel and oxidizer of the Titan-2 offer very little danger of explosion; but they are of a type called hypergolic propellants— that is, the moment they contact each other they ignite—and that is what happened in the missile silo. Huge amounts mixed instantly as the missile crumpled inward. The result was a tremendous explosion. It threw the already ruined silo door all over the countryside, and the mighty Titan-2 launched its doomsday warhead not into Russia but into the Arkansas pasture a few hundred feet away. And so, my friends, there were really two explosions at the Titan-2 missile silo. First was the explosion of part of the atoms of the silo door itself when it was hit by the Particle Beam, and that in turn triggered the second explosion—that of the missile itself in the silo. Several eye witnesses described this double blast in various ways; but the clearest description was given by two injured Air Force personnel—Sergeants Michael Hansen and Archie James. Their statements in a September 21 news conference were reported the next day in the New York Times. The Times said, quote: “The two men said that they were about 100 feet from the missile silo when the first of two explosions occurred. They agreed that there had been one smaller explosion first, which knocked them to the ground, before a much larger explosion with monstrous force.”

304

Audio Letter 58

After the explosion, the Air Force mystified everyone with its nervousness about the warhead. After all, everyone knows an ICBM carries a nuclear warhead, so why not admit it? Now, my friends, you know why. They were desperately afraid that there might be a ‘slip of the tongue’ by someone about the new doomsday cobalt warhead of the Titan-2, and so strict orders were given to say nothing at all about it. For our Titan-2 Missile Fleet the score is now: scratch two, 52 to go. The Russians are hoping to bring about a shutdown of the Titan Missile force by means of public outcry if possible; but if not, they intend to make sure in other ways that not one is ever launched at Russia. The Titan-2 with its new 24-megaton cobalt warhead is a first-strike weapon of our Secret Government. But the Russians too, are making use of cobalt bombs in their first-strike strategy against the United States. The Russian cobalt bombs are a totally different design—not for use in the atmosphere but under ground and under water to generate earthquakes. Two months ago on July 28 an earthquake took place in the Midwest that shook 12 states. Geologists in that area were mystified, saying that it seemed like an impossible earthquake. There are no known faults in the area where it was centered not far from Fort Knox, Kentucky, but in AUDIO LETTER No. 56 I reported how Russia brought about that seemingly impossible earthquake using two underground cobalt bombs. Last month this Bolshevik Administration announced that Russia’s leadership is now a No. 1 target in its first-strike posture, and Russia is responding in kind, my friends. The real headquarters of America’s secret government is not here in Washington, D.C., but in New York City, and now feverish preparations are under way to create an impossible earthquake in New York City as part of Russia’s new first-strike campaign against the United States! Topic #3—When I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 57 last month, I mentioned that I had not yet received any reports of replies by Senator Proxmire to your letters; but since that time many of you have let me know that he has answered you, and many of you have sent me copies of the letters that he sent you. My friends, in my two previous tapes I cautioned you to beware of any attempts to just brush you off. If you have never written to anyone in Congress before, you may have felt that you got a very responsive reply from Senator Proxmire. If so, I suggest that you stop the tape at this point and restart it with your letter from Senator Proxmire in hand. Please follow along word for word. I’m about

305

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

to read to you what you are likely to have received. If your letter differs from what I am about to read, by all means please send me a copy. First: The date at the top is likely to be August 27, September 4, or September 9. Other dates are also possible, but large batches were sent out on those dates. “Dear (so and so): Thanks so much for your recent letter concerning the allegations initiated by Dr. Peter Beter concerning massive gold thefts from the United States Treasury at Fort Knox, especially an unrecorded shipment which occurred in 1965. While this precious metal is no longer needed to back up our currency, I can certainly appreciate your concern in this issue. Similar concerns were expressed in 1974 at which time former Treasury Secretary Simon invited all members of Congress to participate in a personal inspection of the reserves held at Fort Knox. Several members joined in the tour at that time. In addition at the request of the Congress, the General Accounting Office and the Treasury also completed an audit of the gold reserves. The General Accounting Office is an investigative arm of the Congress as you may know, and participates in the yearly audits of the Treasury’s gold reserves. As to the situation which took place in 1965 concerning the missing shipment of gold, I am asking the Treasury’s Inspector General to give me a complete report. Once I have this information, I will be in a better position to determine whether any future action is warranted. I appreciate your interest in this important matter. Sincerely, William Proxmire, Chairman.” The signature, which looks for all the world like a personal signature, is “Bill Proxmire.” It looks pretty good, doesn’t it? The tone is friendly, and it looks like a personal letter and that is what you are supposed to believe it is; but, of course, if your letter coincided with the one I just read, you know now that it was not a personal letter. It’s just one of many identical letters churned out like popcorn by a computer-controlled typewriter. Even the signature, which looks so real, is made by a special signature-duplicating machine. If you have a neighbor who also received a letter, put one on top of the other and hold them up to the light and you will find that the computerized typing is identical; and you will also discover that the signatures are identical, unlike real signatures.

306

Audio Letter 58

They may be in slightly different positions on the two letters, but by moving them around you will be able to make the two signatures coincide. My friends, the computerized letter is used by Senators and Congressmen today for several reasons. For one thing, of course, it saves work. For another, it makes constituents feel good thinking they have received a personal reply, but most of all it helps Senators and Congressmen avoid involving themselves in many issues. When you receive a personal letter from a busy Senator or Congressman you may wonder, “Am I the only one who wrote about this?” Most people, if they think that, will just give up; and so the computerized letter is designed to encourage you to feel isolated. Notice that the letter I just read you from Senator Proxmire sounds as if he is answering you alone. He avoids mentioning that many others have written to him about the same thing, but you should know that in Congress every letter is considered to represent at least 500 people. Now I invite you to look more closely at the actual content of Senator Proxmire’s computerized letter to you. It’s filled with red flags. First, in paragraph 1 is his statement that gold is no longer needed to back up the dollar. That is red flag No. 1. It goes against common sense, history, and daily news about gold prices and the dollar. Senator Proxmire is parroting the old Rockefeller line which was used years ago to calm us, to deceive us, while they phased gold out of Fort Knox and into their own pockets. The second paragraph is worded to convey the impression that all this has been looked into and found to be untrue. But read it carefully, my friends. You will discover more red flags. For example: He mentions the so-called “tour” of the Fort Knox Bullion Depository in 1974, but a tour is not an “inventory,” and not one of the visitors to Fort Knox in September 1974 was a specialist in gold. What is more, the visitors were not even told about, much less shown, the actual gold vault itself! This is a huge maximum security vault which occupies the central portion of the Depository building and extends well below ground. Instead, the visitors were allowed to enter only one small jail-cell-like compartment to look at some reddish-tinted alleged gold bars. In AUDIO LETTER No. 2 for July 1975 I gave details about all this. The Fort Knox tour of 1974 cited by Senator Proxmire was just a peep show amounting to a total fraud. Then he refers to the so-called “audit” of our gold reserves by the General Accounting Office and the Treasury. Another red flag, my friends, because an 307

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

audit is not a physical inventory or count of the gold itself. An audit is only an examination of the books; and from the very beginning my charge has been that those books are fraudulent and therefore useless. And to make matters worse, the Audit Committee consisted of 13 Treasury personnel with only two (2) GAO personnel tagging along to make it look good. I described that entire episode in detail in my AUDIO BOOK talking tape entitled “THE FORT KNOX GOLD SCANDAL...AND WHAT IT MEANS TO YOU” of March 1975. Paragraph 3 of the Proxmire computer letter is a tradition in Congress today. It’s called “Pass the buck.” But he does not even pass it to an objective agency! For example, he could have referred it to the General Accounting Office; at least the GAO is an arm of Congress itself, as Proxmire himself mentions. But NO, you wrote to Proxmire about the Treasury’s failure to account for a gold shipment worth over $8-billion today. And whom does he ask to look into it?— why the Treasury itself! Actually the only thing resembling concrete action mentioned in the letter is Proxmire’s request for a report from the Treasury’s Inspector General. So it seems appropriate to take a few minutes to tell you about Proxmire’s previous experience with the Treasury Inspector General. The occasion was the scandal that erupted in December 1978 over missing gold at the New York Assay Office. As you may recall, there were news reports at the time that some 5,200 ounces of gold could not be accounted for. The story was brought to light only because of the determined efforts of a dedicated group of employees at the New York Assay Office. These employees known as the “Whistle Blowers” tried for years to seek redress for corrupt practices there among the top management. They contacted various officials within the Treasury, the Justice Department, Congress (including Senator Proxmire), and the press. For their efforts, some of them received severe retribution through their jobs, demotions, and so on; but against all odds they succeeded in bringing to light the matter of the missing gold. Then, as now, Proxmire turned to the Treasury itself for a report on the possible misbehavior of a Treasury operation—the New York Assay Office; and on December 19, 1978, Deputy Secretary of the Treasury Robert Carswell wrote to Senator Proxmire and said, quote: “I must now inform you that there have been significant irregularities in Accounting and Management procedures in the New York Assay Office that appear to go back a number of years.” Carswell added, quote:

308

Audio Letter 58

“The full truth may never be known because of the inadequate records kept over the years.” In other words, my friends, the records at the New York Assay Office were unreliable, just like the records at Fort Knox. In his letter to Proxmire, Carswell also mentioned that the Treasury’s new Inspector General had been assigned to the Assay Office case. The office of Inspector General was a new office, created only three months earlier; and according to the Carswell letter to Proxmire, the first investigation handed to the Treasury Inspector General was that of the New York Assay Office. And so the Treasury’s Inspector General began his career in that post with a case of missing gold. Now, according to his computer letter to you, Proxmire has asked him to look into another case of missing gold—the 1965 missing shipment from Fort Knox. The Treasury Inspector General took charge of a group of agents detailed from the Secret Service, which is another branch of the Treasury! Then he directed a so-called investigation of the missing gold at the New York Assay Office which, by his own words, quote “consisted of interviews” plus a review of security and procedures. No sworn testimony, just interviews; and oddly enough no one confessed to any criminal activity or theft. So on May 11, 1979, the Treasury Inspector General closed the files on his “investigation” of the New York Assay Office. He wrote a memorandum that day to Deputy Treasury Secretary Carswell summarizing the results of this great investigation. With one exception (a man who had already been sent to jail), he said, quote: “No evidence has been developed that any personnel were involved in the theft of gold and silver from the New York Assay Office.” That one exception is not discussed, but you might find it revealing. It was an employee who was caught trying to carry a bar of gold out the door inside a rolled-up newspaper. The reason he was caught, my friends, was that the gold bar slipped out of the newspaper and fell on the floor. The so-called investigation of the Treasury Inspector General also succeeded in deciding that less gold was missing than originally reported. What we heard in news reports was 5,200 ounces; but by the time the Treasury Inspector General got through, he had whittled that down to a mere 4,100 ounces. He also forwarded the sanitized Treasury report on itself to the Justice Department for their determination. Not surprisingly, the Justice Department wrote back that, quoting the Inspector General’s memorandum again: 309

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

“There is no evidence in the present record that any employee of the New York Assay Office personally benefitted from the practices described in the report.” And the Justice Department is said to have declined prosecution due to, quote “the absence of any motive of personal gain relating to the settlement procedures.” There was never another peep out of Senator William Proxmire about the strange goings-on at the New York Assay Office. Apparently he was well satisfied by the self-serving Treasury investigation of itself, so much so that now he is passing the buck to exactly the same office of the Treasury in the matter of the 1965 missing shipment of gold from Fort Knox. My friends, I never told you that what we are trying to do would be easy. I do believe that it can be done if we will stick with it no matter what; but now you have a small taste of what we are up against. In the case of the missing gold at the New York Assay Office, Senator Proxmire acted as if he just did not want to know, so he relied on the Treasury to investigate itself through its office of Inspector General. Now in the case of the missing gold shipment from Fort Knox, his initial response reflected in his computer letters to you was the same. My friends, from what I have said so far you may be thinking that I’m about to say, “Forget Senator Proxmire. We have to try something else.” But that is not what I’m saying at all. There is more to the story, and a glimmer of hope that Senator Proxmire can be persuaded to take meaningful action; but I do believe that you must have a realistic understanding of the situation if we are to succeed. To that end, I think a few words are in order about Senator Proxmire’s public background. E. William Proxmire got his start in politics long ago after he married into the Rockefeller family. He ran as a Democrat for Governor of Wisconsin in 1952, ‘54, and ‘56 and lost each time. But his big chance came in a Special Senatorial Election on August 27, 1957. It was Proxmire, my friends, who filled the Senate vacancy of the late Senator Joseph McCarthy. Proxmire was re-elected in 1958 and has been in the Senate ever since. Throughout his Senate career, Proxmire has been deeply involved in the most powerful committees of Congress dealing with banking, currency, housing—in

310

Audio Letter 58

other words, our economy. Whatever has happened during those years, Proxmire was there. In 1961 the so-called “London Gold Pool Agreement” was set up. It was an informal agreement that was never authorized by Congress—I repeat, NEVER AUTHORIZED BY CONGRESS; and under that agreement, our gold started flowing out of the United States in a hemorrhage that lasted nearly 7 years. One courageous Congressman, Frank Chelf of Kentucky, spoke repeatedly on the floor of Congress about what was happening to our gold. In AUDIO LETTER No. 2 for July 1975, I read to you his sworn statement about the secret shipments of gold out of Fort Knox during those years. But throughout the halls of Congress the warning words of Congressman Frank Chelf were totally ignored, and Senator William Proxmire was among those who were there—but paid no attention! And so we should not be surprised if we encounter resistance by Senator Proxmire to leading a public investigation of our gold reserves. Long ago he became entangled with the special interests of the Rockefeller group, who in turn spirited away our gold; and Proxmire was there, in Congress, when our gold was taken, so he could be accused of malfeasance for neglecting to take any action up to now to protect our gold. Under the circumstances, Proxmire may well look upon a public investigation of our missing gold as a “can of worms” for him. But, my friends, we do not want Proxmire’s hide, WE WANT HIS HELP. He is in the best possible position to do it—if he will; and there is an inkling that perhaps he can be persuaded to take action. On September 5 my friend Mr. Edward Durell wrote to Senator Proxmire urging him to take up the investigation of our nation’s gold supplies. Mr. Durell has done this many times before, and has been met with a stone wall!! But this time, this time, Mr. Durell wrote in the wake of your barrage of letters; and on September 11 Proxmire sent this reply, and I now quote: “Dear Mr. Durell: I have your letter regarding an unreported shipment of gold which occurred at Fort Knox in 1965 and the possibility that there may have been similar unreported incidents. While, as you know, the United States is no longer on the Gold Standard, I can appreciate your concern in this issue. I have already asked the Treasury Department’s Inspector General to look into the matter and give me a complete report. In view of your correspondence, however, I am also asking the Justice Department and the General Accounting Office to also investigate the situation you outline. The General Accounting Office is an in-

311

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

vestigative arm of the United States Congress. Once I have this information I will be in a better position to determine whether any future action is warranted. Sincerely, William Proxmire, Chairman” My friends, this is still a long way short of agreeing to what we have requested—that is, a PUBLIC INVESTIGATION by Proxmire’s Committee— but it is a step in the right direction, so it’s up to us to redouble our efforts. We have to make it clear that there are many of us, that we are not going to go away, that we will not be satisfied with anything less than a public investigation by his Committee, and that he will have our complete support. To do that, I urge that you again contact Senator Proxmire and get everyone else to do so that you possibly can. And if you are willing to spend a few dollars, I urge you to use a MAILGRAM this time for greater impact. All you have to do is to call Western Union and they will charge it to your telephone bill. A long message is not necessary, but I suggest that you tell Senator Proxmire you want action— not just comforting form letters. Tell him that you want a public, Congressional investigation of our gold supplies by his Committee, which has jurisdiction— not more cover-ups by the Executive Branch; and repeat your pledge of firm support if he will open the investigation which you request. I also have a second suggestion this month which I think would mean more to you after I tell you the following: The secret gold shipment from Fort Knox on January 20, 1965, took place the very day Lyndon Johnson was inaugurated President, as I reported last month; and I can now reveal, my friends, that this shipment did not end up at the New York Assay Office. It wound up, instead, in a ranch in Mexico owned jointly by President and Mrs. Johnson!! And President Johnson arranged for the Treasury Department to give Mrs. Johnson a Special License to deal in gold bullion as a private citizen. Yet, at that time, you and I could not even own gold except in jewelry. The Fort Knox Gold Scandal of today was predictable long ago for those with eyes to see. The famous prophet of the 1929 Stock Market Crash, Roger Ward Babson, gave a clear warning of things to come while the Fort Knox Bullion Depository was still being built. There was an article about his warnings in the Literary Digest for August 29, 1936. The article described Babson’s objections in the words, quote:

312

Audio Letter 58

“By dumping most of America’s gold hoard into a steel and concrete strong box in the mountain fortress at Fort Knox, Kentucky, Uncle Sam is putting too many of his eggs in one basket.”

Two very relevant questions posed by Babson were also mentioned: (1) Is not the United States as liable to have internal revolution as to be attacked by foreign nations? And (2) Are not gold and commodities much safer distributed among millions of people than stored in Russian fashion under the control of politicians? The article quoted Babson as he thundered, quote: “To secure control of nearly one-half the world’s total gold supply requires only securing control of the White House. The key to these great vaults is hanging on the wall of the President’s private office.” With those prophetic words of 44 years ago in mind, I now offer you my second suggestion for this month: We need to use every avenue available to begin to make others aware that there is a question about our gold reserves, and so I suggest that you write a brief letter to the Editor to every newspaper, large and small, in your area. Don’t try to say a lot, just open up the thought that we ought to think about our gold reserves as we prepare to elect a president. Here is a sample of what I mean, to get you started: “LETTER TO THE EDITOR: All the presidential candidates this year are talking about our troubled economy in the old conventional terms, but conventional economic cures don’t seem to be working. Could it be that the illness is not conventional?? Congressional legislation HR-7874 is now pending to look into persistent rumors that our monetary gold to back up the dollar is depleted or gone. If so, no wonder the dollar is shrinking and gold prices mushrooming. When we go to the polls maybe we ought to keep in mind that whoever we vote for will have the keys to all our gold—that is, if there is any left.” You may succeed in getting only one letter published, or none at all; but all of us working together have to think of ourselves as scattering seed. A lot of our 313

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

letters to editors, just like seed, will fall on barren land; but if even one letter does get published, it can begin to alert thousands of newspaper readers. So please do it now, my friends. There is no time to be wasted. Now it’s time to give you my Last Minute Summary. In this AUDIO LETTER I’ve tried to show you a little more clearly the connection between gold and war. Our own gold, which has been stolen from us, is being used to drag you and me into war! So we must seize the gold weapon ourselves and turn it around. By breaking open the GOLD SCANDAL, we must wage preventive war—a WAR OF TRUTH—in order to prevent a war of missiles, bombs, particle beam weapons, and clashing armies. What happened to the Titan-2 Missile which exploded in its silo earlier this month serves to illustrate the stakes in our preventive war. The secret Bolshevik government of the United States has transformed the Titan-2 into a first-strike doomsday weapon against Russia; but the Titan-2 at Damascus, Arkansas, was itself the victim of a Russian first strike! For the first time the Russians have now demonstrated the ability of their Cosmospheres to destroy our ICBMs in their silos. Day by day we come closer and closer to the outbreak of all-out thermonuclear war! The Secret Rulers of the United States and the rulers of Russia are both embarked on their own separate and very different first-strike strategies. The Bolsheviks here want to achieve a first strike against Russia that will set off allout war. The Russians, on the other hand, want to achieve the opposite. They want to make all-out war impossible by destroying America’s ability to fight. And so, my friends, the Bolsheviks here keep struggling to prepare for a single massive blow at Russia, even though America will be destroyed. And to prevent the massive American first strike, the Russians are conducting a campaign of localized first strikes. One day a Mount St. Helens explodes, another day a Titan Missile explodes, and on another day soon a major city may seem to explode in a seemingly impossible earthquake. No matter who wins the first-strike tug of war, the Russians or the Bolsheviks here, America loses. And, my friends, you and I are America, so it is up to you and me to defend our great land and ourselves. No one else is going to do it for us, but our forefathers left us a CONSTITUTION which grants us the freedom, the power, and the responsibility to do the job; and if our Lord Jesus Christ wills it, we will succeed. Two months ago I began giving you my answers to the question many of you had started asking me: “What can I do?” Many of the things we need to do re314

Audio Letter 58

quire little money but time, dedication, and perseverance. Even so we must not deceive ourselves. Freedom does not always come for “free.” The challenge we face today is no less than what our forefathers faced 200 years ago; so if we want to prevail in this struggle, we can do no less than they did. As they expressed it in concluding the Declaration of Independence: “...with a firm reliance on the Protection of Divine Providence, we mutually pledge to each other our Lives, our Fortunes, and our sacred Honor.” Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

315

Audio Letter 59
October 31, 1980
Earlier this month millions of baseball fans were preoccupied with the World Series. The World Series is always great fun with plenty of excitement and suspense right to the end; and even if your team loses, it’s not so bad. There’s always next year. Now you and I are caught up in a “world series” of a different sort. Ours is a series of battles to determine what sort of world we will leave to our children, and there will be no rematch next year! If we strike out now, the game is over, so we need to keep swinging until we finally hit that home run we need in order to win. My three special topics this month are: Topic #1—THE IRAN HOSTAGE RELEASE PLAN FOR WAR Topic #2—SENATOR WILLIAM PROXMIRE AND “ACTION STEP 4” Topic #3—“ACTION STEP 5” ON A NEW BATTLE FRONT. Topic #1—During this month of October 1980 three issues have dominated the news here in the United States. One has been the continuing war between Iraq and Iran. That has been overshadowed in turn by sudden new rumors about a possible release of our hostages in Iran. And the third issue, riding the waves of other events, has been the up-coming election. These three on-going news stories are all related, and in turn they all reflect a fierce struggle behind the scenes among three (3) different power groups. One group is that of the Satanic Bolsheviks who now control the United States government. Another group is that of the Rockefeller Oil Cartel now under the control of John J. McCloy. And the third power center is in the Soviet Union whose rulers today are in a battle to the death against the Satanic Bolsheviks. The primary actors right now are the Bolsheviks and the McCloy Oil Group. It is they who have done most of the maneuvering in the Iraq-Iran war, in the hos317

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

tage release rumors, and in the election build-up. But in all three areas, Russian agents have been joining the fray too. Wherever possible they are trying to interfere with Bolshevik plans even if that helps Big Oil temporarily. For most Americans, the rumors about a possible hostage release have become a central issue in recent days. It seems to have sprung from the Iraq-Iran war and talk of trading spare parts to Iran for the hostages. And the prospects for a hostage release are also being watched for their effect on our national election. And so after nearly one year, the Iran hostages are again on center stage. And now as then, my friends, the real stakes in the Iran hostage issue involve the danger of thermonuclear war. Last month in AUDIO LETTER No. 58 I explained how the Iraq-Iran war was triggered. It involved a huge bribe to Iraq engineered by the Rockefeller Oil Cartel, and it was paid in gold—$8,000,000,000 worth of gold! This was part of the very gold which was stolen years ago from the United States Treasury Depositories. The goal of Big Oil is the one I explained last month. They want to finish what they started by their overthrow of the late Shah of Iran. They want to retake control over Iran with its oil riches on new and more profitable terms, and to do that they want to topple the so-called Khomeini regime one way or another. The war with Iraq is supposed to begin that process, but Iran is not the only arena in which the crumbling Rockefeller Cartel is trying to reassert itself. It’s happening also right here in the United States. All of the old faces from the heyday of Rockefeller power under the Nixon Administration are clustered together right now under the Republican banner. The ghost of Nelson Rockefeller is grasping for the White House once again. Meanwhile the Bolsheviks who have seized control of the United States government have no intention of letting go, and the easiest way for them to retain control is simply to keep the same faces on the scene. And so the Bolsheviks here are doing everything they can to prevent a change in the White House. Last month I reported that the Rockefeller Big Oil Group had worked hand in glove with this Bolshevik government in the Iraq-Iran war. But here at home, the two are rivals. Last month I said that Big Oil was only setting itself up for double-cross by the Bolsheviks; and sure enough, this month the Bolshevik double-cross began to materialize in the form of a sudden new hostage release plan. By means of this one ploy, the Bolsheviks in the United States Government were hoping to pull the rug out from under the Rockefeller Oil Group, both in the Persian Gulf and in the election here.

318

Audio Letter 59

On October 6 the Republican campaign announced the formation of a Special Advisory group. The group was said to be for the purpose of watching for and planning against a so-called “October surprise.” It was feared that something was about to happen to upset the apple cart just before the election. The very next day, October 7, their fears began to be realized. An independent presidential candidate, Barry Commoner, announced that he had received a hostage release proposal from Iran. It was turned over to the State Department, and there began to be flurries of excitement. On October 9 the hostage story warmed up some more. That day State Department spokesmen stated that they were in contact with the hostages. Referring to the top ranking hostage, Bruce Langdon, the spokesmen said, quote: “We are in contact on a regular basis.” The next item to build anticipation over the hostages came from Norway. Norway, like Iran, is in the front lines of the Bolshevik planning for a nuclear first strike at Russia. I reported that long ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 37; and on October 10 a newspaper in Oslo, Norway helped to move along this latest Bolshevik ploy. The Norwegian newspaper quoted former Iranian Foreign Minister Ghotbzadeh as saying that Iran should release the hostages immediately. In the United States the excitement built up another notch. For the next week or so the Iran hostage release rumors were allowed to simmer for a while. Then on October 17 Iran’s Prime Minister Rajai provided the next excuse for heightened rumors. He appeared before the United Nations Security Council where he bitterly attacked the United States for helping Iraq in the war, but that was downplayed in the news compared to other remarks Rajai made in a news conference a day later. Under pressure of the war with Iraq, Iran seemingly was looking for a way out of the hostage crisis. The rush of rumors turned into a torrent after that, and on Wednesday October 22 NBC Nightly News carried a sensational report. It was said that there had been a “breakthrough” in the negotiation over the hostages. Supposedly the Iranian Parliament was almost certain to set conditions for the hostage release during debate on Sunday, October 26, and that could be followed by the actual release of the hostages as early as the next day. Up to that point the Bolshevik planners had everything going their way. By their calculations, the release of hostages on that schedule would have guaranteed re-election of this Bolshevik Administration, because the entire week preceding the election would have been filled with news of the hostages. There would have been the drama of the release itself, then for days stories of some of the hostages coming home, others going to intermediate stopovers for medical treatment. Stories of reunions, interviews of former hostages and their families, 319

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

special news reports to rehash it all. And, my friends, if it had all gone as planned there would have been euphoria here on election day 1980. Millions of formerly undecided voters would have been caught up in the emotion of the moment, and the Bolsheviks were certain that they would pull the lever marked “Jimmy Carter” in the voting booth. It did not matter that cynicism would set in later over the timing of the release. By then, the election would have been over and the deed would have been done. That was the Bolshevik plan of the United States Government, but once again Russian agents are trying to intervene in an effort to unravel these Bolshevik plans. From the very beginning the hostage situation in Iran has been under Bolshevik control, as I first revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 52. But the Bolsheviks do not exercise complete control over Iran, because the Russians have also succeeded in establishing an important level of influence in Iran nearly a year ago. In the present situation, Bolshevik agents in Iran tried to stampede the Iranian Parliament into the quick action they wanted. But Russian agents succeeded in at least slowing down the stampede, and the Bolshevik timing was delayed. So now even if the release of the hostages does take place in one form or another, the effect on our election is less predictable. A last minute release could even have a backlash effect on voters due to cynicism, and so the election is now up for grabs. It could easily go contrary to Bolshevik wishes. If it does, that will be a setback for the Bolsheviks, mainly in terms of delay. They will be forced to re-establish control over any new administration. That will cost the Bolsheviks a little bit of valuable time in their frenzy to set off NUCLEAR WAR ONE, and that is exactly why the Russians want a change of administration simply to slow down the Bolsheviks. But I mentioned earlier that the hostage release ploy of the Bolsheviks was set in motion for two (2) purposes. One was to undermine the grab for the White House by the Rockefeller Big Oil Group under the name of Ronald Reagan. That purpose depended strongly on timing, and so has probably been ruined; but the other purpose of a hostage release at this time is still on track. It is part of the latest Bolshevik scenario to lead up to a nuclear first strike against Russia. The first step in this latest war plan was to set off the Iraq-Iran war, as I mentioned last month. The Rockefeller Big Oil Group did this, thinking they were starting the downfall of the Khomeini regime; but the Bolsheviks here used it for another purpose instead. Basically the Bolshevik United States Government is saying to Iran: “Release the hostages and we will give you military help against Iraq,” which is backed by Big Oil; and to get ready, a sizeable Amphibious Attack Force of United States Marines is on the way. The Force 320

Audio Letter 59

includes a helicopter carrier, landing craft, and some 1,800 Marines. It passed through the Suez Canal very quietly on October 27 heading for the Persian Gulf. The tactics keep changing but the strategy is always the same. Lately our fears have been stoked up over Russian designs on the Middle East and Persian Gulf. First Russia was given a black eye by its past ties with Iraq when Iraq invaded Iran. Now we are hearing about Russian overtures to Iran by supplying certain war needs. And in the midst of it all is the hostage release ploy. The Bolsheviks here are trying to set the stage for a massive American military return to Iran. If the plan succeeds, it will be as I described it long ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 37, and I quote: “The American public will demand that it is time to stand up to Russia, and with full public support American troops and weapons will pour into Iran. From that point onward the outbreak of NUCLEAR WAR ONE will be all but impossible for the public to follow by way of the so-called news.” (End of my quotation from AUDIO LETTER No. 37.) The Russians know what is afoot and they are trying to ruin the plan. In this case, that means trying to spoil the hostage release negotiations altogether. Up to now Russian agents in Iran have succeeded in spoiling the timing of a hostage release, and they are still at work as I say these words on October 31, hoping to prevent the hostages from being released at this time. If they succeed, it will be the fourth time during 1980 that nuclear war has been averted. Even so, the Bolsheviks who have taken over our government never rest. By the time you hear this, the election will be past and the matter of the hostages may have been decided, but the Bolsheviks already have another serious crisis building up in Poland. For two years now the Bolsheviks have been trying to create an explosion in Poland. The first plan was the one for a Pope’s Revolution, as it would have been known. I described that plan in detail in AUDIO LETTER No. 42; but just as in the present hostage release ploy, timing was critical to the Pope’s Revolution plan; and the Russians were able to spoil the plan by changing the timing of the Pope’s visit to Poland. But now the Bolsheviks have a new weapon of destruction in Poland. It is the so-called “Independent Trade Union” movement. It has been given the old Bolshevik name “Solidarity,” but its real purpose is not solidarity but division, turmoil, and revolution. Two months ago the new rulers in the Kremlin defused the confrontations then brewing by approving major concessions to the strikers. Now many of the Pol321

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ish workers want to take a breather to consolidate their gains, but the Bolsheviks did not create the new Labor movement for that purpose. Instead there are new and bigger demands, spreading agitation, and threats of a new major strike. So now Poland’s borders with Russia, East Germany, and Czechoslovakia are slowly being sealed off. Large concentrations of Russian troops are now poised along the border in Russia and East Germany. The Polish workers, having been used as pawns, may soon lose everything; but those who have used them, the Bolsheviks, may well get everything they want—revolution, strife, and bloodshed. If that happens, my friends, it may be the last straw for the leaders in the Kremlin. Last month I reported that Russia had begun making feverish preparations to be able to decimate New York City by means of geophysical warfare. I can now report that these preparations also extend in more limited form northward into New England. There is a little known but major fault that runs along the east coast, partly offshore, partly on land, and Russian cobalt bombs for earthquake generation have now been planted in eight (8) areas along this fault in the Northeast. These locations respectively are: south of Providence, Rhode Island; south of Norwich, Connecticut; several near Hartford, Connecticut; near New Haven, Connecticut; south of Springfield, Massachusetts; and near Northampton and New Bedford, Massachusetts. But it is still New York City that is now subject to the greatest devastation by far. The reason, as I explained last month, is that New York is the headquarters city of the Bolsheviks here in America. Right now the Bolsheviks are trying to see to it that Russia has her hands full due to revolution in Poland; but if that happens, the Bolsheviks here will also have their hands full. They may well find themselves picking through the smoking rubble of that ruined headquarters city because, my friends, at last report there are now 85 earthquake-producing cobalt bombs buried beneath the waters around New York City. Topic #2—For several months now I have been offering you my step by step answers to the question, “What can I do?” I began doing this because more and more of you were asking me to do it. You had started telling me that you were no longer satisfied just to watch and listen as our crises multiply; instead the time has come for action—now or never. In AUDIO LETTER No. 56 last July I said that what we must do is to wage PREVENTIVE war. Ours is a war of truth to head off nuclear war. Our strategy is to take away the gold weapon which our enemies within are using against us; and by revealing the truth about the theft of America’s gold supplies, the gold 322

Audio Letter 59

weapon will become our very own. This is the only way, my friends, we can seize a weapon big enough to halt our betrayal into national suicide. The first battle front in our preventive war is our campaign directed at Senator William Proxmire, and we must continue what we have started along those lines. But up to now Senator Proxmire has been conspicuous by his failure to take meaningful action, so this month we are about to open up a second front in our preventive war. It lies totally outside Proxmire’s control yet could also increase the pressure for him to act. I will go into all that in Topic #3, but for now I want to concentrate on our direct campaign with Senator Proxmire. For more than two months now many of you have been showering Senator Proxmire with letters. As I have suggested, you have demanded that he open up a full, public investigation of America’s gold reserves. Ultimately there will have to be a complete physical inventory of our gold, if there is any left. My friends, in any campaign like this, every effort is always made to make you feel isolated; but if you think you are alone in your concern about our missing gold, think again. To give you an example of what I mean, I have an important letter to read to you. It was written to Senator Proxmire early this month on October 2. The writer is a very astute businessman in Proxmire’s home state of Wisconsin. What’s more, he’s a man who knows Proxmire socially; but wait until you hear what he thinks about the situation. He sent a copy of his letter to my dear friend Mr. Edward Durell. He gave permission to make it public if desired, and Mr. Durell provided me with a copy. I will now read it to you: “Dear Bill, Mr. Edward Durell, a close friend of mine, has sent me a copy of his letter to you of September 5, 1980. The crux of the letter asks that you demand an inventory of the nation’s gold reserves. I have written to you on this subject myself more than once. The reluctance of the Treasury Department to provide a sensible answer to this basic and simple question appears to indicate that the present real value of the Treasury’s gold reserve might represent the ultimate ‘Golden Fleece.’ The inventory practices which the Treasury is currently using would not be accepted by any public accounting firm nor by any corporate management I know of. It is elementary that the nation know what its gold reserve is; and the fact that no action is taken to take a physical inventory, as would be required by generally accepted accounting standards, makes the United States Gold Reserve an open question around the world. I have personally heard this question raised

323

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

by financial people in both London and Zurich, and of course many times in the United States. As Chairman of the Senate Banking Committee, this is certainly one of your responsibilities. It seems strange that you do not take a determined action on this question which is so much more important than the many other incidents of waste which you have pursued with vigor. Sincerely, “ and there follows the signature of the writer. My friends, the letter I’ve just read to you represents the thinking of more and more highly informed business and financial people, so don’t let anyone bluff you into thinking otherwise. Now let me return to your own letter-writing campaign. By now you should have received at least one reply from Senator Proxmire. Some of you have received two replies by now. The first wave of letters to Proxmire in August produced a computerized form letter, which I quoted last month. Proxmire began sending that letter to people in late August. In the letter Proxmire passed the buck to the Treasury itself. Supposedly he asked the Treasury’s Inspector General for a report about a specific missing shipment of gold. This was the mystery shipment of January 20, 1965 from Fort Knox. It was a shipment worth more than a billion dollars— 1000 million dollars—at today’s prices; and it was admitted in writing five years ago by Mrs. Mary Brooks, then Director of the United States Mint. Yet it was listed nowhere on the official Treasury listing of shipments from Fort Knox. Now the time has come to ask a new question, my friends, and that is: “Whatever happened to that promised report by the Treasury Inspector General?” After all, you’ve been writing to Senator Proxmire since mid August. I hope that you’ve been keeping a file of all your correspondence to and from Senator Proxmire, because now it’s time to write your most important letter yet to Senator Proxmire; and if you can refer back to the date of your first letter, it will increase the impact of this letter. If you have not been keeping a file as I urged you to do, then just do the best you can on this letter; but please do start now to keep a file in a folder or in a manila envelope. As time goes on, this will become more and more important.

324

Audio Letter 59

By the way, if you have not written before but want to write this time, by all means please do so. Make whatever changes you need to in the model letter I’m about to suggest, to fit your own situation, and send your letter to: Senator William Proxmire Senate Office Bldg., Washington, D.C. Now here’s what I suggest as a starting point for your newest letter to Senator Proxmire: “Dear Senator Proxmire, For several months now I’ve been writing to you to urge that you open a full, public investigation of America’s gold supplies. I first wrote you about this urgent matter on (date so and so). In reply you promised as a first step to obtain a report about one matter from the Treasury Inspector General. This matter was the missing gold shipment on January 20, 1965 from Fort Knox. I have also written you more recently on this over-all subject, but up to now your replies continue to say that you have requested a report, not that you have received one; so I now ask: ‘Have you received the report you said you requested from the Treasury Inspector General over two months ago? If so, then I request that I be furnished a copy promptly. But if not, then why not after so long a time? If it takes over two months for the Treasury to figure out what happened to a billion dollars worth of gold, then something is very wrong. And something is also very wrong if you are content to accept silence about so vital a matter.’ Once again, I urge you to open up a full, public investigation into the condition of America’s gold supplies without further delay. And more and more of my friends and neighbors are beginning to agree—that is the message of the additional signatures at the end of this letter.” After signing your letter, then get everyone else you can to add their signature below yours, just signatures of anyone who agrees that your question deserves an answer. Even if only two or three friends will add their signatures below yours, it will help. Every name counts. Use your influence. Before, Proxmire was receiving letters; now he will begin to see petitions, petitions, and more petitions. And, my friends, so will other certain very important people!

325

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

After you have collected all the signatures you can, please make a generous supply of photo copies before mailing the original to Proxmire, because copies of this latest letter to Senator Proxmire will be a weapon you can begin using for other purposes, and we will use them right away as we open up the second front in our Preventive War to SAVE AMERICA. Topic #3—As you probably know, America’s currency is not issued by the Treasury but by the “Federal Reserve System.” If you look at a dollar bill you will see the words: “Federal Reserve Note.” In banking terms, a Note is an I.O.U.—a promise to pay something; and it’s the Federal Reserve System, not the United States Government itself, that issues these I.O.U.s which we use as currency. They’re printed by the United States Government Mint for the Federal Reserve System for a small fee. In effect, the United States Mint, a branch of the Treasury Department, serves as a mere print shop for the Federal Reserve System. Many people assume that the Federal Reserve System is a Government agency, which IT IS NOT. It is purely a privately-owned Central Banking System! What I’ve just said is essential to understand. It’s the key to our opening up the Second Front in our Preventive War to Save America. So before I go on, I want to say a few more words about the purely private nature of the so-called “Federal Reserve System.” I realize that for some of you what I will say will be review. You’ve already studied the Federal Reserve System yourself and know that it is a private corporation, but my mail indicates that many of my newer listeners are not aware of this. It’s not surprising that so many people believe the Federal Reserve System to be a Government agency. From its very beginning in 1913, the Federal Reserve has always presented a false governmental image. To begin with, its creation in 1913 required an act of Congress; but that was not because Congress was authorizing a new Government agency. Instead, it was because Congress was abdicating its CONSTITUTIONAL duty to create and issue the nation’s money! In effect, Congress gave a Federal Corporate Charter to the new privately-owned Central Banking System. In turn, that system was given the name “Federal Reserve System.” There were many Americans in those days who were bitterly opposed to the creation of a private Central Bank. They believed that the creation and control of our money should be left in the hands of the Government—not a private corporation. Others believed that private control of our money would not be so bad if it were dispersed. What these critics opposed was concentrating our money control in just one bank. 326

Audio Letter 59

To silence these critics, the architects of the new private Central Bank for America did two (2) things. The first had to do with the Board of Directors of the System as a whole, which they call a “Board of Governors” because it sounds better. They agree to allow the Chairman of the Board to be a presidential appointee; and just for good measure, they agree to let the appointment be subject to confirmation by Congress. The other maneuver by the Federal Reserve architects of 1913 was to abandon the idea of a single Central Bank. Instead they created a system of 12 banks scattered across the United States. That gave the image of a diffusion of control over America’s money; but actually that, too, was only for show purposes to silence the critics. All of the real action in the Federal Reserve System takes place within the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The other 11 Regional banks just follow the lead of the New York Bank. They have power but rarely use it, and so in effect the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is the real Central Bank of the United States. The governmental cloak that seems to surround the Federal Reserve System is actually very thin, but it’s enough to mislead most people, because they do not look close enough. For example, people often assume that the word “Federal” is a sign that the Federal Reserve System is a government agency; but as Abraham Lincoln once said in a famous court case: “A flower does not become a rose just because I call it a rose.” And the Federal Reserve System is not a government agency just because of its name. If you will look around you, you will see many private companies that use the word “Federal” in their names. For example, there is even an air freight company called “Federal Express,” but of course Federal Express is not a government agency. It’s a private company, with private stockholders. The real criterion as to whether an entity is public or private is that of ownership; and by that criterion the 12 Federal Reserve Banks are totally and unmistakably private corporations. They issue stock like any other private corporation; and, my friends, the United States Government does not own one penny’s worth of Federal Reserve stock. Even the buildings which house the Federal Reserve Banks and the land which they occupy are privately owned. They pay local real estate taxes thereon. That is even true of the building here in Washington where the Federal Reserve Board of Governors meet. Employees are not governed by Civil Service rules like the Government employees. The President of the United States rubber-stamps each new Federal Reserve Board Chairman as if he were a public official; but the minute he is confirmed, the Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board passes through private doors, and behind those doors the private Federal Reserve System does exactly as it pleases, issuing or withholding money and credit at will. 327

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Federal Reserve stock is issued only to banks, which in turn are controlled by other powerful private interests. Banks which own this stock are called “Member Banks.” Your own bank may be a member. If it is, your bank has paid money into the Federal Reserve in two forms. One form is ownership of Federal Reserve stock. This bears interest in the form of dividends of only 6%. But also, your bank is required to turn over a certain percentage of its own deposits to the Federal Reserve Bank in your district. Those deposits, called “Reserve deposits,” bear no interest to your bank. Even so, Member Banks of the Federal Reserve System do receive certain services and advantages from membership, but they are also burdened and restricted in important ways. As a result, more and more banks have been withdrawing as members of the Federal Reserve System. Smaller banks especially have been pulling out for a breath of fresh air. Like any monopoly threatened with competition, the Federal Reserve money monopoly panicked. The “Fed” generally ignores Congress except when faced with trouble. When trouble does flare up, the “Fed” always runs to Congress for help. Most of all, they count upon a favorable hearing from the Banking Committees of the Senate and House; and the Wisconsin twins—Senator William Proxmire and Congressman Henry Reuss—never fail to oblige. And so earlier this year, Congress passed a new law to rescue the Federal Reserve—a sort of a Union shop for banks. It requires even non-member banks to place interest-free deposits with the Federal Reserve System. What is more, it creates a bureaucratic nightmare for all small banks. As usual, the little guy is being squeezed out in favor of big money. The alleged excuse for this new Act is that it’s needed to promote financial soundness of our nation’s banking system. The argument is very simple. Supposedly, the new law is to help guarantee the safety of the underlying assets of your bank. Your bank is now forced to place a fraction of its assets in the Regional Federal Reserve Bank. Your bank cannot use those funds, and so we are told it cannot lose them. But now, my friends, consider this. The Federal Reserve Banks are themselves claiming to have assets they do not have—gold assets. So your bank stands to lose everything that it deposits in the Federal Reserve Bank. And, of course, if your bank loses everything, so do you! You have the option of either making or not making deposits to your bank, but your banker no longer has any such option. He is forced to be a depositor to the Federal Reserve Bank in your region, and the Federal Reserve Bank does not have part of the assets it claims to have; because, my friends, the monetary gold hoard of the United States is not owned by the United States Treasury. Instead, title to the gold has belonged to the Fed328

Audio Letter 59

eral Reserve System since 1934. The Treasury is only the custodian while the Federal Reserve Banks are the title owners, and they are now owners of gold that is long gone. They are claiming assets that do not exist. Every Saturday the New York Times publishes the abbreviated, unaudited financial statement of the Federal Reserve System. Almost all of the assets boil down to nothing but paper, with one major exception. That is the item titled “Gold Stock.” The current value listed is slightly over $11,000,000,000—that is 11,000 million dollars, but that is at the meaningless official price of gold, a little over $40 per ounce. The real value at current market prices is closer to $200,000,000,000. That is the Federal Reserve “Gold Stock” so called. It is by far the biggest asset of the Federal Reserve Banks on paper. The quantity held by each bank varies, but all 12 Regional Banks own portions of that Gold Stock. My friends, America’s monetary gold hoard is often referred to as the Treasury’s gold, but that is not correct. The Federal Reserve Banks have title to the gold through their Gold Stock. The Treasury only acts as a depository or custodian for the gold. For example: The famous United States Bullion Depository at Fort Knox is really just a giant safety deposit box. The owner of the gold is the depositor, the Federal Reserve System. For my listeners in business, financial and banking circles, I feel I should drive this point home in one more way. You can see what I am saying if you will simply compare the Balance Sheets of the Treasury and the Federal Reserve System. First look at the Federal Reserve Balance Sheet. On the Asset side you will see the Gold Stock item, formerly called “Gold Certificates.” To be concrete, for example, on October 22, 1980, the Gold Stock value was listed as $11,165,000,000. Now look at the Treasury Balance Sheet for that day. You will find the same figure, but on the Liability side. So the Federal Reserve is a creditor with regard to the gold, and the Treasury is a debtor—that is, the Federal Reserve is the depositor of the gold while the Treasury is only the custodian. My friends, I realize that all this may be rather involved, but also it is vitally important because the facts I have been discussing provide the basis for our second avenue of action to try to SAVE AMERICA. I want to make these details available to you so that you can refer back to them from time to time; but let me recap the basic points to remember: First, and very important. The Federal Reserve System is a private Central Banking System. It is not an agency of the United States Government. 329

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Second: The owner of America’s monetary gold hoard since 1934 has been the Federal Reserve System; and the gold, carried as “Gold Stock,” is by far the largest asset claimed by the Federal Reserve Banks. Third: The United States Treasury does not own this alleged monetary gold. Instead, the Treasury acts only as a custodian for the Federal Reserve gold. My friends, the soundness of America’s entire banking system is now tied directly to the Federal Reserve System, and the Federal Reserve is counting assets that it does not have—gold assets. The gold has been spirited away from Fort Knox and other Treasury Bullion depositories. It is in your financial interest to make sure that your bank deposits are safe. It is in the interest of your banker to make sure that his deposits with the “Fed” are safe; and all other things being equal, it’s in the interest of the “Fed” to make sure that its giant gold deposits with the Treasury are safe and sound. So I am now ready to suggest what we can start doing through the banking system itself. To begin with, please go to your bank to obtain some information. The information you need concerns the Federal Reserve Bank which serves your region. There are 12 Federal Reserve Banks located respectively in: New York, Boston, Philadelphia, Richmond, Atlanta, Cleveland, Chicago, Minneapolis, St. Louis, Kansas City, Dallas, and San Francisco. Find out which one of these is the one which banks in your Region deal with, and find out its address. In addition, find out the name of the President of that Federal Reserve Bank and the names of every one on the Board of Directors. My friends, you will no doubt have to speak to a bank officer to obtain all this information, and that’s good. Speak to the highest officer you can in your bank, because when you ask for all those details about the Federal Reserve Bank in your Region you’re likely to raise some eyebrows. Hardly anyone ever comes in with a question like this. If he asks why you want the information, tell him you intend to write some letters and will be glad to give him a copy. Make it clear though that you are not writing the Federal Reserve to complain about your own bank. You should have no difficulty in getting the address of your Regional Federal Reserve Bank and the names of its President and Directors. In the unlikely event, my friends, that you do encounter any resistance, just keep in mind that you have a legal right to this information. As a depositor, you are a creditor of your bank, which in turn is a creditor of the Federal Reserve Bank; and both you and your bank have the right to seek assurances that your money is safe. 330

Audio Letter 59

Once you have this information, what you should do next depends on where you are. If your banking Region is served by any Federal Reserve Bank except the NEW YORK Federal Reserve Bank, then it is time to write some more letters. But the New York Federal Reserve Bank is a special case. If that is the one which serves your Region, do not write any letters at this time. WRITE NO LETTERS TO THE NEW YORK FEDERAL RESERVE BANK—just hold on to the information you have obtained about its address and Directors. Now here is what to do if your Region is served by any of the other eleven (11) Federal Reserve Banks which I listed earlier. I urge you to write a letter to the President of the Federal Reserve Bank and also to each of its Directors. I realize this is a lot of work, my friends, but nothing less than our survival is at stake. We cannot cut corners. Every letter should be typed or written separately in order to have a personal impact, but it’s all right to use the same wording to the President and each of the Directors. To get you started, here’s the outline of what I suggest you write. As in the past, feel free to modify the wording to fit your own concerns and your own way of expressing things. That will help to personalize and vary the letters they will be receiving. Other listeners, after all, will be writing to them too; but whatever you do be sure to refer to Senator Proxmire, as you will hear in a moment. Address each letter to: President, or Director Federal Reserve Bank (of whatever city) at the Federal Reserve Bank address. “Dear (so and so): I am writing to you because of my declining confidence in the banking system of the United States. I am one of a growing number of people with similar concerns. As a key official in the banking life of our nation, my hope is that you will take action to help restore confidence before it is too late. To illustrate my growing concerns, I’m enclosing a photo copy of a letter which I sent recently to Senator William Proxmire. As Chairman of the Senate Banking Committee, Senator Proxmire should be able to reassure the public about banking matters, but my correspondence with Senator Proxmire for several months has had the opposite effect. Instead of reassuring me, Senator Proxmire’s replies to serious questions are alarming me; and as I discuss this with all my friends and neighbors, they too are becoming more and more worried. 331

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Since Senator Proxmire is only managing to reduce confidence in our banks by his behavior, I believe that I should turn to you for help. If elected representatives will not do their duty, perhaps responsible banking officials will. My basic concern is one which I believe you, as a Federal Reserve official, should share. I believe that the United States Treasury has been negligent or even worse in acting as custodian of the Federal Reserve gold. Like many other people, I am convinced that it is time for a physical inventory of the gold stocks in Federal Depositories. There may be little or no gold left at all. If the Treasury has defaulted on its obligation to protect the Federal Reserve gold, we are in deep trouble indeed as a nation; and the Federal Reserve System is counting assets listed as gold stocks which do not exist. As a concerned citizen and bank depositor, I appeal to you for help. I respectfully urge you to use your authority to press for a physical inventory of the Federal Reserve gold in Treasury vaults. There is no other way to stop the spreading doubts about America’s entire banking system.” (End of letter, followed of course by your signature.) My friends, now you know why I suggested that you make a supply of good photo copies of your next letter to Senator Proxmire. You will want to enclose a photo copy of your Proxmire letter with each letter to a Federal Reserve President and Director. By doing this, my friends, we can accomplish two things at once. For one thing, Federal Reserve System officials all across America may become a little perturbed at Senator Proxmire. They will not be pleased to hear that Proxmire is alarming you and others by his behavior. If even one Federal Reserve official should write a note of displeasure to Proxmire, it will have its impact. But aside from Proxmire himself, we are beginning to open up a whole new avenue of action through the banks. For one thing, action could take place through the Federal Reserve System itself to inventory the gold because, as I explained earlier, 11 of the 12 banks were originally intended for show, but they do have power. The New York Federal Reserve Bank is now tightly controlled by the Bolsheviks who want to destroy America, but the other 11 Banks are another matter. Their Directors are indoctrinated basically to follow the lead of New York. For the most part they are not given the inside track about the most secret plans, and so they could decide to flex their muscles in ways contrary to the wishes of the New York Bank. Specifically, they could decide that a gold inventory is a good idea, and they could help make it happen, my friends. 332

Audio Letter 59

At still another level, be sure to give your banker copies of your latest letter to Proxmire and to the Regional Federal Reserve President and Directors; because your banker, like you, has a tremendous stake in all of this. And even the American Bankers Association should press the Federal Reserve System to look into this question. They should demand that the 12 Regional Bank Presidents raise this question with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System here in Washington. My friends, I realize that all this is hard to digest at one hearing, so I urge you to listen to it over and over again if you need to until it all begins to sink in; because this is only the beginning of our battle on a powerful new Second Front, and the key to it all is the private corporation known as the “Federal Reserve System.” Now it’s time to give you my last minute summary. In this AUDIO LETTER I’ve tried to alert you to some of the latest battle fronts which are involved in the secret war now raging. During this month of October 1980 there have been all kinds of rumors that our hostages in Iran may soon be released. In Topic #1, I reported to you how this came about, and why. It was set in motion partly for reasons related to our national election four days from now. But even more importantly, the release of our hostages right now is intended to be one step on the path to nuclear war. The Russians know this and want to avoid becoming the targets of a Bolshevik-triggered American first strike, and so Russian agents in Iran are trying hard to stop the preparations for a release of our hostages at this time. But even if this crisis should fizzle out, others are being set in motion to take its place. One of these is already on the horizon in Poland. If full scale revolution should erupt there, the Russians are prepared to retaliate by means of geophysical warfare. The true capital city of the Bolsheviks—New York City—may very well suffer a massive earthquake. According to my last minute reports, other geophysical warfare preparations are also continuing. In AUDIO LETTER No. 55 I described how Russian geophysical warfare techniques triggered the explosion of Mount St. Helens last May. The final step in the process involved a squadron of Cosmospheres firing their Charged Particle Beam weapons from overhead. And as of October 26, squadrons of four (4) Cosmospheres each were on station over several volcanic mountains of the Northwest. These are: Mount St. Helens, Mount Adams, Glacier Peak, and Mount Rainier. There is also a single Cosmosphere, purely for observation, stationed high above Mount Hood. My friends, the warring factions of the Bolsheviks, Big Oil, and the Russians are bringing us closer and closer to open all-out war. They are attacking and 333

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

counterattacking on many fronts; and if you want to stop our downward slide into catastrophe, we too must take action on many fronts. The TRUTH is a powerful weapon, and we must use it in every way we can. Month by month I am trying to bring avenues for action to your attention; and because more and more of you are taking action, I believe there is a glimmer of hope for America. Last month, for example, many of you did succeed in getting LETTERS TO THE EDITOR published. Even the Washington Star published one of them and gave it the headline “WHERE IS OUR GOLD?” What we are trying to do together, my friends, can be learned in only one way and that is by doing it. I know it is not easy, but so far I believe you are doing a magnificent job, and I thank you. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

334

Audio Letter 60
November 30, 1980
Four days ago the New York Daily News published an interesting article about a coming motion picture. It’s called “The Formula,” and deals with an international oil conspiracy. And even before seeing the picture, Mobil Oil is reported to be acting very nervous. Supposedly, Mobil is threatening to sue the movie maker, MGM, if Mobil is mentioned in any way. Somehow the whole situation seems to symbolize our situation today. The movie is about oil companies hiding the truth, and at least one real life oil company would apparently like to hide the movie. “Big Oil” always operates behind a wall of secrecy, deception, and stealth; and in the election just passed, Big Oil has succeeded for the moment in its grab for the White House. And so a temporary change of style is brewing in American politics. The Bolsheviks who have been in power favor active propaganda to mislead us. By contrast, Big Oil generally prefers to tell us nothing at all. So, as the so-called Reagan Administration takes over, we will tend to have a “Say nothing” government for a while. But whether our government is controlled behind the scenes by Big Oil or by the Bolsheviks, you and I lose because they all operate “in the dark” where they cannot be watched. We are living in an age of stealth, and it is leading toward disaster for us all. My three topics this month are: Topic #1—THE GREAT ELECTION SURPRISE OF 1980 Topic #2—THE PLANNED COLLAPSE OF AMERICA’S BANKING SYSTEM Topic #3—THE NEW AGE OF WARFARE BY STEALTH. Topic #1—For weeks now Washington has been buzzing about the great election surprise of 1980. Right up to the last minute all the Opinion Polls were saying the same thing—“Too close to call.” But when the television networks began their election night coverage, they told a radically different story. Fifteen 335

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

minutes after the polls closed on the East Coast, NBC declared the entity Ronald Reagan the winner. On the West Coast, polls were still open but voters began drifting away. Even more shocking, the alleged President Carter himself conceded defeat less than two hours later. West Coast polls still had an hour to go at that point, but many remaining voters just gave up. By then, it was fast becoming clear that voting machines nation-wide had registered a landslide in the name of Ronald Reagan. It was an unprecedented state of affairs. The Republican landslide apparently was enormous, and yet we are told it was a complete surprise. On all sides, political analysts are still rubbing their eyes in disbelief. They’re trying out all kinds of excuses to explain why the polls were wrong. “Maybe the pocketbook issue did it,” they say; or “Maybe all those undecided voters before the election were really closet Conservatives”; or then again, “Maybe it was just a plain old protest vote”; or, “Would you believe it was Billy Carter maybe?” My friends, last month I reported that there was one issue that could help defeat the present Bolshevik Administration. That was the breakdown of the hostage release ploy just before the election, and it may be that many voters were affected in that way that I mentioned last month. But the apparently surprise landslide was brought about by entirely different means. My friends, it was not the Opinion Polls that were wrong this time. It was the tally of votes on Election Day. To bring home what I am about to tell you, I would like to tell you a personal story. It’s a story of my own race for the governorship of my home state of West Virginia 12 years ago. The idea that I run for Governor came from a political leader in West Virginia. I was then in my sixth year as Legal Counsel to the United States Export-Import Bank here in Washington. I had been appointed to that position in 1961 by President Kennedy, and apparently there were those who remembered my efforts in helping Kennedy win in West Virginia in 1960. In any case, I decided to accept the suggestion. On May 1, 1967, I resigned from the Export-Import Bank and returned to my native State of West Virginia. For the next year I carried out an exhausting grass-roots campaign throughout the state. My wife Lilly and I went everywhere and spoke to everyone, or so it seemed. There was not a county we missed and there was hardly a hand that I had not pressed, and from every indication my campaign was going very well. Then one night two weeks before the election, the telephone rang. When I picked up the telephone, a voice said, “This is (so and so).” I asked what I could do for him, and he replied: “Well, you’d like to have your votes counted, wouldn’t you?” Still half asleep I said, “Of course. What are you talking about?” His answer was: “Well, you know politics is a business. You’d like to have your votes counted, wouldn’t 336

Audio Letter 60

you?” By that time I was wide awake. I replied that there were plenty of county officials and precinct workers to take care of the vote counting. Then I asked him what he was driving at. He said, “Well, in those precincts which have machines you have to make sure your votes are counted. Don’t you understand? This is just how it’s done. If you want your votes counted, it’ll cost you $250,000.” I was flabbergasted and said I would not pay a cent; I didn’t do things like that. At that point the caller said, “Well, it looks like we can’t do any business then,” and hung up. After putting the telephone down I just sat there astonished. My wife Lilly said, “What was that?” and I told her: “We just lost the election.” My friends, in the counties and precincts where old-fashioned paper ballots were used, I did receive votes; but without exception in every location where voting machines were used, I received no votes. Not one single vote! That seemed incredible to me at the time, but I had no evidence—nothing but a telephone call which I could not prove. Then about two weeks after the election I received a phone call from a Baptist minister. He was asking to meet me because something important had come to his attention, so the next day I met the minister in a town near Beckley, West Virginia. He had another man with him. The good minister told me that the man with him had asked him (the minister) to forgive him for something he had done to me. The minister had replied that it was not up to him to forgive the man, but up to Mr. Beter. So I asked the minister’s friend what it was that he had done to me, and he said: “Mr. Beter, I fixed the voting machines against you.” Then he blurted out the whole thing. He said that he was known as a repair man for these machines, but he explained that when he went to the factory school in another state, he was also taught other things. He was taught how to adjust the machinery to record whatever is wanted. For example, voters who pulled the lever for me thought that they were voting for me; but inside the machine, the machine was adjusted to transfer the vote to another pre-selected candidate. I could hardly believe my ears. Over a year of grass-rooting the state down the drain!! And all because of a specialized slot machine known as a Voting Machine. I asked him why he did such a thing. He answered, “For the money, Mr. Beter. I really need the money.” Then he added that he was not the only one, that there were others all over the country doing the same thing. Then he broke down and cried. He said he wanted me to know and to decide if I wanted to forgive him. Really I felt no revenge, only sorrow for him; and I knew what poverty could do to a person. By this time all three of us were in tears. I placed my hand on his shoulder and said that I did forgive him. 337

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Later I went to the Frauds section of the United States Department of Justice here in Washington. They told me that a Governor’s race was merely a local matter so the federal government could not investigate. I also looked into other avenues for possible redress, through the courts; but throughout the United States there have been many cases taken to court over election rigging, and in the end the courts always do nothing. So ended my governorship race in West Virginia in 1968. I learned the hard way that politics has become a “business.” In every presidential election since voting machines have been used, there have been charges of voting fraud in certain states. Sometimes more votes are counted than there are registered voters. There are people nicknamed “The Lever Brothers” in West Virginia who go around and pull the levers before the actual voting begins. There are others who tamper with the machines in their warehouses before they are delivered to the polling places, and there are corrupt officials who know all these things but keep their mouth shut for fear or for money. In AUDIO LETTER No. 1 I reviewed some of the background of voting machines. My friends, this is very important. Voting machines are not regulated in any way. They were developed from slot machines, and they were controlled at first by organized crime. But then long ago, they were absorbed into the hands of the Rockefeller Cartel, as I detailed in AUDIO LETTER No. 1. And in the secret struggle over the election, which I reported last month, voting machines were the decisive secret weapon. For the moment they have carried the day for the Rockefeller Oil Cartel. As the voting began on November 4, 1980, the entity President Carter was in Plains, Georgia to vote. Reporters on the scene said later that he almost broke down and cried as he spoke to townspeople, because the outcome was already known before the voting began. That is also the reason for the unprecedented concession an hour before West Coast polls closed. Word had reached the White House only the day before about what was going to happen. There was massive “fixing” of voting machines in nine states—New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Florida, Ohio, Illinois, Michigan, Texas, and California. The machines were also “fixed” but on a less complete scale in Indiana and Missouri. In addition, there was selective “fixing” of machines in key districts of more than 20 other states. It was all over before it started. The Opinion Polls beforehand were actually far more accurate than the voting tallies on Election Day. Opinion Polls can be “fixed” too, but in this case they were not. All the Polls found a general apathy about the candidates, dissatisfac338

Audio Letter 60

tion with all of them; and that apathy was reflected by the low turn-out on Election Day. In spite of good weather nation-wide, the turn-out was the lowest in 30 years. That spells apathy, my friends, and apathy does not create landslides. Instead, apathy about candidates leads to a “flip the coin” attitude: Heads, it is candidate “A”; Tails, it’s candidate “B.” Both candidates, or in this case both major candidates, just about split the vote; so apathy leads to a very close race, just as the Polls predicted; but thanks to fixable voting machines, a landslide was created out of thin air. Last month I reported some of the factors pointing to a last minute election surprise. As I explained then, it’s a mild setback for the Bolsheviks here. Right now Big Oil is preparing to run the country with a free hand. The figurehead called Reagan is being programmed to behave like a new Eisenhower, delegating everything to agents of Big Oil. But the Bolsheviks here are working fast. They’re in a hurry to seize control of the so-called Reagan Team themselves. Once that happens, the so-called Reagan era may end abruptly. The Reagan image is tailored to fit the Corporate Socialist plans of Big Oil, so the Bolsheviks will prefer a new face, a new figurehead to program their own way; and so some day sooner than you think we Americans may be in for a shock. We will be told that the entity President Reagan has met with an unfortunate accident, or a sudden fatal illness. Then we will be seeing a new face, saying new things. The face will seem to be that of George Bush speaking from Washington, but his words will come straight from Bolshevik headquarters in New York City—and that, my friends, will be the last and greatest surprise in the stolen election of 1980. Topic #2—Last month I gave you suggestions for an awful lot to do. I offered you not one, but two major steps in our ACTION plan to SAVE AMERICA. “Action Step #4,” you will recall, involves another letter to Senator William Proxmire, and it’s the most important so far in spite of the election results because this Proxmire letter is an important weapon as we open up the Second Front in our battle. In “Action Step #5” I outlined how we can do this. We’re going to the very heart of America’s banking system, the privately-owned FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM. This month, my friends, I want to give you a breather. It’s vitally important that you follow through on the things I suggested last month, so I want to make sure that you have enough time to do all those things. The letters which I have urged you to write to the Federal Reserve System are more important than you can imagine, so in spite of the holidays, I ask you: “Please, write those letters as soon as possible.” Nothing less than our survival as a nation is at stake. Let me mention one footnote to my suggestions of last month. If you should have any trouble getting the names of the Federal Reserve officials from your 339

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

bank, don’t give up. You can call the Federal Reserve Bank in your region and ask for the Library. Ask the Librarian for the names of the President, the officers, and all the Directors. Several listeners have already done this and got the names without any difficulty. Beyond this I would make no new suggestions for what you can do this month, but I do want to take a few moments to remind you where we are heading IF we do not act. We are once again watching interest rates explode like bombs on the American economy, and on all sides we’re hearing about the disastrous effects which are coming in automobiles, construction, and business in general. Already it appears that Chrysler might go under; and when financial analysts mention this, they say in the same breath a forbidden word—DEPRESSION. But, my friends, interest rates are not the only way in which America’s major banks are leading us into a depression with inflation. America’s banking system itself is becoming shakier by the day. The seeds of trouble have been there for many years now. They are all related to the grand design to destroy our money and our economy. It’s the same grand design which involved the theft of America’s monetary gold supply, but the process began speeding up nearly two years ago in early 1979. That was when the Bolsheviks here staged their hidden coup d’etat against the Rockefellers. In AUDIO LETTER No. 44 for March 1979, I gave my listeners an early warning about this process. I explained how the stage was being set for a collapse of America’s entire banking system, and I revealed that the failure of the giant Chase Manhattan Bank may well trigger it all. For various reasons many people considered my warning about the banks just too incredible to believe at that time. But just like the coming nuclear war, the coming bank collapse is now coming closer to the surface; and as it does so, danger signals are inevitably showing up here and there. For example, Fortune magazine recently said, and I quote: “There can be no doubt that banking is entering a period of crisis. In one way or another the industry’s troubles could lead to the passing of many banks, perhaps including some of the biggest and most prestigious.” And four months ago, at the end of July 1980, the Christian Science Monitor carried two “Page 1” reports about the situation. They focused attention on the disastrous new Act which I told you about last month, the so-called “Monetary Control Act of 1980.” It pointed out that the Act has drastically reduced the ratio of insurance reserves to savings. There is now only about a penny to back up every dollar you have in a bank or Savings & Loan savings account. The collapse of just a few large banks could wipe out the whole Savings Insurance system; and if that 340

Audio Letter 60

happens, my friends, collapsing confidence will bring down America’s entire banking system. The second special article in the Monitor contained a hint at something even more basic. It said, quote: “The sleeper monetary provisions of the Act continue to nag at gold and precious metals-oriented Conservatives. They see the danger that the ‘Fed’ and Administration facing a possible bank crash at some point might throw the doors open to hyper inflation of the United States economy.” My friends, those are exactly the stakes I was warning you about last month. There is no gold to back up the Federal Reserve I.O.U.s which we use as money. The Federal Reserve System is claiming assets which do not exist. Those who have conspired to destroy our money have planned all along to bring on a bank crash. They want the banks to collapse when the time is ripe, but they don’t want you to know what is happening. They dare not let you know the truth about our missing gold, and so certain key Treasury and Federal Reserve officials are meeting right now to plan a counterattack against our “Preventive War of Truth.” As always, their plan is to use the big lie; and as you know, they were liars from the beginning, and they are liars now. It is a lie, my friends, that the Treasury today holds 270,000,000 ounces of Federal Reserve gold in its vaults. That’s what Treasury and Federal Reserve books show, but those books are a complete fraud, a lie; and more and more people are having doubts about it. But there’s an old psychological trick that is about to be used on us all. That trick is: If people start to suspect a lie, make the lie even bigger. Most people are taken completely off guard by this technique. If a lie becomes big enough, people think it has to be the truth. No one, we think, would have enough nerve to tell a lie that big. So here is the trick that is now being planned. Right now our gold reserves are officially valued at the old official price of $42.22 per ounce. That’s the price reflected in the gold stock listings by the Treasury and Federal Reserve balance sheets which I discussed last month. But watch for the nonexistent gold reserves to be revalued at current market prices. In terms of dollars, our fictitious gold reserves will suddenly look 15 or 20 times bigger. The plan is also to capitalize on talk in Congress about returning to the Gold Standard. First, the controlled major media will publicize talk about the Gold Standard idea; then will come the spectacular gold re-valuation publicity stunt. Finally, any return to a true Gold Standard will quietly be squashed, because we don’t really have all that gold. Instead, they are trying to devise some trick which will require only a token amount of gold. What that will be has not yet been decided, but the net result will be powerful propaganda to impress people to believe the big lie about America’s alleged giant gold hoard.

341

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

My friends, many people would rather put their head in the sand about our missing gold. They would rather not know the awful truth. That is exactly why the big lie will work with so many people. But that is like having cancer and not wanting to be told about it, because the United States dollar has terminal cancer and it will die soon if the truth about our missing gold remains hidden. Sometimes my enemies argue that the truth about our missing gold should not be revealed. According to their argument, exposure of the truth about our missing gold will itself bring down our economy; but, my friends, that argument says that a lie is better than the truth. And it is wrong, dead wrong; and here’s why: If the scandal of America’s missing gold breaks into the open, it can well set the stage for international action to prevent disaster. There could be an immediate international monetary conference to resolve the crisis. The hidden power of the Bolsheviks here who are bent on disaster would be broken by the gold scandal; so the conference could put an end to the disastrous system of floating currencies now in effect. Instead, they could establish a new system of fixed yet flexible rates of exchange which would be stable. At the same time, the conference should fix interest rates on an international basis. That would tend to stop the world-wide interest rate war now going on to attract hot money from one country to another. With the pressure off interest rates, inflation could be controlled and industry could revive. Inflation is international in scope; and because the gold scandal here is international in scope, it could be investigated on an international basis. There would be a real chance of tracking down our gold and tracking down the people who have done this to us. Meanwhile there could be a kind of Marshall Plan in reverse to save the United States dollar. To tide us over the crisis, foreign Central Banks could lend us some gold for international transactions. “Why should they bother to do that?” you ask. Very simple. Our trading partners have hundreds of billions of dollars in their hands. If the dollar goes, so do their own economies. So it is in their own self interest to take international action to save the dollar. But, my friends, all that can happen only—and I repeat only—if the gold scandal breaks before the coming bank crash, because that is the only way to set our monetary affairs free of the grasp of the Bolsheviks here. If they can keep the gold scandal under cover for just a little longer, they will get their way. They will win; and, my friends, you and I will lose everything. Topic #3—Several months ago there were big headlines about a supposed new American secret weapon. It’s called the “Stealthplane.” The weapon which is 342

Audio Letter 60

actually involved is a specialized hybrid machine called a “Subcraft.” It’s the same weapon that I made public two years earlier in AUDIO LETTER No. 37; and early this year, January 1980, the Bolsheviks here tried to use it against Russia. The result was a disaster, as I reported in AUDIO LETTERS Nos. 53 and 54. So now the spectacular sounding Stealthplane has become just a publicity tool to make nuclear war sound less suicidal. To judge by all the recent publicity, one would think that stealth is a radical new concept in warfare; but stealth, trickery, deception, and surprise have been the prime ingredients in military strategy since ancient times. And today, my friends, we live in an age of stealth—stealth in politics, stealth in economics, and above all stealth in weaponry in warfare. During the past six years or so I have made public many secret developments in weapons and warfare. I revealed the secrets of both Russia and the United States because I believe you need to know, and knowledge is power. A secret war is raging right now, and already you and I are suffering the consequences; and if it is not stopped, it will soon explode into all-out thermonuclear war. There’s only one way to stop the deadly cycle of war now under way. That way is to put an end to stealth and trickery, and replace it with the TRUTH— the truth about America’s gold scandal, the truth about stealing of elections with unregulated voting machines, and the truth about a whole new age of secret weapons which are unknown to the public. The new age of stealth in warfare is everywhere today. It makes up a complete spectrum from deep beneath the sea to outer space. To begin with, consider Submarines. From the very beginning submarines have always been weapons of stealth. Their outstanding advantage has always been their ability to escape detection. The modern age of nuclear submarines was inaugurated by the United States in 1954; and it was America that conceived a ballistic missile submarine, first launched in 1959. Today our leaders still reassure us that American submarines remain second to none. They have to admit that Russia has several times more “subs” than we do, but they gloss over that with stories that Russian subs are noisy, or leaky, or their crews are not very smart. So, in effect, they tell us, “Don’t worry. We can handle a submarine war with Russia.” There was a time when quality was in our favor, but that time is long gone. Today the United States is losing badly in the secret war to control the world’s oceans. New generations of Russian submarines are entering a new era of their own. For example, there are the new Oscar Class Cruise Missile Submarines. These can launch Cruise Missiles to attack our Aircraft Carriers and other surface 343

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ships. They can do this while still submerged, far beyond the horizon. And there are the new Alpha Class Attack Submarines which are without parallel in the world. Submariners always say that a submarine’s worst enemy is another submarine, and Russia’s new Alpha Subs are the worst enemy yet to our subs. Unlike the United States, Russia has mastered the use of titanium for submarine construction. And unlike America, Russia has big supplies of titanium for use in all kinds of new technologies—and Russia no longer sells titanium to the United States. So the new Alpha Subs have double hulls of titanium, and they are now the deepest diving, fastest operational submarines on earth. It’s speed has been estimated in the West at 45 knots; but, my friends, it is actually well over 60 knots! In most situations it can actually outrun America’s best torpedo, the Mark 48; and it can dive almost a mile deep to escape attack and slip away under complex ocean currents. But the biggest shock so far in Russia’s submarine program took place earlier this fall of 1980. It’s a submarine launched from a shipyard near Archangel on the White Sea. When Western Intelligence officials got their first look at it they could hardly believe their eyes. Traditionally submarines have been known as boats rather than ships because of their relative smallness, but not this submarine. It’s a giant, a ballistic missile submarine about the size of an American World War II Aircraft Carrier. Western Intelligence officials are mystified as to why it is so large, but I can reveal the reason to you right now. The giant new Russian submarine, code named “Typhoon,” is another “first.” It’s the world’s first ballistic missile submarine with a re-load capability. It can empty all 20 of its ballistic missile tubes at a target in war, then it can re-load the tubes with 20 more missiles carried aboard. So, if need be, Russia’s Typhoon Sub can mount two nuclear attacks. Like the Alpha Subs, Russia’s awesome new Typhoon has a titanium hull. It’s not as fast as the sleek Alpha Sub but very fast even so, and it can dive extremely deep. Meanwhile, what does the United States have to answer all that? The answer is America’s new Trident Missile Sub. It carries 24 missiles, compared to the Typhoon’s 40. It’s slower and cannot dive nearly as deep with its non-titanium hull, and it’s also three years behind schedule and still slipping—and there are several reasons for that, some of which have been mentioned in the news lately. But one major reason for our crumbling Trident Submarine program is not in the news—it’s the widespread use of narcotics among Trident shipyard workers! Many workers are not involved, but many are; and as a result, there is a tremendous turnover in personnel. Another result is defective welds and mistakes in critical piping. When the mistakes are found they have to be done over, sometimes more than once. And, my friends, absolutely nothing is being done about it. 344

Audio Letter 60

The other side of the coin in undersea warfare is Anti-Submarine Warfare, or ASW. Lately we have heard brave stories that there have recently been ASW breakthroughs by the United States. These are based on extremely complex computerized sonar-listening networks; but as I first revealed some time ago, all new Russian submarines produce artificial noises in normal operation. That’s why the new Alpha Subs are thought to be so noisy—the noise is deliberate. When war comes, the noise-makers called “Cavitators” will be retracted. The American sonar nets will listen in vain for the familiar noises. Instead, Alpha Subs and others will swim at high speed toward America whisper quiet; and as they do so, the Russian subs will strike as submarines always strike, by stealth. The true condition of America’s Antisubmarine Warfare was summed up in the New York Times last month on October 5. A senior American naval officer was quoted as saying: “To find a submarine you need to know where to look. Otherwise you’ll have to use a large share of your antisubmarine resources just to find and kill one submarine, and in wartime that is not practical. You’re better off waiting for him to attack.” He explained that then we could more easily detect the sub; but he added that a ballistic missile sub could fire its missiles before being caught, quote: “so it probably doesn’t matter.” My friends, it would still be a standoff in submarines if Russia had the same problem we do in finding subs; but they don’t. Five years ago in 1975 the head of the Russian Navy announced a breakthrough in ASW, and it was not a bluff. He was talking about Psychoenergetic Range Finding, or PRF. I first reported on Russia’s PRF in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. It was the key to Russia’s destruction of American Subcraft early this year, and Russian manned space satellites use PRF to keep track continuously on all United States submarines. When war comes, the positions of our own submarines will be relayed to Russian Attack Submarines. This will be done by means of the world-wide Submarine Communication System, which I revealed in AUDIO LETTER No. 16. Russian Attack Submarines, including the new Alphas, will be vectored in toward our own Ballistic Missile Subs. Our own subs, older and slower, will be caught by surprise and unable to escape. And without warning, Russian nuclear torpedoes will destroy our Ballistic Missile Submarines. When I mentioned Russia’s world-wide Submarine Communication System in AUDIO LETTER No. 16, a crisis was under way. It was the Underwater Missile Crisis of 1976. At that time the Russian Navy was planting underwater missiles within our own territorial waters, and they were using submarines to do it. The missiles involved were small, short-range missiles with nuclear war345

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

heads. Once planted, these missiles can be launched from their own underwater resting places by satellite command, and they were planted very close to their coastal targets. The result would be zero warning time for an underwater missile attack. The missiles were planted in bays and coves along America’s shoreline by a special type of submarine. This was the Missile-planting MiniSub which I described in AUDIO LETTER No. 16. I mentioned in that tape that, quote: “These special submarines are very difficult for our undersea sonar detection nets to pick up because the hull is treated in such a way that it absorbs sonar signals instead of reflecting them.” Four years later we hear an echo of this concept in the so-called Stealthplane. For aircraft, the treatment is to absorb radar instead of sonar, but otherwise it’s the same idea. Russia was planting underwater missiles along our shores by stealth, and our own leaders were responding with equal secrecy instead of warning you. When I made these things public over four years ago, certain newsletter writers and others went into a frenzy. For whatever reason they did their best to tell their readers not to listen about the missiles. They tried to say that waterproof missiles lurking under water are impossible. Likewise they pooh-poohed the very idea of sonar-absorbing submarines. But today we are four years closer to NUCLEAR WAR ONE; and the closer catastrophe looms over us, the more it casts its shadow. The New York Times article of last month which I mentioned earlier is a good example. It mentioned, quote: “Soviet subs are usually coated with a material that absorbs sonar impulses.” And as for the underwater missiles, listen to some words from a recent letter “To the Editor.” It was published on September 25, 1980 in the Washington Star. The writer is Captain John E. Draim, formerly program manager of the Navy’s project “Hydra.” He says, quote: “We can easily waterproof missiles such as MX, and launch them from a vertical floating position. The United States Navy’s project Hydra demonstrated this launch technique with test missiles of ICBM size in the early 1960’s.” And a further quote: “A Hydra-type missile can also be floated up from a submerged submarine to the surface and launched from there, the technique used for Soviet SLBMs.” In light of these words recently published, what I first reported in the summer of 1976 becomes almost routine. The things I reported then were well known to be feasible in Intelligence circles; but out of the sheer ignorance, if nothing else, certain Newsletters and organizations wanted people to ignore my warnings. Fortunately large numbers of my listeners did not ignore those warnings. They applied heavy pressure to the Joint Chiefs of Staff as I suggested, and action was taken for a while to defuse the crisis.

346

Audio Letter 60

In the letter “To the Editor” I just quoted by Captain Draim, the reference to ICBM-size missiles is interesting, because a few months after I reported on Russia’s underwater missiles, I learned about our own. America’s underwater missiles are radically different from those of Russia. I first revealed them in AUDIO LETTER No. 20 for January 1977. Unlike the Russian missiles which are small, America’s underwater missiles are huge. They are giant waterproofed ICBMs deployed on the ocean floor, but they share one thing in common with those of Russia. America’s secret fleet of underwater missiles were deployed by stealth. It was done in a supersecret operation known as “Operation Desk Top,” and in the spring of 1978 Operation Desk Top was reactivated off America’s east coast. America’s secret government told you nothing about these hush-hush preparations for war; instead, they said they were drilling for oil! The Baltimore Canyon area of the Continental Shelf was publicized as if it were an underwater Alaska, full of oil. But before the alleged oil drilling even began, I told my listeners not to expect any oil bonanza because they were planting missiles, not searching for oil. And sure enough, after the missiles were planted, we were told it was all a big flop—no oil of importance had been found. These are some of the things going on under the seas of the world; but if we look up instead of down, the pace of stealth warfare is no less frantic. For example, we’ve heard recently about the so-called stealth technique for evading radar. America’s Cruise Missile is actually a stealth weapon intended to sneak into Russia underneath radar. But ever since radar was invented by the British in World War II, counter measures against it have been of interest. It started with the dropping of metallic chaff into the air by attacking bombers. That blinded the crude radar of those days. Then the radars were improved to see through the chaff, so next came Electronic Countermeasures, or ECM. ECM gadgets create radar waves of their own in such a way as to cancel out radar reflections off the plane. Using ECM, a 10-foot missile can be made to look like a small bird on radar, and that was accomplished long ago by the mid 60’s. Now we are suddenly hearing about radar-absorbent coatings and rounded surfaces. Rounded surfaces tend to diffuse radar waves instead of bouncing them back to the radar antenna. That makes an aircraft hard to detect until it gets very close. My friends, those techniques can be applied to some extent to airplanes, but they are made to order for another type of machine in the air above us. Rounded surfaces diffuse radar, and the ultimate in a rounded surface is a sphere. As a result, Russia’s electrogravitic weapons platforms, the Cosmospheres, are natural stealth weapons. I first revealed Russia’s deployment of Cosmospheres in late 1977 in AUDIO LETTER No. 29. The first few were used in an attempt at 347

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

intimidation by Russia. They created giant rumbling air booms along our east coast and elsewhere; but later as more Cosmospheres were deployed, they shifted to a stealth-mode of operation. Normally, Cosmospheres on patrol overhead hover at an altitude of around 100 miles. At that height they are invisible to all normal radar, but on several occasions the Russians have wanted the Cosmospheres to show up on American radar. It’s one way to send a message in a crisis; and so in tense conditions, the Cosmospheres are sometimes ordered to descend to low altitudes. Low, for a Cosmosphere, usually means from 5 to 7 miles up. As they descend, they come closer and closer to ground-based radar. As a result, they gradually become visible on radar as they near the ground. If the Cosmospheres are ordered to descend rapidly, the effect on radar is very dramatic. One minute our radar shows nothing; the next minute, blips appear all over the screen. The Cosmosphere blips seem to materialize out of nowhere. I first reported low-altitude threats by Cosmospheres as long ago as AUDIO LETTERS 30 and 32, and they have happened again several times since then. In AUDIO LETTER No. 46 I also reported that Russia has a smaller fleet of second generation Cosmospheres. These can hover like all Cosmospheres, but their greatest advantage is speed. They are stripped of weapons and operate as high-speed transports just above the atmosphere. If need be, they can accelerate all the way to orbital speed; and operating far above the earth as they do, they are invisible to radar. At least twice in the past year the Russians have made use of their high-speed Cosmospheres for satellite snatching. The first occasion was almost a year ago, on December 11, 1979. It was an American satellite called “Satcom 3” made by RCA. It had been in orbit for five days without trouble, but suddenly it just disappeared from radar screens and stopped communicating. That was the last we ever heard from Satcom 3. A Russian high-speed Cosmosphere had cruised up and matched orbits with it. Then the Cosmosphere cargo bay was opened and Satcom 3 was pulled inside. When the door was closed, it cut off the signal of Satcom 3; and as it was gobbled up by the radar-invisible Cosmosphere, Satcom 3 seemed to disappear. Last May 9, 1980, it happened again. That time it was a Japanese satellite, called Agami 2. Like Satcom 3, it just seemed to disappear without a trace. Russia was sending a message to Japan not to play too cozy with America’s secret war build-up. When it comes to stealth in space, the Russians are old hands. About three months ago, on September 1, 1980, a fascinating letter was printed in the Cleveland Plain Dealer. It was written by A. L. Jones, the director of the Sohio 348

Audio Letter 60

Radio Satellite Tracking Station from 1958 to 1964. He said, quote: “The technology for making aircraft invisible to radar detection is neither new nor is it proprietary with the United States Military. In mid summer of 1962, the Soviet Union made a public announcement that it was launching a Cosmos Earthorbiting Satellite which would be invisible to radar detection. The satellite was successfully launched, and it carried on board a radio transmitter which could be used to confirm that it was in orbit.” He mentions that NORAD requested radio-tracking data from the Sohio Station; and continues, quote: “Normally radio tracking data is not needed by NORAD unless radar and optical methods prove ineffective. Apparently this was the case. After approximately two months, the radio transmitter in the satellite ceased to operate, and the space vehicle became invisible to all methods of tracking.” My friends, for more than three years now, Russia has controlled the military use of space. Russia now has many satellites, including manned satellites which are not even being tracked in the West. For this and other reasons, America’s military plight has become untenable, and yet the Bolsheviks here are still bent on nuclear war against Russia! They believe they will survive, as I explained in AUDIO LETTERS 56 and 57, but they don’t care how many of the rest of us suffer and die. One way or another they are determined to set off an American nuclear first strike against Russia. In AUDIO LETTER No. 55 last June I revealed one of the keystones of Bolshevik nuclear war planning. It is America’s secret mobile missile, the Minuteman TX, the traveling Minuteman. TX Missiles are already deployed along existing railroad tracks in our northern states. Meanwhile the elaborate publicity cover-up for the Minuteman TX program is continuing. This includes controversy over the alleged MX Missile, as I reported in AUDIO LETTER No. 55. And now it also includes stories about a possible speed-up of the mobile missile program. On November 18 the New York Times reported that this could include, and I quote: “making some Minuteman Missiles mobile.” As usual, the news is far behind the facts. I can report that the initial deployment of Minuteman TX Missiles is now virtually completed. Now a second phase is under way. In AUDIO LETTER No. 55 I described the special mobile-launch car that carries each Minuteman TX. Now one by one each TX car is being joined by a second car. On the outside it looks just like the TX car, but the missile inside is totally different. The missile in the

349

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

second car is an Anti-Cosmosphere Missile, or ACM; and it is armed with a cobalt ionization bomb, which I first described in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. In AUDIO LETTER No. 55 I described the launch sequence that is being planned for the TX Missiles, but now something extra will also be taking place. When the order comes to launch the TX Missiles, the ACM will go into action first. Without waiting to slow down, the cover will be blasted off the ACM railroad car. That will expose the ACM Missile itself resting on its launcher. The ACM is far smaller than the Minuteman, and its launcher is angled upward slightly, so the moment the cover flies off, the ACM will be launched. When the ACM takes off, it will accelerate with 100 times the force of gravity. Less than one (1) second after launch, the ACM will be traveling more than 1000 miles per hour; and because it takes off almost horizontally, it will be an impossible target for the Cosmosphere overhead to aim at. Less than 10 seconds after launch, the Cobalt Ionization Bomb will explode in the upper atmosphere. That is supposed to disable the Cosmospheres briefly, as I described in AUDIO LETTER No. 42. And with the Cosmospheres neutralized, the Minuteman TX Missiles themselves will be launched at Russia—at least that is the plan of the Bolsheviks here. But Cosmosphere crews have already been given orders intended to nullify the plan. When the ACM is launched, they will not even try to shoot at it. Instead, they will start firing their Charged Particle Beam weapons at the Minuteman TX railroad car. They will have about 10 seconds to destroy it before the Cobalt Ionization Bombs explode, and that should be more than enough time to vaporize every TX and its locomotive. But by that time the kamikaze nuclear first strike against Russia may be impossible to stop; and if it is, the consequences for America will be total destruction. Stealth and secrecy will end in complete disaster. My friends, I have nothing more to add at this time as a “Last Minute Summary.” I hope to record my next AUDIO LETTER, No. 61, around mid January 1981. Until then, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. I wish you all a Merry Christmas and a happy, holy New Year. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

350

Audio Letter 61
January 20, 1981
It’s been about a month and a half now since I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 60 at the end of November. Beginning with this issue No. 61, I plan to record my AUDIO LETTER on a slightly more flexible schedule. I still plan to record a message roughly once a month, but from now on I want to tie my schedule more to events and less to the calendar. After all, the AUDIO LETTER is recording history in the making. Sometimes the end of the month arrives just as a major story is breaking, either in public or behind closed doors. From now on when that happens, I may well delay for a few days to give you a more complete story. On other occasions it may work the other way, speeding up my AUDIO LETTER schedule. All of this will have no effect on your subscription. You will receive all the issues you paid for no matter when they are released; so I hope that with a more flexible schedule I will be able to serve you better than ever before because, my friends, events are building toward a climax. Since I spoke with you last, the world was shocked, saddened, and angered by a seemingly senseless murder in New York City. The victim was the former Beatle and rock star John Lennon. Lennon was fond of saying that a rock star can say things without being killed for it; and after five years out of the public eye, Lennon was going back to work—not because he needed the money but because he had things to say. But the things he had to say this time, my friends, would have caused trouble for those who are maneuvering us into nuclear war; and so a former fan of his was turned into a psychologically-programmed assassin. This was done using the techniques I made public over five years ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 5. And on the eve of his return to public life, John Lennon was silenced. My friends, lawless forces are destroying our way of life. They have spawned a soaring crime rate about which many of you have written to me asking questions. If you want to understand how these lawless forces affect you personally, there’s a new book I would like to recommend to you. The author is a highly respected business consultant, Mr. Fred Muller. His book is titled: “America’s Coming Nightmare Inflation, Economic Collapse, and Crime Revolution.” The price is $10.00 postpaid, and you can order it directly from: 351

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Fred Muller P.O. Box 11909, Columbia, SC 29211. If we sit idly by and let it happen, these forces of lawlessness will sweep away everything that is dear to us. They are destroying our money and our economy, robbing us of our hard-won assets. They are making many fear for their own lives when they walk the streets; they are perverting our laws, and corrupting our lawmakers; and they are working night and day to betray us into the insanity of nuclear war. But there is something we can do. Last July 1980 I began answering your questions about what you can do; and because so many of you have responded with action, I will continue to tell you more. We are making progress; and if we do not lose heart, I am convinced that we are going to win. My three special topics for this AUDIO LETTER are: Topic #1—THE LEGAL SABOTAGE OF THE REAGAN TRANSITION Topic #2—THE FORFEITED OPPORTUNITY OF SENATOR WILLIAM PROXMIRE Topic #3—THE GOLDEN SWINDLE OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANKS Topic #1—Two months ago America was buzzing over the great surprise landslide in the name of Ronald Reagan. There were all kinds of upbeat promises to “hit the ground running.” But the transition to a new Administration has actually done just the opposite. First, the early choices for several Cabinet positions fell apart. People who had appeared interested suddenly just backed out. Meanwhile the job of filling lower echelon positions became even worse. Instead of “hitting the ground running,” the Transition Team was wading through a swamp. Weeks ago the Transition Team exhausted its Government money and had to start asking their corporate friends for donations to stay in business. Puzzled reporters and columnists have been scratching their heads over it all. Veteran Washington watchers can tell something is wrong. They can sniff it in the air. And for public consumption, the so-called “Reagan Team” has tried to blame it all on the “Ethics in Government Act” of 1978. But, my friends, that is not the real problem. Something much more far-reaching is involved. The fact

352

Audio Letter 61

is that the new Administration has been virtually locked out by the Bolsheviks in bureaucratic power here. The symptoms of this unprecedented situation are growing on all sides. For example, a few days ago on January 12, the New York Times carried an article with the headline: “CAMPAIGN AIDES FOR REAGAN FEAR THEY ARE LEFT OUT.” The article said, quote: “The Reagan transition aides now expect to have only about 50 upper-level officials chosen by the time Mr. Reagan is sworn in on January 20” and this is in connection with, quote “filling of the 400 jobs considered essential for the control of the bureaucracy.” In other words, my friends, Reagan aides were saying that the bureaucracy would still be beyond their control as of today. And one more very significant quote: “To the Reagan transition staff the current process of filling the hundreds of jobs below the level of Cabinet officer is perhaps more important than the filling of the Cabinet positions. The lower level aides, they said, will be the ones actually carrying out Mr. Reagan’s policies.” My friends, the power struggle for control of the United States Government is continuing. I outlined that struggle in AUDIO LETTER No. 59 last October, and in AUDIO LETTER No. 60 I explained how the Election surprise came about. But as I mentioned then, that was only a mild setback for the Bolsheviks entrenched in powerful positions here in Washington. The real problem which is confronting the alleged Reagan forces is not in the news. It is a Supreme Court decision which was quietly engineered by the Bolsheviks here on March 31, 1980. For the lawyers among my audience, the case is that of Branti vs. Finkel. The citation is: 445 U.S. 507 (1980). The case itself was unspectacular at first glance. A newly appointed Public Defender in the New York County tried to dismiss two assistants who were leftovers or holdovers from the other political party; but the assistants filed suit to keep their jobs. The Supreme Court upheld them in the Branti decision last March; and in the process, the Court made new law by declaring that the same principle applies at all government levels, including federal. That general principle is that governmental employees cannot be dismissed simply because of their political affiliation. The ramifications of this decision are stunning, my friends. They were spelled out very well in the dissenting opinions under the names of Justices Powell, Rehnquist, and Stewart. The dissenting opinions are of many pages long and

353

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

naturally are filled with numerous detailed citations and arguments. But let me read a few quotations to you which speak for themselves, quote: “The Court today continues the evisceration of patronage practices.” And, quote: “With scarcely a glance at almost 200 years of American political tradition, the Court further limits the relevance of political affiliation to the selection and retention of public employees. Many public positions previously filled on the basis of membership in national parties now must be staffed in accordance with a Constitutionalized Civil Service Standard that will affect the employment practices of federal, state, and local governments.” And, quote: “Today’s decision is an exercise of judicial law-making.” My friends, almost since the founding of our Republic, America’s political system has depended upon patronage. Without patronage, your vote means nothing at all. This fact is brought out in the dissenting opinion of the Supreme Court itself in the words, quote: “Elected officials depend upon appointees who hold similar views to carry out their policies and administer their programs. Patronage, the right to select key personnel and to reward a party faithful, serves the public interest by facilitating the implementation of policies endorsed by the electorate.” Thanks to the Supreme Court Branti decision, the new Administration is having to take office with a bureaucracy that is beyond its control. The Bolsheviks entrenched in key positions nation-wide at all levels of government are immune to wholesale firing. Instead, they have to be pried loose one by one based on nonpolitical arguments. Likewise, new appointees cannot be brought in just because they are Republicans. The result is a quagmire, a government out of control. The Corporate Socialists have for the moment succeeded in seizing the White House under the banner of Ronald Reagan, but it is still the Bolsheviks who control the Government. One result will be the opposite of the plans we are hearing for a “hiring freeze.” There will actually be duplicate hiring under various disguises in order to get around the entrenched Bolsheviks. That will lead to a mushrooming, inefficient government, and more government spending, more bureaucracy—not less. And 354

Audio Letter 61

so, thanks to the little-known Branti decision of the Supreme Court, the Bolsheviks here still have a stranglehold on the United States government. The new Administration will try everything to whittle away at their power; but the Bolsheviks have no intention of letting themselves be whittled very far. Before that can happen, they plan to cut short the new Administration under the name of Ronald Reagan. THE FORFEITED OPPORTUNITY OF SENATOR WILLIAM PROXMIRE Topic #2—For nearly six months now many of you have been joining me in a preventive war of Truth. Ours is a war to turn aside the plans for economic collapse, dictatorship, and thermonuclear war. To do that, we are seizing the chief weapon of our enemies and turning it against them. That weapon is the GOLD weapon. Those who have cornered our gold and our money are using it to destroy our way of life; but their giant GOLD weapon is also their Achilles’ heel, because they have broken laws and they have made mistakes. They have left a trail. You and I are following that trail to track them down; and if we will keep at it and not lose heart, I firmly believe that we are going to win. As you know, we began our action campaign last summer with Senator William Proxmire. At that time he was Chairman of the powerful Senate Banking Committee. He will no longer be Chairman in the new Congress because of the change from Democrat to Republican control of the Senate; but Proxmire will remain on the Committee and he will continue to exercise a great deal of power, so I want to bring you up to date on our efforts with him. If you will recall, there were basically two things which we were asking of Senator Proxmire. Our main request was that he launch a public, honest investigation into the true status of America’s alleged gold supplies. We specifically asked him not to just accept the self-serving words of the Treasury Department. The time is long over due for proof, not words, so we wanted Senator Proxmire to press for an impartial, independent, complete physical inventory. Either America’s gold is there, or it is not there; so I urged you to challenge Senator Proxmire to prove Dr. Beter wrong. But we did not expect Senator Proxmire to do all that out of a clear blue sky. Any investigation as large as that must have a starting point; and so as a preliminary step, we gave him that starting point. We asked him to look into one very specific matter first. That was the matter of the missing gold shipment from Fort Knox of January 20, 1965, the very day Lyndon Johnson was inaugurated! Any truthful, independent inquiry about that one shipment alone would raise questions that are far broader in scope, and those questions would have led into the complete investigation we are asking for.

355

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

But what has the champion of the “Golden Fleece Award” done up to now? First, consider the matter of the missing gold shipment which I discussed in AUDIO LETTER No. 56. Proxmire has yet to launch an independent investigation of any kind. Instead he started off by doing what we asked him not to do. He asked for a report by the Treasury’s own Inspector General. Then he wasted months of precious time in sending computerized brush-off letters in reply to your letters. Following standard procedure in Washington today, he gave you nothing but lip service. He kept promising you that as soon as he received the Treasury report, he would decide what to do next. My friends, even when Proxmire did receive the worthless Treasury report, he just sat on it. He was hoping that he could stall you until you lost interest and went away. Proxmire never made the promised report available until you insisted that he do so around early December. The report of the Treasury’s Inspector General carries a hand-stamped date of September 30, 1980. It adds nothing new about the missing shipment; instead it just expands on a 5-year-old letter of Mrs. Mary Brooks, then Director of the United States Mint. I first made that letter public in AUDIO LETTER No. 2 for July 1975. The Brooks letter of 1975 served only to multiply the questions about the missing Fort Knox gold shipment. And the 1980 report by the Treasury’s Inspector General only muddied the waters still further. No wonder Senator Proxmire tried to sit on the report for two months, because it is an unsatisfactory report. As such it calls for Proxmire to do his duty to dig deeper—and digging deeper is the one thing Proxmire seems determined not to do. The missing gold shipment of January 20, 1965 is only one thread in the giant web of scandal surrounding our missing gold, and Proxmire has stubbornly refused even to take a glance at the giant scandal as a whole. To show you what I mean, let me remind you of a letter to Proxmire which I quoted in AUDIO LETTER No. 59 last October. It was written by an acquaintance of Proxmire in Proxmire’s home state of Wisconsin. As an astute business man, he asked Proxmire some very penetrating questions. This man has kept my good friend, Mr. Edward Durell, informed about his correspondence with Proxmire. As a result, I can give you the sequel to what I reported to you in October. It is very revealing. To begin with, Proxmire never answered the letter from his friend which I read to you. After a few weeks, Proxmire’s friend wrote again. He made it abundantly clear that he expected an answer. And answer Proxmire did. Proxmire’s letter dated December 3, 1980 begins with the words, quote: 356

Audio Letter 61

“I have no record of having received your earlier letter concerning a physical inventory of the nation’s gold reserves. I have received a great deal of mail regarding this issue, so I do apologize for the oversight.” By the way, some of you have asked me how many people are joining in our campaign, so now you have Proxmire’s own words, not just mine, that you have a lot of company. You are making yourself heard. But Proxmire spends the rest of the letter giving nothing but excuses for refusing to do his duty. It is little more than a rehash of things you have already heard, including factual errors. The letter was so bad that his friend wrote again and picked it apart almost line by line. But for you and me, there’s no point in wasting any more time on Proxmire right now. My friends, we gave Senator Proxmire the benefit of the doubt. He has responded by forfeiting the opportunity to take the lead which could have been his. Under British common law he would be considered a traitor, so for now we will just go away and leave him alone. But Proxmire will remain a powerful member of the Senate Banking Committee. We may have occasion to deal with him again; but if we do, my friends, it will be on very different terms. Topic #3—Just after Christmas last month a big article about Fort Knox began appearing in newspapers nation-wide. Alert listeners all over the United States have sent me copies. The publicity counterattack against our “preventive war of TRUTH” has now begun. The article had three basic points to get across. Two of these were familiar from countless gold propaganda in the past. One of these old familiar points was a rehash of the old myth about the impregnability of Fort Knox. The officer in charge of the Bullion Depository, George B. Wright, was photographed at attention outside the locked gates, and there were quotes from him like: “This is the most secure facility you will find anywhere. We are continually improving our security system” and “We have tanks and personnel carriers standing by.” A second familiar point of the long article was the standard personal attack on me. My 1974 charges about our missing gold are mentioned, but those are dismissed with a yawn, as quote: “Beter’s farfetched claim.”

357

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

But the third propaganda trick in the article was new. In AUDIO LETTER No. 60 four weeks earlier I had reported, quote: “Watch for the non-existent gold reserves to be revalued at current market prices. In terms of dollars, our fictitious gold reserves will suddenly look 15 or 20 times bigger.” The Fort Knox newspaper article started the ball rolling. It never mentioned the old official gold price of $42.22 per ounce which is reflected in Treasury balance sheets. Instead, it hammers away at the great increase in market prices of gold, and so our psychological conditioning has now begun. We are being mentally set up for the gold revaluation publicity stunt to come. In AUDIO LETTER No. 59 I discussed the way in which America’s gold reserves are listed on Treasury and Federal Reserve balance sheets. I did that in order to call your attention to a little known but crucial fact. Our gold is often referred to loosely in the press as the “Treasury’s gold” or the “government’s gold,” but that is not correct. The gold actually belongs to the Federal Reserve System. The Treasury only serves as a physical custodian for the Federal Reserve gold, and the Treasury and the Federal Reserve balance sheets confirm that this is the situation. If this sounds like a strange arrangement, you’re right. It is. But it was set up that way for a reason. Treasury custody of Federal Reserve gold created a situation of mixed responsibility, and it enabled those lines of responsibility to be blurred wherever convenient. This made it easier for those who stole our gold to hide what they had done. Even so they have broken laws and they have left a trail. The legal evidence is mounting that points to the Treasury Department and the Federal Reserve Board of Governors here in Washington as co-conspirators. The legal principle involved is that of a pledge, misapplied in a wrongful and fraudulent manner. And, my friends, you and I are not the only victims! By and large the Presidents and Directors of the Regional Federal Reserve Banks have also been victimized. They have been placed in positions of enormous liability by the actions of the Board here in Washington, and the evidence so far indicates that they do not realize what has been done to them. What I want to do now is to outline the legal case that is taking shape. Laws have been broken, and some very powerful men are destined for prison! I know that I have many lawyers among my listeners, and it is as a lawyer that I speak to you now; but I will also try to make my comments as clear as possible for everyone. We are being forced to try our case first in the “court of public opin-

358

Audio Letter 61

ion,” and I will conclude this topic with a new suggestion for action for you and for the Regional Federal Reserve Banks. On December 3, 1974, then Secretary of the Treasury William Simon testified before a Subcommittee of the House Banking Committee. The Congressmen were asking about various details of the Treasury’s announced plans to start holding “gold auctions.” The auctions were to begin a few weeks later in January 1975. In the course of the questioning, then Congressman John Conlan in Arizona asked: “Is the government gold owned by the Federal Reserve or is it owned by the Treasury but the Federal Reserve has a mortgage-like interest on that gold?” Simon’s answer included the words, and I quote: “It is sort of a pledge.” When Simon said those two words “sort of” he almost let the cat out of the bag. Fortunately for him, Simon’s slip of the tongue went unnoticed at the time; and Government witnesses before Congress always have a special privilege. It goes under the euphemism “correcting for the record”—that is, a Government witness can revise his oral testimony before it is printed by the Government Printing Office. So the officially-published version of Simon’s testimony was sanitized in several places. Among other things, it omits those two incriminating words “sort of” which Simon said. According to the officially published version, Simon said to Congressman Conlan, quote: “Legally, I want to check with my attorney. Yes, it is the same. I thought it was. It is a pledge.” Later in the same testimony Conlan asked Simon how the decision is taken to sell gold. In his replies Simon said he took the decision to the President; but he also claimed, quote: “I have the authority to do that.” Now, my friends, please notice something very important. The then Secretary of the Treasury, William Simon, was questioned about sales of Federal Reserve gold, and yet he never once made any mention of obtaining Federal Reserve permission to do so! Instead he asserted that the Treasury itself can sell the gold without asking anyone else, not even the President. The only legal basis held out for this is the claim that the gold is “a pledge.” 359

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

My friends, please bear with me now. There is an essential legal point here which has to be made. Those who need to know about it most urgently are the Officers and Directors of the Regional Federal Reserve Banks, but I will need your help to bring this about. As I am about to explain, the wool has been pulled over their eyes as well as ours. When I use the word “conspiracy,” I’m doing so in the strict legal sense. A CONSPIRACY is the term which refers to any situation in which two or more individuals join together to plan and execute a crime; and that is exactly what the Federal Reserve Board, not the Banks, and the Treasury have done. The key to it all is the legal concept of a pledge. For nearly 20 years now, the United States Treasury has been using a pretended authority to sell Federal Reserve gold at will. That pretended authority is based upon a claim which has been made to sound plausible but is totally false. That claim is the Treasury’s assertion that the Federal Reserve gold is a pledge; or, as Simon really said, “sort of a pledge.” That is why Simon’s testimony of 1974, which I just quoted, was sanitized so carefully. To show you what has been done, first I should define what a pledge is in law. First I will describe it in legal terminology because this is a legal battleground. The Officers and Directors of the Regional Federal Reserve Banks will have to take legal steps if they are to save themselves. But I also want to make sure everyone understands what is involved, so I will try my best to give you examples of what I am talking about. Legally, a PLEDGE is defined as a bailment or transfer of personal property as a security for some debt or obligation. It is redeemable on certain terms; but if the Debtor defaults on the contract, the Creditor can sell the property which the Debtor has turned over to him. In this situation, the debtor is called a pledgor because he is pledging to pay or repay something. The creditor is called the pledgee. He holds on to physical possession of the pledgor’s property until the pledge is satisfied. For a contract of pledge of property to exist, three elements must be present: (1) The pledgor must turn over possession of the property to the pledgee; (2) Title to the property—that is, actual ownership—is retained by the pledgor;

360

Audio Letter 61

(3) and this is essential: There must be a lien of some sort against the property involved for payment of a debt or performance of an obligation, and that debt or obligation must be due the pledgee by the pledgor or some other person. For my fellow attorneys, just a reminder that a contract of pledge is one form of hypothecation. Hypothecation, of course, is the contractual power of a creditor over the property of a debtor to cause the property to be sold to satisfy the debt. “Pledge” applies specifically when the property of the debtor is physically handed over to the creditor. Now let me come down to earth and give you an everyday example. Suppose you needed some money and decided to pawn your gold watch. You go to the pawnshop and physically turn over your gold watch to the pawnbroker. In return, the pawnbroker gives you two things: He hands you some money as a loan, and he also hands you a receipt for your watch. Your pawn receipt gives you the legal right for some period of time to go back in and redeem your watch. That is, if you want your watch back, you give the pawnbroker the receipt plus the money you borrowed plus some interest. My friends, a pawn transaction like this is a contract of pledge. You are the debtor because he has loaned you money. He keeps your watch in his possession as security for your loan. During the redemption period you have the right to get your watch back if you pay the loan; but if you do not repay the loan by a certain deadline, you default on your loan. The pawnbroker may then sell your watch. Now then, my friends, the United States Treasury claims that a similar arrangement applies to the Federal Reserve gold. The property at issue is America’s entire monetary gold hoard instead of a gold watch; but they claim that the same principle applies, that the gold is “a pledge.” In effect, the Treasury thereby claims to be in the position of a giant pawnbroker. By referring to the gold as “a pledge,” the Treasury has claimed in effect that the Federal Reserve System pawned the gold. Can you imagine? Beyond that, the Treasury is behaving as if the Federal Reserve System had defaulted in some way. The Treasury has disposed of most all of the Federal Reserve gold, just like a pawnbroker; and this has been done without even notifying 11 of the 12 Regional Federal Reserve Banks! The Federal Reserve Board of Governors right here in Washington knew about it, so did certain people at the New York bank, but they have left the other 11 Regional Banks in the dark. My friends, the United States Treasury pretends to have the authority to sell off the Federal Reserve gold at will. That is what William Simon, who parades to361

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

day as the darling of the Conservatives, said as Treasury Secretary in 1974. This pretended authority to get rid of our gold is based on the Treasury’s contention that it is “a pledge.” But is it? Or was it ever really a pledge? The Treasury’s claim does not make it so all by itself. That famous quotation of Abraham Lincoln applies just as well now as it did in AUDIO LETTER No. 59: “A flower does not become a rose just because I call it a rose.” I will now point out some facts which prove that the Treasury’s possession of the Federal Reserve gold was never on the basis of a pledge. The Treasury’s pretended authority to sell the gold is completely fraudulent, and there has been collusion between the Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board here in Washington. As a result, 11 of the 12 Regional Federal Reserve Banks have been swindled. They are claiming assets—gold assets—in the mistaken belief that those assets still exist. To trace the true status of the Federal Reserve gold, we need to go back to the beginning—in 1933 and 1934. On March 4, 1933, Franklin D. Roosevelt was inaugurated President for his first term. The very next evening just before midnight he declared a “National Emergency.” He proclaimed a week-long Bank Holiday, closing all banks and placing an embargo on gold payments. Then the Treasury Secretary, William H. Woodin, made a public statement to quiet the fears of the people. He said, quote: “It is ridiculous and misleading to say that we have gone off the Gold Standard any more than we have gone off the Currency Standard. We are definitely on the Gold Standard. Gold merely cannot be obtained for several days.” But they always lie, my friends. The Treasury Secretary said it would be just a few days, but IT WAS 42 YEARS before Americans would regain the right to own gold, because only four (4) days after he spoke, on March 9, 1933, the “National Banking Emergency Act” was rushed into law. Under that Act, American citizens were forced to turn in all of their gold. It was collected by the Federal Reserve System at the old bargain price of $20.67 per ounce. Despite those soothing words of the Treasury Secretary only days before, America was off the Gold Standard. The Act also authorized the Treasury Secretary to instruct the Federal Reserve to deliver its gold into possession of the Treasury. The Treasury Secretary did issue those instructions on January 17, 1934, but the 1933 Law did not take title of the gold away from the Federal Reserve. It only required that it be physically held by the Treasury for

362

Audio Letter 61

safekeeping. Finally, the “Gold Reserve Act” of 1934 was passed on January 30 of that year. Section 2-A of the Act says, quote: “Upon the approval of this Act, all right, title, and interest in every claim of the Federal Reserve Board of every Federal Reserve Bank and of every Federal Reserve Agent in and to any and all gold coin and gold bullion shall pass to and are hereby vested in the United States.” My friends, that sounds ironclad, doesn’t it? It sounds as if the Treasury took over ownership of the gold from the Federal Reserve, but the fact is that it was only a pretended transfer. On January 24, 1934, six (6) days before the Act was passed, one brave Congressman tried to expose the entire ruse. He was a bitter enemy of the Federal Reserve System, and on the floor of Congress he gave a speech that revealed exactly what was afoot. Describing the provisions of the Act for the gold transfer, then Congressman Louis T. McFadden said, quote: “It provides that the United States Government shall give the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks new Gold Certificates to the full value of the loot. The Gold Certificates will give the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Banks legal title to the gold, and the United States Treasury will be nothing more than its physical custodian. The Secretary of the Treasury will give the Federal Reserve Banks gold for their new Gold Certificates whenever they ask for it. It is a fraudulent transfer.” The situation McFadden described is exactly what happened. The Federal Reserve System owns the gold through its Gold Certificates, the Treasury only acts as physical custodian; and this arrangement has, in legal terms, been confirmed, ratified, and condoned by the Federal Reserve and Treasury balance sheets for 46 years. It is the fact, no matter what the words of the 1934 Act may seem to say; and law, my friends, deals with the questions of fact, not just assertions. Now let me return to the present-day claim of the Treasury that it holds the Federal Reserve gold as “a pledge.” That claim is in direct contradiction to the Treasury’s own balance sheets. As I detailed in AUDIO LETTER No. 59, the Treasury is a debtor with regard to the gold, while the Federal Reserve is the creditor; but if it were a pledge, as claimed by the Treasury, the reverse would be true. The Treasury is trying to turn day into night, and night into day, simply by calling it “a pledge.”

363

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

That raises two questions, my friends. (1) What pretended authority was the basis of Simon’s 1974 claim that the gold is “sort of a pledge”? (2) How could the Treasury get away with this fraud? The answer to the first question is a June 30, 1961 Act of Congress, the “Old Series Currency Adjustment Act.” The citation is: 31 USC 912. The Treasury misled Congress in 1961 with the excuse that it was to enable the retirement of a variety of old obsolete currencies including certain Gold Certificates used as currencies, but nowhere did the Act define the term “Gold Certificates.” The real but unstated purpose of the Act was to provide a pretended authority to dispose of Federal Reserve gold. In fact, gold began leaving the country under the “London Gold Pool Agreement” only three (3) months later. By virtue of that Act, the Treasury pretends that the gold became what Simon called “sort of a pledge.” The Treasury claims a right that it does not legally have to convert the gold to its own use and give the Federal Reserve System nothing but paper money or bookkeeping credits in exchange. In this way, the Federal Reserve Banks have been swindled out of their gold bullion. That brings me to the second question. That is: How could the Treasury get away with it? The answer involves collusion by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors here in Washington. In AUDIO LETTER No. 59 I suggested that you write to the President and Directors of the Federal Reserve Bank in your Region. I suggested that you urge them to press for an independent, reliable, physical inventory of the Federal Reserve gold in Treasury vaults. Based on the replies of which you have sent me copies, a very significant pattern has emerged. I do not include the New York bank in what I am about to say, but the responding Chairmen and Presidents of the other 11 Regional Banks have said basically two things: No. 1—Not one single Chairman or President of a Regional Federal Reserve Bank says he has ever seen the gold or had it inventoried. Instead to a man, they are all relying totally on the assurances of the Treasury and their own Federal Reserve Board here in Washington. No. 2—Not one single reply reflects a correct understanding of his own enormous legal liability involving the gold. Every indication is that they were never properly informed that they were taking on this responsibility.

364

Audio Letter 61

My friends, I know this sounds astonishing, but the correspondence demonstrating these two points is just too overwhelming to ignore. Let me just read you a few quotes to show you what I mean. From the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, President William F. Ford wrote, quote: “As you may know, I have no jurisdiction over the stock of gold at Fort Knox. However I have discussed the issues that you raise with my colleagues at the Federal Reserve Board in Washington.” From the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston, President Frank E. Morris wrote, quote: “I have never had reason to doubt that the gold stock and shipments have been properly accounted for.” From the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, President Roger Guffey wrote, quote: “I did not perform a physical count of all assets of the Bank at the time I became president, nor have I conducted a physical inventory of the nation’s gold stock held by the United States Treasury Department. As I am sure you are aware, the nation’s gold reserves are no longer held by the Federal Reserve System but rather the title and custody is held by the United States Treasury as a result of the ‘Gold Reserve Act of 1934.’” From the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, Chairman John W. Eckman wrote, quote: “While the 12 Reserve Banks and their Directors have a degree of local autonomy, the questions you and Mr. Durell ask and the actions you request are more logically in the province of the Board of Governors.” From the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, President Ernest T. Baughman wrote to my good friend, Mr. Edward Durell, quote:

365

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

“With respect to the gold which underlies the Gold Certificates held by the Federal Reserve Banks, I have made no effort to eyeball that gold. I am prepared with no reservations whatever to accept the representations of those government officials responsible for the gold that they do in fact have it.” And from the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, President Robert P. Black wrote, quote: “I would like to emphasize as strongly as I know how that neither the Federal Reserve System nor the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond has custody or control of the gold stock of the United States.” Then he quotes the gold legislation of 1933 and 1934 which I discussed for you earlier, and he concludes on that basis that, quote: “It seems clear to me that this legislation removes from the Federal Reserve System any responsibility for the custody and control of the gold stock of the United States.” My friends, it is little wonder that the Chairmen and Presidents of the Regional Federal Reserve Banks are so dangerously misinformed. Their own legal responsibility for the gold is based not on custody but on ownership. And as I have already established in detail for you, that ownership is not open to dispute. It is reflected in the Gold Certificates owned by the Federal Reserve Banks, but here is the shocker: The 12 Regional Banks do not have those Certificates, even though they are shown on their respective balance sheets as “Gold Certificate Accounts.” Where did all those certificates go? Here is the answer. I quote now from a letter dated January 9, 1981 to my good friend Mr. Durell. It was written by Robert P. Black, President of the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, quote: “I am unable to send you a copy of the certificate you requested. The ‘Gold Certificate Account’ shown on the balance sheets of the Federal Reserve Banks is managed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in Washington, D.C. Amounts in this account are allocated to the 12 Federal Reserve Banks by the Board of Governors.” My friends, I speak again now as a lawyer. In any conspiracy to commit a crime, the circle of conspirators is always kept as small as possible. The fewer the people involved, the less the risk of exposure, and that is exactly the pattern that is emerging now. 366

Audio Letter 61

By every evidence up to now, the officers and directors of 11 of the 12 Regional Federal Reserve Banks are not party to the gold conspiracy. They are dangerously misinformed, but they appear to be acting in good faith. It is they who will be faced with enormous fines, prison terms, and ruined lives when the Scandal breaks; and yet they appear to be blissfully unaware of their great danger. And that, my friends, is the second telltale sign in all great conspiracies— the conspirators always make sure that there will be someone else handy to take the blame! For example, when the CIA, on orders, assassinated President John F. Kennedy, they made sure a “patsy” named Lee Harvey Oswald was on hand; and they also made sure he was silenced before he could raise too many doubts. Likewise, the conspirators within the Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board of Governors have made sure that they, too, will have their scapegoats. Those scapegoats are to be the officers and directors of the Regional Federal Reserve Banks. Ignorance of the law is no excuse; so when the Gold Scandal breaks, as it will, they will be bundled off to prison to satisfy the rage of the American public—that is, my friends, unless they take action now to save themselves. During the past six weeks or so they have been put on legal notice for the first time ever about the missing Federal Reserve gold—so they can break free of the web of intrigue if they will. They can do this by taking the initiative to bring about an independent, conclusive, physical inventory of the gold. By doing that, they can free themselves of any taint of suspicion; but if they choose not to act, my friends, they will only be sealing their own fate because they are now on legal notice. And if they choose inaction, they will make themselves accessories after the fact in the biggest scandal in American history—the GOLD SCANDAL. The choice is up to them! My friends, it’s up to us—you and me—to alert the Federal Reserve Bank officials to these things, and so I will be sending a copy of this tape to the President of each Federal Reserve Bank by Registered Mail. I need for you to back me up with your letters. I am about to read you a sample letter to get you started. Please, write a letter like this to the President of the Federal Reserve Bank in your Region. I told you how to get the address in AUDIO LETTER No. 59. Send the original to the President of the Federal Reserve Bank, and send a copy to each one of the other Directors. A photo copy will do; and as always, be sure to keep a copy for your own file. 367

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Now here’s the sample letter I suggest. Feel free to use your own words, but please do not cut corners. WE MUST HAVE ACTION—AND SOON, because time is fast running out: “Dear Mr. (so and so): I am writing to you again because of my continuing deep concern over the loss of our gold reserves. Thank you for your earlier reply; but I am concerned that you do not appear to be aware of certain extremely large legal responsibilities on your part. In a recent cassette tape, Dr. Beter has given a legal discussion of these responsibilities on your part. Dr. Beter speaks as a lawyer and a former Counsel to the United States Export-Import Bank, the largest governmental bank in the Western world. Therefore I do not believe that you can safely afford to ignore his legal briefing of your responsibilities regarding the gold. Dr. Beter has notified his listeners that he is sending a copy of this cassette tape—AUDIO LETTER No. 61—to you by Registered Mail. It will take you and the other Directors of your bank just one hour to hear what he has to say. I cannot urge you strongly enough to do just that. After you hear Dr. Beter’s tape, I believe you will agree with me that you should take steps to protect your own personal interests. To that end, I urge you to demand immediate action by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors to arrange an independent, conclusive, physical inventory of the gold in Treasury vaults. As you will hear Dr. Beter explain, you do have the authority to bring this about. Please insist that the committee which oversees the inventory include the President or another Director from each one of the Regional Reserve Banks. You dare not delegate this duty to anyone else, including even the Federal Reserve Board of Governors. Your own personal vital interests are at stake! If you will do this, it can only have one of two possible outcomes, both good. One possibility is that the inventory will prove that all the gold is there, and Dr. Beter is wrong. That would lay to rest seven years of unanswered questions which have undermined confidence in America’s banking system. The only other possibility would be to prove that much, if not all, of the gold is missing. In that case, you will be taking the first step toward correcting the real causes of our crumbling economy, and you will have removed yourself from any taint of suspicion. 368

Audio Letter 61

Either the gold is there—OR—it is not there. Dr. Beter is not afraid to learn the truth. Are you?” —Followed by your signature. My friends, once again I’m asking you to go to work. Please get your letter and copies off to the Federal Reserve Bank in your Region right away. As I said before, I hold out no hope for the New York bank, but the other 11 Regional Banks appear to be a real ray of hope; and if they will do their duty and use their latent powers, they can save themselves while doing a great service to America. LAST MINUTE SUMMARY Now it is time for just a few final words as my “Last Minute Summary.” Today, January 20, 1981, is Inauguration Day. To all outward appearances, a new Administration has begun; but thanks to the obscure, recent Branti decision of the Supreme Court, the change is only on the surface. The real battle to control the United States Government continues unabated. My friends, these things cannot be allowed to continue. It is up to you and me to do our Constitutional duty to save our land. Until next month, God willing, this is Dr. Beter. Thank you, and may God bless each and every one of you.

369

Audio Letter 62
February 28, 1981
Last month I mentioned that I plan to record my AUDIO LETTER on a slightly more flexible schedule. In preparing the first topic of my report to you this month, I have taken advantage of this increased flexibility. For several months now I’ve been compiling information about a major new story, and just within the past few days I’ve been able to confirm some key final details about it. So thanks to waiting a few extra days, I’m now able to give you a much more complete report about it. The story, my friends, is that of the space shuttle COLUMBIA now being prepared for launch at Cape Canaveral. This month I am also able to report some encouraging progress with certain Directors of the Regional Federal Reserve Banks. It is only a beginning but, my friends, I am convinced we are going to win. My three special topics for this AUDIO LETTER are: Topic #1—THE SECRET MILITARY MISSION OF THE SPACE SHUTTLE COLUMBIA Topic #2—THE NEW FERMENT OF GROWING WAR TENSIONS Topic #3—GOLD SWINDLES BY THE MODERN DAY MONEYCHANGERS Topic #1—One day just over three months ago America’s Manned Space Program suddenly started showing signs of life. The day was November 24, 1980, and that was the day when the space shuttle Columbia was rolled out into public at the Kennedy Space Center in Florida. It was the first public appearance by the shuttle in almost two years. The shuttle arrived at Cape Canaveral two years ago next month, March 1979. From then until last November 1980 the shuttle Columbia remained in hiding in a metal cocoon called the “Orbiter Processing Facility,” but on November 24 suddenly the cocoon opened up and out rolled the space shuttle.

371

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

The space shuttle Columbia made only a short trip that day. It was towed about 300 yards to the nearby Vehicle Assembly Building, where it disappeared once again, but we were told that this was only the beginning of a much longer journey. For the first time in nearly six years the United States was committing itself in public to a manned mission into space. The roll-out of the Columbia on November 24 took many people by surprise. America’s Space Shuttle Program is a full three years behind schedule. Ever since late 1977 we’ve heard about nothing but problems, delays, and more problems with the space shuttle. Last November 19, 1980, a former director of the Apollo Moon Program seemed to summarize it all in disgust. Dr. George Low said in a speech in Chicago, quote: “Today I wonder whether we could start another Apollo, much less accomplish it.” But only five days after Dr. Low said those words, the surprise roll-out of the shuttle Columbia took place. For three years the Space Shuttle Program was seemingly placed on hold, yet now the countdown is under way, and there is an air of urgency about it. Corners are being cut, safety precautions are being shortchanged, unheard of risks are being taken; and when reporters ask why these things are being done, they receive only double talk instead of answers. The space shuttle is the most complex American spacecraft ever built. There are more things to go wrong than ever before, and the entire future of America’s Manned Space Program depends on the shuttle. In fact, within a few years we are told that the shuttle will be launching practically all American satellites. As far as space is concerned, America has put all of its eggs in one basket—the Space Shuttle. With so much at stake, my friends, the old NASA would have proceeded step by step with great care. In the old days each problem had to be solved before moving on to the next phase of a space program; and as a final test, every new American manned spacecraft made its first trip or two into space without astronauts aboard. That was simply to make sure that there would be no unexpected problems before having astronauts risk their lives. But, my friends, that was the old NASA. Those who are calling the shots in America’s Space Program today are a different breed. Our Space Program has become just one more tool of the Bolsheviks here, and they are interested in only one thing—getting ready for thermonuclear war—and so a wartime rush mentality is dominating the shuttle launch preparations right now at Cape Canaveral. This is to be the shuttle’s very first trip into space—and yet it will be a manned mission! We’re told that the shuttle is designed to make at least 100 trips into space 372

Audio Letter 62

and back, and yet NASA says it cannot spare one or two preliminary shuttle launches in order to check it out. NASA refuses even to consider beginning with a manned suborbital launch like the early manned Mercury shots in 1961. Instead, the very first launch of the shuttle Columbia is to take it all the way into orbit. My friends, this plan is filled with glaring examples of haste. There seems to be no regard for the safety of the astronauts who will fly it. For example, consider the radically new rocket engines of the space shuttle. There are three main engines called SSMEs by NASA. These engines have never flown into space before; in fact, they had never even been fired altogether until just eight days ago. On that day, February 20, the three engines were fired for only 20 seconds on the pad at Cape Canaveral. NASA did not run the risk of running them longer even though these engines are supposed to be reusable launch after launch. Instead, based on a mere twenty-second test, NASA will have two astronauts risk their lives on the engines; and in the actual launch into space, the engines will not run for just 20 seconds—they must operate for nine minutes! NASA is now gambling that the three fresh engines on Columbia will last long enough to get into orbit. But the shuttle engines are only one example of NASA’s unexplained haste because if Columbia does reach orbit, the next question is: Can it return? My friends, the answer is: NASA does not know. By now you have probably heard or read about the radically new Thermal Protection System of the space shuttle. All of our previous spacecraft had heat shields which carried away heat by burning away during re-entry; therefore they could only be used once. But the shuttle is supposed to be re-usable over and over, so it requires a different kind of heat shield. It is a lightweight ceramic, broken up into more than 30,000 small pieces called “tiles.” For at least two years now we have been hearing stories about problems with the tiles. It began when the shuttle Columbia arrived at Cape Canaveral in March 1979 on the back of a jumbo jet. Many tiles had been lost or damaged during the flight and the Columbia looked like it had smallpox. Soon after that we started hearing about tiles being tested, removed, replaced, re-tested, and so on. Part of the controversy over the tiles is real. There are legitimate arguments among many space engineers whether the tiles will succeed or fail. Those questions will finally be answered one way or another only when and if the shuttle Columbia drops out of orbit to return to earth. But for the Bolsheviks who now control America’s Space Program, the arguments over the tiles are only a tool. The tile controversy made a perfect cover story to explain away the 3-year grounding of the space shuttle. The real reason is that America has been virtu373

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

ally locked out of military space missions since late 1977. As recently as August 1977 it had looked as if the United States would soon be eclipsing Russia with new space exploits. That month the first free-flight tests of the space shuttle took place. A shuttle was carried aloft aboard a jumbo jet, then cut loose and guided to earth by astronauts. The test went perfectly. The era of the space shuttle was about to dawn, or so it seemed. Meanwhile Russia’s space program seemed completely silent, but everything turned upside-down the following month, September 1977. Russia began deploying her secretly-developed Charged Particle Beam weapon in space, and on September 27, 1977, history’s first true space battle took place, the BATTLE OF THE HARVEST MOON. I reported it that month in AUDIO LETTER No. 26. In a stunning upset, Russia smashed America’s secret military control of space. Two days later, Russia’s Manned Space Program suddenly came to life. Russia launched the Salyut-6 Space Station on September 29, 1977; and from that day to this, there has been a steady stream of Russian cosmonauts into space and back. Even cosmonauts from seven (7) other countries have been whisked into space by Russian rockets. There have even been cosmonauts in orbit from Cuba and Vietnam. Meanwhile, American astronauts have been able to do nothing but grind their teeth and watch. The Bolsheviks here, my friends, have been waiting and watching for a moment of weakness among their enemies—the secret new rulers of Russia. The Bolsheviks want to regain their former positions of power in Russia; but for years now, Russia’s new rulers have been expelling the Bolsheviks, who have flocked mostly here to the United States. When I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 55 last June 1980, I reported that a moment of weakness was developing in the Kremlin. Bolshevik forces had succeeded in penetrating the Kremlin. They were wreaking havoc among Russia’s top leadership. At the same time, Russia’s expulsion of Bolsheviks slowed to a trickle. Immigration from Russia was at its lowest level in years during the second half of 1980. So the decision was made last July to go ahead with a space shuttle mission. For the first time in three years there appeared to be a chance of slipping through Russia’s space blockade. Even so any American attempt to launch a manned military mission into space will be very risky. It dare not be attempted until a mission is ready that is worth the risk. The Bolsheviks are now ready with that mission. It is the secret pay load now in the cargo bay of the space shuttle Columbia. It was developed in association with the supersecret “Na-

374

Audio Letter 62

tional Reconnaissance Office” whose very existence is regarded as secret in Government circles. When Russia began her surprise space offensive in September 1977, she did so by destroying an American Spy Satellite on September 20. A week later, America’s secret Moon Base was put out of action, which freed Russia’s hands to pour into space. In the months that followed, Russia gradually knocked out all of our Spy and Early Warning satellites, one by one. When I recorded AUDIO LETTER No. 33 seven months later, I reported that Russia had finished the job. Since that time, April 1978, America has had no Spy satellites on continuous duty over Russia. Several spy satellites have been launched since then but each one has been knocked out quickly. Not one has lasted for as long as one week! But these brief spy satellite missions have alerted the Bolsheviks here to one thing—that is, there are major changes taking place among the potential wartime targets in Russia. Some known targets from the past are becoming less important, while other new targets have been detected. Last June in AUDIO LETTER No. 55 I outlined the secret plan for an American nuclear first strike against Russia. That plan relies on missiles, including America’s secret mobile missile, the Minuteman TX, and it cannot succeed without up-to-date information on the targets in Russia. As I will outline in Topic #2, the Bolsheviks here are once again doing all they can to get set for nuclear war, so they are desperate for new, up-to-date reconnaissance data from Russia. In other words, they must have an operational spy satellite which can survive in orbit for a while, and the Bolsheviks here now believe they have developed that kind of satellite. Eventually they know that Russia’s orbital fleet of manned Cosmos Interceptors will succeed in destroying it; but before they can do so, military planners here believe the satellite will be able to radio back enough information to work with. And so, my friends, the first flight of America’s space shuttle, the Columbia, is to be a secret military mission. It’s purpose is to prepare for war. That is why there is such a frantic effort to rush to launch with unproven hardware, and that is why the very first mission will be manned, instead of an unmanned test shot. It has to be manned because of the secret cargo it is carrying in its huge cargo bay. When the shuttle reaches orbit, if it reaches orbit, astronauts will be required to deploy the military satellite inside. The satellite is basically a spy satellite, but it is also much more. In order to do its job, it is designed to fend off Russian space weapons for as long as possible. As a result, it will be nothing less than a robot battle station in space. In space terminology, it is a “hardened satellite”

375

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

able to withstand an attack without being easily destroyed. It is also equipped with active defenses, meaning it can shoot back. Right now the components of the satellite are crammed into the cargo bay of the shuttle Columbia. They were already there when the Columbia was rolled out last November. Once in orbit, the job of the astronauts, John Young and Robert Crippen, will be to assemble it and get it operating, and fast. Once it is assembled and floating in space, the satellite will look like a giant rotating tin can perhaps 30 feet long and 20 feet in diameter; but on closer inspection it would seem to be made more like a wooden barrel except that the barrel staves are all made of a whitish metal, tungsten. Several of these metal sections can be retracted on automatic command, making the satellite look like a shiny barrel with a few staves missing. Inside the outermost tungsten barrel is another smaller barrel; and inside that is a still smaller barrel. Finally, at the very center is the heart of the satellite itself. The tungsten barrels are separated from one another by a foot or more of space. There is also considerable space between the innermost barrel and the core satellite. The tungsten barrels constitute the passive defense of the satellite. If a Charged Particle Beam blast strikes the outermost barrel, it will vaporize a spot on the barrel; but in the process it will absorb energy and diffuse the beam. In theory, that will greatly reduce the damage done to the second barrel and do no damage at all to the innermost barrel. Tungsten has the highest melting point of any metal, so this system of particle beam shields is expected to last through a number of battles. The three-layer tungsten shield system is also instrumented. When a blast strikes it, the blast pattern will be sensed as an initial indication of where the attack is coming from. A computer in the core satellite will then activate a secret new target acquisition system called LADAR, meaning laser direction and ranging. The movable barrel stave sections of the rotating tungsten shields will be opened up. LADAR will peek out through the openings as they rotate past in ultra-fast scanning. In the black void of space, LADAR is expected to be much more efficient than radar, picking up the Russian attacker quickly; and the moment it does, the American robot battle station will open fire. When it does so, it will pose a major threat even to a Russian Cosmos Interceptor because, my friends, the American satellite will be armed with a giant carbon dioxide gas dynamic laser. It is a more compact version of the laser which has been successfully tested aboard a modified KC-135 jet tanker. It produces intense infrared radiation with a power of over one megawatt—that is 1,000,000 watts. What can a one megawatt laser do? Let me give you an idea. An industrial 10,000-watt laser can 376

Audio Letter 62

slice through a one-inch thick steel plate in a matter of seconds. The satellite laser is 100 times that powerful. It is not as powerful as a Russian Charged Particle Beam, but it is powerful enough to cripple or destroy a Russian attacker— that is, my friends, if the space shuttle Columbia makes it into orbit and if Young and Crippen succeed in deploying the satellite. But will they? In the past I have given many details about the clever deceptions which have surrounded our Space Program. But, my friends, the deceptions of the past were child’s play compared to what we are about to witness, because the Bolsheviks here must get their robot battle station into orbit without letting you know about it; and whether they succeed or fail, they must try to maintain the appearance of success. As I mentioned earlier, everything is riding on the space shuttle, so I will now describe the plan for the coming flight of the Columbia. I will describe what you will see if the plan works, and I will also describe what will really be taking place, which is far different. According to the latest schedule, the Columbia is intended to lift off on a sunny morning in mid April 1981. Millions will watch on television as Young and Crippen roar upward into the sky and into orbit. Then the scene will shift to the standard coverage of Young and Crippen in their cockpit, and for a little over two days the coverage will continue off and on. There will be cockpit scenes, scenes in Mission Control, and so on; and there will be some seemingly unexpected problems, nothing serious but just enough to add a touch of spice to it all. It will look for all the world like the real thing. Television viewers will have no suspicion that they are only watching excerpts from numerous simulations of the flight. In its cover-up of the SKYLAB fiasco, NASA learned well the techniques of deception. Meanwhile there will be no television coverage at all of the real flight except for the initial lift-off. Instead, when Young and Crippen reach orbit, they will go to work fast. They will depressurize the cabin, open the cargo hatch, and move the robot spy satellite components away from the Columbia. They will also remove a Gemini-type two-man space capsule from the Columbia cargo bay. After moving these things several hundred yards away from the Columbia, the two astronauts will close the cargo bay by remote control. They will maneuver down underneath the Columbia for a quick visual inspection of the condition of the thermal tiles; but the urgency of setting up the robot satellite will leave no time for any attempt to repair any tiles. If the astronauts were to do that, they would lose precious time both in setting up the satellite and in making good their own escape in the Gemini capsule. This, my friends, is why NASA has refused to include a tile repair kit on the first shuttle mission. As NASA administrator Robert Frosch said in a recent news conference, quote: 377

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

“I felt in the end that it would be likely to increase risk, perhaps not risk with regard to the tile system but risk with regard to the safety of the whole flight.” After the briefest of inspections, the astronauts will turn over control of the Columbia to NASA Houston with the words: “Okay for retrofire.” Then they will float away from the Columbia and set to work quickly on assembling the robot spy satellite. It is expected that they will complete the job within three to four orbits. As soon as the robot satellite is assembled and operating, Young and Crippen will board their Gemini-type space capsule. If all goes according to plan, they will drop out of orbit and splash down in the Pacific Ocean. It will only be the evening of the same day they took off, but on television the falsified NASA coverage will still be showing tapes of Young and Crippen in the simulated cockpit of the Columbia. Young and Crippen are planned to be picked up at sea after their secret splashdown. From there they are to be transported to Edwards Air Force Base in California to await further events. Meanwhile about 12 hours after the launch from Cape Canaveral, Houston will send a retrofire signal to the unmanned Columbia. The shuttle’s engines will fire. Somewhere over the Indian Ocean the space shuttle will enter the atmosphere. It will be the first complete test of the shuttle’s thermal tiles. If they work, Columbia will survive re-entry. Then at lower altitude, piloting of the Columbia will be taken over by remote control. If all goes well, the Columbia will touch down in the great sandy desert of western Australia. If all goes according to plan, all these things will take place during the first day of the supposed 54-hour mission of Young and Crippen. Then for the final act of the charade, we will be told on television that the Columbia is re-entering over the Pacific Ocean; and finally, lo and behold the space shuttle will glide into view. Everyone will watch in fascination as the shuttle dips lower and lower over Edwards Air Force Base, California. Finally it will touch down on the dry lake bed and gradually brake to a stop, and out will climb Young and Crippen. Everyone will assume that they are climbing out of the Columbia; but, my friends, they will actually be climbing out of a different shuttle named the ENTERPRISE. It was the Enterprise which we saw in those landing tests in August 1977, and it will again be the Enterprise which we will see making another landing soon. It will be retouched to look like it came from space, but it will be a fraud.

378

Audio Letter 62

My friends, that is the plan as it now stands, but there may well be some big surprises. The Bolsheviks here have devised a robot battle station to spy on Russia and defend itself against Russian space weapons, but it is designed primarily with Cosmos Interceptors in mind. And while American designers have been devising ways to counter the Cosmos Interceptors, Russian technology has also been advancing. The secret military mission of the space shuttle Columbia is a desperate gamble. If it succeeds, it will bring the world much closer to thermonuclear war. If it fails, we may well be witnessing America’s final manned mission into Space. Topic #2—In AUDIO LETTER® No. 59 last October I reported that the Bolsheviks here were trying to set up a new strategy to bring on NUCLEAR WAR ONE. They had been foiled repeatedly in their attempts to trigger a war by means of our hostages in Iran, so they were devising a new plan which was to be set in motion after releasing the hostages. When voting machines registered a surprise landslide in the name of Ronald Reagan last November, it set a deadline for arranging a hostage release. That deadline was Inauguration Day, January 20, last month. Otherwise the Bolsheviks were in danger of losing control of the Iran crisis which they themselves had created, and so at the very last minute our hostages were released last month. Contrary to the original plans of the Bolsheviks here and in Iran, our hostages came home alive; but now new maneuvers are under way to bring on war. Bolshevik agents are stirring up Poland in never ending strikes and turmoil. Having failed in their Pope’s Revolution plan of two years ago, they’re trying to make Poland explode in a different way. Meanwhile, to keep Russia’s new rulers off balance, another crisis has been created in our own hemisphere—El Salvador. CIA operatives are stirring up both sides in the civil war there in order to have something to blame on Cuba. As always, the Russians are reacting strongly to the implied new American threats against Cuba, so El Salvador is serving its purpose as a tool to stoke up tensions between Russia and the United States. The El Salvador crisis contains echoes of “Operation Guyana” two years ago. Now, as then, Russia is being encouraged to worry about Cuba as a diversionary tactic; and just as happened in Guyana, human lives are being sacrificed purely to attract attention. Public attention was first riveted on Guyana by the Port Kaituma Airport massacre, and not long ago public attention was focused on El Salvador by the 379

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

murder of four religious workers. All this is to help catch Russia off guard later on when the arena of conflict shifts once again to the Persian Gulf area. Once again secret plans are being laid to create conflict between Israel and Saudi Arabia. For that purpose the United States has just announced that it will sell offensive armaments for Saudi Arabia’s F-15 Fighter Bombers, and at the same time there are planted reports that the Saudis favor a jihad (a Moslem holy war) to retake Jerusalem. Right now all of this is going on quietly. It is not highlighted in our controlled major media. But the preparations are under way now for a Persian Gulf explosion later this year of 1981. When that takes place, the plan is to focus all eyes once again on Iran. At a critical moment the shaky Iranian government will be brought down. Suddenly that will leave Russian forces on the north and American forces on the south, with a vacuum in between; and almost over night the stage will be set for a nuclear confrontation. As a preliminary step, the plan is also to declare a “National Economic Emergency” here in the United States. That will trigger the emergency powers of the President; and while we will be told that it is all to fight inflation, it will actually be to prepare for nuclear war! My friends, if all this is to be stopped, we must go to the source of the Satanic power. That power is MONEY POWER, wrongly used. It is the power of the modern day moneychangers in our land, so it is to them that I now direct your attention. Topic #3—When our Lord Jesus Christ walked the earth nearly 2000 years ago, He did many miraculous things. He healed the sick, He fed the hungry, He loved the unloved. In short, He went about doing good. Most of the time our Lord astonished everyone with His patience. When He taught He found that people did not pay attention, and so He had to teach them the same lesson over and over again, and yet He never once grew angry with anyone who was seeking to learn. Even so, He also told His disciples, “Do you think that I have come to bring peace? No, not peace, but a sword.” He explained that there must be a division between those who are for God and those who are against God. And as gentle as He was with the weak, He displayed a fiery anger with those who were swollen up with arrogant power; and one time the anger of our Lord Jesus Christ exploded into violence. That one occasion, my friends, was when He confronted the moneychangers in the temple.

380

Audio Letter 62

The temple moneychangers possessed a money monopoly. Everyone who came to worship presented offerings to the priests; and to buy something to offer, they had to use a special temple money, so called. The temple money was not really money at all. It was only a kind of scrip with no intrinsic value. But everyone who came to worship, from the richest to the poorest, had to turn in good coins of gold, silver, and copper to buy the scrip. That was the only way that they could buy a sheep, or a ram, or a dove to offer to the priest. The moneychangers really performed no useful function at all; but thanks to their money monopoly, they extracted tremendous profits from everyone else. When Jesus saw all this, He became enraged. The moneychangers were so corrupt that they were standing in the way of worship itself in order to make money, so Jesus wasted no time trying to reason with them. Instead, He seized a whip and went after them. He drove away the moneychangers, He knocked over their counting tables; and seizing their bags of money obtained by a form of theft, He ripped them open and spilled them out. My friends, today it is you and I who are at the mercy of the moneychangers. We, too, have been forced to give up real money made of silver and gold. Instead, we are forced by the Federal Reserve money monopoly to deal in Federal Reserve IOUs—nothing but paper scrip! And in return, the arrogant moneychangers of today, the Bolsheviks, are trying to take everything from us. They are eating up our savings by creating inflation through interest rates, which create no new wealth. They are using their money power to betray us into nuclear war, and they are even trying to destroy the Christian faith itself by constantly working to pervert our religious practices. Like the moneychangers of old, haters of our Lord Jesus Christ are once again sitting in the temple. Almost from the moment our Republic was founded, the moneychangers started trying to seize control of America’s money. First the idea was called the “Bank of the United States.” Such a bank did exist for a while with a charter granted by Congress, but on July 10, 1832, President Andrew Jackson put a stop to the central bank idea for a while. Congress had passed the bill to give a new 20year charter to a “Bank of the United States.” Jackson vetoed the bill with the words: “Every monopoly and all exclusive privileges are granted at the expense of the public, which ought to receive a fair equivalent.” In other words, Jackson was insisting that the public be treated fairly.

381

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

But, my friends, the moneychangers never give up. In 1913 they finally got what they wanted. It is called the FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM. Nowadays few people know the story of how the Federal Reserve System came into existence. Suffice it to say that it took only a few of the international bankers to do it, without great fanfare. One man more than any other was the father of the Federal Reserve in its present form. As the proceedings of the Academy of Political Science of Columbia University put it, quote: “The Federal Reserve Act will be associated in history with the name of Paul M. Warburg.” In order for Warburg and his associates to quietly get this legislation past Congress, he had to overcome one objection. That major objection was to the creation of only one central bank, which would obviously be a monopoly. Warburg got around that by conceiving the 12-bank Federal Reserve System; but when a Senator asked him how he would maintain control of 12 banks instead of the single bank he favored, Warburg answered, quote: “It is a little bit complicated, which objection, however, can be overcome in an administrative way.” In other words, my friends, he could short-circuit the 12-bank system and do what he wanted a central bank to do by administrative techniques. And that is what has been done in the situation over our missing gold. The real central bank is the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and the administrative arm of that central bank is actually the “Board of Governors” here in Washington. The New York Bank, the Board of Governors, and agents within the United States Treasury Department all work hand in glove. It is they who constitute the modern day moneychangers in our land. In all of this, the other 11 Regional Federal Reserve Banks just go along for the ride. They do possess latent powers of their own, but thanks to Warburg’s “administrative techniques” they’re always indoctrinated not to exercise those powers. Instead, the 11 Regional Banks outside New York are treated like children by the moneychangers in New York and Washington. They are given big buildings, fancy offices, impressive stationery, fat salaries, numerous advisors, and impressive titles; but they are always told in effect, “Leave all the thinking to us big boys.” Year in and year out the Regional Federal Reserve Banks, all except New York, are kept in the dark, so last month in AUDIO LETTER No. 61 I tried to light a candle in that darkness.

382

Audio Letter 62

All of the Federal Reserve Banks share in the responsibility for safeguarding our gold. The Presidents and Directors of all the Banks are now on legal notice concerning those responsibilities, so from now on they will have no excuse. Either they are for us OR they are against us—they must make a choice. They do hold power, and those who hold power must be held accountable with the consequences of its exercise. The question we have posed is very simple and very basic: EITHER AMERICA’S GOLD IS THERE or IT IS NOT THERE. We want an indisputable physical inventory to find out once and for all, so we have appealed to the Regional Federal Reserve Banks to wake up, to flex their muscles for once, and to bring about an inventory. My friends, I want to thank all of you who followed through on what I asked you to do last month, and I want to let you know the results so far. Up to now the Federal Reserve System is continuing to maintain its false outer appearance of unruffled unity; but behind that facade, little cracks are beginning to open up. It’s true, many of the Regional Bank Directors have so far been unable to open their minds to the truth, but there are some important exceptions. One high official of one Regional Federal Reserve Bank is being very cooperative up to now. Very quietly he is providing us with important information. He has not yet gone so far as to demand an inventory, but he is responding with an open mind. At one other Regional Bank a high official has signaled to us that he is seriously concerned, but up to now he is still sitting on the fence. Beyond that, I have also received reliable reports that scattered around the country a number of Regional Federal Reserve Directors are troubled. Until last month they had never been given one hint of their own legal responsibilities regarding the gold. My friends, all this is at least an encouraging start, but it is clear that they are going to take more convincing. We should not be surprised at that nor discouraged by it. Many of these men have been associated with the Federal Reserve System for many years. Human nature being what it is, they naturally find it hard to accept the fact that the wool has been pulled over their eyes. Typically, these are highly educated men, they are not stupid. They will have to swallow their pride in many cases if they are to see how thoroughly they have been fooled and used. Over the past six or seven years I’ve made public many facts which these men should consider for their own good, but rather than go back over any of those 383

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

again, I want to report three new ones. The discrepancies surrounding our gold supplies just go on and on, my friends. First, let me refer to the Treasury Inspector General’s report to Senator William Proxmire dated last September 30, 1980. This so-called report came about because of your letters to Senator Proxmire. The subject was the missing gold shipment from Fort Knox of January 20, 1965, which I have discussed in past AUDIO LETTERS. The shipment amounted to over one and three-quarter MILLION ounces of gold worth around a billion dollars at today’s prices, yet it was omitted from official Treasury shipment listings. Recently this feeble excuse for a report has been cited by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors. For example on February 2, 1981, Theodore E. Allison, secretary of the Board of Governors, wrote to the president of the Philadelphia Bank, Mr. Edward G. Boehne. Boehne had written to the Board of Governors in response to your inquiries; and with their letter of reply, the Board enclosed the Treasury Inspector General’s report! My friends, I have mentioned before that this report is totally unsatisfactory. It is a fraud and a farce, yet now the moneychangers of the Board of Governors are falling back on that report as one way to calm down the Regional Banks. So I think it is appropriate to give you just one example of the glaring errors sprinkled throughout the report. I also want to do this because some of you have asked me to say more about it. If you have a copy of the Treasury Inspector General’s report, please look on page 2. The third paragraph refers to the missing shipment of January 20, 1965. It says very impressively, quote: “This shipment was receipted for on Treasury Department Form TUS-12b— Receipt for Forwarding Depository, Voucher No. 65-1—on January 22, 1965, by John P. Bath, an employee of the New York Assay Office.” Sounds cut and dried, doesn’t it? Sorry, my friends, it so happens that the New York Assay Office had no permanent employee named John P. Bath on January 22, 1965; so if the Receipt quoted by the Treasury Inspector General exists at all, it means absolutely nothing. It is fraudulent! That is the kind of report which Senator William Proxmire was so eager and happy to settle for, and that is the kind of report which the Federal Reserve Board of Governors now uses to soothe the Regional Banks. If the Regional Federal Reserve Banks want to swallow that, then shame on them. Now let me give you a second example—another major discrepancy in the records of the Treasury Department and the Federal Reserve Board of Governors. 384

Audio Letter 62

I have spoken before about the so-called “London Gold Pool” which operated between 1961 and 1968. This is the official cloak of authority which was used during that period to explain the hemorrhage of gold out of Fort Knox. According to official Treasury records, some 219.5 MILLION ounces of gold left Fort Knox. Of that amount, supposedly a little over 9-million ounces went to the New York Federal Reserve Bank. The other 210-million ounces were supposedly destined for the London Gold Pool. But now let me give you the conflicting statements of former Treasury Secretary William Simon. On May 4, 1976, he wrote to then Congressman John Conlan of Arizona. Conlan had requested some better answers from Simon than he had given previously to questions about our missing gold. Simon spent over two months constructing a reply to Conlan’s February 26, 1976 letter. Simon sent Conlan a two-page letter plus an eight-page memorandum trying to refute the charges. At one point in the memorandum Simon says, quote: “The statement which alleges that the shipments of gold to London for the London Gold Pool arrangement were used as a cover for secret losses of United States gold simply isn’t true.” And yet, just four sentences later, Simon says, quote: “When the arrangement was terminated by the Washington agreement of March 1968, the United States had made net sales to the Pool during its period of operation totaling 45.2-million ounces.” Now let’s compare two numbers side by side, my friends. First is Simon’s number. As Secretary of the Treasury he said that the United States sent only about 45-million ounces of gold net to the London Gold Pool, but Treasury records give a different number. At least 210-million ounces disappeared from Fort Knox alone during that period. If only 45-million ounces went to the Gold Pool, as Simon said in writing, what happened to all the rest? Two hundred ten million (210-million) minus 45-million leaves 165-million ounces of gold from Fort Knox unaccounted for! Yet, I repeat, the only excuse ever given for the Fort Knox gold hemorrhage was the London Gold Pool. My friends, that unaccounted-for gold is Federal Reserve gold belonging to the American people. As I detailed last month, the Federal Reserve title to the gold is beyond legal dispute. Every Officer and every Director of every Regional Federal Reserve Bank shares a legal responsibility if that gold is missing, and if they do not investigate. The incredible discrepancy I have just revealed is in black and white in Treasury statements. Do the Regional Banks dare to close their eyes to it? If so, God help us all.

385

The Dr. Beter Audio Letters

Now let me report just one more mystery to you about our gold. This one did not take place years ago, but just this month—February 1981. Last month our hostages were finally released from Iran. Most of the last-minute settlements involved banking matters. Most of all, Iran demanded that 1.6-million ounces of gold be returned. According to all the news reports, the return of Iran’s gold was arranged by cable transactions between the Federal Reserve System and the Bank of England. Supposedly, Iran’s 1.6-million ounces of gold was safe and sound at the New York Federal Reserve Bank. By a system of banking credits, this amount of gold was reportedly credited to Britain’s gold stock here in America, then the Bank of England turned over an equivalent amount of gold into Iran’s custody in London. We were told that no gold actually left America in this transaction. But, my friends, that is a lie. Simply put, Britain’s bankers do not trust us. The Bank of England secretly demanded that Iran’s 1.6-million ounces of good delivery gold be physically sent to London; and so on February 7, just three weeks ago, there was a secret gold shipment to London by air. It came to about 1.6-million ounces, but it did not come from the New York Federal Reserve Bank! It was not Iran’s gold. Instead, the shipment was made from the New York Assay Office. Dregs of junk gold from Fort Knox were scraped together, then it was rushed to London in secret. My friends, this raises a very serious question. If Iran’s gold still existed at the New York Bank, why was that not sent to London? Why was the New York Assay Office given a panic refining job to scrape together the gold? In any case, the gold that went to London was not Iranian gold—it was Federal Reserve gold, part of the small amount still left in this country. It was taken from the dregs of junk gold removed from Fort Knox for auctions in the recent past. As I reported more than five years ago in AUDIO LETTER No. 5, any gold left in Fort Knox is radioactive. It has been contaminated by plutonium super poison stored in the Gold Vault by the CIA in the late 60’s. Recently a leading Swiss bank refused to take delivery of Fort Knox gold purchased at a gold auction. Their tests proved that the gold was indeed radioactive; so the Bank of England should test the gold which they just received very carefully. The secret gold shipment of February 7 further depleted what little is left of the Federal Reserve gold. It